The 
 Golden Hopes of 
 
 Men 
 
 H. H. McMURTRIE 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .... 
 
 
 
 ■•'. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 .^L 
 
 

 
 % 
 
 
 ■tp 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 * 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 V 
 
 .v 4 
 
 % 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 c ' ' WW- ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 iV 
 
 > -o. 
 
 ex °, 
 
 
 % 
 
 Sj\*° J 
 
 ^<y 
 
 
 
 
 \> ^ * V> ,. " * " * -^ 
 
 -V" 
 
 
 ** 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 c 
 
 -:<e 
 
 
 ■ %. 
 
 • ^ 
 
 1 » * 7 v^* < * <» ' 
 
Tl 
 
 ie 
 
 Golden Hopes of Men 
 
 By H. H. MeMURTRIE 
 
 Unfolds in a wonderful way the prophecies 
 
 contained in the Bible relating to the 
 
 Church of Christ from the 
 
 birth of Jesus down 
 
 to the present 
 
 time. 
 
 Copyright, 1915. by H. H. McMurtrie 
 all right reserved. 
 
 Press of 
 
 Marshall & Bruce Company 
 
 Nashville, Tenn. 
 
 1915 
 
BU?+7 
 
 DEDICATION, 
 
 To the Memory of My Loving Aunt, 
 
 Who, in the early days of childhood, in place of my 
 deceased Mother, instilled into me an abiding love and 
 reaped \'<>v the truth of God's Word. 
 
 4 
 
 If 
 
 JAN IH 1916 
 "HO./* 
 
PREFACE, 
 
 Tin: thought of the world is now changing from daj 
 
 to day with a rapidity never before known. <)]<l land 
 marks of error are being swept away, and the tradi 
 
 tions of the elders arc no longer held to be sacred when 
 they conflict with demonstrable truth. 
 
 While no attempt is made to steady the Ark of the 
 Covenant, it is the author's hope that those who take 
 up this book with a sincere desire to increase their 
 knowledge of Truth will not lay it down with disap- 
 pointment. 
 
 Our Master said, "Every plant, which my heavenly 
 Father hath not planted, shall be rooted up." 
 
 % The time of harvest" is now at hand. To assist in 
 the good work of uprooting error and the implanting 
 of Truth is the only wish of the writer. 
 
 When the tares of erroneous thoughts are burned or 
 obliterated from consciousness and the wheat of Truth 
 is gathered, "Then shall the righteous (or right think 
 iug) shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their 
 Father." 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 H. H. McMurtrie. 
 March 25, 1915. 
 
PUBLICATION ANNOUNCEMENT. 
 
 Price, $1.50 — Delivered postpaid to any postoffice 
 
 in the United States. 
 Cash must accompany all ord( 
 
 Price, 6s, 6d I English Money) — Delivered post- 
 paid to any postoffice in the world. 
 
 Remittance may be made in any convenient way. 
 Address the author. 
 
 II. II. McMuRTRIE, 
 
 Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A. 
 
 Bookfl are delivered to dealers at a trade discount. 
 
 If yon prefer to order thai way. any bookseller in the 
 
 world will procure a hook for you, al above price, if 
 you supply him with the above name and address. 
 
 One hook will l)e given tree of charge to any party 
 who solicits orders for tour books. The five books will 
 be delivered postpaid to any address upon receipt of 
 order accompanied with |6.00. 
 
 A sample Chapter of this book will be mailed fvee, 
 postpaid, to any postoffice in the world upon receipt of 
 oame and address. 
 
 Kindly mail me the names and addresses of your 
 
 friends who are liable to be interested in a book of this 
 
 character. This will require but little effort, and yon 
 
 doubtless wish to help others to know the truth. To 
 simply wish is of little avail. 
 
 "Faith without works is dead." 
 
The Golden Hopes of Men 
 
 CHAPTEB I. 
 
 >T*IIK fact is well known thai mankind in general 
 
 A made as much advancement in a material way 
 
 during the last hundred years as was made during the 
 
 (Mil ire previous six thousand years which are supposed 
 to have passed since the creation of the world. 
 
 And yet with all the marvelous progress which has 
 been made in the way of labor-saving inventions; the 
 development of steam and electric power and their 
 application to the benefit of the human race; the won 
 derful increase in the modern comforts and luxuries 
 of life, all of which are supposed to contribute so 
 largely to the upbuilding and happiness of mankind, 
 the vast majority of people in the Christianized parts 
 of the world are seemingly suffering as much at the 
 present rime from pain, sickness, poverty and discom- 
 fort of mind as the world has ever known at any other 
 period in its history. 
 
 It is true that now and then momentary times have 
 <-<>me to us all when doors have opened before us into 
 green gardens full of joyous song; moments when it 
 seemed that the curtains were swept hack from the 
 windows of heaven and we caught bright glimpses of 
 wide vistas in a land of beauty and peace, where we 
 
 .1. 
 
2 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 stood upon the hill top of happiness, and life was full 
 of sweel contentment free from fetters or fears. 
 
 Bm all t<><> boos these curtains were pulled back, the 
 
 doors were closed, and in the words of the Bed Man 
 •The smile of the .ureal spirit was hid"; we reluctantly 
 
 returned once more to our daily grind, shut in by the 
 
 hard, narrow walls of whai seemed to be a merciless 
 providence. 
 
 In the varied efforts of mankind to secure the treas 
 mod boon of happiness, untold millions of people have 
 pressed hard after what seemed to them to be realities; 
 
 wealth, fame, social or political prestige; but these 
 seeming realities changed into phantoms and vanished 
 away just when they thought happiness was within 
 their grasp. After having chased long enough to find 
 out that the gratification of the sensual, human will 
 never brings any real, permanent happiness, a few 
 people then begin to look up to the source of all good. 
 After finding through perhaps bitter experience that 
 our plans and our unaided efforts failed to bring re- 
 sults that fully satisfy, we then begin to turn our 
 thoughts to Him who created the heavens and the earth. 
 
 The Christianized world recognizes this great power 
 under the name of God, and accepts His revealed Word 
 as supreme authority. We all recognize His Son, Jesus 
 the Christ as the Redeemer, the Wayshower, who by 
 precept and personal example endeavored to redeem all 
 mankind by teaching and showing men the only way 
 by which they can ever hope to secure true happiness. 
 
 Jesus only taught and practiced one way of life, and 
 it would be unfortunate for us if bv any means we 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 3 
 
 railed to correctly understand the true meaning of his 
 words, or the demonstrations he made as objecl lessons 
 to more plainly express the practical meaning of those 
 words; to clearly illustrate the results that could be 
 expected by his followers if his teachings were fully 
 
 complied with, either at the time they were spoken or 
 at any time in the future, for he plainly said: "Heaven 
 and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not 
 pass away." 
 
 When we read that at the birth of Jesus the angels 
 sang "Peace on earth, good will to men"; when we re- 
 member that the meaning of "the gospel" is good news 
 or glad tidings to men: when we consider the many 
 blessings which Jesus said would come to all those who 
 understood and practiced his sayings, teachings and 
 commands; when we fully realize that he spoke the 
 exact truth, and that if anyone performs his part every 
 promise contained in the Bible will be quickly fulfilled; 
 when we fairly comprehend all this and note the appar- 
 ent lack of joy and peace and comfort of mind among 
 so large a proportion of the professed followers of the 
 Christ does it not seem possible that some of these pro- 
 fessed followers have missed "the way"? 
 
 When we consider the thousands and tens of thou- 
 sands and tens of millions of humble prayers which 
 have been offered by professed Christian people all over 
 the world during a thousand years, would it not seem 
 that if these millions of prayers had ever reached the 
 throne of grace that the world would now be enjoying a 
 far greater realization of the rich promises contained 
 in the Bible? The evident fact that mankind in gen- 
 
4 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 eral, and the professed followers of the Christ in par 
 i it-ii la r, are qoI receiving 8 Enller measure of these bless 
 ings should tend to incline us all toward a willingness 
 to consider thai possibly our own private beliefs or 
 theological news may be tinged with error or erron- 
 eous conceptions of the true meaning of the glad tid- 
 ings which Jesus proclaimed to the world. 
 
 The day of wordy theoretical discussion without any 
 practical demonstration of the truth of the views ex- 
 pressed has now passed in all lines of endeavor* The 
 Christian religion is no exception to this general rule 
 which is a distinguishing feature of the thought of this 
 age. Men have not lost faitb in God or in the words 
 of His Son. Jesus the Christ, but whether they publicly 
 acknowledge it or not, they have lost a great part of 
 their former attention, confidence and Faith in any and 
 all systems of theological belief which fail or are un- 
 able from any canst 1 to demonstrate practical results 
 
 right here and now. 
 
 We all know thai Jesus plainly stated that all his 
 
 true followers for all time to come would receive "a 
 hundred Told now in this time, and eternal life in the 
 world to come." The number of people is rapidly grow- 
 ing less and less who are interested in any church which 
 holds to a religious belief or theological doctrine which 
 practically ignores the note part of the teachings of 
 
 Jesus ami relegates all the joys, comforts and bless- 
 ings of a religious life to the world to come. Great 
 
 numbers of Christian people in all parts of the world 
 and belonging to every denomination are beginning to 
 
 Bee thai any failure in realizing tin 1 fullness of God's 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 5 
 
 promises right here and now arises from a lack of b 
 correct understanding of "the way" outlined by our Ba 
 
 viour, and that il is nol possible thai his \\<»rds can fail 
 
 ,n any time or place. 
 This is an age of investigation, and the proper thing 
 
 Cor ns all to do is to lay down any narrow, sectarian 
 views we may have acquired, and make a careful and 
 honest examination of the Scriptures; correct any 
 errors we have been taught to believe to be Truth, no 
 
 matter how old the error may be or who made it at its 
 beginning. To do this with any degfee of success we 
 must l>e open to honest conviction; must be willing to 
 follow Truth no matter where it leads, and not falter 
 or draw hack from its pursuit no matter how many of 
 our old established pet theories may he shattered. 
 
 When we turn to the first chapter in the Bible we find 
 therein a sweeping account of the creation of the world, 
 including man. We learn from this chapter and three 
 verses in (he next that God while creating all that was 
 made created man in his own image — "male and female 
 created he them." We also learn that God blessed 
 "them" and gave them dominion over all the earth, "and 
 God said unto them, be fruitful and multiply and re- 
 plenish the earth and subdue it." The Hebrew word 
 k (i b a s li. here translated subdue, means to conquer by 
 the exertion of superior power; to bring into permanent 
 subjection ; to overcome and reduce under dominion. 
 
 In the conclusion of this account of the creation of 
 the world and its inhabitants, we are told that "God 
 saw everything that he had made, and behold, it was 
 very good." -'Thus the heavens and the earth were fin- 
 
6 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 ished, (completed) and all the host of them." Within 
 these few verses is contained the account of a finished or 
 completed creation. It was absolutely perfect for God 
 pronounced it "very good." -Man was created perfect; 
 blessed and given the power to conquer and have domin- 
 ion over all the earth. 
 
 The meaning of the Hebrew word radah, here 
 translated dominion, is the right or authority to rule, 
 to tread down, to reign over, to have sovereign power 
 as a lord, master or a king. The word dominion is 
 from the Latin dominium from dominus, meaning mas- 
 ter or lord. Hence, we see that when God created them 
 male and female he blessed them and gave them as a 
 free gift the right or authority to rule over all the earth 
 with kingly dominion. 
 
 The word dominium is a term in the old Roman law 
 used to signify ownership of a thing, as opposed to a 
 mere life interest; to an equitable right such as a cove- 
 nantee has against a covenanter. God gives us our life, 
 and this free gift is not merely what we call a life in- 
 terest to he terminated at what we call death, for God 
 covenanted to give to man a legal or just claim to pos- 
 session of life forever; known in Bible lauguage as 
 eternal life. Not only this, but man and woman were, 
 in this chapter, given the right to be kings and queens. 
 They were given the authority to tread down all earthly 
 opposition and gain a kingly crown, and there is not 
 a word of authority in the entire Bible for even think- 
 ing that God ever took His gifts of life and dominion 
 away from any man or woman who has ever lived. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 7 
 
 On the contrary, the Scriptures positively state that 
 God is not a respecter of persons; that is to say, He 
 looks upon all faces alike, whether it is t hi- King on his 
 throne, or the peasant in his humble cottage; all are 
 alike to Him. 
 
 The Scriptures further declare that He is a God of 
 justice, equity and right, without a shadow of turning, 
 the same yesterday, today and forever; consequently 
 this same dominion and all that it implies which was 
 given to man at the dawn of creation remains in force 
 forever, and is today open to every man and woman in 
 the world who complies with the covenant or conditions 
 upon which God's gifts were bestowed. 
 
 We read in the first verse of the Bible that tk In the 
 beginning God created the heaven and the earth." You 
 are requested to remember these words. Also in the 
 conclusion of the account of the finished or completed 
 creation which God created, remember that it is stated 
 that "God saw everything that he had made and behold 
 it was very good." 
 
 All of God's creation was good, and we are by in- 
 ference given to understand that if anything is found 
 in the world that is not good, God never created it. He 
 created all that was created or made, so that which is 
 not good can have no existence in Truth or reality. 
 
 After we have read this account of the finished crea- 
 tion of the heaven and the earth and all that is con- 
 tained therein, including man and woman made in 
 God's image and likeness: after being repeatedly 
 warned that this was all the creation that God created 
 or made and that all of God's creation was good, then 
 
8 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 we begin to read an account of what appears to be a 
 second creation of the heavens and the earth by the 
 "Lord God." This second account of creation is exactly 
 contrary in all respects to the first creation that God 
 created and finished. 
 
 The Lord God is the same as Jehovah, the divine 
 sovereign of the Hebrews. In the historic parts of the 
 Old Testament it is usually Jehovah who is referred to 
 under the name of Lord God, and under this Jewish 
 national name of Jehovah, the true idea of God as 
 Elohim seems almost lost. The Jewish tribal idea of 
 God is represented by the name of Jehovah, who is 
 largely represented as a God of war, liable to wrath, 
 repentance and human changeableness. From this im- 
 perfect conception of God has descended to us the sense 
 or belief in a corporeal God ; that is to say, a belief in 
 a God having a body composed of material substance 
 instead of spiritual substance. Consequently we are 
 liable to think of God as a monstrous big man sitting 
 on a golden throne in a distant place called heaven, and 
 that this changeable God is breathing vengeance on all 
 who fail to understand or to do His will. 
 
 The true meaning of Elohim is God, the Supreme, 
 Omnipotent and Eternal One of whom are all things. 
 Elohim is the only creator. 
 
 The Jehovistic, or second account of creation, states 
 that "the Lord God (or Jehovah) formed man of the 
 dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the 
 breath of life." And the Lord God caused the man to 
 fall into a deep sleep ; then took out one of the man's 
 ribs and made a woman of it. Then comes the talking 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 9 
 
 serpent and the forbidden fruit. It ended by the man 
 being driven out of the garden, and the strangest thing 
 of all things that has ever happened in this world is 
 that the professed church of Christ for more than a 
 thousand years has accepted this second account as the 
 true account of creation. Popular theology not only 
 assumes that it is a true statement of fact, but seems 
 to be opposed to even the mention of the creation which 
 God created and pronounced very good after it was 
 finished. 
 
 Those who have studied the Bible closely have noticed 
 that its inspired writers used words with a degree of 
 exactness and precision which is truly remarkable. 
 When their words are correctly translated, they convey 
 to our comprehension a uniform meaning throughout 
 the whole Bible from Genesis to Eevelation, although 
 these books were written about sixteen hundred years 
 apart. Words are used to convey an idea, and for us 
 to have any correct conception of the true meaning of 
 any expressed or written word or words, we must be 
 certain to catch from the words the same idea as was 
 entertained in the mind of the individual who expressed 
 the word. 
 
 You will remember that you were requested to not 
 forget the words "in the beginning," found in the first 
 verse of the Bible. The word. translated beginning, has 
 the sense of first and former. First as here understood 
 has the sense of preceding all others in the order of 
 time. Hence, there can be no question but that God's 
 creation outlined in the first chapter of the Bible takes 
 precedent of any and all other creations, as it refers 
 
lo THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 to the finri existence of the world, and previous to (bis 
 creation, If there ever was such a time, the world had 
 no existence. 
 
 h is not possible that there were two first creations 
 of the heavens and the earth, including man. As God 
 created all things in "the beginning/ 3 and there could 
 nm have been two beginnings, ibis second or Jehovistic 
 account of creation must be a fable, allegory, similitude, 
 simile or other figurative representation intended as a 
 comparison or explanation of something else, which in 
 itself never bad any real existence. The Bible shows 
 thai the early Christians considered this secoftd account 
 of creation as an allegory, parable or comparison. 
 
 Jesus used these words in which he incidentally 
 credits the Blohistic as being the true accounl of crea- 
 tion. 
 
 \I<trk XIII. \W For in those days shall be affliction, 
 such as was not From the beginning of the creation 
 which God created unto this time, neither shall be. 
 
 It is not probable that any man ever lived who usm\ 
 words with greater accuracy and precision than Jesus. 
 It was by no accident or simply a matter of chance thai 
 he used the words "the beginning." There are no acci 
 
 dents <>r matters of cbance in tbe Bible. Wben cor 
 rectly translated and property understood, no errors 
 
 or contradictions can be found in tbe Bible. The world 
 
 will sometime learn tban nil of <iod's inspired revela- 
 tions are stated in words or terms of scientific accuracy. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 11 
 
 We road in the Bible: 
 Romans v. 1 i Nevertheless death reigned from Adam 
 
 to Moses, even over them thai had nol sinned after tin* 
 
 similitude of Adam's transgression, who is the figure 
 
 of him that was to come. 
 
 Paul here refers to the whole account of what is 
 known as Adam's transgression as being a "similitude." 
 The Greek homoioma, here translated similitude, means 
 the comparing together of two things which, however 
 different in some respects, have some point or points 
 of likeness or resemblance; but the comparison or re- 
 semblance is always to be understood as being purely 
 imaginative and to never have had any actual or real 
 existence. 
 
 Paul, in this verse, not only states that the whole 
 account of Adam's transgression w r as not only a "simili- 
 tude," and never intended to be accepted as a statement 
 of fact, but he also states that the account is simply 
 a "figure" of him who was to come. 
 
 The Greek typos, here translated figure, is more cor- 
 rectly translated type, and means a figurative or alle- 
 gorical representation. We are left to collect the real 
 meaning of Paul's words from the resemblance of the 
 simile or allegory to the primary subject which is kept 
 out of view. The similitude related to some change 
 which is supposed to have taken place in man. We are, 
 however, left entirely to our imagination to form a 
 conception as to the cause or nature of the supposed 
 change. 
 
12 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 It may be safely assumed thai John knew as ranch 
 regarding the true creation as any priest, pope or 
 doctor of divinity who has lived from his time until 
 now, and he tells us al the commencemenl of his gospel : 
 ••In the beginning" all things were made by God, "and 
 without him was uol anything made thai was made." 
 
 We nmsi qo1 forgel thai Moses when he wrote the 
 l'nsi chapter of Genesis, and John when he wrote his 
 gospel, were both guided by the same Spirit. The in- 
 spiration came From the same source, and it was by 
 no accident or matter of chance that both men kepi 
 repeating that God made everything "in the begin- 
 ning," and thai God made 1 everything that was made, 
 and without him was not anything made that was made. 
 
 In the lighl of present Truth we now know thai man- 
 kind has been in spiritual darkness for thousands of 
 years. In consequence of this, mankind left their Fa- 
 ther's house, and figuratively speaking, wandered away 
 from Truth and became lost in all sorts and kinds of 
 delusive beliefs. 
 
 We have just read that God made man in his own 
 image and likeness, "male and female created he them." 
 Whenever we look in a mirror or look around upon our 
 neighbors, we arc liable to conclude that there must 
 
 he a mistake somewhere. It seems evident that there 
 are at least a lew men and women living in the world 
 who, if they arc an image Of God at all, must be a very 
 
 degenerate image or the God who made them. It is 
 
 written : 
 
THE GOLDEB HOPES OF MEN. L8 
 
 Jeremiah II. 21 Yet I had planted thee a noble vine, 
 wholly a right seed: how then arl thon turned into the 
 degenerate plain of a strange Tine onto me? 
 
 This is i he wr\ question to which we are seeking 
 the true answer in order thai we all ran regain the 
 place of nobility which was given to as as a free gift 
 as sons and daughters of God who "in the beginning" 
 
 created the heavens and the earth and all that in reality 
 is now or ever has been contained therein. More than 
 that, we are given dominion over all the earth, and we 
 are all to be kings and queens on the earth. In some 
 way our dominion over all the earth is very much cut 
 short : and as to our being kings and queens, most of 
 us consider that we are nearer to being slaves than 
 kings. 
 
 It is one of the greal failings el' mankind that we 
 consciously or unconsciously limit the power of (iod. 
 When we read in the Bible that God gave man and 
 woman dominion over all the earth, it does not seem 
 possible to us that this dominion was the gift of God 
 to all men, and the common heritage of all men and 
 women now in the world. We all at least pretend to 
 believe the Bible, but when even the first or foundation 
 truths contained therein are plainly presented to our 
 attention, we are all liable to side-step and pretend that 
 we did not hear them. The Bible plainly states that 
 God is no respecter of persons, and we are given to 
 understand that all men and women are treated with 
 exact justice and equity. Hence, it must follow that 
 as God created all things, he nnisi have created us or 
 
14 THE GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 
 
 we would not be in existence at all. If God created us, 
 then we are His children and consequently entitled by 
 inheritance to an equal share in the dominion and Mesa 
 ing conferred on "them" at the dawn of creation. 
 
 You remember thai -Jesus once told some .lews who 
 believed his teachings, "Ye shall know the truth, and 
 the truth shall make von free." It is not unreasonable 
 to presume that every man and every woman in the 
 world sincerely wishes to know the exact truth regard- 
 ing the teachings of the Bible, because Jesus said that 
 the knowledge of this truth would make us free. 
 
 Nearly every Christian denomination bases its whole 
 •plan of salvation," as they call it, on the second 
 account of creation, and almost, if not entirely, ignores 
 the real or true creation which God created. When 
 we consider the positive fact that nearly all the present 
 day popular theology is based on an unreality; based 
 on an account of a creation which is simply a "simili- 
 tude," a table or an allegory which never had any ex- 
 istence except in the imagination of men, we will then 
 begin to understand why the preaching of the gospel 
 has for more than a thousand years been so barren of 
 results. True Christian religion is founded entirely on 
 Truth as proclaimed by Jesus the Christ, and any sys- 
 tem of belief based on error could not be expected to 
 be accompanied by the signs or works Jesus said his 
 true followers would be able to do. 
 
 In the parable of the prodigal son, Jesus plainly told 
 the world that every man and woman in the world 
 were God's children. They may be disobedient or wan- 
 dering children, but they are God's children, and there 
 
THE GOLDEH HOPES OF MEN. 15 
 
 is nut a statement in the whole Bible, when correctly 
 understood, to confirm any doctrine that God has ever 
 disowned any of His children, even though they m4y 
 
 have wandered ;i\v;iv from their Father's house. The 
 prodigal son who left his Father's house and sjKMit his 
 
 substance in riotous living was a son of thai Father 
 
 all the time he was living in this riotous Wiiy. 
 
 Jesus in this parable pictured out what, to a Jewish 
 
 mind, was typical of about the lowest and most debased 
 condition any man could reach. This man was a case 
 of what popular theology calls "total depravity," and 
 it he ever had a heavenly Father, he, according to pop- 
 ular theology, had none now for a man named Adam 
 some four thousand years before that time had done 
 something wrong and this young man must be held 
 accountable for it. Jesus had never attended a theo- 
 logical school, and did not understand it that way, for 
 this is the way he described what happened : 
 
 "But when he was yet a great way off, his Father saw 
 him and had compassion and ran and fell on his neck 
 and kissed him . . . the Father said to his servants, 
 bring forth the best robe and put it on him; and put 
 a ring on his hand and shoes on his feet . . . for this 
 my son. was dead and is alive again. He was lost and 
 is found." 
 
 No reproaches, no harsh words, no exhibition of 
 w r rath ; simply an outpouring of God's love. 
 
 What is thy birthright man, 
 
 Child of the perfect One ! 
 What is thy Father's plan 
 
 For His beloved son? 
 
16 Till-: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 
 
 Thou an Truth's honest child, 
 sinless and pure of heart, 
 
 Treading, meek, undefiled 
 1 n I !hrist ly pat hs apart. 
 
 I treams of sense disappear 
 As Truth dawns on the eight ; 
 
 The phantoms of thy Fear 
 Fleeing before t hi* light. 
 
 Take then the charmed rod ! 
 
 Thou art not error's thai! ; 
 Thou has I he gift from God, 
 
 I dominion over all. 
 
 — Emily /'. Seal, nit. and abr 
 
CHAPTEB II. 
 
 A LITTLE studv of the Bible should convince any 
 DMA that the divine Mind which created and now 
 maintains all that ever was created or made has a plan, 
 a scheme, or design. That everything in the world is 
 now being worked out, revealed or unveiled in accord- 
 ance to, or in harmony with, this plan formed in Mind. 
 The most important prophecy in the whole Bible relates 
 to the manifestation, revealing or unveiling of the 
 Christ, the Son of God. 
 John tells us: 
 
 1 John III. 7 Little children, let no man deceive 
 you : he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as 
 he is righteous. 
 
 8 He that committeth sin is of the devil ; for the devil 
 sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son 
 of God was manifested, that he might destroy the 
 works of the devil. 
 
 The word manifested, as here used, means to make 
 plain to the comprehension; to reveal, unveil or un- 
 cover to our mental view\ Hence, according to John's 
 statement, the Christ or the Son of God was made clear 
 or plain to the comprehension of man for the purpose 
 of destroying the works, deeds or doings of the devil. 
 
 We can well afford to use great care, and devote time 
 and unprejudiced study to the consideration of the re- 
 ligion which Jesus preached. Tt is only as we gain the 
 true thought expressed by his words that these words 
 2 (17) 
 
18 THE GOLDEN BOPE6 OF MEN. 
 
 can be of anj service or advantage to us. God Bimself 
 dictated these teachings or directions regarding **tli<* 
 way" to -Jesus for him to proclaim to the world for 
 the instruction of all men for all time to come, [f we 
 refuse to consider and accept these teachings or direc 
 lions as true, no matter how preposterous or absurd 
 the teachings may appear to our so-called human in- 
 tellect or mind, we, by our refusal to believe, give cre- 
 dence to the testimony of our own mind in preference 
 to God's revealed Word of instruction. By so doing 
 we make God a liar, and plainly show that we consider 
 our own arrogant human intellect or mind to be supe- 
 rior in intelligence to the divine Mind: show that we 
 Unite mortals consider that we know more than the 
 infinite <iod who made us. 
 
 This training of a knowledge of the truth which Jesus 
 taught is purely mental. We should uot forget thai 
 every word or term expressive of mental operations is 
 borrowed from the material world. We have become 
 bo habituated to the use of words, or terms applied 
 metaphorically, thai we seldom consider their original 
 meaning. By metaphorically is meant that the word 
 or term is used in a manner comprising a figure of 
 speech founded on the resemblance which one object 
 is supposed to bear in some respect to another and by 
 which a word is transferred from an object to 
 which it properly belongs, to another in such a manner 
 that a comparison is implied though not formally ex- 
 pressed. For example, the word capricious does not 
 now BUggesI to us the idea of a goal, although the word 
 
 is derived from the Latin word caper, meaning, goat. 
 
THE GOLDEH BOPES OF MEN, 1!) 
 
 We use the word capricious to denote the character of 
 a person who bounds from subject to subject, without 
 paying much attention to any, like a goat which bounds 
 
 from rock to rock without settling long in any one spot. 
 when we say that a friend "cut a caper/' we may not 
 know it, but we have expressed the comparison or 
 metaphor that our Friend jumped around like a 
 goat. As all words are derived in this way from the 
 material world, they are material terms in their origi- 
 nal meaning, and therefore refer to some material 
 object or thing. 
 
 Now, the Bible is a book of spiritual truths; as we 
 have 1 few words or terms in our language derived from 
 the spiritual world which refer directly to spiritual 
 things, we are compelled to use material words or terms 
 when speaking of spiritual things. For this reason the 
 Bible is largely a book of metaphors, symbols, compari- 
 sons, similies or similitudes and has a double meaning. 
 It was for this reason that a great part of the teach- 
 ings of Jesus were given in parables, and explains why 
 a good part of the Bible has a double meaning. 
 
 First, the material or literal meaning as the Bible 
 is understood bv those who adhere strictly to the letter 
 or literal word as its material meaning signifies. 
 
 Secondly, the metaphorical or spiritual meaning, 
 which is only known by those who seek out the spiritual 
 meaning, which is secreted or hidden under the literal 
 or material meaning of the word as found on the 
 printed page of the Bible. 
 
 This brings about at once a difference of opinion in 
 regard to the teachings of the Bible. Spiritual minded 
 
20 THE GOLDEN HOPES <>F MEN. 
 
 people seek out the spiritual meaning, and uphold the 
 teaching thai this is the only true import or moaning 
 of the Bible. Material minded people cannot see this 
 spiritual meaning at all. They, therefore, scoff at the 
 
 eery idea Of there being such a thing as a spiritual or 
 
 hidden meaning to the Bible. 
 
 It is a strange fact, hut it is a truth, that spiritual 
 
 minded people all over the world understand or com- 
 prehend the Bible alike. They seem to he of one Mind: 
 the same Mind "which was also in Christ Jesus." It is 
 
 also true that scarcely any two material minded j>eo- 
 ple understand the Bible alike. This difference of 
 opinion is often so pronounced thai people sometimes 
 do not want to sit in the same church with each other. 
 This difference of opinions or beliefs of material minded 
 people split the professed church of Christ into more 
 than a hundred sects or denominations, each of whom 
 contend that their interpretation of the Bible is right 
 and that all other interpretations are wrong in a greater 
 or less degree. 
 
 The religious thought of the world is now charac- 
 terized by an openness of mind and an earnest longing 
 alter Truth which is capable of being demonstrated. 
 Men have been fed with man-made speculations, railed 
 theological doctrines, lor hundreds of years. The re- 
 sults secured from t eying to put these various academic 
 theories in practice have been so meagre that most 
 people have losi interest in the preaching of purely 
 theoretical religion. 
 
 There are now, as stated, more than a hundred Chris 
 tion denominations, each bavins a different theory or 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 2] 
 
 theological belief, and doubtless each one of* the him 
 divd claims to have the true teachings of Jesus. It is 
 not probable that .lesus taught more than one way of 
 life. It' so, then one oul of (his hundred denomina 
 HOBS may be right, and it must follow that the other 
 ninety-nine are teaching an erroneous theory or doc- 
 trine in some respects at least. This does not imply 
 that all the people who adhere to the teachings of these 
 ninety-nine denominations are not honest or sincere in 
 their beliefs, for we all know that there is such a thing 
 as being honestly mistaken. We all begin to see, how 
 ever, that this matter of multiplicity of theories or be- 
 liefs, commonly termed theological doctrines, has 
 largely tended to destroy the unity of the professed 
 church of Christ; it has for centuries lessened the re- 
 spect of men for each other, and thus retarded the 
 growth of peace and brotherly love among men and 
 nations, which was one of the results for w r hich the 
 Christian religion was instituted by its founder. 
 
 We all understand that a theory or belief on any 
 subject is nothing but a theory, a speculation or doc- 
 trinal teaching until it is proven true by practical 
 demonstration. After any theory or belief is proven 
 true by such demonstration, the world then accepts it 
 as truth or fact. Truth or fact regarding the Christian 
 religion is what the world is now hungry for. All 
 intelligent, fair-minded people clearly see that it is not 
 unreasonable to conclude that the denomination or 
 church which at present gives the strongest proof of 
 the truth of its teachings or doctrines by actual every 
 day demonstration, right here and now, is the church 
 
22 Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 
 
 whicli is nearest to Truth in its doctrinal teachings; 
 nearest to the original teachings of Jesus; the teach- 
 ings which he commanded his first disciples or students 
 to teach to all the world. For this reason such church 
 Bhonld receive the active support of all people who have 
 
 an honest and earnest desire to follow the principles 
 i aught by the Master, as there can be no Scripture 
 foundation for the opinion or notion that it does not 
 mat km* what we believe if we are sincere and make an 
 honest effort to live in keeping with such belief. Jesus 
 taught "the way," it' we miss "the way/' we have 
 simply missed the religion, missed the salvation he 
 came to make plain to the world tor the salvation of 
 all men. 
 
 A lew years ago there might have been a hundred 
 men, each one of whom entertained a different theory 
 or doctrine regarding "the way" to construct a flying 
 machine heavier than air. The man who built a ma- 
 chine which first sailed through the air in public view 
 was considered by the world to have a true or correct 
 theory or doctrine regarding flying machines from the 
 simple truth that his machine did what he claimed it 
 could do. Would it have been considered the proper 
 thing for the other ninety-nine men, who had machines 
 which could not be made to fly, to have made faces at 
 the man who tlew and called him a deluded fanatic 
 because his theory or doctrine did not agree with any 
 of their various opinions or doctrines in regard to how 
 a flying machine should be built? 
 
 livery natural scientist well knows that in order to 
 make a BUCCessful demonstration or realize satisfae- 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 
 
 lory results oul of anything, be must keep in exact line 
 with ilu 1 true general principles governing the work 
 attempted, [f he does this, ho knows ho will succeed. 
 Ho does Dot merely hope or believe thai he will sue 
 id; lie knows that he will succeed. if at any time 
 
 he meets with a failure, ho well knows that it is not 
 
 the fault of the principle, hut simply because ho missed 
 
 the principle; he further knows that if he will cor- 
 rect his own error, his further demonstrations will he 
 more satisfactory, and whenever his demonstrations are 
 governed by, or are in exact line with, the true prin- 
 ciple, then his demonstrations will be perfect. 
 
 Success, being first dependent upon correct under- 
 standing of principle, and then iis proper application 
 in practice. In like manner the words, teachings, com- 
 mands and demonstrations of Jesus should not be con- 
 sidered from a mere sentimental, emotional or super- 
 stititous point of view. They should be regarded as the 
 statements of the general principles governing a scien- 
 tific rather than a haphazard way of life. 
 
 All who claim to be Christians agree that Jesus knew 
 and stated the exact or scientific truth pertaining to 
 the past, present and future for all time to come. It 
 certainly must be a narrow mind which will not see 
 or admit that the teachings and demonstrations of 
 •Jesus were intended to instinct men for their highest 
 good for all time to come. Jesus not only understood 
 the principles governing the true way of life, but he 
 also taught these general principles to the apostles and 
 a number of others. Jesus also gave these men positive 
 instruction or command that thev must in turn teach 
 
24 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 others; thus showing conclusively that a knowledge of 
 the general principles taught by Jesus was transmis- 
 sible by teaching from one man to another. That the 
 members of the early rhristian church tor at least four 
 hundred years understood ihese general principles first 
 taught by Jesus, and that they performed in some 
 measure the same works, or so-called miracles, which 
 Jesus performed is simply a matter of Bible and secular 
 history. We can all agree that Jesus knew and taught 
 the scientific way of life. Every word which he littered 
 is full of instruction to that end, and no man or set of 
 men from that good day to the present hour ever had, 
 or ever will have, the right or authority to annul or set 
 aside the true import of a single word of his teaching. 
 But Jesus of Nazareth was a man; He never claimed 
 to be God, but said he was a Son of God. He kept 
 telling all people that he had no power of his own, 
 and that all his power came to him from the Father. 
 "The Father who dwelleth in me he doeth the works." 
 Jesus kept telling people that the teaching or doctrine 
 thai he taught to them was not his thought, but that 
 it came to him from the Father, to be proclaimed by 
 him to the world for the instruction of all men. "My 
 doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me." "As I hear 
 so I speak." Jesus made every possible effort to have 
 all those around him divert their attention and thought 
 away from his personality, and give their consideration 
 and attention to his words, his sayings, his teachings 
 and demonstrations relating to the new way of life 
 which he was endeavoring to make clear and plain to 
 their understanding. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 25 
 
 Whenever we find the word miracle in the Bible, we 
 usually find it in connection with some exhibition of 
 power or influence which at tirst thoughl seems to us 
 to be beyond the ability of man. The word miracle is 
 from the Lai in word miraoulum from miraH, meaning 
 to wonder. The meaning of the word miracle is, there 
 tore, a wonder or a wonderful thing. Now, wonder is 
 that emotion, agitation or disturbance of the mind 
 which is excited by the presentation to sight of some 
 thing Strange or extraordinary that is not well under 
 Mood. Wonder is closely allied to astonishment and 
 amazement, and it is difficult to detine the difference in 
 graduation as the same incident, wonder or miracle 
 may effect different people in a greater or less degree; 
 this difference is mostly, if not entirely, caused by the 
 difference of knowledge of the respective individuals as 
 to the true cause of what at first appears to them to 
 be a wonder or a miracle. 
 
 Any man who had never heard of water being frozen 
 into ice by artificial means would be caused to wonder, 
 and he doubtless would call it a miracle if water was 
 frozen into ice right before his eyes on a hot day. Those 
 who have some knowledge of the principles governing 
 the process of the artificial production of ice are not 
 caused to wonder when they see this done; neither do 
 they consider the changing of water into ice on a hot 
 day a wonder or a miracle at all. 
 
 Every intelligent man in the world knows that noth- 
 ing ever happened or ever can happen without a cause. 
 If any incident or exhibition of power is presented of 
 which we do not know the cause, we often call it a 
 
26 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 miracle. At t he same time we know that if we under- 
 stood the underlying principle involved, this apparent 
 miracle would be clearly shown to be no miracle at all. 
 In other words, there never was a miracle, or never 
 can be one in the supernatural souse or meaning' which 
 has now come to be attached to the word miracle. 
 
 When Cortes came to America, his followers were 
 armed with guns, and they understood something re- 
 garding the principles of the manufacture and practical 
 use of gunpowder. The native Indians were entirely 
 ignorant of all this, but they soon noted that these 
 white men had the power of causing instant death by 
 pointing something toward them. That there was a 
 flame of tire or a pull of smoke, and that this caused 
 one of their friends at some distance away to fall to 
 the ground with his life blood gushing from a hole in 
 his body. All this was supernatural or miraculous to 
 them, because beyond their knowledge. It is said that 
 these Indians threw down their bows and arrows, ap- 
 proached and prostrated themselves before Cortez and 
 his followers and by signs and symbols made it known 
 that they acknowledged these white men to be gods. 
 
 It is characteristic of ignorance at all times and 
 places to deify men who have performed acts or deeds 
 which arc regarded as supernatural, and today doc- 
 trines arc taught in theological schools all over the 
 world which pract ically deify the personal man, Jesus 
 of Nazareth. Then by claiming his works, or miracles 
 as they are now called, to be those of a God, it is much 
 easier for some professed Christians to explain why 
 they as the followers of Jesus do not perform some 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 27 
 
 oi' these works now. Bui all people in the Christianized 
 
 world are gradually coining to see and admit that there 
 [g nothing gained by endeavoring to evade or escape 
 from the plain meaning of the words of Jesus, when 
 
 he said: 
 
 John XIV. 12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He 
 that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do 
 
 also. 
 
 The so-called miracles performed by Jesus and his 
 followers for at least four centuries after the crucifixion 
 are now regarded by popular theology as supernatural 
 in the same sense and for exactly the same reason that 
 the Indians looked upon the works of Cortez and his 
 followers as the work or miracles of a god. Simply 
 because they do not understand the underlying Prin- 
 ciple] the true knowledge of which enabled Jesus and 
 his early followers to perform these signs and wonders 
 which we have been taught to call miracles. 
 
 When we consider Bible truths, it is incumbent upon 
 all true men that we lay down the spirit of sectarianism 
 by which we are all liable to be so biased as to prevent 
 the consideration of the facts presented in the Bible 
 from an unprejudiced point of view. Let us at all 
 times remember that the Bible has God for its author ; 
 Truth without any mixture of error for its subject 
 matter, and the salvation of all men individually and 
 collectively for its ultimate end. All true Christians 
 maintain that the Bible was written by those who were 
 under divine influence, and w r ere thus qualified to set 
 forth divine Truth without mixture of error. 
 
28 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 As to the value of sects and denominations in gen- 
 eral, the following rather strong sentiment expressed 
 by John Bunyan may not be far from the truth: 
 
 "Since yon desire to know by what name J wish to 
 be called, I desire to he and hope I am a Christian; 
 and I desire 1 [f God should count me worthy to be called 
 a Christian, a believer or any such name which is sanc- 
 tioned by the Holy Ghost And as for those factious 
 titles of . . . and the like, I believe they came neither 
 from Jerusalem or Antioch, but rather from hell and 
 Babylon, for they naturally tend to divisions, and ye 
 can know them by their fruits." 
 
 At present the professed church of God is divided, as 
 Bunyan states, into a great number of sects, factions or 
 denominations. Some of these sects or denominations 
 were founded by \cry good men, but still they were only 
 men. Some of these sects were founded by very bad 
 and very egotistic men: men who became so bigoted as 
 to imagine that the big "I" in them, which was the 
 devil, was equal if not superior in wisdom and power 
 to God Himself. The persona] importance 1 of these self- 
 coneeited individuals became 1 so highly magnified, their 
 mortal mind became so inflated, they swelled up so 
 greatly in their personal importance, that they thought 
 to change times and laws instituted by the God of 
 heaven. 
 
 Between the fourth and the nineteenth centuries, 
 some of these leaders of the professed church of Chrisl 
 endeavored to make others think their thoughts by pro- 
 hibiting free speech ; by strong censorship of the press; 
 l>y the rack and tin 1 gibbot. Men were sawed in two 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 29 
 
 length ways, thrown to wild beasts or burned al 
 the Stake. It has at last been discovered that a man's 
 mental convictions cannol be changed by these methods. 
 It has been found out that a man cannot be made to 
 hear aright by pouring boiling hot lead into his ears; 
 neither can he he made to "see the way" by gouging his 
 eyes out with an awl. All these methods were vigor- 
 ously tried by the professed church of Christ for hun- 
 dreds of years, but for some reason these methods all 
 tailed to bring the salvation to men which Jesus said 
 was the glad news that the kingdom of heaven was at 
 hand. The sectarian bigot still lives and is always the 
 child of ignorance. He is not necessarily ignorant of 
 the wisdom of this world, but he is deaf and blind to 
 spiritual Truth which comes from above. This poor, 
 little, shriveled-up sectarian bigot is greatly to be pitied, 
 for almost invariably, he can see but one side; can 
 entertain but one idea; this one idea may be baptism, 
 forordination, infallibility, the doctrine of the trinity, 
 or some other doctrine of academic dispute, and he 
 knows little or nothing about the glorious realm of 
 Life, Truth, Love. A realm which opens out into wide 
 vistas which have neither beginning nor end. So he 
 shuts himself by egotism out of God's sunshine, and 
 dies like a blind mole under a woodpile. 
 
 The sectarian bigot is ever ready to throw ecclesias 
 tical brickbats at all those who try to show him that 
 intolerance and sectarianism have no part in the reli- 
 gion which Jesus preached. That they never bring any 
 permanent success in the end, even in worldly mat- 
 ters. Years ago, England made a law against the Jew; 
 
30 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 declared thai qo -lew Bhcmld hold an official position. 
 What did ii amount to? Were the -Jews destroyed or 
 their religion overthrown? Who was it who became 
 Prime Minister of England and sat next to the throne; 
 who. in fact, was higher than the throne because he 
 
 was its counselor and adviser: was not this man a Jew 
 
 and his name Disraeli? 
 
 Some forty years ago this well-informed man said 
 in an address to the British Parliament: "Why is 
 Christendom s<> menaced; turn whatever way we like, 
 there is an uncomfortable feeling abroad, a distress of 
 nations, men's hearts failing them for fear. Every Cab- 
 inet in Europe is agitated. Every king and ruler has 
 his hand on his sword hilt. We are approaching the 
 end." 
 
 No other man, in all the world, was in better position 
 to know the condition of the political world, at that 
 time, than Disraeli. lie held as prominent a position 
 as there was in the world, and was addressing as august 
 a body of men as there was on earth. Consequently, the 
 language he used is of more than passing importance. 
 Some centuries before, this same language was used 
 by another groat .lew in describing a very important 
 end. lie was, in fact, the greatest of all Jews — Jesus 
 of Nazareth. We all know something about the great 
 prophecy made by Jesus, which is mostly contained 
 in Matthew 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21. 
 
 In this prophecy, Jesus briefly depicted the events 
 which would occur between that time and what is 
 commonly known as the second coining of Christ and 
 the end of the world. This end is the end Disraeli 
 
THE GOLDEH HOPES OF MEN. 31 
 
 had in mind when he said, "We are approaching the 
 end." 
 
 These arc some of the prophetic words of Jesus, de 
 Bcriptive of the end Disraeli had in view. 
 
 Luke XXI. 26 And there shall be Bigns in the sni), 
 and in Hie moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth 
 distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the 
 waves roaring; 
 
 26 Men's hearts failing them I'm- fear, and lor look 
 ing after those tilings which are coming on the earth: 
 for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. 
 
 27 And then shall they see the Son of man coming 
 in a cloud with power and great glory. 
 
 28 And when these things begin to come to pass, then 
 look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption 
 draweth nigh. 
 
 20 And he spake to them a parable; Behold the fig 
 tree, and all the trees; 
 
 30 When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of 
 your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. 
 
 31 So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to 
 pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. 
 
 32 Verily 1 say unto you, This generation shall not 
 pass away, till all be fulfilled. 
 
 33 Heaven and earth shall pass away; but my w r ords 
 shall not pass away. 
 
 Jesus here, in a general way, points out the signs, 
 conditions or events which would be visible to the com- 
 prehension of men immediately before the time or sea- 
 son when "they Bee the Son of man coming in a cloud 
 
32 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 with power and great glory." Jesus is here describing 
 what is commonly understood as the second coming of 
 
 Christ, and lie gives the world to understand that when- 
 ever these times, conditions or events began to appear 
 like buds and leaves upon the trees in springtime: "So 
 
 likewise ye, when ye set 1 these things come to pass know 
 ye thai the kingdom of God is at hand." 
 
 Popular theology with its usual narrow and limited 
 vision reads and construes these words of Jesus strictly 
 according to their literal or material meaning. Hence, 
 these people fail to comprehend that Jesus held the 
 whole human race in view, and depicted events which 
 would require centuries to fulfill. The word he used in 
 the thirty-second verse, which is translated f/eneration, 
 is properly translated rod : and the limited meaning 
 usually understood by generation is not the meaning 
 held in thought by Jesus when predicting events relat- 
 ing to the whole human race or family. 
 
 In every line Of endeavor, in what we call the prac- 
 tical affairs of life, we honor and accept the system 
 which demonstrates its superior value by the results 
 obtained therefrom by those who understand and cor- 
 rectly apply its principles in practice. 
 
 Bu1 the history of the human race plainly shows that 
 whenever men come lo intellectually consider any sys- 
 tem of religious teaching, it is natural tor the human 
 or mortal mind of mankind to forsake this path of 
 wisdom, and to stoutly uphold and defend their own 
 man-made theories or doctrines, no matter how barren 
 these individual doctrines may bo in the way of £Ood 
 results derived from them. More than that, we are 
 
Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 
 
 liable to be s<> bigoted by whal La called sectarianism 
 thai we are liable to uphold and defend, even at the 
 point of the sword, our own barren doctrines in prefer 
 ence to even giving any impartial consideration ai all 
 t<> the principles of any other system of religions teach 
 ing, no matter how plain the evidence before as may 
 be thai such system, measured by the valuable results 
 derived therefrom, is far superior to that which we 
 
 previously considered in he the only religious system 
 which was of value to men. 
 
 The eyes of the whole civilized world are now being 
 opened to the greal Tact that the kingdom of heaven 
 which Jesus heralded to the whole world at his flrsl 
 coming gave his early followers power to overcome, not 
 only sin, hut also sickness, pain, worry, poverty, and 
 all their attendant undesirable results. The popular 
 branches of the professed church of Chrisl do not now 
 even claim to have power over anything except sin, and 
 all, or nearly all, deny that spiritual power has or can 
 have any influence in the cure of the physical ills of 
 mankind. Millions of young and middle-aged people 
 die yearly of what the world calls preventable diseases, 
 but these churches practically claim that the God they 
 worship is either powerless or indifferent in the matter. 
 These churches also hear the cries, sobs, moans, and 
 curses of thousands and tens of thousands of men, 
 women, and children who are being ground up in the 
 mill of commercialism in order that a favored few may 
 live in royal splendor. The world has been listening 
 for more than a thousand years to preaching about the 
 joy, peace, and comfort which was to be experienced 
 3 
 
34 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 -•over there," but these poor wretches are more inter- 
 ested in a religion which will bring to them some de- 
 gree of peace, joy, and comfort "over here." 
 
 Ii will be conclusively shown in this book thai ]><>]» 
 afar theology has no1 taughl the truth, the whole truth 
 and nothing but the truth regarding the Christian re- 
 ligion for more than a thousand years. This statement 
 is not born q( prejudice againsl any denomination, nor 
 is ii based on the author's private opinion, or on any 
 private interpretation of i he Bible. Jesus said it was 
 the truth that would make us free; for that very reason, 
 it is important thai the truth be brought to the compre- 
 hension of all men, women, and children in the world, 
 no matter how mueli it may differ from any man's pre- 
 conceived opinions or beliefs. 
 
 Jesus did not say that any particular sect or denom- 
 ination was to make us free. It was the truth of the 
 gospel which he proclaimed that was to free us from 
 sin, sickness, and death. This freedom, which his gos- 
 pel was to bring about, was the good news, the glad 
 tidings to men. And now. after nineteen hundred 
 years have passed, there is today apparently as much 
 sin, sickness, sorrow, pain, and death in the world as 
 at any other time in man's history. 
 
 When we lay aside all prejudice in regard to this 
 matter, and measure the teachings of Jesus by tin 1 value 
 of the practical results received therefrom, just as we 
 would the teachings of any other man on any other 
 subject, we are forced to one of two conclusions: Either 
 the l:<>s|u'1 ]»reached by Jesus the Christ is now n fail- 
 ure, or for lotlg centuries 11 has not been preached in 
 
Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 86 
 
 its original purity, mid for thai reason alone it has 
 failed to bring aboul the fall results if was capable 
 of bringing to the world. 
 
 Every man in the world who possesses a spark of 
 Christianity will rise up at once and declare ilia! ii 
 is no1 possible thai a single word uttered by Jesus the 
 Chrisl could Tail at any time. Jesus spoke the truth, 
 
 and truth is immortal: it never dies. It is the same 
 today, yesterday, and forever: < 'onsequeiitly there 
 must be some mistake, some confusion of beliefs, some 
 error in judgment in regard to the way this truth has 
 been presented to the world for. lo, these many, many 
 years ! 
 
i 
 
 CHAPTBB 111. 
 
 APTBB Jesus bad been anointed with the Holy 
 spirit to the sacred offices of prophet, priest, and 
 king, he came into Galilee, and according to Mark the 
 
 first sermon he ever preached is comprised within these 
 few words : 
 
 Marl l. L5 The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of 
 
 God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. 
 
 This was the keynote sermon of Jesus the Christ, in 
 
 which he announced or heralded to the world for all 
 time to come the fundamental principles of the good 
 news, the glad tidings or the gospel. In this sermon 
 is contained the greal secret, if we can find it, of God's 
 plan \'"V the salvation of all men who have ever lived 
 or ever will live on the earth. 
 
 We note that Jesus said in this — his first public ad 
 dress -"The time is fulfilled.'' What time does he 
 here refer to? The Greek kairos, translated time, has 
 the scum 4 of a tixed, appointed, decreed, or predeter- 
 mined season or age. The Greek pleroo, translated ful- 
 filled means, as here used, to verify or to confirm the 
 truth of a prediction or prophecy. 
 
 The true import of these words of Jesus is that the 
 time or rather season or age decreed, appointed or pre- 
 determined by God and predicted or foretold by one or 
 more of His servants the prophets for the manifesting-, 
 revealing or unveiling of the Anointed, the Messiah, or 
 
THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN, 37 
 
 the Christ, was not at hand. That is to Bay, the time, 
 season, or age decreed, appointed, or predetermined 
 and promised by God in the Scripture, had now ap 
 proached; and Jesus of Nazareth was the man raised 
 up by God to verify or confirm the truth of the prophecy 
 and promises found in the old Testament. 
 
 The great central thought or idea of the greater pari 
 of the prophecies of the Old Testament, as well as the 
 New Testament, relate to the manifesting, revealing. 
 Or unveiling of the Christ, the Son of God. 
 
 Daniel's prophecies relate almost entirely to the com- 
 ing or presence of the Anointed, tlie Messiah or the 
 Christ. Be tells as in the last chapter of his prophecy: 
 
 Daniel XII. 1 And at that time shall Michael stand 
 np, the great prince which staudeth for the children of 
 thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such 
 as never was since there was a nation even to that 
 same lime: and at that time thy people shall be deliv- 
 ered, every one that shall be found written in the book. 
 
 In this last chapter Daniel gives a brief summing up 
 of all his prophecies which extend from the manifes- 
 tation of the Christ "until the end of the days." That 
 is to say, until all his prophecies relating to the Christ 
 would be fulfilled, completed, and ended. 
 
 Daniel here tells us, "at that time (age or season) 
 shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth 
 for the children of thy people." The Hebrew term 
 Michael means, who is like God; who is Godlike; or 
 who is God's likeness? These three translations all 
 
38 tin; golden bopes of men. 
 
 having the same signification, and mean that the 
 Michael who will s(aml up is God's likeness. Miehael 
 is one of the many names or appellations used in 
 prophecy to designate the Messiah or the Christ 
 
 The prophets and worthies of old caught glimpses 
 Of the Christ who was to appear or be manifested at 
 some time or season appointed or foreordained by God. 
 This is the time referred to bv Jesus the Christ when 
 he said, '"The time is fulfilled." He meant to tell the 
 world that this decreed time or age had now come. 
 The time or season had now come when Michael, the 
 likeness of God as Daniel saw him five hundred and 
 twenty-six years before Jesus of Nazareth was born, 
 was to he now revealed or unveiled to the comprehen- 
 sion of all those who could spiritually hear the voice 
 and see the Son of God, the likeness of God, shining 
 forth in the face, life, and character of Jesns the Christ. 
 
 Everything that has ever existed, or ever will exist, 
 was always present in divine Mind; God. With Him 
 there is no beginning or end of days. With Him there 
 is no time or duration, for everything is in the eternal 
 now. God's plan, the plan of divine Mind, is being 
 worked out; to our finite sense there are new things 
 under the sun, but divine Mind knew the end from the 
 beginning. 
 
 The title the Messiah, and its (ireek equivalent the 
 Christ, refers to the long-expected prince or king of 
 God's chosen people so often mentioned under various 
 names or titles in prophecy, who was to complete, ac- 
 complish or consummate God's plan, purpose or will, 
 and "save his people from their sins." 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF WEN. 30 
 
 The Jews had watched tor the long promised Messiah 
 for hundreds of years, and that the Messiah or the 
 Christ was to come was the common knowledge of all. 
 
 The terms, the Anointed, the Messiah, and the Christ, 
 all have the same general signification, and are not to 
 be considered as personal names, hut as tin 1 official title 
 of tht 1 long-expected "Servant of the Lord," and the 
 various other terms which are used in the Scriptures 
 as titles or designations of the coming hope of Israel. 
 
 While it is true in a general way that the terms, 
 the Anointed, the Messiah, and the Christ, all have the 
 same signification, il is hut natural that English-speak- 
 ing people could catch from the Anointed a clearer 
 mental perception of what is meant by these respective 
 designations. Through long usage and past teachings 
 we were led to associate the titles, the Messiah and the 
 Christ, as pertaining to and associated with but one 
 man; and that one man the human personality of Jesus 
 of Nazareth. 
 
 As we proceed it will be made clear to all readers 
 that the human mind invariably reverses Truth. It is 
 to be hoped that the reader will be enabled to mentally 
 see that the human personality of the man Jesus of 
 Nazareth is not to be considered as the Christ. 
 
 Daniel speaks of the Anointed, the Messiah or the 
 Christ in his prophecy relating to the coming or pres- 
 ence of the Christ. 
 
 Daniel IN. 25 Know therefore and understand, that 
 from the going forth of the commandment to restore 
 and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince 
 
40 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Shall be seven weeks, and three score and two weeks: 
 
 the street shall be buiH again, and the wall, even in 
 troublous limes. 
 
 The Hebrew mashiyach, here translated Messiah, 
 means, a consenaied individual; as a king, priest or 
 saint. Specifically il refers to the Anointed, the Mes- 
 siah or the Christ The term or title Messiah is de- 
 rived from the Hebrew mashach . meaning to rub or 
 anoint with oil. The title Messiah means, the anointed 
 or the anointed one. In its primitive sense the title, 
 the Messiah, or its English equivalent, the Anointed 
 One, or the < 5 reek equivalent, the Christ, is applicable 
 to any individual man or woman who has been anointed 
 from the fad that thev were anointed or consecrated 
 to God, or to God's service; that is, they were set apart 
 to (lod by the ceremony of the application of an oil of 
 a peculiar composition, the use of which for any com- 
 mon purpose was expressly forbidden. 
 
 The world is now fast learning that all the rites and 
 ceremonies outlined in the Mosaic dispensation in con- 
 nection with Cunls chosen people were but types and 
 shadows of something else which was to be manifested, 
 revealed or unveiled to the comprehension of men in 
 its fullness at some later season which had been pre- 
 determined in divine Mind. 
 
 While the Christ is not divided, we must remember 
 that every man. woman, and child is a branch of the 
 main vine. We must also remember that the vine is 
 a symbol of the Christ. The Scriptures tell us: 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 41 
 
 remiah II. 21 Yei I had planted thee a noble 
 
 vine, wholly a right seed: how then art thou turned 
 into the degenerate plant of a Btrange vine unto me? 
 
 The "man" God created male and female in His own 
 
 image and likeness "in the beginning/' is tin 1 vine here 
 referred to which is the symbol or emblem of the Christ. 
 
 The term man is here used in its generic sense, and 
 means and includes all of God's family of sons and 
 daughters. This rare or family includes every man, 
 woman, and child who has ever lived, or ever will live 
 on the earth. 
 
 This race or family of man of God's planting is 
 perfect as all of God's creations are perfect, sinless, 
 and pure. This race or family are the nobility, 
 the kings and queens of the earth which are here sym- 
 bolized by a ;i noble vine." This noble vine is the vine 
 referred to by Jesus when he said to his disciples: 
 
 John XV. 4 Abide in me, and I in you. As the 
 branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in 
 the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me. 
 
 5 I am the vine ye are the branches : He that 
 abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth 
 much fruit: for without me ye can do nothing. 
 
 6 If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a 
 branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and 
 cast them into the fire, and they are burned. 
 
 7 If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye 
 shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. 
 
42 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF IflBN. 
 
 The Greek meno, here translated abideth, means 
 to stay, remain or continue in a given place, state or 
 condition. 
 
 1 1 will be clearly shown thai God created "man" in 
 "the beginning" a spiritual man, who lived in a spir- 
 itual world. This spiritual "man" race, or family, was 
 perfect, complete, entire, wanting nothing. This race, 
 or family, is the noble vine, the Chrisl of God's planting. 
 
 Then, in the allegore or Cable of what portends to 
 be a second account of creation which is a "similitude" 
 of Adam's transgression, we are told in symbol lan- 
 guage how ii was thai in the garden of Eden we be- 
 came changed from a noble vine and seemingly turned 
 unto a degenerate planl of a strange vine onto God Who 
 only planted the original vine which is the Christ, the 
 ••man" of God's creating in the beginning. 
 
 As has been stated, the "man" race or family of 
 God's creating was, and is now, a spiritual man, having 
 nothing of a material nature in his make up. In the 
 garden of Eden this "man" who was made perfect, com- 
 plete, entire, wanting nothing, acquired or gained pos- 
 session of in some way a material body and a material 
 mind. This acquired belief that we have a material 
 body and mind; the belief that we live in a material 
 world righl now is but a delusion of our own self- 
 created, sensual or mortal mind. This sensual or mor- 
 tal mind, which is but a false slate of consciousness, 
 we must overcome, subdue, trample down, destroy or 
 
 obliterate. Jus1 as fast as we do this, little by 
 
 little, we arc restored or brought back to our original 
 and better spiritual stale. Little by little we awake 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 43 
 
 From the Adam dream of life in a material state, and 
 at lasi will find ourselves in heaven jusl where God 
 placed us in the beginning when he created us. Evi- 
 dence after evidence will be presented as briefly as pps 
 sible to prove conclusively in any and every nnpreju 
 
 diced reader thai this is llie I rue import of (lie teachings 
 
 of Jesus the ( !hrist. 
 
 The writer does not claim to be inspired or infallible. 
 The subject is a vast one, and all thai is hoped or 
 asked is that t he reader will not he loo swift in con 
 eluding that the writer is in error. "Search and ye 
 shall find." I>o nol be hasty in forming judgment. A 
 just judge does not make or form a decision until after 
 he has heard the evidence. Bead the evidence through, 
 then review the whole case by re-reading this little hook. 
 Ir is to be earnestly hoped that evvvx reader will then 
 be under the influence of divine Mind, and empowered 
 thereby to render righteous judgment. Some seem- 
 ingly harsh things are said herein, but all thought ex- 
 pressed is impersonal. It is the earnest desire of the 
 writer to bear witness to Truth. To do this effectually, 
 it is sometimes necessary to show the falsity of error. 
 To do all this in a way that will hold the interest and 
 attention of the reader to the end in a subject which 
 is so dry and dull as the spiritual side of religion is 
 commonly supposed to be, requires brevity, or the 
 reader will throw the book aside and thus defeat the 
 object for which it is written. 
 
 '•The time is fulfilled and the kingdom of God is at 
 hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel." A correct 
 
44 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 translation of the words of Jesus on this occasion reads 
 
 as follows: 
 
 "The time has been completed and the kingly domin- 
 ion of God has coino near; reform and believe in the 
 good news I or glad tidings)." 
 
 The Greek basileia, here translated kingdom, 
 means, kingly dominion. Basileia here refers to the 
 individual to whom the title and honor of king belongs, 
 as well as the dominion, realm, or jurisdiction over 
 which the king has rule, power, or dominion. Tin 1 ter- 
 mination (Jom in kingdom is used to denote jurisdic- 
 tion, rule, or authority; as earldom means the jurisdic- 
 tion of an earl. Dominion has the sense of lordship, 
 rule, power, or authority as well as referring to the 
 country or persons governed. 
 
 Dominion, as has been stated, is from dominium, a 
 term in the old Roman law used to signify ownership 
 of a thing as opposed to a mere life interest. The Latin 
 dominus means a lord or master. Here is where these 
 titles originated which were and are now applied to 
 Jesus. A domain is what one is lord or master over. 
 Jesus the Christ, or Christ Jesus, represents the "man" 
 race or family of God's sons and daughters who were 
 given dominion over the earth and told to subdue it. 
 This is the kingdom, realm, estate, principality, or 
 kingly dominion over which "man" in a generic 
 sense, was given dominion as a free gift by his heavenly 
 Father. This gifl is not simply lor what we call our 
 natural lite to be terminated at what mankind calls 
 death, bul is t<» continue as long as God lives, for 
 •'man" is God's image and likeness and possesses im- 
 mortal lite. 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN, 45 
 
 juratively, realm means a region, a sphere, a <1<> 
 main. This is the realm referred to by President Eliot 
 
 6f Harvard : 
 
 "Truth and right are above utility in all realms of 
 
 thought and action." 
 
 It was this idea of domain from which originated 
 the phrase, "Eight of eminent domain." 
 
 Longfellow had the correct thought of all this matter 
 of dominion and domain when he wrote: 
 
 ••All these must first he trampled down 
 Beneath our feet, if we would gain 
 In the bright fields of fair renown 
 The right of eminent domain." 
 
 A domain is the land or territory about or around 
 the mansion house of a lord, and in his immediate occu- 
 pancy. This was the mansion Jesus referred to when 
 he said, "In my Father's house are manv mansions." 
 A mansion or house is a place of residence, a dwelling 
 place, an abiding place, and is also referred to in 
 Scripture as "the secret place of the Most High." Jesus 
 here used the word mansion as the symbol of a state 
 or condition of mind or consciousness. The Bible recog- 
 nizes two states of mind or consciousness. One state 
 constitutes heaven, the other hell. The first state of 
 mind or consciousness is to be spiritually minded. This 
 state of mind by harmony or unity with God the Scrip- 
 tures tell us "is life and peace." To be in this state 
 of mind or condition of consciousness in all its fullness 
 or completeness is to be in perfect peace and tranquility 
 
46 Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 
 
 of mind or consciousness, and this constitutes harmony 
 
 or heaven. 
 
 one day the Pharisees, who were unfriendly to Jesus. 
 demanded of him to know as to when this kingly domin- 
 ion of God he was talking SO much about would conic: 
 JesUfi answered them : 
 
 Luke XVII. 20, 21 The kingdom of God cometh not 
 with observation, neither shall they say Lo! here or Lo 
 there! for behold the kingdom of God is within you. 
 
 This verse is one of the most important in the Bible, 
 and when correctly translated reads as follows: 
 
 The kingly dominion of God comes not with ocular 
 evidence, nor shall they say. Behold here! or there! for, 
 behold the kingly dominion of God is within you. 
 
 The Greek here reads l\a basileia Inn theou. Basileia 
 
 here refers to the person to whom the title and honor 
 of king belonged, rather than to liis dominion, territory, 
 
 domain, or jurisdiction. The true or correct transla- 
 tion of this verse has never before been presented. Dr. 
 A. (lark understood ii as relating to the Christ or the 
 Messiah, for in commenting on these words he states: 
 
 "Perhaps those Pharisees thought Messiah was kept 
 
 secret, in some private place, known only to some of 
 their rulers: and that by and by he would he proclaimed 
 in a similar w ay to that in which Joasfa was by Jehoiada 
 the priest." i See the account in 2 Thron. 23: 1-11.) 
 Clark could not comprehend the true meaning of 
 these words of .Jesus, doubtless hecause he, like everv 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 47 
 
 other man of his dav and time, entertained the idea 
 which is still largely prevalent in the so-called Chris 
 tianieed world thai Jesus was a God, or, rather, was 
 God Himself present on the earth Inhuman form. Upon 
 this false conception of the Christ, the Son of God, 
 combined with a system of theological belief formulated 
 
 upon the erroneous conception that the second or ma- 
 terial account of creation is the true account of crea- 
 tion— upon this system of erroneous beliefs which are 
 all contrary to the teachings of the Bible, the great 
 majority of professed Christians in the world are to- 
 day basing their hope of heaven. 
 
 According to the Bible, Jesus made no distinction 
 between the kingly dominion of God and the kingly 
 dominion of heaven. In Mark it is written as has been 
 stated that his first public utterance was: 
 
 Mark I. 15 The time is fulfilled and the kingdom 
 of God is at hand; Repent ye, and believe the gospel. 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 The time has been completed, and the kingly domin- 
 ion of God has come near; reform and believe in the 
 good news. 
 
 Matthew states that the first public proclamation of 
 Jesus reads: 
 
 Matthew IV. 17 Repent; for the kingdom of heaven 
 is at hand. 
 
 A correct translation reads : 
 
 Reform; for the kingly dominion of the heavens has 
 come near. 
 
18 THE GOLDEM HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 S<» \\( see thai the Holy Spirit, when it directed 
 both Matthew and Mark, made do difference or dis- 
 tinction between the kingly dominion of God and the 
 kingly dominion of heaven, -ions told the Pharisees 
 
 who hated him thai the kingly dominion of God was 
 within them. Consequently, the kingly dominion of 
 heaven is also within all men who are in the right slate 
 or condition of mind or consciousness by being at per- 
 fecl peace and harmony with ( lod. 
 
 Doubtless everybody agrees thai heaven is where God 
 is, and as God is everywhere, all this teaching regard- 
 ing "going to heaven" musl be wrong somewhere. The 
 professed church of Chrisl has labored for centuries to 
 gel men into heaven, bul Jesus did not seem to under- 
 stand that to be the mission of the good news or glad 
 tidings, Tor he devoted all Ids time and attention to 
 gel ting heaven into men. 
 
 The Greew word basileia, occurs more than one hun- 
 dred and fifty times in the New Testament, and at all 
 times it is translated kingdom in the King James Ver- 
 sion, when in most instances the proper translation is, 
 kingly dominion. The Greek word had two meanings 
 with the Greeks. One meant kingly dominion in the 
 sense of having kingly, regal, or sovereign rule. The 
 <»ther meaning was kingdom, and this sense related 
 more particularly to the country or territory which 
 was under the dominion of a king or a lord. 
 
 Jesus used the word basiieia far oftener in the sense 
 
 of kingly dominion than in that of kingdom, as he 
 talked far more about the kingly dominion belonging 
 to man than he did about the earth which is the king- 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF KEN. 48 
 
 dom, realm, principality, or territory over which man 
 was given dominion by his heavenly Father, 
 
 Jesus taught his disciples to pray, according to a 
 correct I ranslation <>f his wordf 
 
 Matthetc VL 9 Onr Father who art in the heaven, 
 hallowed be thy name: Lei thy kingly dominion appear; 
 Lei thy will be done on earth in like manner as in 
 
 heaven. 
 
 So we see that this kingly dominion was to be real 
 i/ed and enjoyed by men right here OH the earth, as 
 Jesus would certainly not teaeh us to pray Tor any- 
 thing which was not attainable. 
 
 The word, gospel, comes to us from the Anglo-Saxon 
 godspel or godspell, and originally meant good spell. 
 good story, good news, or tidings. The kingly dominion 
 of God or the kingly dominion of heaven was the good 
 news; the glad tidings which Jesus was commissioned 
 by God to proclaim. This news was good news because 
 it was intended by God for the salvation of all men. 
 It was not the personal man Jesus who was to save 
 men : it was the good news he proclaimed to teach men 
 how to regain for themselves the kingly dominion of 
 (iod which God had bestowed upon them when He cre- 
 ated th cm in the beginning and gave them dominion 
 over all the earth or w r orld. This God-given dominion 
 was the kingly dominion about which Jesus preached 
 in his first sermon to the world, and which was the 
 principal subject of his preaching during all his earthly 
 ministry. 
 4 
 
50 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Jesus kepi telling people during all his ministry not 
 to place any confidence In his personality; kept telling 
 diem that it was not within his personal power to save 
 anyone: kepi telling them thai <>f his own self be could 
 <lo nothing; thai all power came from the Father, and 
 to Him all honor and glory belonged. But in direct 
 violation of these oft-expressed wishes, warnings, and 
 commands, the professed church of Christ has built 
 up a system of theology i'or its government based on 
 the idea that Jesus of Nazareth was God present in 
 the world in human form, and all those who accept 
 this teaching, whether they know it or not, are wor- 
 shiping the personality of the creature or man Jesus 
 instead of God his Creator. 
 
 The active public ministry of Jesus is thought to 
 have continued for something over three years, and 
 during this time he went about doing good and preach- 
 ing the kingly dominion of God. By so doing he ful- 
 filled all the prophecies relating to the Messiah, or 
 the Christ, in a way that was God's plan for the salva- 
 tion of all men by revealing or removing the veil from 
 the comprehension of men, so that they can spiritually 
 see or comprehend the Son of God which is within 
 themselves. 
 
 It was only those who accepted, and in some measure 
 comprehended the i cachings of Jesus who were enabled 
 to enter tin 1 kingly dominion of God of which Jesus 
 preached so earnestly by being made to realize by the 
 unveiling of their mentality that they were children or 
 BOnfl of God. This tact is as true todav as it was then. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 51 
 
 Religion is specifically a particular kind of faith and 
 practice entertained and practiced by its devotees or 
 adherents. Some kind or Form of religion is believed 
 
 in hv every man and woman in the world, and these 
 religions beliefs range all the way from the belief in 
 and practice of tin* pnre spiritual truth taughl by Jesus 
 the Christ, down to the belief In and practice of the 
 darkest forms of superstititon. 
 
 The term religion is from the Latin religiOy meaning 
 to hind back; to rebind or reunite. Hence, we see thai 
 the religion preached and practiced by Jesus the Christ 
 was intended to reunite man to God. To bring men 
 hark to their Father's house from which they had wan- 
 dered. Nearly all Christians remember the old song, 
 
 "Blesl he the tie that hinds." 
 
 In Christian lands we usually understand religion 
 to refer to the belief and practice of the system of 
 teaching, commands, and precepts taught and prac- 
 ticed by Jesus the Christ. We also understand that any 
 church or denomination which professes to be Christian, 
 and does not adhere to and practice the pure spiritual 
 religion taughl by -Jesus the Christ is an apostate 
 church. That is to say, such church is a deserter from 
 the faith which was once delivered to the saints, because 
 such church or denomination abandoned, forsook or fell 
 away from belief in and practice of the principles 
 taught and practiced by Jesus the Christ. 
 
 The fact that according to prophecy at the coming 
 or presence of the Messiah or the Christ, a spiritual 
 kingdom was to be built up instead of a material king- 
 dom was almost entirely overlooked hv the leaders of 
 
52 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 God's chosen people. They looked for a temporal or 
 material king or prince, h is also doubtless true thai 
 the coming or presence of the Messiah or the Chrisl 
 was associated in the minds of nearly all Jewish people 
 with the idea of the coming or presence of some one 
 man who would, by his anointing, be empowered by 
 God to overcome all earthly opposition, and enable him 
 to set up an earthly or material kingdom thai was to 
 extend all over the earth and never be destroyed. 
 
 The professed churcb of Chrisl a1 presenl very gen- 
 erally sees thai Jesus was commissioned to sel up a 
 spiritual and not a material kingdom. But it is a 
 strange fad that the popular branches of the professed 
 church of Christ are all now so dominated or beclouded 
 with the old Judiastic idea that the Christ is a per- 
 sonality and is confined to one person or man that it 
 is almost impossible to lift the veil of error from them 
 and make these well-meaning people mentally see thai 
 Jesus of Nazareth was the man raised up by God to 
 fulfill His plan by making plain to the comprehension 
 of men the great central truth of the Bible. The truth 
 that we are all God's children, made in His own image 
 and likeness, and entitled as Sons of God to kingly 
 dominion over everything earthly or material. This is 
 why the kingly dominion, and how all men could attain 
 it for themselves, was the principal theme upon which 
 Jesus preached during all his ministry. 
 
 •losus of Nazareth was commissioned by God to make 
 the Son of God plain to the comprehension of men 
 on the earth. After he had finished the work which 
 God had outlined in the Scriptures Tor him to do as 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 58 
 
 the Son of man, be rose to the fullness of his divine 
 nature. 
 
 When Jesus made his final demonstration known as 
 the ascension, he disunited all Connection with material 
 things, and thus disappeared to mortal Or physical 
 view, and rose to his primitive estate, the eternal Son 
 ..I God. 
 
 The true import of the teachings of Jesus in regard 
 
 to the Anointed, the Messiah, the Christ, the Son of 
 God, were bul faintly comprehended even by the apos- 
 tles during his earthly career. He taught and demon- 
 si rated the saving power of the Christ, the Son of God. 
 
 lie blazed the straight and narrow way by which all 
 men can be saved and begin to enter the kingly domin- 
 ion of heaven right here and now. He manifested the 
 Christ as plain to the comprehension of men as was 
 possible in the material age in which he lived. 
 
 It has doubtless been a question in the minds of 
 many why the Christ was not revealed sooner. In the 
 light of the experience the world has passed through 
 during the past nineteen hundred years, it must now r 
 be plain to all that God caused the Christ to be revealed 
 as soon as it was possible for men to comprehend the 
 true meaning of the Son of God. In fact, there are mil- 
 lions of professed Christians today who have very 
 vague, if not erroneous mental views of where the Son 
 of God is to be found. 
 
 The knowledge of the great fact that every man 
 woman, and child in the world was a child of God and 
 entitled to kinglv dominion over all earthlv or material 
 things was the good news Jesus heralded to the world. 
 
54 Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 He was endowed with t lie Holy Spirit without meas- 
 ure, and be tried to make clear to men by precept and 
 by demonstration the great value to them of this kingly 
 dominion in their daily lives, as h would bring to them 
 health Of body, and peace and comfort of mind under 
 all conditions of life. 
 
 The secret or mystery that Jesus tried to make plain 
 to the world is that the Christ, the Son of God which 
 is within you is your hope of glory, and to him belongs 
 by right of God's gift the kingly dominion over all the 
 earth. 
 
 Paul shows us the mental condition of men in all 
 ages, past, present, and future, who w T ill not admit 
 Truth which enables them to comprehend that the 
 Christ is the image of God within them. 
 
 2 Corinthians IV. 3 But if our gospel be hid, it is 
 hid to them that are lost: 
 
 [ In whom the god of this world hath blinded the 
 minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the 
 glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, 
 should shine unto them. 
 
 The American Version reads: 
 
 2 Corinthians IV. -\ And even if our gospel is veiled, 
 
 it is veiled in them thai perish : 
 
 l In whom the god of this world hath blinded the 
 minds of the unbelieving that the light of the gospel of 
 tin 1 glory of Christ, who is the image of God, should not 
 
 dawn upon them. 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 55 
 
 Throughout the New Testamenl the term, the Christ, 
 is constantly applied; at flrsl with the article as a title 
 
 id the Anointed One, i mi i later the article is omitted 
 in some instances, and the term -Jesus Chrisl or Christ 
 Jesus is seemingly used as a proper name; l>nt in a 
 general way the correct translation of the Greek text 
 is Jesus die Christ, Jesus the Messiah, or .Jesus the 
 Anointed, or Anointed One. 
 
 This seeming change in the Greek text of the New 
 Testament from the consideration of the personal man 
 Jesus of Nazareth as the official representative of the 
 long-expected Messiah or the Christ, to his being con- 
 sidered and spoken of simply as Messiah or Christ is 
 clearly explained by Paul in these words: 
 
 2 Corinthians V. 10 Wherefore henceforth know we 
 no man after the flesh: yea, though we have known 
 Christ after the flesh, yet now henceforth know we him 
 no more. 
 
 The Greek %arx } here translated flesh, means and 
 has reference to and includes the whole animal, phys 
 ical or natural man. It means and refers to the cor- 
 poral or material man as opposed or contrasted with 
 the spiritual or inner man. A translation which ex- 
 presses the true meaning of this verse in modern Eng- 
 lish reads as follows : 
 
 16 So that from this time we recognize no one by 
 image or likeness in accordance with the material man ; 
 and even if we recognized the Christ in accordance with 
 the material man, we now no longer so regard hint. 
 
56 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Bible beaches and the early Christians under- 
 stood and spoke of the divine nature of JeSBS as the 
 Christ 1 1 was the inner man, the spiritual man, who 
 was the Christ, the Son of God, and while they may 
 have known Jesus of Nazareth personally, they no 
 longer held his material, physical or natural form or 
 nature to be of any importance as compared with his 
 divine nature or character. We will learn further along 
 thai it was the individuality or state of oneness with 
 the Rather which the early Christians recognized as 
 ihe Christ, and not the personality of the human or 
 material man Jesus. 
 
 There come a time in the history of the early church 
 when the prediction or prophecy of Jesus was verified, 
 thai his followers would turn from the consideration 
 of the true Christ or the individuality of the man 
 Jesus as the likeness of God, and center their attention, 
 regard, and hope of heaven on the human personality 
 or the outward or material man. 
 
 Jesus told his disciples in the last hour before he was 
 delivered up to the Jews: 
 
 John XVI. :V2 Behold, the hour eometh, yea, is now 
 conic, thai ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, 
 and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, be- 
 cause the Father is with me. 
 
 Jesus here prophecied that the time would come when 
 his followers would be scattered, destroyed or dissi- 
 pated by dependence upon their own personality, and 
 not upon the true Christ who is the image and likeness 
 of ( lod within all of God's family or sons and daughters. 
 
Tin; GOLDEN BOPES <>F MEN. :>7 
 
 This question of human personality which corre- 
 sponds to the human or false ego which is the source of 
 all inn- self-consciousness is a question which has never 
 been understood by the old professed church id' Christ. 
 
 This is the reason why thousands of professed Chris- 
 tians are today worshiping the personal or material 
 man .Jesus, and cannot understand the true idea of I he 
 Christ. 
 
 It is a peculiarity or idiocrasy of ignorance at all 
 times and in all ages to deify the personality of human 
 beings whom they regard as superior or possessing God- 
 like qualities by holding in memory or thought the 
 personal or material qualities of form, features or other 
 human qualities of the material person. These people 
 fail to see that all such worship is simply idolatry or 
 idol worship. They fail to see that they have trans- 
 ferred their worship from the Creator to the creature, 
 and have thus broken the first commandment. If you 
 will go into thousands of professed Christian churches 
 today, you will see therein images and pictoral repre- 
 sentations of a dead Christ hanging on a cross. A dead 
 Christ has been preached and held in thought so long 
 that if the reader will close his eyes and take a mental 
 view of his own idea of the Christ, it is possible that he 
 will mentally see a dead human form hanging on a cross. 
 There was no power to save in the living physical form 
 or personality of the human man Jesus, and there cer- 
 tainly is none in his dead physical or human person- 
 ality. It is the living, palpitating Christ within you 
 which saves, redeems, and gives you dominion over all 
 
58 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 the earth or earthly things whenever you comprehend 
 and comply with the teachings of Jesus. 
 
 When the chief priests and the scribes sent their 
 emissaries to catch Jesus in their trap, these spies said 
 to him: 
 
 Luke XX. 21 Master, we know that thou sayest and 
 readiest rightly, neither acceptest thou the person of 
 any, but teachest the way of God truly: 
 
 22 Is it lawful for us to give tribute unto Caesar, or 
 no? 
 
 23 But he perceived their craftiness, and said unto 
 them, Why tempt ye me? 
 
 24 Shew me a penny. Whose image and superscrip- 
 tion hath it? They answered and said, Caesar's. 
 
 25 And he said unto them, Bender therefore unto 
 Caesar the things which be Caesar's, and unto God the 
 things which be God's. 
 
 The Greek apodidomi, translated render, means to 
 restore; to renew or to pay back, in the sense of 
 the act of reforming, forming anew, restoration or 
 making restitution. We all understand that the in- 
 tent of these men was to catch Jesus on one of the two 
 horns of a dilemma. To either discredit him with the 
 Jews, or to get him into trouble with the Eoman gov- 
 ernment. Jesus neatly foiled their efforts, and at the 
 same lime taught them a spiritual lesson by calling 
 their attention to the great fact that it was their duty 
 to restore or render to God the image or likeness of God 
 in which they were created in the beginning. He called 
 the attention of these men to the image or likeness of 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 59 
 
 Bar which was stamped on the Roman coin which 
 be evidently held up in their plain .sight, and then said, 
 ording to a correct translation : 
 -Restore, then, the things of Caesar to Caesar; and 
 the things of God to God." 
 
 Listen to Paul's words relating to his experience at 
 the time of his conversion to Christianity: 
 
 Halations 1. 15 But when it pleased God, who sepa- 
 rated me from my mother's womb, and called me by his 
 grace, 
 
 1(> To reveal his Son in me, that I might preach him 
 among the heathen. 
 
 Paul here states that it pleased God to reveal His 
 Son in him. The Greek apolcalupto, here translated re- 
 veal, means to unveil; that is, to disclose or uncover by 
 taking off or away the veil or cover which previously 
 prevented the object from being clearly or plainly seen. 
 Nothing new is created at the time of this unveiling; 
 no change in the object being unveiled is made; the 
 veil is simply drawn away and then the object previ- 
 ously covered by the veil is clearly seen. 
 
 You remember that at the time of Paul's conversion 
 he was very far from being a Christian. He was at 
 that lime on his way to Damascus, breathing vengeance 
 on the followers of Jesus the Christ when this mental 
 revealing, unveiling or uncovering took place. When 
 the mist or veil of error was swept back or away. Paul 
 spiritually saw the Christ and realized that he, like the 
 man Jesus of Nazareth, was a Son of God. 
 
60 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MKX. 
 
 When Paul stated thai God "revealed (or qb veiled) 
 His Son in me," he weU understood thai no change was 
 made in the Bon by the unveiling; thai this Son of God 
 
 in him was sinless and pure and needed no regenera- 
 tion or new birth, because this Son of God which he 
 often referred to as the inner man is created in the 
 likeness of God, and must be sinless and pure or lie 
 would not be like God or God's likeness. 
 
 Bui who is this Son of God whom God revealed or 
 unveiled in Paul? Paul plainly tells us just who is this 
 Son of God: 
 
 Galatians I. 11 Bui I certify you, brethren, that the 
 
 gospel which was preached of me is not after man. 
 
 ll* For I neither received it of man, neither was I 
 taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. 
 
 Paul here clearly informs us that Jesus Christ was 
 the Son of God revealed or unveiled in him. Not the 
 personal, material, fleshly man Jesus Christ, as has been 
 explained, bu1 the spiritual or inner man who is created 
 in God's image and likeness. 
 
 The Bible gives us full and complete information in 
 regard to the Christ, the Son of God, if we choose to 
 read it: 
 
 Oolossians I. 12 Giving thanks unto the Father, 
 which hath made us meet to be partakers of tin 4 in- 
 heritance of the saints in light : 
 
 L3 Who hath delivered us from the power of dark- 
 ness, and hath translated US into the kingdom of his 
 dear Son : 
 
TIM: golden bopes OF MEN. 61 
 
 11 in whom we have redemption through his blood, 
 
 the forgiveness of sins : 
 IT) Who is the image of the invisible God, the first- 
 born of every creature. 
 
 We are here told in the twelfth verse thai we are to 
 give thanks to the Father who "made as meet." Made 
 t is here used in the sense of fitted as <>r qualified 
 ns. Hence, the thoughl expressed is thai the Father 
 fitted or qualified as to be partakers of the inheritance 
 of the saints of light. A partaker is one who has or 
 takes a part or share in common with others. The 
 Bible plainly teaches that God is not a respecter of 
 persons. So every man and woman in the world is a 
 partaker; that is, he or she has or is entitled to an 
 equal share or part of the inheritance of the saints of 
 light. 
 
 The Greek kleros, here translated inheritance, 
 has the sense of being possessed of, or entitled to an 
 heirship from an original sense of partitioning; that 
 is, the heir receives or is a sharer by lot in a possession 
 received by gift or without purchase. 
 
 Now, let us get this matter clear in our mentality 
 that God qualified us or made us fit for an equal share 
 in the inheritance of a possession, estate, principality 
 or a dominion given by God our Father to all his chil- 
 dren as a free gift. 
 
 We are qualified for anything whenever the faculties 
 we have are trained into an acquaintance with the busi- 
 ness or work to be done and into expertness in the mode 
 of performing it. * 
 

 62 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Then in the thirteenth verse, we are told thai the Fa- 
 ther delivered those early Christiana From the power or 
 dominion of darkness and translated them into the 
 kingly dominion of his dear Son. Translated is 
 here wsvd in the sense of changed, and the meaning 
 of the Greek is thai these ]>eop]e were caused to make 
 a change of sid< 
 
 We all understand that to take a side means to em- 
 brace the ideas or attach one's self to the interest or 
 allegiance of a party, faction or interest when in oppo- 
 sition to another. Von will be clearly shown that every 
 man has two selves. One, his true self, and the other 
 a false self, which is in opposition to the true self. 
 
 SOU will he clearly shown thai the true self, the divine 
 ego, is the Christ, 1 lie Son of God. Yon will also be 
 clearly shown thai the false self is the false ego, and is 
 the devil, the son of perdition or destruction. 
 
 The question each one of us has to settle for our 
 selves is which self we will adhere to; which side of 
 I he controversy going on in our own consciousness we 
 will support and uphold. Whether we will voluntarily 
 give our allegiance; that is to say, our loyalty and de- 
 votion to the Christ part of our nature, or whether we 
 will give our allegiance to the Satan part of our nature. 
 
 The thought Paul expresses is that these early Chris- 
 tians, by giving their allegiance to the Christ or God- 
 like pari of their nature in place of giving it to the 
 l>ower of darkness, which is but another name for the 
 devil, they were by so doing translated or changed from 
 the dominion of the devil to the kingly dominion of his 
 dear Son or the Son of his love, or the Christ. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 68 
 
 hi the fourteenth verse we are told, in this dear Bon or 
 
 the Christ we have redemption. The Greek upolutmsis, 
 here translated redemption, has (lie old English sense 
 
 of riddance; that Is, deliverance or disenctunberance 
 from something undesirable: something that oppressed 
 
 and held in bondage. The exact meaning of Paul's 
 words is that when we are enjoying the kingly dominion 
 which belongs to the Son of God as a free gift from 
 God, we are delivered or set free or given freedom from 
 any and everything that has a tendency to burden, load 
 down or figuratively impede our progress on life's high 
 way, or afflict, distress or disturb our peace of either 
 body or mind. All these ills being considered the 
 works of the devil from whose dominion we have re 
 ceived freedom, riddance or deliverance. 
 
 In the fifteenth verse we are told that this dear Son 
 of God or the Christ "is the image of the invisible 
 God," and we are further informed that this image 
 or Son of God is "the firstborn of every creature." 
 
 The Greek ktisis, here translated creature, has the 
 sense of primal, original or first creation. Hence, it 
 refers to the primal, original or first creation, when 
 God created "man" and gave "them" dominion over all 
 the earth as a free gift, just as the Bible here teaches. 
 This dominion is the kingly dominion Jesus referred 
 to when he said that the kingly dominion of God is 
 within you. 
 
 "Eepent ye, and believe the gospel." This, accord- 
 ing to Mark, was the conclusion of the first sermon 
 Jesus ever preached. A correct translation reads : "Ke- 
 form, and believe the good news." The Greek metanoeo, 
 
64 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 here translated repent, means (o have one other in i nil ; 
 to have a diffrent mind ; or to make a change of minds. 
 • Jesus nsed the Greeh word in exaeily the same sense as 
 English-speaking people understand l>\ the word, re- 
 form. That is, we must abandon that which is evil, 
 corrupt or debasing and return to a former good state 
 or way of life. 
 
 This meaning is very clearly expressed in 
 
 Tsaiah LV. 7 Let the wicked forsake his way, and 
 the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return 
 unto the LORD., and he will have mercy upon him; and 
 to our God, for he will abundantly pardon. 
 
 8 For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are 
 your ways my ways, saith the Lord. 
 
 !) For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so 
 are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts 
 than your thoughts. 
 
 When these words of Isaiah are given careful con- 
 sideration, we must conclude that God considers cor- 
 rect or true thinking a matter of great importance. 
 Further than this, we are given to understand that the 
 thoughts which originate in the material or mortal 
 minds of men are of no value in comparison with the 
 thoughts which emanate from divine Mind; the mind 
 Of Ood. 
 
 Bui the important thing to note is that -Jesus advised 
 men to have one other mind; to have a different mind 
 or to make a change of minds, lie advised men to 
 make a change of minds and then believe the good news, 
 glad tidings or gospel. And the good news which .Jesus 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 65 
 
 proclaimed was and is thai the kingly dominion of 
 
 God was now al hand. Not some lime, later, bill righl 
 note 
 
 When the words of Jesns are correctly translated 
 and understood in their true spiritual meaning, it is 
 n that no other man ever used words with greater 
 scientific accuracy. lie spoke at all times in the abso- 
 lute. The statements lie made are complete, positive, 
 and unconditional; without restrictions or limitations 
 as to time, place or condition. And well could Jesus 
 speak in the absolute, for the thought he expressed was 
 dictated, transmitted or poured into him by God Him- 
 self; the only independent, unrestricted, and perfect 
 Being; the only power that is supreme over all and 
 above all. The God and Father Paul referred to w T hen 
 he said : 
 
 Ephesians IV. 6 One God and Father of all, who is 
 above all, and through all, and in you all. 
 
 "The time has been completed and the kingly domin- 
 ion of God has come near. Eeform, and believe in the 
 good news." This was the entire sermon. You will 
 notice that Jesus spoke as a king. He made a simple 
 statement of fact; gave a command as to what men 
 should do, and then left it to his hearers to study out 
 the meaning of his words. Although he taught as one 
 having authority, he seldom or never gave extended 
 explanation of his words. In this sermon, the com- 
 mand of Jesus was, and is today, that we should make 
 a chance of minds; we are to do this first, and then 
 believe in the good message. 
 5 
 
66 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Greek pisteuo, here translated believe, means far 
 more than a passive assent of the human mind to an 
 acceptance of the truthfulness of the historic narra- 
 tive of the Bible and what is called by some people the 
 supernatural origin of its teachings. Means more than 
 simply a speculative or theoretical belief which ter- 
 minates in a contemplative frame of mind with little 
 or no inclination to reduce or place the faith or belief 
 in practical, everyday working effect Believe, in the 
 sense which Jesus used the word, means to have faith 
 in or upon; to place full confidence in the truth of the 
 statements ; to intrust; that is, to commit all to God 
 with perfect assurance in His fidelity and ability to 
 fulfill all His promises. 
 
 To have faith in the teachings of God's revealed 
 Word, we must first have conviction of the truth of its 
 teachings; then place unreserved reliance upon this 
 t ruth and be constant in its daily profession and prac- 
 tice. 
 
 But what did Jesus mean when he said that we must 
 make a change of minds? The Bible recognizes two 
 minds, natures or states of consciousness; One is the 
 material, sensual or mortal mind, and the other is the 
 spiritual or divine Mind. The Mind which was also in 
 Christ Jesus. 
 
 As Jesus closed his first sermon without any further 
 explanation, we must turn to other parts of the Scrip- 
 tures in order to find out exactly why it is so impor- 
 tant that we make a change of minds. 
 
 When Jesus sent out the seventy disciples, he told 
 them to "heal the sick — and say unto them, the king- 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 67 
 
 (l.uii of God is conic Digh unto you." When these dis 
 
 dples returned and reported their success, ii is stated: 
 
 Luke X. 21 In thai hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, 
 and said, I thank thee, Father, Km-d of heaven and 
 
 earth, that thou hast hid these things from the wise and 
 prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes: even so, 
 Father; lor so it seemed good in thy sight 
 
 22 All things are delivered to me of my Father: and 
 no man knoweth who the Son is, but the Father; and 
 who the Father is, but the Son, and he to whom the 
 Son will reveal him. 
 
 23 And he turned him unto his disciples, and said 
 privately, Blessed are the eyes which see the things 
 that ye see: 
 
 24 For I tell you, that many prophets and kings have 
 desired to see those things which ye see, and have not 
 seen the m ; and to hear those things which ye hear, and 
 have not heard them. 
 
 Jesus here states that these things had been hid from 
 the wise and prudent. A correct translation reads: 
 "The wise and intellectual." 
 
 We will learn that the Bible recognizes tw r o kinds of 
 wisdom and two kinds of intelligence: One, human 
 wisdom and human intelligence, and the other, divine 
 wisdom and intelligence. Human wisdom originates in 
 the human intellect, which is that faculty of the human 
 mind which receives or comprehends ideas communi- 
 cated to it by our five physical senses. True wisdom 
 and intelligence only originates in divine Mind; the 
 mind of God. This wisdom is communicated to us and 
 
68 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 is comprehended by means of onr spiritual faculties of 
 perception. Jesus used the word reveal in the sense of 
 
 to unveil; to uncover or disclose as by taking a cover 
 or veil oil' or away. 
 
 Jjesns Of Nazareth was the man raised up by Clod and 
 commissioned by Him to manifest, reveal or unveil i lie 
 s«»n of God to the comprehension of men. To teach 
 men by precept and demonstration what was meant by 
 and how to attain i'nv themselves the kingly dominion 
 of Cod, which JeSUS told them in his first sermon, was 
 now at hand. The fact that the kingly dominion over 
 all tin 1 earth was now available to all men who would 
 repent, reform or make a change of mind and believe 
 the good news that it had now come, was the gospel 
 which Jesus preached with a force and power that 
 
 has never been equaled. In fact, he executed his com- 
 mission by revealing the Messiah, the Christ, the Son 
 of God, in such a wonderful manner, and he demon- 
 strated the dominion which belongs to every son of 
 God in such a grand way that men who had limited 
 conceptions of the power of Hod concluded and taught 
 to others that Jesus of Nazareth was God Himself in 
 human form. 
 
 As Jesus considered it so very important that we 
 make a change of mind and have the true mind or the 
 mind of Truth, the subject of Mind will be considered 
 
 at considerable length in following chapters. It must 
 bo very plain to all that if we comply with the teach- 
 ings of JeSUS, we must make a change of mind before 
 We ran believe the good news or enter the kingly domin- 
 ion of <iod or the kingly dominion of heaven. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 69 
 
 The first public announcement of Jesus mentioned by 
 Luke is when Jesus stood up iu the synagogue al Naza 
 
 reth and read from Isaiah : 
 
 Luke IV. 18 The Spirit of tin* Lord is upon me, 
 because be hath anointed me to preach the gospel to 
 the poor; he hath senl me to heal the brokenhearted, to 
 preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of 
 
 Bight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are 
 bruised, 
 
 1!) To preach the acceptable year of the Lord. 
 
 20 And he closed the book, and he gave it again to 
 the minister, and sat down. And the eyes of all them 
 that were in the synagogue were fastened on him. 
 
 21 And he began to say unto them, This day is this 
 scripture fulfilled in your ears. 
 
 The corresponding verses in Isaiah read : 
 
 Isaiah LXI. 1 The Spirit of the Lord God is upon 
 me ; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good 
 tidings unto the meek ; he hath sent me to bind up the 
 brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and 
 the opening of the prison to them that are bound; 
 
 2 To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord. 
 
 The Hebrew word translated meek means the same 
 as poor in spirit. It properly means depressed in spirit. 
 A\ hen we are depressed or poor in spirit, we suffer from 
 a sense of sadness; a sense of dejection or dishearten- 
 ment, and from lack or poverty of spirit we have little 
 courage to fight the battle of life. When we are de- 
 
70 Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 pressed, or poor in spirit, we also suffer in consciously 
 from a sense of weakness or fear, and arc easily over- 
 come by small obstacles or hindrances which seem to us 
 to be mountains in life's pathway. 
 
 Jesus read to the entire world that God had anointed 
 him to proclaim glad tidings to all who were depressed 
 or poor from a lack of spirit, and he did not here refer 
 to material wealth at all. It was (o those in all a.ue^ 
 who were cast down, discouraged or disheartened or 
 brokenhearted to whom the good news was addressed. 
 
 Jesus also read that he was also to preach or pub- 
 lish a deliverance to the captives (of sense). Deliver- 
 ance is here used in the Old English meaning of to make 
 riddance of; to get rid of; to dispel or drive away, as to 
 dispel or drive away clouds, darkness, doubts or fears 
 from our mind or consciousness. 
 
 All our troubles, sorrows, and fears are purely men- 
 tal, and they arise from our lack or poverty in spiritu- 
 ality. This lack arises wholly from our not being in 
 attune or harmony with divine Mind. It was the mis- 
 sion of Jesus to restore or bring us back into peace and 
 harmony with divine Mind, or God. Whenever this is 
 accomplished, all our sorrows, doubts, and fears are 
 dispelled or driven away like darkness is dispelled by 
 the morning sunlight, and we are happy in the sunshine 
 of God's protecting care and love. To accomplish all 
 
 this was the mission of the good news, the glad tidings 
 or gospel which Jesus proclaimed to the world. This 
 gospel was intended to restore (bid's sons and daughters 
 back to the happy condition enjoyed when lie blessed 
 them in the beginning. This restoration was to com- 
 
THE GOLDEN ROPES OF MEN. 71 
 
 mence al once, \'ov Jesus s;ii<l, "This day is this scrip 
 
 hire Fulfilled in vmir cars." 
 
 The gospel which heals the brokenhearted and sets 
 the captives of sense free; the gospel which drives away 
 
 all Our sorrows, doubts, and fears and brings to OS the 
 
 oil of joy for mourning; the garment of praise for the 
 
 spirit of heaviness -this is the religion which Jesus 
 
 preached, and it is the only religion which is of any 
 value to the world today. 
 
 The methods and teachings of Jesns were Tar in ad- 
 vance of his time, and like every other true reformer 
 he suffered from the hand of violence. The system or 
 way of life which .Jesus taught nineteen hundred years 
 ago was true then, has been true during all the cen- 
 turies, is true now, and will be true forever. It brings 
 health of body and mind to all in every walk and sta- 
 tion of life, as well as sweet peace and joy and happi- 
 ness to all those who understand and obey his words by 
 practicing all of his commands in their daily life. 
 
 As a philosopher, no other man ever had the sweep 
 and vision of Jesus. As a doer of things, no other man 
 has ever approached him in ability. As a teacher and 
 as a man he stands preeminent in all the world's his- 
 tory. His teachings meet every human need, and now, 
 after all the centuries of experience, the principles he 
 advocated meet the views of all men who have any love 
 for their fellowmen, whether they be followers of Marx, 
 Mills, or George. 
 
 The words and deeds of Jesus still live. When spir- 
 itually understood and demonstrated in our daily lives, 
 they prove now as ever The Golden Hopes of Men. 
 
OHAPTEB IV. 
 
 WHEN trying a case in any court in the world, it is 
 usually considered important that the jury be 
 composed of unprejudiced men; it being well understood 
 that it is only those who are unbiased in their mental at- 
 titude who are in condition to give proper and just con- 
 sideration of such evidence as may be presented to 
 the court. It is related in Pilgrim's Progress that Chris- 
 tian, while passing through Vanity Fair, was arrested 
 and taken to jail; being charged with disturbing the 
 peace and quietness of Vanity Fair. Christian was 
 given a trial before a jury of twelve men. After the 
 evidence against Christian had been presented to the 
 court, it is stated in Pilgrim's Progress, "then went 
 the jury out, whose names were Mr. Blind Man, Mr. No 
 Good, Mr. Malice, Mr. Love Lust, Mr. Live Loose, Mr. 
 Heady, Mr. High Mind, Mr. Enmity, Mr. Liar, Mr. 
 Cruelty, Mr. Hate Light, and Mr. Implacable; who 
 every one gave in his private verdict against him among 
 themselves. Mr. Blind Man, the foreman, said, 'I can 
 clearly see that this man is a heretic'; then said Mr. No 
 Good, 'Away with such a fellow from the earth.' 'Aye,' 
 said Mr. Malice, 'for I hate the very looks of him.' 
 •Then,' said Mr. Love Lust, 'I could never endure him/ 
 'Nor I,' said Mr. Live Loose, for he was always con- 
 demning my way.' 'Hang him, hang him!' said Mr. 
 Beady. 'A sorry scrub/ said Mr. High Blind. 'My heart 
 riseth against him/ said Mr. Enmity, 4 He is a rogue,' 
 said Mr. Liar. 'Hanging is too good for him,' said Mr. 
 (72) 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 73 
 
 Cruelty. 'Le1 as dispatch him out of the w&jf said 
 Mr. Bate light Then said Mr. Implacable, 'Mighl I 
 
 have all the world given me, I could not he reconciled 
 (o him; therefore, let lis forthwith bring him in guilty 
 of death.' And so they did/' 
 
 During the past fifty years, a new system of religious 
 teaching has been born to the world, named Christian 
 Science, as a result of a revelation made by God to 
 Mary Baker Eddy. Christian Science and Mrs. Eddy 
 have been repeatedly tried before this same jury dur- 
 ing the past forty years for disturbing the peace of 
 Vanity Fair, which is still going on. This jury has 
 never failed to bring in a verdict of death against both 
 of them. 
 
 In order to arrive at any just conclusion in regard to 
 the truth or falsity of Christian Science, it is neces- 
 sary that we be correctly informed as to wdiat its 
 claims are. Then, w T e should consider and weigh the 
 evidence upon which these claims are based. In order 
 to make certain that some of the claims of Christian 
 Science are correctly presented to the Court of public 
 opinion, the following quotations are made from 
 Science and Health, by Mary Baker Eddy : 
 
 "In the year 1866, I discovered the Christ Science 
 or divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and named my 
 discovery Christian Science. God had been graciously 
 preparing me during many years for the reception of 
 this final revelation of the absolute, divine Principle of 
 scientifice mental healing" (p. 107). 
 
 "For three years after my discovery, I sought the 
 solution of this problem of Mind-healing, searched the 
 
74 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Scriptures and read little else, kept aloof from society, 
 and devoted time and energies to discovering a positive 
 rule The search was sweet, ealin, and bonyant with 
 hope, not selfish nor depressing. I knew the Principle 
 of all harmonious Mind-action to be God, and that cures 
 were produced in primitive Christian healing by holy, 
 uplifting faith" (p. L09). 
 
 "Late in the nineteenth century, I demonstrated the 
 divine rules of Christian Science. They were submitted 
 to the broadest, practical test, and everywhere, when 
 honestly applied under circumstances where demonstra- 
 tion was humanly possible, this Science showed that 
 Truth had lost none of its divine and healing efficacy, 
 even though centuries had passed away since Jesus 
 practiced these rules on the hills of Judea and in the 
 valleys of Galilee" (p. 147). 
 
 "Today the healing power of Truth is widely demon- 
 strated as an immanent, eternal Science, instead of a 
 phenomena] exhibition. Its appearing is the coming 
 anew of the gospel of 'on earth peace, good will toward 
 men.' This coming, as was promised by the Master, is 
 for its establishment as a permanent dispensation 
 among men ; but the mission of Christian Science now, 
 as in the time of its earlier demonstration, is not pri- 
 marily one of physical healing. Now, as then, signs 
 and wonders are wrought in the metaphysical healing 
 Of physical disease; but these signs are only to demon- 
 strate its divine origin — to attest the reality of the 
 higher mission of the Christ-power to take away the 
 sins of the world" (p. 150). 
 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 75 
 
 When these quotations are read and thoughtfully re- 
 read, the reader will begin to realize thai Mrs. Eddy, 
 in these plain, calm, exact, and kindly words announced 
 to the world positive and emphatic statements, which, 
 if true, are the most important that have been made 
 to men since the time .Jesus of Nazareth stood on the 
 earth. 
 
 On the other hand, it" these statements are not true, 
 then, no matter what Mrs. Eddy's motives or desires 
 for good may have been, she has been instrumental in 
 spreading a delusion over the earth, which directly and 
 indirectly has influenced in a large degree the lives and 
 conduct of millions of people. In short, Christian 
 Science is either one of the greatest blessings, or one 
 of the greatest curses that has come to man since the 
 foundation of the world. 
 
 When considering the evidence relating to the truth 
 or falsity of the claims or statements made by Mrs. 
 Eddy, it is useless .to depend upon or take into consid- 
 eration any man-made beliefs or human opinions fur- 
 ther than to give proper credence to the testimony of 
 men and women, whose word and character for truth 
 and veracity is held in high regard in their respective 
 localities, and who state their own individual experi- 
 ence as to results received by them from Christian 
 Science teachings and practice. 
 
 The burden of proof, however, must come from the 
 Bible. Let it be clearly understood that the revela- 
 tions found in God's Word are not to be set aside 
 because they may largely differ from the opinions of 
 men. 
 
76 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 God's law as written in the Bible is to be considered 
 supreme over and above the opinions of men, no matter 
 how eminent these men may be, nor how many millions 
 they may he in numbers; "Let God be true though every 
 i mortal i man a liar.' ? 
 
 "In the year 18GG, I discovered the Christ Science 
 or divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and named my 
 discovery Christian Science." (Science and Health, p. 
 107.) 
 
 The reader will please notice that Mrs. Eddy states 
 that she made a discovery. Discover means to uncover; 
 that is, to remove the covering; to lay open to view or 
 make visible something before unseen or concealed. 
 From God's point of view, there is nothing new under 
 the sun. Everything has always existed in divine Mind. 
 With infinite Mind, there is no beginning or end, for 
 everything of God's creation has always been in exist- 
 ence. But when we finite creatures obtain the first 
 knowledge of anything, we think and say that we have 
 made a discovery; so we have from man's point of 
 view. 
 
 Columbus discovered America; he did not create or 
 make anything by his discovery. The American conti- 
 nent was there from the dawn of creation, but it re- 
 mained for Columbus to discover or uncover this con- 
 tinent and lay the knowledge of its existence open to 
 the view of the civilized world. The primary Bible 
 meaning of discover has the sense of uncovering or 
 bringing to lighl or tearing asunder a covering that 
 previously concealed an object from view like a veil, a 
 mist or anything before the eyes which obstructs the 
 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 77 
 
 view by shutting off t ho light and thus causes stumb- 
 ling. This veil or mis! is understood to be used in a 
 
 figurative way to represent anything which tends to 
 
 blind or darken mental vision, and does not refer at 
 all to ocular sight. 
 
 So, we see that Mrs. Eddy did not claim that she 
 made or created anything which resulted in Christian 
 Science being brought to the world's knowledge. The 
 Christ Science, or Christian Science, like the continent 
 of America, was there; had been there since the dawn 
 of creation, and Mrs. Eddy was the individual selected 
 by God to remove the veil or mist-like covering and lay 
 the knowledge of Truth open to the view of the w T orld. 
 Possibly some people may not believe that God selected 
 Mrs. Eddy for this purpose. Unbelief or disbelief 
 of anything is the refusal of the mind t o admit 
 or credit the truth of the evidence presented. A dis- 
 believer has the evidence relating to the matter set be- 
 fore him, and to him incurs the responsibility of admit- 
 ting this evidence or of setting it aside. Tillston stated 
 a fact w T hich should not escape our attention and our 
 remembrance when he said: "Our belief or disbelief 
 of a thing does not alter the nature of the thing. Truth 
 exists. If we deny Truth, we simply support and up- 
 hold error in our consciousness." 
 
 According to history, Columbus was put in chains 
 because he said he had discovered a new land. The 
 same class of disbelievers tried to put chains on Mrs. 
 Eddv and Christian Science. 
 
 V 
 
 When considering Bible evidence, it must be remem- 
 bered that the Bible is a book of spiritual truths. An 
 
78 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 hones! effort is made in this hook to show to all 
 thai it is the teachings of the Bible, thai spiritual troth 
 can only be Been or comprehended by spiritual minded 
 people. Bui God has given to every individual some 
 degree Of spiritual perception, and if a spiritual truth 
 is plainly pointed out, he can then see it. If a small 
 pin is dropped on the floor in a room containing a dozen 
 pcophs one man may possibly see the pin very 
 plainly; it is also possible that the others may look 
 sometime without being able to see the pin at all; but 
 just as soon as the man who does see the pin points it 
 out, the Other eleven can usually see it at once; it will 
 then look so plain to them that they may wonder why 
 they did not see it before it was pointed out to them. 
 
 It is just this way with the spiritual truths of the 
 Bible. It would be very unfortunate, however, if any 
 man should be so blinded by prejudice as to refuse to 
 acknowledge that he sees the pin after it is plainly 
 pointed out; such an unfortunate man is certainly to 
 be pitied. 
 
 The Bible teaches that what is commonlv known as 
 popular theology has been leading the professed church 
 of ( Mi list into error for twelve hundred and sixtv years. 
 During all these long years the people have been led 
 astray from the truth as it is in Jesus. In consequence, 
 the true meaning of the teachings of Jesus was lost to 
 the world. The professed church of Chrisl became an 
 apostate church, and for twelve hundred and sixty 
 years the true Christian faith, the faith which was once 
 delivered to the saints, was adulterated, defiled, and 
 polluted by man-made beliefs and teachings, and the 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 79 
 
 people were led Into paths of pnrightousness. Then, in 
 L866, the time came when God's sanctuary w;is to i>< k 
 cleansed and purified, and the people once more led 
 by Christ-Truth into the path of righteousness forever 
 
 and forever. 
 
 The author is aware that these are very strong state- 
 ments. All that is asked, however, is thai the reader 
 will withhold judgment until after the supporting evi- 
 dence is presented. The evidence will show that all 
 of Mrs. Eddy's statements are true, and no unprejudiced 
 man will doubt but what God did commission Mrs. 
 Eddy to uncover or reveal the Christ-Truth once more 
 to the world by unlocking the spiritual truths of the 
 Bible with the key of Science and Health. 
 
 Jesus in his great prophecy gave in a wonderful way 
 an outline of the events which would come to pass be- 
 fore what is commonly known as the second coming of 
 Christ would take place. These words of Jesus have 
 been construed in many different ways, and although 
 they give very positive information in regard to the 
 coming or presence of Christ, the true spiritual mean- 
 ing of these w r ords has been little understood from the 
 fact that a considerable part of this prophecy has a 
 double or triple meaning, which has confused all those 
 who failed to see the spiritual meaning of the words. 
 We read these words of Jesus: 
 
 Luke XXI. 24 And they shall fall by the edge of 
 the sword, and shall be led away captive into all na- 
 tions: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the 
 Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 
 
80 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Greek pleroo, here translated fulfilled, means, as 
 Jesus here used the word, to verify or prove a prophecy 
 or prediction to be true by competent evidence. Jesus 
 used the word Fulfilled in this instance in just the same 
 sense as he did when he told those who came to arrest 
 him at the time of the betrayal: 
 
 Mark XIV. 49 I was daily with you in the temple 
 teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must 
 be fulfilled. 
 
 Jesus, in the words quoted from his prophecy, said, 
 "Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles un- 
 til the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled." The times 
 here mentioned as the times of the Gentiles then relates 
 to some i>eriod mentioned in prophecy. It will be 
 clearly shown that a tunc is equivalent to 3G0 years; 
 but as times is plural, we are not here informed by 
 Jesus as to how many times are indicated. As the 
 prophecy of Daniel relates so largely to the first and 
 second coming of the Christ, we turn to that prophecy 
 for information. All Bible students are aware that 
 the book of Daniel consists almost entirely of proph- 
 ecies relating to the Messiah, the Anointed or the 
 Christ In the vear B.C. 55>"\ Daniel received a revela- 
 tion, and we read: 
 
 Daniel VII. 7 After this I saw in the night visions, 
 and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and 
 strong exceedingly: and it had great iron teeth: it 
 devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue 
 with the feet of it; and it was diverse from all the 
 beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 81 
 
 8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up 
 among them another little horn, before whom there 
 were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: 
 
 and, behold, in this horn Wi re eves like t he eves of man, 
 
 and a month speaking great things. 
 
 !) I beheld till the thrones were easi down, and the 
 Ancient of days did sit, whose garment WOS white as 
 
 snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his 
 throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burn- 
 ing fire. 
 
 10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from be- 
 fore him : thousand thousands ministered unto him, and 
 ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him : the 
 judgment was set, and the books were opened. 
 
 11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great 
 words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the 
 beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to 
 the burning flame. 
 
 12 As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had 
 their dominion taken away : yet their lives w r ere pro- 
 longed for a season and time. 
 
 Two years later, or in B.C. 553, Daniel received an- 
 other revelation. Commencing with the ninth verse, 
 we read : 
 
 Daniel VIII. 9 And out of one of them came forth 
 a little horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the 
 south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant 
 land. 
 
 10 And it w r axed great, even to the host of heaven; 
 and it cast dowTi some of the host and of the stars to 
 the ground, and stamped upon them. 
 6 
 
82 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 11 Yea, tie magnified himself even to the prince of 
 
 the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, 
 
 and the place of his saneluary was cast down. 
 
 12 And an host was given him against the daily 
 sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down 
 the truth to the ground; and it practised, and pros- 
 pered. 
 
 L3 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another 
 Bainl said unto that certain saint which spake, How 
 long shall he the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, 
 and the transgression of desolation, to give both the 
 saneluary and the host to be trodden under foot? 
 
 14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and 
 three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be 
 cleansed. 
 
 The reader's attention is especially called to the 
 fourteenth verse, wherein it is stated that at some time 
 the sanctuary would be cleansed. 
 
 The Hebrew word tsadaq } translated cleansed, means, 
 cleansed, justified, turned to righteousness, or made 
 righteous. 
 
 The Hebrew word here translated cleansed is ex- 
 actly equivalent in meaning to the Greek word dikaioo, 
 which means, to show or regard as innocent, just or 
 just i tied, or righteous. The ITebrew and the Greek have 
 exactly the same meaning as Jesus had in mind by the 
 word righteousness when he said to his disciples: 
 
 Matthew VI. 33 But seek ye first the kingdom of 
 Qod and his righteousness J and all these things shall 
 be added unto you. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 83 
 
 The Hebrew won] godesh, translated sanctuary, re- 
 fers specifically to the temple a1 Jerusalem and par- 
 ticularly the mosl retired or inner pari of it called the 
 
 holy of Holies, in which was kept the ark of the cove- 
 nant, and into which no person was permitted to enter 
 except (he high priest, and thai only once a year. The 
 
 English word sanctuary comes to us from Latin 
 tanctllS, meaning holy or sacred; hence, a sanctuary is 
 a holy, sacred or consecrated place or spot. A sanctu- 
 ary is not only regarded as a place, hut as a thing 
 itself, and is to he regarded as the most holy thing, a 
 consecrated thing, a hallowed thing. 
 
 Daniel here tells us that at a certain time in the 
 future God's sanctuary is to be cleansed, purified, re- 
 garded as innocent, just or righteous or possessed of 
 righteousness. The important thing for us just now is 
 to find out from Daniels' prophecies as to when God's 
 sanctuary was to be cleansed or made righteous. 
 
 It is a fact which is well known to all Bible students 
 that all of God's prophecies or revelations contained in 
 the Bible are so hidden by God that no man can figure 
 out the time of their fulfillment until after the time 
 of fulfillment has arrived or passed. Another well 
 known fact is that in deciphering prophecies and reve- 
 lations in many cases a day is equivalent to a year, also 
 a time is equal to 3G0 days; a season is equal to 360 
 days; a month is counted as thirty days, and 360 days 
 as a year. All these statements can be sustained by 
 Bible proof, and we are now in position to determine 
 the date or year in w T hich God's sanctuary was to be 
 cleansed. 
 
84 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Attention has been called to this verse: 
 
 Daniel VII. 12 And as for the rest of the beasts, 
 their dominion was taken away; yet their lives were 
 prolonged for a season and a time. 
 
 You will notice that a season and a time are men- 
 tioned in this verse. 
 
 A season, as has been explained, is 360 years. 
 
 A time, as has been explained, is 3G0 years. 
 
 Hence, the total time indicated here is 720 years. 
 
 The time here indicated by Daniel which would tran- 
 spire before God's sanctuary would be cleansed is 720 
 years. 
 
 Again we read: 
 
 Daniel VII. 18 But the saints of the most High 
 shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for 
 ever, even for ever and ever. 
 
 19 Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, 
 which was diverse from all the others, exceeding dread- 
 ful, whose teeth iccre of iron, and his nails of brass; 
 which devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the resi- 
 due with his feet. 
 
 20 And of the ten horns that tcere in his head, and 
 of the other which came up, and before whom three fell ; 
 even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake 
 very great things, whose look was more stout than his 
 fellows. 
 
 21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the 
 saints, and prevailed against them; 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 85 
 
 '2*2 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment 
 
 was given to the saints of the most High; and the time 
 came that the saints possessed the kingdom. 
 
 S,\ Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth 
 kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all 
 kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall 
 tread it down, and break it in pieces. 
 
 24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten 
 kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after 
 them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he 
 shall subdue three kings. 
 
 25 And he shall speak great words against the most 
 High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, 
 and think to change times and laws : and they shall be 
 given into his hand until a time and times and the di- 
 viding of time. 
 
 26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take 
 away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto 
 the end. 
 
 In the twenty -fifth verse, we are informed that some 
 evil power which is in opposition to the most High 
 "shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think 
 to change times and laws : and they shall be given unto 
 the hand of this evil power until a time and times and 
 dividing of time." 
 
 As has been stated a time is 360 years; times being 
 plural it must indicate at least two times; a dividing 
 of time would be one-half a time. Hence, the time in- 
 dicated here would be at least one time plus two times 
 plus half a time or three and one-half times, which, mul- 
 
86 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 tiplied by 360 equals 1,260 days, equivalent to 1,260 
 prophetical years. 
 From a number of facts, which will be shown later, 
 
 these 1,260 vears are the times of the Gentiles referred 
 to by Jesus when he stated thai Jerusalem was to be 
 trodden down by the Gentiles. Jerusalem is here used 
 as the Bymbol or spiritual name for God's sanctuary 
 that was at one time possessed by the early Christians, 
 or the saints of the most High. In the twenty-first 
 Verse, it is stated that some evil influence made war 
 with the saints and prevailed against them. 
 
 The Chaldee word yekei, here translated prevailed, 
 
 means to gain the mastery over; to overcome by greater 
 influence. We are here told by Daniel that some evil 
 influence would make war with the saints of the most 
 High and overcome or gain the mastery over them. By 
 reading the twenty-second verse, we find that this evil 
 influence, which we will name error, maintained its 
 mastery over the saints until the Ancient of days at 
 the day of judgment restored all things, and the time 
 came that the saints once more gained possession of the 
 kingdom. In the twenty-fifth verse, Daniel repeats this 
 same matter in different words, and we are in this 
 verse told, as has been shown, that Jerusalem, the spir- 
 itual name for God's sanctuary, would be lost to the 
 saints for 1,260 years. Then, in the twenty-sixth verse, 
 we are told that the judgment should come and the 
 power or dominion of this evil influence which had 
 overcome tin 1 saints was to be taken away until the end. 
 The Chaldee word cowph, here translated end, means 
 the termination of time; that is to say, after the evil 
 
Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 87 
 
 influence of error was destroyed, the saints wen* to 
 obtain and hold the kingdom; or, as Daniel tells as: 
 
 Daniel VII. IS But the saints of the most High shall 
 take the kingdom and possess the kingdom for ever, 
 
 even for ever and ever. 
 
 The language used in all prophecies in the Bible is 
 highly figurative; but it is very clear that the saints 
 of the most High possessed the kingdom and then lost 
 it. After a certain number of years, the saints of the 
 most High regained possession of the kingdom, which 
 they are never to lose possession of again, but are to 
 retain possession of the kingdom forever, even forever 
 and ever. 
 
 Attention has been called to these words : 
 
 Daniel VIII. 14 And he said unto me unto two 
 thousand and three hundred evenings and mornings, 
 then shall the sanctuary be cleansed. 
 
 As every day has an evening and a morning, the time 
 indicated here would be one-half of 2,300, or 1,150 days, 
 or prophetical years, as the time w T hich would elapse 
 before the sanctuary would be "cleansed." 
 
 You remember that it w r as shown by Daniel's first 
 prophecy that 720 years would elapse before God's 
 sanctuary w r ould be cleansed. 
 
 When w r e add these 720 years 
 
 And these 1,150 years 
 
 We have a total of 1,870 years. 
 
88 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 We find thai it would be L,870 years alter a certain 
 date or event to the time when God's sanctuary was to 
 be cli ansi d. 
 
 As has been previously stated, Daniel's prophecies 
 relate almost entirely to the first and second coming of 
 
 the Christ Prom the accompaning statements con- 
 tained in these two respective prophecies, we know that 
 
 the date here found relates to what is commonly known 
 
 as the second coming of the Christ. 
 
 In nearly all Bibles containing references at the top 
 Of the reference column is shown the date of the year 
 each event took place. An inspection of these dates in 
 your Bible will show that Jesus was four years old at 
 the time of the commencement of what is now known 
 as the Christian era, or Anno Domino. 
 
 There is some dispute over this matter relating to the 
 date of the birth of Jesus, but we have agreed to let 
 the Bible decide all disputed points. The reader is re- 
 quested to get his Bible and turn to Luke 3: 23, and he 
 will read, "And Jesus himself began to be about thirty 
 years of age/' etc. In the corresponding reference 
 column, you will find printed A.D. 26. As Jesus was 
 thirty years old in the year Anno Domino 26, he cer- 
 tainly was four years old when Anno Domino com- 
 menced. 
 
 The first coming of the Christ dated from the birth 
 of Jesus when the angels sang "Glory to God in the 
 Highest." 
 
 According to Daniel's prophecy, the second coming 
 of the Chrisl would he 1,870 years after the birth of 
 Jesus. Hence, for us to find the exact date when God's 
 
Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 89 
 
 sanctuary, according to Daniel's prophecies, was to be 
 
 oleansedj justified, purified, <>r made righteous al the 
 
 and coming or presence of Christ, we must Bubtracl 
 
 these tour years from Daniel's L870 years, which gives 
 
 us the dale A.I>. L866, just as God revealed this dale to 
 Mrs. Eddy, and this date was written by her in Science 
 
 and Health, as the date of her discovery. 
 So it is written : 
 
 "Is it not yet a very little while and Lebanon shall 
 be turned into a fruitful field, and the fruitful field 
 shall be esteemed as a forest; and in that day shall the 
 deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the 
 blind shall see out of obscurity and out of darkness. 
 The meek also shall increase their joy in Jehovah, and 
 the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of 
 Israel." (Isaiah 29: 17.) 
 
CHAPTEB V. 
 
 POPULAB theologyj which today represents the 
 scribes and Pharisees of old, led the world into 
 error by locking up and darkening the spiritual truths 
 of the Bible with their man-made, materialistic beliefs, 
 
 traditions, and practices. 
 
 The whole world, or rather all men in the world, 
 were led astray, and the truth as it is in Jesus was lost 
 or locked up. This required another revelation from 
 God to enable men to comprehend the truth as Jesus 
 proclaimed it nineteen hundred years ago. God, in his 
 infinite wisdom, chose Mrs. Eddy as the woman to write 
 the Christ-Truth once more to the world. She was 
 faithful to the trust placed upon her, wrote down the 
 revelation vouchsafed to her by God, and named it 
 Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures. This 
 hook truly proved the key which has once more unlocked 
 the spiritual truth of the Bible to the comprehension of 
 men. As a result of this regaining of Truth, spiritual 
 power lias been regained to the world, and today men 
 and women all over the world are doing in a large de- 
 gree the same works done by the early church, and are 
 now fulfilling these words of Jesus: "He that believeth 
 in me, the works that I do shall he do also." 
 
 One plain evidence, which any man in the world can 
 
 Bee with his own physical eyes if he chooses to look, 
 
 which is very convincing that Christian Science is the 
 
 second coming of Christ, is noted in the attitude of the 
 
 (90) 
 
Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 91 
 
 Jewish people towards Christian Science. Jesus said in 
 his prophecy : 
 
 LuJa XXI. 24 And Jerusalem shall he trodden down 
 of the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles be ful- 
 filled. 
 
 The sanctuary or temple of God was to be trodden 
 down until the times of the (Jen tiles were fulfilled ; (hen 
 this treading down process was to stop; God's sanctu- 
 ary was then to be cleansed, purified or made righteous. 
 We now know that this cleansing, purifying or making 
 Holy took place in A.I). 18GG. We also know that the 
 times of the Gentiles lasted 1,260 years. As during these 
 1,260 years the professed church of Christ was an apos- 
 tate church by subtracting 1260 from 1866, we find that 
 the entire professed church of Christ became apostate 
 in A.D. 606. 
 
 It is a fact, known to all men, that during all these 
 hundreds of years, the Jewish people have maintained 
 their own religion, and up to the organization of the 
 Christian Science church, no branch of the professed 
 Christian church during all these 1,260 years has been 
 able to even make a dent in the religious belief of the 
 Jews in the way of converting them to the Christian 
 religion. That this would take place is prophetically 
 stated by Paul : 
 
 Romans XI. 25 For I would not, brethren, that ye 
 should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be 
 wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is 
 happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles 
 be come in. 
 
92 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 26 And so all Israel shall be saved: as it is written, 
 There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall 
 turn away ungodliness from Jacob. 
 
 One idea Pail] here brings out is that spiritual blind- 
 ness in part had fallen on Israel, and that this 
 blindness would continue until the fulness of the Gen- 
 tiles had come in; then at the time of the completion 
 of the fulness of the Gentiles, a Deliverer was to come 
 out of Sion which would turn ungodliness from Jacob. 
 
 As has been stated, all other branches of the pro- 
 fessed church of Christ have for centuries tried to con- 
 vert the descendants of Jacob over to the Christian 
 faith with, very, very little success. If the reader will 
 attend any Wednesday evening experience meeting at 
 any Christian Science church, in any city in the world 
 where Jews reside, he will see a goodly number of the 
 descendants of Jacob stand up and hear them pub- 
 licly testify as to the great good Christian Science, the 
 Deliverer, has brought to them. 
 
 The members of the early church long centuries ago 
 plainly saw and deeply regretted that the old church 
 was then blinded by their lack of the true knowledge 
 of God, and they were all anxious that every member 
 of the old church as well as all other men in the world 
 should become acquainted with the true teachings of 
 Jesus. The members of the last or Christian Science 
 church, plainly see and deeply regret that the old 
 church is now blinded by their lack of the true knowl- 
 edge of God, and they are all anxious that every mem- 
 ber of the old church as well as all other men in the 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 93 
 
 world should become acquainted with the true teach- 
 ings of Jesus. The Christ did not come the first time 
 in acordance with the preconceived opinions and tra- 
 ditions of the scribes and Pharisees of oldj conse- 
 quently they rejected him. The Christ-Truth did do1 
 coino the second time in accordance with the precon- 
 ceived opinions and traditions of the scribes and 
 Pharisees of today: consequently they rejected hint 
 
 God, in the olden time, did not purify His old pro- 
 fessed church and incorporate His new church there- 
 with. He set up a new church with a new name, which 
 was hated by the old. 
 
 God in the present time did not purify His old pro- 
 fessed church and incorporate His new church there- 
 with. He set up a new church with a new name, which 
 is hated by the old. 
 
 In regard to the new name of Christian Science, if 
 the reader will turn to Isaiah 62, he will find in that 
 chapter an account of the future of the Christian 
 Science church ; in the second verse he will read : 
 
 Isaiah LXII. 2 And the Gentiles shall see thy right- 
 eousness and all kings thy glory; and thou shalt be 
 called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall 
 name. 
 
 After reading this whole chapter, the reader will then 
 begin to understand that Mrs. Eddy was authorized by 
 God to rename the church of Christ, and to rename it 
 Christian Science. As to the future of the Christian 
 Science Church you can read it in the third verse: 
 
94 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Isaiah LXII. 2 And the Gentiles shall see thy right- 
 eousness, and all kings thy glory: and thon shalt be 
 called by a new name, which the month of the Lord 
 
 shall name. 
 
 3 Thou shalt also be a crown of glory in the hand of 
 the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God. 
 
 The positive evidence, found in the Bible, is so con- 
 firmatory of Mrs. Eddy's assertions that she received a 
 
 revelation from God in lSOG, and the evidence is so 
 astounding that it may be questioned by some people 
 who, while they admit its accuracv, will make an effort 
 
 7 t • 7 
 
 to set it aside as a mere coincidental or accidental cor- 
 respondence of numbers. It is well understood in law 
 practice that evidence must be given weight and due 
 consideration, no matter how improbable it may appear 
 if such evidence is supported by further strong evi- 
 dence from a different source which completely corro- 
 borates the first. 
 
 So let us turn to the Bible again as the only reliable 
 source of evidence by which it can be proved that Mrs. 
 Eddy did, or did not, receive a revelation from God 
 in the year 1866 as she has positively stated. 
 
 It would naturally be expected that facts regarding 
 the future of the church of Christ would be found in 
 the book of Revelation. There are differences of opinion 
 in regard to Revelation, but doubtless a great majority 
 of Christian people believe that therein is contained an 
 outline of the future history of Christ's church extend- 
 ing from the time Revelation was written until what 
 is known as the second coming or presence of Christ. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 95 
 
 Without going into full details, which might be tedious, 
 let us briefly look into a few of the facts relating to the 
 future of the church ot Christ as they are given by 
 
 John. We road: 
 
 Revelation IV. 1 After this I looked, and, behold, 
 
 a door WOS opened in heaven: and the first voice which 
 I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; 
 which said. Come up hither, and 1 will shew thee things 
 which must be hereafter. 
 
 The Revised Version reads, "come to pass hereafter." 
 These words relate to events which "must be hereafter," 
 that is, at some time in the future. Revelation was 
 written by John in the year A.D. 96. You will find A.D. 
 96 printed in your Bible at the top of the reference 
 columns all through Revelation. "The things which 
 must be hereafter" must then certainly take place after 
 the year A.D. 96, as this prophecy w r as not w r ritten until 
 that date. 
 
 The reader is doubtless aware that the Bible is an 
 Oriental book ; that is, was written in an Oriental lan- 
 guage by Oriental people. It abounds in troup and 
 metaphor, and its meaning is largely hidden or ex- 
 pressed in symbols which, w^hile they may have been 
 well understood at that time, are now unknown to the 
 vast majority of people. For instance, in Hebrew 
 etymology the number 7 signified a large, complete, 
 but uncertain and indefinite number. The number 7 
 is also used to indicate fullness, completion or perfec- 
 tion; seven times, or sevenfold, frequently means com- 
 pletely or abundantly. Seventy times seven is an ex- 
 
96 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 pression denoting a still higher or superlative degree 
 of completeness, fullness, perfection, or abundance. 
 We read : 
 
 Revelation V. 1 And I saw in i lie right hand of him 
 
 thai sat on the throne a book written within and on the 
 backside, sealed with seven seals. 
 
 In the fourth and fifth verses we read: 
 
 4 And I wept much, because no man was found 
 worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look 
 thereon. 
 
 5 And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not: be- 
 hold, the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, 
 hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven 
 seals thereof. 
 
 The name or title, "the Lion of the Tribe of Judah," 
 is one of the numerous names used in Scripture to 
 desjnn ate or signify the Christ. 
 
 In the next chapter, the Christ is again referred to 
 under the title of the Lamb. We read: 
 
 Ri velation VI. 1 And I saw when the Lamb opened 
 one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of 
 thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see. 
 
 L* And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that 
 sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto 
 him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer. 
 
 3 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard 
 the second beast say, Come and see. 
 
Till: GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN, 97 
 
 i Ami (here wcni urn another horse thai was red: 
 and power was given to him thai sal thereon to take 
 peace from the earth, and thai they should kill one an- 
 other: and there was given unto him a greal sword. 
 
 B And when lie had opened the third seal, I heard the 
 third beasl say, Come and Bee. And I beheld, and lo 
 a black horse; and ho that sat on him had a pair of 
 balances in his hand. 
 
 (i And I heard a voice in t he midst of the four beasts 
 say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three meas- 
 ures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the 
 oil and the wine. 
 
 7 And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard 
 the voice of the fourth beast say. Come and see. 
 
 8 And T looked, and behold a pale horse: and his 
 name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed 
 with him. And power was given unto them over the 
 fourth part of the earth to kill with sword, and with 
 hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the 
 earth. 
 
 And when he had opened the first seal, I saw under 
 the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word 
 of God, and for the testimony which they held: 
 
 10 And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How 
 long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and 
 avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? 
 
 11 And white robes were given unto every one of 
 them ; and it was said unto them, that they should rest 
 yet for a little season, until their fellow-servants also 
 and their brethren, that should be killed as they Were, 
 should be fulfilled. 
 
 7 
 
98 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, 
 and, l<>, there was a greal earthquake; and the sun be- 
 came black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became 
 as blood; 
 
 L3 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even 
 as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is 
 shaken of a mighty wind. 
 
 14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is 
 rolled together; and every mountain and island were 
 moved out of their places. 
 
 L5 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, 
 and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty 
 men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid them- 
 selves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; 
 
 10 And said to the mountains and rocks. Fall on us, 
 and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the 
 throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. 
 
 17 For the great day of his wrath is come; and who 
 shall be able to stand? 
 
 We are here told that w T hen the first of these seven 
 seals was opened, a white horse went forth, and he 
 that sat on him wore a crown and went forth conquer- 
 ing and to conquer. These seven seals signify the per- 
 U>r] or complete number; the opening of the entire 
 seven will fulfill prophecy and complete the time of 
 the coming or presence of the Christ. The white color 
 of the first horse is the symbol of purity. The bow and 
 the crown are emblems of the victory of the church of 
 Christ during the time indicated by the first seal. The 
 church was triumphant during its first state of exist- 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPKS OF MEN. 99 
 
 ence. Then, in the third and fourth verses, the second 
 il is opened and a red horse went forth; red is the 
 
 emblem of bloodshed or war; he who sat on this red 
 horse took peace from the earth, and the church of 
 Christ, the saints, during this ]>eriod suffered from a 
 war of persecution, which is farther symbolised by the 
 
 great sword, and in this persecution many of the saints 
 or Christians were destroyed. After the opening of the 
 third seal the black horse went forth; black in prophecy 
 is the emblem of distress and affliction; the church or 
 the saints of the most High are now suffering severe 
 distress and affliction from persecution during the 
 period of time indicated by the third seal. When the 
 fourth seal was opened, a pale horse went forth, and 
 we are plainly told that death sat on this horse and 
 hell followed. Power was given death and hell over the 
 fourth part of the earth to kill the saints with the sw^ord 
 and by throwing them to wild beasts. 
 
 Undisputed facts of history state that during several 
 hundred years, known in a general way as the early 
 persecution of the church, all these and other methods 
 were freely employed to obliterate or exterpate the 
 true Christian religion. When the fifth seal is opened, 
 we are told in the ninth and tenth verses something as 
 to the result of this war on the saints of the most High : 
 
 Revelation VI. 9 I saw under the altar the souls of 
 them that was slain for the word of God. 
 
 The Greek word psuche, here translated souls, refers 
 to and means the sensual or sentient mind, nature or 
 principle of man, which corresponds exactly with and 
 
100 THE GOLDEN TTOPES OF MEN. 
 
 constitutes man's animal, physical, natural or mortal 
 mind, nature or governing principle. The Greek word 
 tlmsiastcrion, here translated altar, means a place of 
 sacrifice. The true meaning of the Greek of this verse 
 is that the animal, physical or natural lives, minds or 
 natures of these saints was slain or killed, and were 
 under the altar as a sacrifice. But every saint was alive 
 as they all "cried with a loud voice," etc. 
 
 Jesus taught that God is a God of the living and 
 not of the dead, for to God all are alive. He taught to 
 the world for all time to come "he that keepeth these 
 sayings of mine shall never see death." All the teach- 
 ings of Jesus express or imply that man, the true man, 
 the spiritual man, the Son of God which is within every 
 man and woman is immortal and never dies. It is our 
 belief in such a thing as a material or physical man that 
 dies. This erroneous, material or mortal belief is dis- 
 pelled or destroyed by a knowledge of the truth that 
 all which exists in reality right now is spiritual and 
 good. 
 
 In the eleventh verse, these saints of the most High 
 are told "that they should rest yet for a little season": 
 
 Revelation VI. 11 And white robes were given unto 
 every one of them ; and it was said unto them, that they 
 should rest yet for a little season. 
 
 A season, you will remember, is 3fi0 years. The saints 
 in heaven were to rest 360 years, until their brethren 
 were killed; they were to rest until that time was ful- 
 filled. The Greek word plcvoo, here translated fulfilled, 
 means to verify as a prediction or prophecy. The 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN, 101 
 
 prophecies were all, at that time, contained in the Old 
 Testament, as the New Testament was not yet known, 
 and the fulfillment or verification here referred to al- 
 luded to a prophecy Of Daniel or some oilier prophetical 
 writings. It will be remembered that it was in the 
 year A.D. 96 when John wrote Revelation. By adding 
 UG years and 360 years together, we have 45G years. We 
 have now made progress in the history of the church 
 of Christ down to the year A.I). 45G. 
 
 This date of A.D. 45G marks the opening of the sixth 
 seal. During the period of time covered by this seal, 
 "tne great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be 
 able to stand?" 
 
 We read the words of Jesus, which apply to this time 
 and the time indicated by the opening of the sixth seal 
 and continuing on from the date A.D. 45G : 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 21 For then shall be great tribula- 
 tion, such as was not since the beginning of the world 
 to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 
 
 22 And except those days should be shortened, there 
 should no flesh be saved : but for the elect's sake those 
 days shall be shortened. 
 
 The time these words of Jesus apply to the church of 
 Christ commences with the opening of the sixth seal. 
 From the twelfth to the seventeenth verse of the sixth 
 chapter of Revelation, a description of the condition of 
 the world is predicted, which secular history verifies by 
 showing that it did come to pass. 
 
 Attention has been called to the fact that the words 
 of Jesus usually have two and sometimes three mean- 
 
102 THE QOLDE3 HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 ings. Material minded people deny this, because they 
 can see but one of these meanings, and that is the lit- 
 eral or material. In consequence of this, these people 
 imagine that a good pari of the prophecy of Jesus re- 
 lates to the destruction of the material eity of Jerusa- 
 lem. It is also true that material minded people have 
 no vision; they live and move at all times in a little, 
 narrow, contracted, mortal mind. In consequence of 
 this, these people have failed to understand that while 
 Jesus may have incidentally referred to the destruction 
 of the material Jerusalem, his principle meaning refers 
 to the destruction of the spiritual Jerusalem which is 
 the symbol of the true church of Christ. 
 
 Daniel tells us what would happen to the saints or 
 the early Christians during the time "the abomination 
 of desolation' mentioned by Jesus was gaining control 
 of the church of Christ by the power of the sword : 
 
 Daniel XI. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and 
 they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall 
 take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the 
 abomination that maketh desolate. 
 
 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant 
 shall he corrupt by flatteries; but the people that do 
 know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 
 
 33 And they that understand among the people shall 
 instruct many : yet they shall fall by the sword, and by 
 dame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 
 
 This destruction of the early Christian church by the 
 sword and by dame, it will be clearly shown, was com- 
 pleted in A.I). 606, The abomination of desolation 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 103 
 
 which finally gained complete possession "of the holy 
 place' 1 or the "sanctuary," was se1 ap in A.l). 576, The 
 "sanctuary" was polluted by substituting man-made 
 materia] teachings in place of the pure spiritual teach- 
 ings of Jesus. This materialized condition of the pro 
 fesaed church of Christ continued from A.l>. 606 for 
 1,260 years, or to A.I). lSt>(> 7 when the "sanctuary" was 
 
 cleansed. 
 
 The Bible tells us a little more about what happened 
 to the destroyers of the early church: 
 
 Revelation IX. 3 And there came out of the smoke 
 locusts upon the earth; and unto them was given power, 
 as the scorpions of the earth have power. 
 
 4 And it was commanded them that they should not 
 hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, 
 neither any tree; but only those men which have not 
 the seal of God in their foreheads. 
 
 5 And to them it was given that they should not kill 
 them, but that they should be tormented five months: 
 and their torment teas as the torment of a scorpion, 
 when he striketh a man. 
 
 G And in those days shall men seek death, and shall 
 not find it; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee 
 from them. 
 
 In the highly figurative or symbol language of the 
 Jews, numbering by months or moons was considered 
 as appropriate of or a symbol of the works of evil. 
 The moon being the governess of night, and darkness 
 being considered the symbol of a covering for evil deeds. 
 On the contrary, the sun being the symbol of light, was 
 
104 THE GULDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 considered the symbol of good deeds, correct thinking 
 or righteousness. 
 
 In the fourth verse quoted, it is stated that the scor- 
 pion should not hurt; anything except "Those men which 
 have not the seal of (jod in their foreheads." This re- 
 fers to the people who rejected the true teachings of 
 Jesus at the close of the year A.D. 45G. 
 
 In the fifth verse, quoted above, it is stated that the 
 scorpion was not to kill these unbelieving people, but 
 that they should torment them "live months." You 
 remember that in the symbol language of Scripture, a 
 month is considered or counted as thirty days; hence, 
 the period or season here indicated would be five times 
 thirty, or a hundred and fifty days. Counting a year 
 for a day, the time here indicated is a hundred and fifty 
 years. This added to the 45G years already accounted 
 for brings us down in the history of the church to the 
 year A.L). GOG. 
 
 The great time of tribulation mentioned by Jesus is 
 now in full force : 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 21 For then shall be great tribula- 
 tion, such as was not since the beginning of the world 
 to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 
 
 22 And except those days should be shortened, there 
 should no llesh be saved; but for the elect's sake those 
 days shall be shortened. 
 
 23 Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is 
 Christ, or l here; believe it not. 
 
 24 For there shall arise false Christs, and false 
 prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; in- 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 105 
 
 somuch that, it' U were possible, they shall deceive the 
 
 very elect. 
 
 25 Behold, I have told you before. 
 
 Previous to the time indicated by the complete open 
 
 ing of the sixth seal, all the saints of the most Hi^h 
 were giveD white robes. (Kevelation 7.) "And God 
 shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." And "there- 
 fore are they before the throne of God and serve him 
 day and night in his temple." 
 
 It would be of interest to follow this matter out in 
 detail, but the subject under consideration just at pres- 
 ent is to briefly determine as to whether or not Mrs. 
 Eddy did or did not receive the revelation from God 
 which is now contained in Science and Health. As it 
 would take several volumes to present all the evidence, 
 simply a few facts are here presented for considera- 
 tion. By holding these few facts in memory and read- 
 ing the books of Daniel and Kevelation with care, many 
 other supporting facts will become plain and clear to 
 the comprehension of the reader. 
 
 The scene John is presenting in Kevelation extends 
 to what is commonly known as the day of Judgment, 
 or the second coming or presence of Christ. Daniel, 
 Jesus, and John all prophesized until that season or 
 time should arrive, and then — 
 
 Revelation X. 7 But in the davs of the voice of the 
 seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mys- 
 tery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to 
 his servants the prophets. 
 
106 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Let us now pass to — 
 
 Revelation XL 1 And there was given me a reed 
 like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and 
 measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them 
 that worship therein. 
 
 2 But the court which is without the temple leave 
 out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gen- 
 tiles : and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty 
 and two months. 
 
 3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and 
 they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three- 
 score days, clothed in sackcloth. 
 
 It is here stated that those who worship in the tem- 
 ple of God were to be measured; apparently this meas- 
 urement was to be made to see whether these worship- 
 ers came up to a proper standard. But the outside court 
 of the temple was not to be measured, as it was given 
 to the Gentiles, and they were to tread the holy city 
 under foot forty and two months. Forty and two 
 months equals 1,260 days; allowing one day for a year, 
 we find that the Gentiles were to tread down the holy 
 city for 1,200 years. 
 
 Jesus, in his prophecy, stated: 
 
 Luke XXL 24 And they shall fall by the edge of 
 the SWOrd, and shall be led away captive into all na- 
 tions: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the 
 Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 
 
THE OOLDBH HOPES OF MEN. 107 
 
 The holy city is the symbol name for Jerusalem; 
 Jerusalem is the symbol name for the church of Christ 
 So we see thai the church of Christ was to be trodden 
 
 down for 1,260 years. In the third verse, John plainly 
 
 slates that the time is 1,260 days, and that (lie Iwo wit- 
 nesses were to be clothed in sackcloth. The ancient ex 
 pivssioii Ml sackcloth, or in sackcloth and aslus, was 
 derived from the Oriental custom of bewailing. It is 
 the symbol of great grief and humiliation. In this 
 instance it is expressve of the grief over the prediction 
 that the church of Christ should be trodden down for 
 1,260 years; then, as it has been shown, God's sanctuary 
 was to be "cleansed" by the restoration of the pure spir- 
 itual teachings of Jesus. 
 
 John himself was one witness to this fact, and doubt- 
 less Daniel the other, for in the last chapter of Daniel's 
 prophecy we read : 
 
 Daniel XII. 5 Then I Daniel looked, and behold, 
 there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank 
 of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of 
 the river. 
 
 6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, which 
 was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it be 
 to the end of these wonders? 
 
 7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, w T hich was 
 upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right 
 hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him 
 that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, 
 and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to 
 scatter the power of the holy people, all these things 
 shall be finished. 
 
108 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 A time, times, and half, as has been previously ex- 
 plained, is equal to one time, plus two times, plus half 
 a time, or three and one-half times. A time is 360 
 years; three and a hall' times would be 1,200 years. 
 Daniel here tells us that at the end of 1,260 years, after 
 the power of the holy people had been scattered, all of 
 Daniel's prophecies relating to the Christ were to be 
 finished. That is, they were to be eompleted, fulfilled, 
 and ended. As Daniel's prophecies relate to the first 
 and second coming of Christ, at the time "all these 
 things shall be finished" as predicted by Daniel would 
 he tlii^ date of the second coming or presence of Christ. 
 
 Daniel tells us that the power of the holy people 
 would be scattered, and that they would be overcome 
 for 1,200 years. Then God's sanctuary was to be 
 cleansed. 
 
 Jesus said that Jerusalem, the symbol of God's 
 church or sanctuary, would be trodden down until the 
 times of the Gentiles would be fulfilled, which was 1260 
 years. 
 
 John testifies that the holy city, another symbol of 
 God's church or sanctuary, Avas to be trodden under 
 foot forty-two months, or 1,260 years. 
 
 We find that Daniel, Jesus and John exactly agree. 
 By adding A.D. 606 previously obtained to these 1,260 
 years, we have the date of A.D. 1866 as the date or time 
 at which all the prophecies of Daniel, Jesus, and John 
 were to he completed, fulfilled, or ended. It is now 
 clear that Mrs. Eddy's statement in regard to the exact 
 date she received her revelation is positively and com- 
 pletely confirmed by Daniel, Jesus, and John. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 109 
 
 Againsl the testimony of God's Word, the beliefs, 
 opinions, and prejudices of mankind weigh absolutely 
 nothing : 
 
 <i<xl Bpeaks through Daniel, saying: 
 
 Daniel VII. 1*7 And the kingdom and dominion, and 
 
 the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, 
 shall be given to the people of the saints of the most 
 High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and 
 all dominions shall serve and obey him. 
 
 28 Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me 
 Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my 
 countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in 
 mv heart. 
 
CHAPTER VI. 
 
 IN Revelation, chapter 10, we have an account of 
 how and why the book named, Science and Health 
 with Key to the Scriptures, came into the world. You 
 remember what has been previously stated in regard to 
 the number seven being the symbol number of perfection 
 or completeness; you will also notice that the events 
 in this chapter all took place during the period indi- 
 cated or covered by the opening of the seventh seal. 
 
 There were seven seals to be opened, and during the 
 period of the last or the seventh, all things would be 
 completed, finished or brought to perfection. This 
 would indicate the second coming of Christ and day of 
 judgment, at this time or period. It is also during this 
 period that the seventh angel would sound, and all 
 things would be finished. We have all heard the tradi- 
 tion which is supposed by thousands of people to have 
 a Bible foundation that on the day of judgment, the 
 Archangel Gabriel would stand on that day, which is 
 supposed to be the second coming of Christ — this angel 
 would stand with one foot on the sea and the other 
 upon the land, and proclaim that time was no more. 
 Hundreds of millions of people have been taught to 
 believe that at that time, after all mankind had been 
 judged and consigned to heaven or hell, that the heavens 
 and the earth were to be burned up with fire. 
 
 We read in regard to the seventh angel : 
 
 Revelation X. 1 And I saw another mighty angel 
 come dow r n from heaven, clothed with a cloud : and a 
 
 (110) 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 111 
 
 rainbow wa% upon his bead, and bis face was as H were 
 
 the sun, and his feel as pillars of fire: 
 
 2 And he had in his hand a little hook open: and he 
 set his righl fool upon the sea, and his left foot on the 
 earth, 
 
 3 And cried with a loud voice, as token a lion 
 roareth: and when he had cried, seven thunders ut- 
 tered their voices. 
 
 4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their 
 voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from 
 heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the 
 seven thunders uttered, and write them not. 
 
 5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and 
 upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven. 
 
 6 And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, 
 who created heaven, and the things that therein are, 
 and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the 
 sea, and the things which are therein, that there should 
 be time no longer: 
 
 7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, 
 when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God 
 should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants 
 the prophets. 
 
 8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake 
 unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book 
 which is open in the hand of the angel w^hich standeth 
 upon the sea and upon the earth. 
 
 And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, 
 Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take 
 it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but 
 it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. 
 
112 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 10 And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, 
 and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: 
 and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. 
 
 In tlie second verse, we are told that this seventh 
 angel who came from heaven had in his hand a little 
 hook, and that this book was open. This little book is 
 the symbol of, Science and Health with Key to the 
 Script urcs, by Mary Baker Eddy, which includes her 
 discovery made in A.D. 18G6. 
 
 This seventh angel, which denotes completion, "set 
 his right foot upon the sea and his left foot upon the 
 earth, and he cried with a loud voice.-' All this agrees 
 with the Archangel Gabriel tradition, which seems to 
 have been handed down for centuries. Then he lifts 
 up his hand and swears by the creator of the heaven 
 and the earth "that there should be time no longer," 
 but "the mystery of God should be finished." 
 
 Paul tells us : 
 
 1 Timothy III. 16 Without controversy great is the 
 mystery of godliness. 
 
 But now the finishing or completion of "this mys- 
 tery" is revealed by God to Mary Baker Eddy, and re- 
 corded by her in the open book named Science and 
 Health. This book is now open to all who wish to know 
 about the mystery of godliness. It is supplied with a 
 key which unlocks the spiritual truths of God's Word, 
 as hundreds of thousands of people have freely testified 
 to the world during the past forty years. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 113 
 
 The Greek word musterion, used by both Paul and 
 John, and translated mystery, rHVrs to those who are 
 initiated into religions rites in the sense thai this in- 
 dividual or these individuals had come to a true knowl- 
 edge of the Becrets of the order. The mystery of God, 
 then, is a knowledge of Truth as it was possessed by 
 the saints of the most High as it was originally tanghl 
 by Jesus the Christ. This knowledge which was only 
 known to the early saints, as the initiated, was lost to 
 the world in A.D. GOG. When this knowledge was re- 
 gained through revelation to Mrs. Eddy, then the faith 
 or mystery which was once delivered to the saints once 
 more becomes known to those who accept the truth of 
 God's Word as written in Science and Health. This 
 regaining of the spiritual truth which was first taught 
 by Jesus the Christ constitutes the second coming or 
 presence of the Christ. 
 
 We should never forget that it is the comprehension 
 and the putting into, practice of the teachings of Jesus 
 the Christ which brings salvation to men. God, the 
 Father of all men, dictated this teaching to Jesus for 
 that very purpose. There is no question but what Jesus 
 tried to teach men that the way of the spiritual life w r as 
 the only way which led to true happiness. He tried to 
 teach and demonstrate to men by his own life, that the 
 only success worth striving for, or having, was only 
 to be gained by living a spiritual life right here and 
 now. He taught that the only evolution which was of 
 any value or service to man was the evolution which 
 gradually transformed or changed us from a material 
 to a spiritual state of mind or consciousness. Every 
 8 
 
114 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 word and every act of Jesus is in perfect line with this 
 thought. This spiritual way, this only road to success 
 and permanent happiness originated in divine Mind, 
 the mind of God. But the way we have long been 
 taught, and the way we have taught our children as 
 the proper road to success, was by gaining material 
 prosperity for ourselves by the exercise of our own 
 strong right arm forced on to victory by the pow r er of 
 the human will. 
 
 These two methods are exactly opposite to each other. 
 The early Christians tried the way Jesus outlined, and 
 they testified that it brought to them peace, joy, and 
 true happiness here on earth just as Jesus said it would 
 bring. .Man has tried to conquer by following the way 
 known as "the strenuous life" for thousands of years, 
 but the history of the w T orld plainly show T s that the 
 effort to gain peace, joy, happiness, or even permanent 
 prosperity by the exercise of the human will has at all 
 times and in all ages resulted in a failure. This way, 
 this manner of life is a failure, because it is based on 
 false principle; this error in the minds of mankind 
 must be corrected, and the only way this can be done 
 is by our gaining a knowledge of the truth as taught 
 by Jesus. Every man in the world who professes to 
 be a Christian, must agree that Jesus knew r the truth 
 in regard to this matter, and he taught that the spir- 
 itual way of life is the only way that peace, joy, com- 
 fort, and tranquility of mind can be attained right here 
 and now. 
 
 We now come to the part of the teachings of Jesus 
 which it is almost impossible to make material minded 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 115 
 
 people, even, know what is meant by reality or truth and 
 
 unreality or error. JeBUfl taught thai the spiritual is 
 the only real. He taught that the material, physical, OP 
 what we call natural way of life is all an unreality; 
 that it is all an illusion or delusion of mind; that 
 it is a false state of consciousness which is brought 
 about by giving credence to the testimony of our five 
 physical senses. He taught that all those who were 
 thus deceived by false beliefs; deceived by our own 
 false thinking, would some day come to a knowledge 
 of the truth ; that is, they would some day come to know 
 that the spiritual world is the only world there is now 
 in existence or ever has been since the foundation of 
 the world. Jesus taught that the material world, the 
 world we are made acquainted with by our five material 
 or physical senses has no existence now or never had 
 any existence in truth or reality; the gaining of a 
 knowledge of this truth is what Jesus referred to when 
 he said, "Ye shall know the truth and the truth shall 
 make you free." 
 
 When you consider all this over carefully, you will 
 not be surprised that it is stated in the Bible, "And the 
 people were astonished at his doctrine." 
 
 It is possible that the reader may also be astonished 
 at the doctrine of Jesus when he comes to know the 
 true meaning of the words he proclaimed to the w r orld. 
 The writer would say that he studied the Bible at home, 
 and listened to preaching in churches of various denom- 
 inations for more than fifty years; at the end of that 
 time, he discovered by studying Science and Health 
 that he knew little, very little, in regard to the true 
 
116 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 teachings of the Bible, for the reason that he had been 
 taught by the leaders of the professed churches of 
 Christ to understand the teachings of the Bible from 
 a material point of view, which is exactly opposite to 
 the spiritual view entertained by Jesus when he pro- 
 claimed his words to the world for the salvation of 
 all men. 
 
 It then began to be plain why it is that the teachings 
 of Jesus have so far failed to bring a full salvation to 
 all men in the world. The reason for this failure is 
 very simple, and is this : for 1,260 years the true spir- 
 itual teachings of Jesus were lost to the world; for 
 this reason they were neither preached nor practiced 
 during that time; the professed church of Christ be- 
 came an apostate church ; the faith which was once de- 
 livered to the saints was adulterated by the mixing in 
 of material beliefs and practices. 
 
 There is nothing the matter with the Bible; there 
 is nothing the matter with the teachings of Jesus. All 
 that is needed is that they should be once more under- 
 stood and put into practice. To this end God made 
 a revelation to Mrs. Eddy; she wrote it down in Science 
 and Health with Key to the Scriptures; this key un- 
 locks the true spiritual meaning of the Scriptures, just 
 as it was intended to do. The spiritual teachings of 
 Jesus the Christ at his first coming brought about cer- 
 tain results. These spiritual teachings are once more 
 understood, and they once more bring about the same 
 results; that is why the birth of Christian Science into 
 the world is known as the second coming or presence 
 of the Christ. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 117 
 
 When reading a book, it is not difficult to correctly 
 
 judge the character and quality of the ideal held in 
 thought by its author. This ideal may be of such a 
 gross or sensual nature that the reader of the book is 
 debased or degraded in life or character by consciously 
 or unconsciously imbibing the thought which is re- 
 flected by the author. On the contrary, if any author's 
 ideal is of a spiritual nature, the reader is consciously 
 or unconsciously exalted in character by imbibing and 
 assimilating the pure uplifting thought which is re- 
 flected by the author's mentality. This desirable effect 
 may be of such an intense degree as to bring about a 
 permanent effect for good upon the reader's life and 
 character that will increase his future happiness, health, 
 and real enjoyment of life. 
 
 We see all this exemplified in its fulness by the re- 
 sults attained from the study of Science and Health. 
 This book was first published in 1875. It is now more 
 generally read and studied than any other book ever 
 published in the English language, with the exception 
 of the Bible. During the past forty years the teach- 
 ings of Science and Health have been given earnest 
 study and practical day by day trial by tens of thou- 
 sands of as intelligent people as live in the w r orld. This 
 study and practice of the teachings of Mrs. Eddy has 
 resulted in the reformation of thousands and hundreds 
 of thousands of people from sinful practices of every 
 nature. Xot onlv has Science and Health been instru- 
 mental in bringing about all this great good, but hun- 
 dreds of thousands of cases of sickness, pain, and suf- 
 fering in all its forms have been healed; and now, after 
 
118 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 all these yean of rigid, impartial testing of her teach- 
 ings, {here are hundreds of thousands of earnest, con- 
 scientious people scattered all over the civilized world 
 who firmly consider Mrs. Eddy by Tar the greatest bene- 
 factor of the human race that has stood on the earth 
 since the days when Jesus of Nazareth walked over the 
 hills and through the valleys of Palestine. 
 
 In the year 1871), the firsl Christian Science church 
 was established with a membership of twenty-six per- 
 sons, who at once commenced to fulfill to the best o* 
 their understanding the positive and repeated com- 
 mands of Jesus to all the followers he w r ould ever have 
 that they should individually preach the gospel and 
 heal the sick. In Science and Health, page 201, it is 
 written, "The best sermon ever preached is Truth prac- 
 ticed and demonstrated by the destruction of sin, sick- 
 ness, and death." 
 
 Christian Science is a world movement, and it is 
 today without any flourish of banners or blowing of 
 trumpets going quietly about doing a wonderful work 
 of healing all over the w T orld; it is daily rescuing men, 
 women, and children from sin, depravity, and wretched- 
 ness in every walk and condition of life, from the high- 
 est to the lowest. It has in thousands of cases made 
 the sick well, the impure chaste, the thief honest, the 
 drunkard sober, and the indolent industrious. It has 
 changed thousands of homes from places of discord and 
 unhappiness to homes of harmony and contentment. 
 
 Mrs. Eddy well knew the power which was directing 
 and supporting her, when she wrote in Science and 
 Health, page 1 1 < > : "No human pen or tongue taught me 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 119 
 
 the Science con mined in this hook, Science and Health; 
 and neither tongue nor pen can overthrow ii ; This hook 
 may be distorted by shallow criticism or by careless 
 or malicious students, and Its ideas may be temporarily 
 
 abused and misrepresented: hnt the Science and Truth 
 
 therein will forever remain to be discerned and demon 
 
 stratedL" 
 
 As one proof of the truth of these words, hundreds 
 of thousands of grateful people cheerfully testify in the 
 Christian Science Wednesday evening testimonial meet- 
 ings as to the peace, joy, and great good that has come 
 to them during the past week from the study and daily 
 practice of Christian Science teaching. It is not with- 
 out some signification that among this great cloud of 
 witnesses there are found thousands and thousands 
 of people who formerly were highly prized members of 
 other churches; these people now stand up in Christian 
 Science meetings and freely testify that they had never 
 been able to find the true spiritual comfort and conso- 
 lation they longed for until they found it in Christian 
 Science. 
 
 The Bible teaches that "the fruit of the spirit is Love, 
 Joy, Peace, Long-suffering, Gentleness, Goodness, 
 Faith, Meekness, and Temperance." Paul testified that 
 these were the fruits of the understanding and practice 
 of the teachings of Jesus long years ago. Christian 
 Science must be in exact line w T ith the teachings of 
 Jesus, or it would not happen that in all lands and 
 among all classes of people these fruits would be so 
 largely produced, as hundreds of thousands of disin- 
 terested people so freely testify. It is very plain to 
 
120 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 these hundreds Of thousands of earnest Christians thai 
 any and i'Yrvy professed Christian is tar, very far in- 
 deed, from following in the footsteps of the Master who 
 denies the possibility of healing by spiritual power. 
 
 They also realize thai if possible, the man is still fur- 
 ther from the way outlined by the Master who finds 
 it necessary to accompany such denial with words of 
 (•ensure or abuse of Mrs. Eddy and those who are today 
 by spiritual power lessening the sickness, pain, and 
 
 suffering Of the human race by the practice of the teach- 
 - of Jesus. 
 The scribes and Pharisees of old objected to Jesus 
 and his early followers who were doing these same 
 
 dvcils of kindness, compassion, and love for their 1'ellow- 
 men. It is well to remember that when the Pharisees 
 of old tried to make the blind man believe that Jesus 
 was a sinner, he gave them an answer which called a 
 halt to all further verbal argument: u One thing I 
 know, that whereas I was blind, now I see." Christian 
 Scientists stand in practically the same position today. 
 No matter how many modern Pharisees gather around 
 and try to convince them that Christian Science is a 
 sinner, they earnestly and conscientiously give the same 
 repl\ : "(Mie thing 1 know, that whereas I was blind, 
 now 1 see." When verbal argument failed to convince 
 the blind man that .Jesus was a sinner, those Pharisees 
 resorted to physical force, "And they cast him out." If 
 any man testifies to having been healed by Christian 
 Science in the presence of the Pharisees of today, he 
 will find himself figuratively, if not literally, cast out 
 of their Synagogue. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 121 
 
 in order to pnl a rtop to the practice of this healing 
 of physical ills by spiritual power, the highest ecclesias 
 tical officers of the professed church of Qod caused 
 Jesus to be nailed to the cross, and stoned some of his 
 followers to death for complying with his command. 
 The history of the flrsl forty years of the early Chris- 
 tian church has been largely duplicated i>v the treat- 
 ment Christian Science received for forty years at the 
 hands Of some of the leaders of the later professed 
 Church ol' God. Ways and methods have changed, but 
 it still remains true that "the carnal mind is enmity 
 against Qod. w 
 
 Those who oppose Christian Science and are so firmly 
 convinced in their own mind that its teachings are all 
 a delusion, should consider these prophetic words of 
 Paul in their relation to present-day conditions: 
 
 *2 Timothy III. 1 This know also, that in the last 
 days perilous times shall come. 
 
 2 For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covet- 
 ous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to par- 
 ents, unthankful, unholy. 
 
 3 Without natural affection, truce-breakers, false ac- 
 cusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are 
 good, 
 
 4 Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasure 
 more than lovers of God; 
 
 5 Having a form of godliness, but denying the power 
 thereof: from such turn away. 
 
 These "last days" come as predicted. 
 
122 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 In the American Version we read : 
 
 Isaiah XXIX. 9 Tarry you and wonder; take your 
 pleasure and be blind; they are drunken but noi with 
 wine; they Btaggei but not with strong drink. For Je- 
 hovah hath poured out upon you the spirit of dec 1 ]) sleep 
 and hath closed your eyes the prophets, and your heads, 
 the seers hath he covered. And all vision is become 
 unto you as the words of a book that is sealed which 
 men deliver to one that is learned, saying, Read this I 
 pray thee; and he saith, I cannot for it is sealed. 
 
 This exactly describes the condition of popular theo- 
 logians at the present hour. The Bible is a sealed book 
 to every man in the world who reads it from a material 
 or intellectual point of view, and fails to understand 
 the spiritual meaning of the words he reads. The whole 
 world had arrived at this condition of lack of spiritual 
 vision. All eyes were closed and the heads of all seers 
 were covered when Science and Health restored to the 
 world the Fey which once more unlocked the spiritual 
 truths of the Bible. It opened the seal and rendered 
 them again available to men. 
 
 A key, in scriptural meaning, is a symbol of author- 
 ity or power to explain the law of God; the prophets 
 were uiven this authority by the delivery to them of a 
 key. 
 
 The entire world can now know that the God of 
 heaven gave Mrs. Eddy a key with authority and power 
 to restore to the world the spiritual meaning of the 
 
 Bible. When this key unlocked the spiritual truths 
 once more to the comprehension of men, the Christ, 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 123 
 
 the Son of God was once more manifested Or made clear 
 
 to the comprehension of men, and the works of the 
 
 devil, which are sin. sickness, pain, and everything 
 
 else which mars the true happiness of men; all these 
 works are being destroyed today, just as they were at 
 the liist coming of the Christ 
 
 At the beginning of the ministry of Jesus, he gath- 
 ered around him a little band of simple-minded men, 
 and, day by day, he patiently kept instilling spiritual 
 teachings into their dull minds. These teachings were 
 but faintly comprehended, as these disciples, like all 
 other men at that time, were without much spiritual 
 knowledge, which in scripture is symbolized by light, 
 and were groping about in material knowledge, which 
 is symbolized by darkness. Consequently, the disciples 
 not clearly comprehending the real import of the Mas- 
 ter's spiritual teaching, kept asking him when he ex- 
 pected to set up the kingly dominion that he was pro- 
 claiming to the world. 
 
 Doubtless, there are hundreds of thousands of pro- 
 fessed Christians today who are so materially minded 
 as to suppose that on what is called the day of judg- 
 ment, there is to be a great physical demonstration 
 and a general resurrection from the dead. These peo- 
 ple fail to see or comprehend that whenever they lay 
 down their belief and trust in worldly or material 
 things, and come to a knowledge of the truth that all 
 is spiritual ; come to trust in the God of heaven instead 
 of trusting in some material god, then and not until 
 then, will the evidence be given them that the king- 
 dom of God is within themselves. 
 
124 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 It has been preached from nearly every pulpit in the 
 world for centuries that the material world would some 
 day be burned up with fire. It is very generally under- 
 stood that this material or natural world will be rolled 
 up like a scroll and vanish away; be swept out of exist- 
 ence and become an unreality. We have long been 
 taught that we live in a material, natural or physical 
 world now, and at what is termed death, we are in 
 some way, and at some time, to enter what is called a 
 supernatural or spiritual world, where God is sup- 
 posed to be. Failing to be counted worthy to enter the 
 unlocated place called heaven, we are to be delivered 
 to a place called hell, which is presided over by a demon 
 called Satan and various other titles. Here we are to 
 be roasted throughout all eternity because we failed 
 to understand, or through human weaknesses inherited 
 from a man named Adam, we failed to comply with the 
 law of God. The true understanding of the teachings 
 and works of Jesus may seem very strange to those who 
 have listened all their lives to such erroneous teaching 
 as this. 
 
 "Heaven and earth shall pass aw r ay, but my words 
 shall not pass away." Jesus spoke these words at the 
 close of his prophecy contained in Matthew 24, where 
 he depicted events that would transpire up to and in- 
 cluding what is commonly known or referred to as the 
 end of the world. The meaning or thought Jesus had 
 in mind when he said to his disciples that the heavens 
 and the earth shall pass away is the belief in each in- 
 dividual's physical, sensual or mortal mind that there 
 is such a thing in existence as a material, physical or 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 125 
 
 natural creation known as the material heaven and 
 
 earth; that at sonic unknown time thifl belief would be 
 
 figuratively burned up, consumed or destroyed from his 
 
 consciousness by a knowledge of the truth that all is 
 spiritual. 
 
 Whenever that time, or more properly speaking, 
 whenever that complete change of mind or conscious- 
 ness took place, the end of the world, that is to say, 
 the end of all worldly or material things, would come 
 or be present to that individual. Fire, as relates to the 
 burning up of the heaven and earth, is figuratively used 
 in Scripture to mean the consuming or separating of 
 the parts of a thing, as by fire; literal fire is not meant 
 at all; neither has what men call death anything to 
 do with the matter of our passing from the material 
 to the spiritual world. This transition is purely mental. 
 When belief in the reality of matter; the belief in 
 the reality of material things had burned out or had 
 been destroyed or obliterated by a full knowledge of 
 Truth from John's consciousness, he on the Isle of 
 Patmos found the words of his beloved Master true, 
 which he had heard from his own lips, and then wrote 
 these words: "And I saw a new heaven and a new 
 earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were 
 passed away." 
 
 John had not yet passed through the portals of what 
 men call death, but the false knowledge, the wisdom 
 of this world, which is the belief in the existence of a 
 physical, natural or material world, was burned or oblit- 
 erated from his consciousness, and in place of this he 
 saw the new or spiritual heaven and earth, just as 
 
126 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 every other man and woman will see it when they ar- 
 rive 1 at the same state <>t* consciousness. This change 
 may take place on this side of the river of what men 
 call death or on the other side, but it will come to every 
 man and woman in the world at some time. 
 
 Bach individual will at some time work out their 
 own salvation, and arrive at a state of perfection where 
 they will spiritually see the same heaven and the same 
 earth which .John saw and described in emblematic 
 language in Revelation. 
 
 The Greek telos, which Jesus used, and is translated 
 end, was used by him in the sense of haying reached the 
 goal; the reaching or arriving at the ultimate point of 
 some object or destination at which or toward which 
 aims and efforts had been directed. Jesus used the 
 word end in exactly the same sense as we mean when 
 we say of an individual, k iie gained or reached the end 
 or goal he had in view." 
 
 Prom the full meaning of the Greek, as used by Jesus, 
 there is no intimation of death or anything disastrous 
 or undesirable to take place at the end he mentioned. 
 On the contrary, a gratifying conclusion resultant from 
 previous efforts is implied. The end or goal Jesus had 
 in thought referred to a time or condition in each in- 
 dividual's experience or life when they by gradual steps, 
 here a little and there a little, were gently led out of 
 the belief in things material, until they finally reached 
 the end or goal of seeing all things in the clear refulgent 
 light of spiritual Truth. As to when this change of 
 mind or consciousness may completely take place in the 
 individual experience of any man or woman, Jesus said 
 
Till; GOLDEN BOPES OP MEN. 127 
 
 is unknown to any ami everyone except the Father. 
 Speaking in regard to this matter, lie said: 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 36 Bui of thai day and hour 
 knoweth no man, do, nol the angels of heaven, bn1 my 
 Esther only. 
 
 A correct translation of this verse reads: 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 36 Bu1 no one knows in regard to 
 that day and hour; no, not the angels of the heaven nor 
 
 the Son, hut the Father only. 
 
 Paul, speaking on this subject, tells us, according to 
 a correct translation: 
 
 1 Corinthians III. 11 For no one can lay another 
 foundation distinct from that which is laid, which is 
 Jesus the Christ, and if on this foundation any one 
 builds gold, silver, costly stones, wood, hay, straw, the 
 work of each individual will become plain to the com- 
 prehension; for the -day will make it clear; for the 
 reason that it is unveiled in fire and so every one's 
 work, whatever it is, the same fire will test; if the work 
 of any individual remains which he built up, he will 
 receive a reward; if the work of any one shall be con- 
 sumed, he shall suffer loss. He himself, however, shall 
 be saved in that day, but as if by means of fire. ,Do 
 you not know that you are a temple of God and the 
 Spirit of God dwells in you? 
 
 The thought Paul here expresses is that every indi- 
 vidual man, woman or child in the world is God's tern- 
 
128 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 pie in which God dwells. The consciousness of each 
 individual will al some time in the Future be freed from 
 all beliefs in everything that is unreal or untrue. This 
 
 individual will then have arrived at the day of judg- 
 ment for the reason that lie is mentally free from all 
 error; he is, therefore, capable of exercising righteous 
 or right thinking judgment. He will have arrived at 
 the 1 mental condition or state of consciousness where he 
 thinks true thoughts or Truth instead of his former 
 untrue thoughts or error. 
 
 The man Jesus of Nazareth; the Son of man, as he 
 termed himself, was tempted at all points like as we 
 are, and he reached this end or goal; he overcome all 
 beliefs in material things at an early period in his life, 
 and while he was in the first bloom of manhood, he 
 told his disciples when he knew in a few hours he would 
 be called to pass through what men called death, "Be 
 of good cheer, I have overcome the world." He had 
 individually reached the goal or end. He wished to 
 cheer his brothers with the good news that it was pos- 
 sible for a man, a mere man, as some of our friends 
 might phrase it, to subdue or overcome the world right 
 here on the earth; and, furthermore that what men 
 called death had or has nothing at all to do with this 
 matter. If it was not possible for mere man to arrive 
 at this same end or goal; reach the same ultimate re- 
 sult which Jesus reached, Why is it written? 
 
 I!<nl<it;<>n III. 21 To him that overcometh will I 
 grant to sit with me in my throne, even as 1 also over- 
 came, and am set down with my Father in his throne. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPE6 OF MEN. 129 
 
 Paul had this same goal, end, mark or aim in mind 
 when he wrote to the lMiilippinns : 
 
 Philippians 111. L3 Brethren, I count not myself to 
 have apprehended: but this one thing / do, forgetting 
 
 those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto 
 
 those things which are before. 
 
 14 I press toward the mark for the prize of the high 
 calling of God in Christ Jesus. 
 
 Bnt what did Jesus mean when he told his disciples 
 to be of good cheer because he had "overcome the 
 world." If it was not possible for these disciples to 
 also overcome the world, it would not be of any special 
 interest to them. If Jesus of Nazareth, by reason of 
 qualities of what is called superhuman power, or power 
 which is not possible for other men to attain; if, by 
 reason of what popular theology pictures as the divine 
 or God-like nature possessed by him alone, Jesus over- 
 come the world ; then this overcoming would be of little 
 interest to any disciple Jesus would ever have. But, 
 on the other hand, if Jesus fought the battle of life just 
 as every other man has to fight it; if the Bible is true 
 and he was actually "tempted at all points like as we 
 are/' and overcome the w r orld under such conditions, 
 then it certainly is of great interest to us all. But 
 what did Jesus mean or what did he refer to when he 
 said he had overcome the world? The word overcome, 
 as Jesus used it, means, to subdue, to prevail, to con- 
 quer, to gain the victory over, to have dominion over. 
 
 In the first chapter of the Bible, it is written in re- 
 gard to God's children : 
 9 
 
130 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Genesis I. 28 And God blessed them, and God said 
 unto them. Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the 
 earth, and subdue it. 
 
 Do not fail to note that the language here used im- 
 plies a command that all of God's children must subdue 
 the earth or world: this subduing or overcoming is by 
 no means left as a matter of choice if we wish to be 
 obedient to God's will and to do those things which 
 are pleasing in liis sight 
 
 Jesus of Nazareth, by obedience to his Father's will, 
 as here indicated, was enabled to overcome the world; 
 that is, to subdue it; he gained or rather retained for 
 himself the dominion over all the earth, which is uiven 
 as a free gift to all who subdue or overcome the world 
 as Jesus their Master and Wayshower did before them. 
 Jesus viewed everything from the spiritual or from 
 God's point of view. As he viewed everything from 
 God's viewpoint, he clearly saw the unreality of all 
 things material, or what is commonly called natural, 
 physical, or mortal. Here is w r here the difference arises 
 in the views of those who adhere to the opposing doc- 
 trines or teachings of realism and idealism over which 
 the professed church of Christ has differed for cen- 
 turies. Idealism teaches that the world or w^orldliness 
 will not be destroyed or obliterated by the literal burn- 
 ing of what we call the natural or physical world as the 
 great majority of professed Christians doubtless be- 
 lieve. Those who read the Bible literally or materially 
 fail to see that the world or all worldliness or all ma- 
 terial beliefs will be destroyed by the gradual destruc- 
 tion or obliteration of erroneous beliefs in our indi- 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 131 
 
 vidua! consciousness; the beliefs thai we live in fl 
 
 material world or thai there is any such thing as a 
 
 material world in existence at all. 
 
 This teaching is the Strong meat, as Paul terms it, 
 of the religion which Jesus preached for the salvation 
 of all men. It is possible and very probable that there 
 are today thousands of gray-haired babes in Chrisl who 
 can scarcely receive 4 it, for they may be still feeding on 
 the milk of the Word. It is also possible that this milk 
 has been much adulaterated with materialistic teach- 
 ings based on the second account of creation which 
 Paul tells us is simply a "silimitude," which is a fable 
 or allegory intended to figuratively explain how we, by 
 giving credence to the evidence of our five physical 
 senses, are persuaded, beguiled or deluded by the ser- 
 pent or devil, which is our own material or mortal mind, 
 to eat every day and every waking hour of the forbidden 
 fruit of belief in a material world. 
 
 All this may be new and strange, if not entirely pre- 
 posterous and absurd to many professed Christians, but 
 it is the true teachings of God's inspired Word, and the 
 true meaning of the words and deeds of Jesus the 
 Christ, who founded the Christian religion. 
 
 Popular theology has long taught that we must die 
 in order to pass from the material to the spiritual 
 world. Jesus told people, "if any man keep my sayings 
 he shall never see death." It is now very plain to us 
 if we follow the spiritual teachings of our Master, the 
 Comforter does come and does lead us into all Truth, 
 just as Jesus said. We thus gain knowledge and power 
 from God which enables us little by little to overcome 
 
132 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 our false consciousness or belief that we are living in 
 a material world. This overcoming constitutes a resur- 
 rection from a material to a spiritual state of existence 
 or consciousness. We thus pass from material death 
 into spiritual life, and over such, the Bible states, the 
 second death hath no power. That we will never see 
 or taste death if we faithfully keep the sayings of our 
 Master. 
 
 Our false consciousness must be overcome either this 
 side of what is called death or on the other side, because 
 it must be overcome before we can enter the kingdom 
 Of heaven. If overcome on this side, we may fall asleep 
 later on, but wo have the word of Jesus, the Christ, 
 that we will not be conscious of any undesirable change 
 when we cross tin 1 river. 
 
 The Bible plainly tells us that we shall be satisfied 
 whenever we awake in God's likeness. We were cre- 
 ated in God's likeness, and are still in God's likeness: 
 but our mortal or false consciousness; the belief that 
 we are living a life in a material world separate and 
 apart from God, is the great cause of all our troubles. 
 
 As this belief is overcome, little by little, we grow 
 in grace and knowledge of Truth. The pathway shines 
 brighter and brighter. First, the blade, then the ear, 
 then the full corn in the ear; in this way, the Bible 
 teaches, we all can "come in the unity of the faith, and 
 
 of the knowledge of tin 1 Son of God, unto a perfect man, 
 
 unto the measure of the statue of the fulness of Christ." 
 
 Whenever we have entirely overcome our mortal or 
 
 false consciousness; overcome our belief in material 
 things, we will And ourselves in perfect happiness, just 
 where God placed us in "the beginning." 
 
CHAPTEB Vll. 
 
 MUCH has been said in regard to t ho evidence 
 of our live physical senses being deceptive That 
 it is by means of our own brain or intellectual mind, 
 which is the product of these senses, that we are con- 
 stantly beguiled, deceived, and deluded into believing 
 a lie to be the truth. It will now be clearly shown 
 that this is the exact teaching of the Bible. 
 
 It may be a surprise to some people to learn that the 
 true understanding of God and His creation is not an 
 intellectual attainment of the human mind. It may 
 also be a surprise to some people to learn that their 
 spiritual or God-given faculties of comprehension or 
 knowing exist independent of any material, physical 
 or corporeal body. That these spiritual faculties are 
 at this moment entirely free from any belief in or 
 consciousness of having any material existence. 
 
 This may be inferred from the fact that Jesus se- 
 lected the twelve apostles from the ranks of unlettered 
 men. To these men of lowly rank and station he tried 
 to teach spiritual Truth which alone can free men from 
 their human intellectual conceptions, beliefs, notions, 
 and fears. The beliefs, conceptions, notions, and fears 
 which alone bring to the world all sense of sin, sorrow, 
 sickness, suffering, and death which mar the happiness 
 of mankind. 
 
 The Bible tells us: 
 
 1 Corinthians III. 19 The wisdom of this world is 
 foolishness with God. 
 
 (133) 
 
134 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Greek moria, here translated foolishness, means, 
 senselessness or absurdity; moria is from moroSj mean- 
 ing, st upid, senseless, silly, foolish, or absurd. The 
 primary meaning of absurd is deaf, inaudible or in- 
 superable to the ear. The original meaning of the verse 
 is that God's ear is deaf to the wisdom of this world ; 
 that this wisdom is inaudible to Him; that He does 
 not hear it at all. God certainly hears and knows all 
 things there are in existence, in reality, so the wisdom 
 of this world must be nothing; absolutely nothing or 
 nothing. That is to say, the wisdom of this world, 
 from God's point of view, has no existence at all. This 
 wisdom is often referred to in Scripture as vanity, 
 which in the Greek means, emptiness, vacuity, or worth - 
 lessness. 
 
 The Bible states: 
 
 Kphcsians IV. 17 This I say therefore, and testify 
 in the Lord, that ye henceforth walk not as other Gen- 
 tiles walk, in the vanity (meaning, emptiness or vacu- 
 ity ) of their mind, 
 
 18 Having the understanding darkened, being alien- 
 ated (or estranged) from the life of God through the 
 ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of 
 their heart (mind). 
 
 In modern use, absurd has the same meaning as silly, 
 ridiculous or nonsensical, and refers to that which is in 
 opposition or antagonistic to the dictates of common 
 sense, which is the plain evidence of our own eyes and 
 ears. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 135 
 
 At another time Paul tells us: 
 
 I Corinthian* 1. IT For Christ sent me not to bap- 
 tize, hut to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of 
 words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none 
 
 effect 
 
 IS For the preaching of the cross is to them that 
 perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is 
 the power of God. 
 
 1!) For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of 
 the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding 
 of the prudent. 
 
 20 Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is 
 the disputer of this w T orld? hath not God made foolish 
 the wisdom of this w r orld? 
 
 21 For after that in the wisdom of God the world 
 by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolish- 
 ness of preaching to save them that believe. 
 
 22 For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek 
 after wisdom: 
 
 23 But we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a 
 stumblingblock, and unto the Greeks foolishness; 
 
 24 But unto them which are called, both Jews and 
 Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of 
 God. 
 
 25 Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men ; 
 and the weakness of God is stronger than men. 
 
 26 For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not 
 many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not 
 many noble, are called: 
 
 27 But God hath chosen the foolish things of the 
 world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the 
 
136 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 weak things of the world to confound the things which 
 are mighty; 
 
 28 And base things of the world, and things which 
 are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which 
 are not, to bring to nought things that are: 
 
 29 That no tiesh should glory in his presence. 
 
 Paul here uses the same Greek word moria, meaning, 
 nonsensical or an absurdity and is translated, foolish- 
 ness. He tells us that the preaching of the cross is an 
 absurdity to the perishing; that is, the preaching or 
 teaching of the cross is in opposition or antagonistic 
 to the plain dictates of common sense. 
 
 Paul gives us to very clearly understand that the 
 wisdom of God and the wisdom of this world are di- 
 rectly contrary; that they are in exact opposition and 
 antagonistic to each other. Whatever God said in the 
 Bible was Truth, the wisdom of this world said w r as 
 a lie. Whatever the wisdom of this world said was 
 the truth, God said in the Bible that it was a lie. 
 
 Now, the only question for us to solve is as to w T hat 
 is meant bv "the wisdom of this world." How does this 
 wisdom originate; and where does it emanate from? 
 The Greek word Sophia, used by Paul and translated 
 wisdom, means and refers to two kinds of wisdom. 
 Spiritual, divine or heavenly wisdom and also its exact 
 opposite which is, material, devilish or hellish wisdom. 
 This is just as the Bible states the difference of these 
 two kinds of wisdom to be : 
 
 Jatnrs III. 17 But the wisdom that is from above 
 is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be in- 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 137 
 
 treated, full of mercy and good fruits, without par- 
 tiality, and without hypocrisy. 
 
 The Bible tells us where and how to get a full supply 
 of this divine wisdom : 
 
 James I. 5 If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask 
 of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth 
 not; and it shall be given him. 
 
 (> Hut let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For 
 he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with 
 the wind and tossed. 
 
 Then the Bible tells us something about the other 
 kind of wisdom which is human wisdom or the wisdom 
 of this world : 
 
 James III. 13 Who is a wise man and endued with 
 knowledge among you? let him shew out of a good 
 conversation his works with the meekness of wisdom. 
 
 14 But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your 
 hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. 
 
 15 This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is 
 earthly, sensual, devilish. 
 
 Sensual, as here used, relates to the wisdom of man- 
 kind w T hich is derived from the five physical senses. 
 
 It is the teachings of natural science that our five 
 physical senses enable us to become acquainted with 
 some of the conditions of our bodies, and with certain 
 properties and states of external things, such as their 
 color, taste, odor, size, form, density, motion, etc. Im- 
 pressions are supposed to be transmitted by our nervous 
 
138 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 system from our bodies and the external world to our 
 sensoriuin or brain. In our brain these impressions are 
 transformed into sensations, and from this source alone 
 originates all human knowledge, ideas or wisdom. 
 
 The human intellect is that faculty or power of the 
 human mind which receives or comprehends the ideas 
 communicated to it by the five physical senses. The 
 human brain being considered the organ and seat of 
 the intellect or mental power. In this human brain 
 conceptions are formed which are a product of its own 
 imaginative or inventive faculty; from these concep- 
 tions all human ideas arise or result. 
 
 Natural science further teaches that we can only 
 perceive by means of our five physical senses. That it 
 is only by means of these senses that we can intellectu- 
 ally observe, apprehend, discover, take in or lay hold 
 of any knowledge or understanding. Hence, the knowl- 
 edge obtained through our five physical senses is the 
 wisdom of this world. This wisdom is conceived in 
 and takes birth from the human brain ; the mind which 
 is the product or the culmination of our five physical 
 senses. 
 
 We are told regarding this matter: 
 
 1 Corinthians II. 12 Now we have received, not the 
 spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that 
 we might know the things that are freely given to us 
 of God. 
 
 13 Which things also we speak, not in the words 
 which man's wisdom teacheth, but which the Holv 
 Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spir- 
 itual. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 139 
 
 14 Hut the natural man receiveth not the things Of 
 the Spirit of God: fOP they are foolishness unto him: 
 
 neither can he know them, because they are spiritually 
 discerned. 
 
 The Greek psuchikos, translated natural, means, ani- 
 mal, physical or natural. It refers to and includes 
 man's whole physical body, mind, and nature in dis- 
 tinction from his spiritual body, mind, and nature. The 
 Greek moria, translated foolishness, means, senseless, 
 or absurdity, as before stated. Paul here tells us that 
 the animal, physical or natural man — and these terms 
 all refer to the material man in distinction from the 
 spiritual man — that this natural man that you see walk- 
 ing around under your hat and which you call your own 
 personal self; the man wiio possesses your own intel- 
 lectual brain and human will — Paul says that this man 
 does not know anything about the wisdom w r hich comes 
 from God. If spiritual Truth is told to this natural 
 man, he does not understand it at all, and he says that 
 all such teaching is senseless and absurd, because it 
 is contrary and antagonistic to plain common sense. 
 Paul tells us that the preaching of the cross is foolish- 
 ness to those w T ho are perishing. These people who are 
 perishing or being destroyed consider the preaching 
 foolish, senseless or absurd because this preaching or 
 teaching is so contrary or in opposition to the plain 
 teachings of their human mind that if it is true their 
 own intellectual judgment is entirely in error. 
 
 The Bible teaches that we must lay down all our ac- 
 cumulation of w r orldly, material or mortal mind wis- 
 
140 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 dom; the wisdom which is earthly, sensual, devilish, 
 and accept in place thereof spiritual Truth; accept the 
 wisdom which conies from above; comes from the Mind 
 which was also in Christ Jesus. 
 
 The gaining of a knowledge of the Truth which Jesus 
 taught for the salvation of all men is entirely a mental 
 operation. Hence, all Christianity pertains to Mind, 
 not matter or material things. But this mental under- 
 standing or mental grasp of Truth often commences 
 with but a small portion or grain of Truth. Our growth 
 in the knowledge or comprehension of spiritual Truth 
 must then continue day by day. 
 
 EpTiesians IV. 13 Till we all come in the unity of 
 the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto 
 a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the 
 fulness of Christ: 
 
 14 That we henceforth be no more children, tossed 
 to and fro, and carried about with every w r ind of doc- 
 trine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, 
 whereby they lie in wait to deceive. 
 
 In the last verse we are given to understand that we 
 are at all times in danger of being led astray from 
 Truth by the sleight, cunning, craftiness, and deception 
 of men who are within the professed church of Christ. 
 In fact, we are here warned against what is commonly 
 known as the devil in the church. 
 
 The devil is very generally regarded by papular the 
 ology as a real being or person possessing an evil spirit. 
 In a general way this being or person is understood to 
 have a real entity with a real place of residence called 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 141 
 
 hell, just as pictured oul and luridly described In 
 hante's [nferno. 
 
 It is doubtless true thai when mental pictures or 
 conceptions were being formed in the minds of Intel- 
 lectual theologians regarding the devil and hell, thai 
 Dante's Inferno played a much more important part 
 than the description contained in the Bible. 
 
 Be this as it may, the devil is understood to be re- 
 ferred to under the names or titles of serpent, Satan, 
 Beliar, Apollyon, adversary, prince or god of this world, 
 and other names expressive of a deceitful, insinuating, 
 and delusive personality. We personify by ascribing 
 or attributing to an inanimate object or being the sen- 
 timents, actions or language of a being or person. Per- 
 son is from the Latin persona, meaning or relating to 
 a face mask used by actors on the stage. This mask- 
 covers the whole head and is worn by a man who is 
 representing a character on the stage as a player or 
 actor appears in the person of King Lear. The audi- 
 ence does not see the true, real, or original King Lear 
 on the stage, but sees an actor who assumes to per- 
 sonate his character so as to pass for the real King 
 Lear. 
 
 A human being is usually understood to be a person 
 consisting of a corporeal, physical or material body, 
 and an in-corporeal, non-physical or spiritual body. 
 Now, the plain truth is that we are all actors on the 
 stage, and the drama of life is now being enacted. The 
 world is the stage; we are the actors. 
 
 "Honor and fame from no conditions rise; 
 Act well your part — there all the valor lies." 
 
142 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The flesh, the physical body or external personality, 
 is but the mask we wear on the stage. This external, 
 visible form is but the fictitious, counterfeit or false 
 character or mask of the real, true, and original king 
 or man who is created in God's image and likeness. The 
 real man, the God created man, is within the mask. The 
 real or inner man is a spiritual man; hence, he is in- 
 visible to mortal or material eyes, as he is the image 
 of the invisible God. This inner man is God's only 
 begotten Son, because He never begot or caused the dust- 
 formed, outer man to come into life or existence at all. 
 To this inner or spiritual man, the Son of God, belongs 
 every promise of the love and protection of God con- 
 tained in the Bible. Shakespeare must have had this 
 inner man who is like God, God-like, or God's likeness 
 in mental view when he wrote: 
 
 "To thine own self be true; 
 And it must follow, as the night, the day; 
 Thou canst not then be false to any man." 
 
 In its Bible sense, man is a generic term, and is the 
 family or race name for all of God's sons and daughters. 
 These sons and daughters are the "Hosts of heaven," 
 and are servants of the most High. That is to say, they 
 are under the rule or dominion of God their heavenly 
 Father, who is King of kings, and Lord of lords. But 
 each individual child or son is given rule or kingly do- 
 minion by God over all the earth, earthly or material 
 things. 
 
 The name Adam represents the Adamic race or Greek 
 genos, from genea, which is translated generation. The 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN, 148 
 
 term generation, in its broad sense as Jesus used the 
 word, includes the whole Adamic race known as man 
 kind. By mankind is meant B kind of man. Thai is, 
 the kind of a man which we see witli physical eyefi 
 which is the counterfeit or false personation of a man. 
 It is the personality or false ego; it is the mask worn 
 by the real or Ciod-created man, and this mask is the 
 material part of man which is represented, in the sec- 
 ond account of creation, as being made from the dust 
 of the ground. 
 
 This Adamic race, family or generation, instead of 
 maintaining their God-given estate or principality, 
 wherein man was given dominion, are represented in 
 the similitude, comparison, or likeness of Adam's trans- 
 gression as having become subjects of, or come to be 
 under the dominion of the serpent or the devil. In 
 consequence of this change of sides, or the transfer- 
 ence of our allegiance to the devil, we lost in the garden 
 of Eden the kingly dominion given to God's children 
 "In the beginning." 
 
 In the allegore of the Jehovistic, or second account 
 of creation, it is stated : 
 
 Genesis II. 8 And the Lord God planted a garden 
 eastward in Eden ; and there he put the man whom he 
 had formed. 
 
 The Hebrew word Eden, here left untranslated, 
 means, pleasure, delicate, and delight. Eden is from 
 the Hebrew adan, meaning, libidinous enjoyment of 
 self. Libidinous is from the Latin word libidinosus, 
 meaning, full of desire or passion, licentious, wanton, 
 
144 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 lustful. Pleasure is from the French plaisir, meaning, 
 as here used, the gratification of the five physical senses, 
 or the mind of which these senses is the culmination. 
 Delicate is from Latin delicatus, meaning, pleasure 
 from delta re, meaning, to allure, seduce, entice, lead 
 astray. We arc allured to evil by some promised pleas- 
 ure. We are enticed into it by our passions. We are 
 seduced when drawn aside or led astray from Truth. 
 Delicious is from Latin deliciousus, and here refers to 
 the pleasures derived from the five physical senses. 
 Hence, we see the name or term Eden refers to the state 
 of enjoyment of our {>ersonal self by pleasures derived 
 from the gratification of our own physical senses. The 
 Hebrew quedmah, above translated eastward, does not 
 here refer to direction, but means, antiquity ; in ancient 
 times; or, in olden times. 
 
 In the preceding verse we are told: 
 
 Genesis II. 7 And the Lord God formed man of the 
 dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the 
 breath of life; and man became a lining soul. 
 
 The Hebrew nepesh, translated soul, means, sentient 
 or sensual being. Sentient is from the Latin word 
 sent i ens from sentive, and means to perceive by the five 
 physical senses. Became, as above used, means, come to 
 be; op, come into being, or state. The thought here 
 expressed is that man passed into the state or condi- 
 tion of a sentient or sensual being by a change from 
 bis previous state or condition of a spiritual being. 
 
 According to the teachings of the Bible, Ave have two 
 ways or methods of perception. One way of perception 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 145 
 
 is by our human mind. I>y this method we have or 
 receive knowledge, or cognition Of things, hy means of 
 our live physical senses as has been explained. The 
 oilier way is by intuition and revelation, which is also 
 
 known as spiritual knowing. By this method of spir- 
 itual perception, knowing or understanding, thoughts 
 are poured into man direct from God; Mind; Prin- 
 ciple; without the intervention of any reasoning 
 process 
 
 Peter tells us: 
 
 2 Peter I. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied unto you 
 through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, 
 
 3 According as his divine power hath given unto us 
 all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through 
 the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and 
 virtue : 
 
 4 Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and 
 precious promises : that by these ye might be partakers 
 of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that 
 is in the world through lust. 
 
 The Greek phusis, translated nature, in the fourth 
 verse, means, an infused or instilled disposition. In- 
 fusion means, literally, the action of pouring in; or 
 fact of being poured in ; or refers to that which is 
 poured in. In a Bible sense the divine nature, or the 
 infusion we receive from God, is a pouring in of some- 
 thing from divine Mind. The only thing which can 
 emanate or flow from Mind as a source or point of 
 origin is an idea. Hence, man is Mind's or God's idea. 
 10 
 
146 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Cardinal Manning wrote in, "Mission of the Holy 
 Ghost," "This lifelong increase of charity in the soul 
 is wrought by gift and infusion on God's part." 
 
 The Cardinal expresses the thought thai charity or 
 love is poured into man by God or Mind. Every man's 
 disposition is the prevailing spirit or governing pur- 
 pose of his mind. In our disposition, mind or nature 
 we are favorably or unfavorably disposed toward any 
 and everything by the mental tendencies or qualities 
 by which we are ruled or dominated. Hence, Mind is 
 the ruling or kingly power in man. 
 
 There are two minds recognized in the Bible; One 
 true, the other false. It is highly important for every 
 man to know which of these two minds is ruling him. 
 If he is ruled by the true Mind or Truth, he is ruled by 
 God. If he is ruled by the false mind or error, he is 
 being ruled by his own sensual mini, which is the devil 
 
 Now let us get this matter clear so there will be no 
 misunderstanding. By a man's mind we mean the 
 same as when we speak of his nature, disposition or 
 character. By these terms is meant the inherent, domi- 
 nant power or mental impulse by which our actions 
 are determined, directed or controlled. 
 
 An infused nature, disposition or character signifies, 
 in a good sense, all the mental qualities or principles 
 poured into a man by divine Mind; Principle; God. On 
 the other hand, it means, in a bad sense, all the mental 
 qualities poured into man by the opposite or the op- 
 poser of .Mind; Principle; God; which all Christians 
 consider to be the devil. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 147 
 
 It is Clearly shown In this book, from the word- of 
 • Jesus and Other Bible teachings, that OUT own materia), 
 
 physical, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind— the 
 mind which is the product of our own live physical 
 senses -is the only devil, influence or thing there is in 
 the world which can have any evil influence or effect 
 upon us. 
 
 In order to understand the true meaning of the Bible 
 you must know that the Christ, the son of God, the 
 son of God's love, is the spiritual man within you. God 
 created this son in His own image and likeness. This 
 son is all the man and the only man there is of you 
 in reality and Truth. In this son, or child, God is 
 continually pouring thoughts or ideas which originate 
 in and emanate from divine Mind. When we are en- 
 tirely governed by these infused thoughts, all our im- 
 pulses, principles, and actions are good, kind and lov- 
 ing to our fellowmen. These impulses, actions or deeds 
 result in bringing us peace, joy, and comfort of mind 
 or consciousness. 
 
 In the world, there is in many instances a true or 
 genuine article or thing, and also a false or counter- 
 feit article wiiich is simply an imitation of the genuine. 
 We are sometimes imposed upon by accepting a coun- 
 terfeit silver dollar as a genuine dollar. Just as long 
 as we are uninformed of the deception, and do not know 
 that the dollar is counterfeit, we regard it as the real 
 thing and worth a hundred cents; but just as soon as 
 we find out the truth; find out that the dollar we have 
 in hand is only a counterfeit; find out that it is a false 
 imitation of the genuine or true dollar and that it was 
 
148 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 
 
 not made by proper authority, we then willingly toss 
 our counterfoil dollar Into the scrap heap as we con- 
 sider it Of no value whatever. 
 
 The Cod Of heaven sent His Son, the Christ, into 
 the world. The invisible, spiritual man within yon is 
 this only begotten Son. This Christ is the only genuine, 
 true, or individual son or man of God's creation. 
 
 The god of this world has also, seemingly, sent his 
 
 son into the world. The visible, material man outside 
 of you; this dust man is but a counterfeit son or man. 
 This counterfeit son, God repudiates and disowns, be- 
 cause He never created, formed or made him. When 
 you tind out that this dust man, this physical man is 
 simply a counterfeit man: find out as Jesus said that, 
 "He is a liar and the father of it" (John 8: 44), are 
 you willing to toss this counterfeit son, who is the son 
 of Satan, into the scrap heap and consider him of no 
 value, profit or advantage just as Jesus told us when 
 he said, "It is the spirit that quickeneth (or gives life) 
 the flesh (or material man) profiteth nothing." 
 
 There are doubtless thousands, if not millions, of 
 professed Christians w r ho talk very bravely about leav- 
 ing all for Christ. About overcoming the devil. But 
 when they find out the truth that the mystical, myth- 
 ological devil, they talk so much about, is their own 
 arrogant, egotistical, intellectual mind — the human 
 mind which is the product of their own physical senses 
 — how many of these professed Christians are willing 
 to make their words good by overcoming this devil and 
 leaving all for Christ? 
 
Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 14 ( J 
 
 Paul gives us an understanding of the Bible view of 
 the seeming material, physical or personal man, Jesus 
 of Nazareth, and his relation to God as the Christ, 
 
 which reads as follows, according to a correcl transla- 
 tion : 
 
 2 Corinthians V. 1G So thai we from this time honor 
 no one in accordance with the physical man; and even 
 if we esteemed the Christ in accordance with the phys- 
 ical man; yet now we no longer so distinguish him. 
 
 17 For, if any one be in Christ he is a new creation; 
 the old things have passed aw T ay ; behold ! all things have 
 come into newness of life. 
 
 18 But all things are out of that God who has recon- 
 ciled us to himself by the agency of Jesus the Christ, 
 and has given to us the agency of the reconciliation. 
 
 19 Namely; That God was within the Christ (or the 
 Anointed one) reconciling the world to himself not 
 counting to them their offences; and has deposited with- 
 in us the Mind of the reconciliation. 
 
 The thought expressed by Paul is that although some 
 of the members of the early church had been acquainted 
 with and honored Jesus in the physical or fleshly form, 
 they did not now take the physical or fleshly form or 
 nature of Jesus, or that of any other man, into con- 
 sideration at all. By the expression, "the old things 
 have passed away; all things have become new/' Paul 
 for things means thoughts; old thoughts of error or 
 untrue thinking had passed away and new thoughts of 
 Truth ; thoughts that emanated from divine Mind, had 
 taken their place. This was and is the regeneration or 
 
150 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 new birth. Whenever we come into a knowledge or 
 comprehension of Truth, the old material or mortal 
 mind or man dies, and the new man, the Christ within 
 us, comes into newness of life. 
 
 The Greek word paliyycncsia, translated regenera- 
 tion, is found but twice in the Bible: It means and 
 refers to a spiritual revival or restoration to life or 
 consciousness by the infusion or pouring in of Truth. 
 By this renewal we are made new after being in a state 
 of decay, loss or destruction, and we are made new by 
 being restored or brought back to our first estate. Our 
 first estate was that of spiritual beings in which we 
 were created by God "in the beginning." Then, in the 
 garden of Eden, this spiritual man, who was wholly 
 spiritual and not material in any respect, is represented 
 as coming to be a sentient or sensual being. A sentient 
 or sensual being is a human being who has the power 
 or function of sensation or of perception by means of 
 his five physical senses. Sensual persons are those who 
 are absorbed in or inclined to the gratification of their 
 five physical senses, and they are indifferent to and 
 nearly destitute of spiritual life. 
 
 The Bible speaks of two minds, two natures, two 
 bodies. One mind, nature, and body we possess in 
 reality and in Truth. This is the spiritual Mind, 
 nature, and body in which we were created in "the be- 
 ginning." The other mind, nature, and body is the 
 sentient op sensual. This part of us is the material 
 mind, nature, and body which we are led to imagine 
 we have since acquired by listening to the voice of the 
 serpent which is our own sensual mind; the mind which 
 
THE GOLDEH BOPES OF MEN. 151 
 
 is the product and culmination of our own five physical 
 
 senses. 
 
 Careful readers of the Bible will note thai upon this 
 dust-formed, material or sensual man, the man who is 
 
 born of woman, falls vvwy curse, every denunciation, 
 every expression of God's displeasure contained in the 
 Bible. 
 
 At the close of what is considered the most terrible 
 denunciation contained in the whole Bible, Jesus used 
 these words: 
 
 Matthew XXIII. 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of 
 vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell? 
 
 34 Wherefore, behold, 1 send unto you prophets, and 
 wise men, and scribes: and some of them ye shall kill 
 and crucify; and some of them shall ye scourge in your 
 synagogues, and persecute them from city to city. 
 
 35 That upon you may come all the righteous blood 
 shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel 
 unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye 
 slew between the temple and the altar. 
 
 36 Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come 
 upon this generation. 
 
 All through the Bible, from beginning to end, the 
 serpent is the symbol of evil; the symbol of evil influ- 
 ence which is personified as Satan, devil, etc. Jesus 
 spoke the words above quoted to the multitude and 
 to his disciples in a general way, but they w r ere aimed 
 at the scribes and Pharisees, the leaders of God's 
 chosen people. He calls them "ye serpents, ye genera- 
 tion of vipers." 
 
152 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Greek gennema, translated generation, is de- 
 rived from genos and means, offspring, children, family, 
 race or kind. 
 
 A correct translation reads : 
 
 Mattheic XXIII. 33 Serpents, the children (family 
 or race) of vipers! How can you escape the judgment 
 of the Gehenna? 
 
 Jesus stated that "all these things shall come upon 
 this generation." The Greek gennema, here translated 
 generation, is from genos, meaning, offspring, children, 
 family, race or stock. 
 
 Peter used the same word in addressing the saints: 
 
 1 Peter II. 9 But ye are a chosen generation, a royal 
 priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye 
 should shew forth the praises of him w r ho hath called 
 you out of darkness into his marvellous light. 
 
 The Greek word genos, here translated generation, 
 means, offspring, children, family, race or stock as 
 above stated. The word refers to and includes all the 
 children God ever created, formed or made. But pop- 
 ular theology with its narrow and limited vision 
 imagines that when Jesus said "all things shall come 
 on this generation," he meant and referred to the people 
 who were living at that particular time, when as a 
 matter of fact he meant and included the whole Adamic 
 family or race. In just the same manner popular the- 
 ology belittles and misconstrues about all the teachings 
 of Jesus. 
 
THE GOLDEU BOPES OF MKX. 153 
 
 Jesus well knew that God'8 family, the chosen race 
 of men Gk>d created, formed or made was spiritual and 
 
 not material, lie also knew that at some time this 
 Truth would be known to all men. He knew that at 
 some time men would begin to be once more entirely 
 free from all belief in the stupid Adam dream of ma- 
 terial existence; the existence, being or life which is 
 only known to us by means of our live physical senses. 
 The knowing or knowledge which constitutes what is 
 known in the Bible as the wisdom of this world. 
 A correct translation of Peter's words reads: 
 
 1 Peter II. 9 But you are an elect race; a kingly 
 priesthood, a holy nation (or family), a people for a 
 purpose; that you may make clear (or plain) the per- 
 fection of him who called you from darkness into his 
 marvelous light. 
 
 Hence, we see that the Bible recognizes two kinds, 
 races, or families of children. One kind, race or fam- 
 ily of children is generated; that is, begotten, procre- 
 ated, or brought into existence or life by God our 
 heavenly Father. These children, this kind, this race 
 or family Peter tells us is a kingly priesthood, a holy 
 nation, race or family, a people for a purpose. This 
 kind, race or family are the children of God. At an- 
 other time Jesus described the other kind, race or fam- 
 ily of children when addressing some Jews who were 
 about to kill him. 
 
 John VIII. 44 Ye are of your father the devil, and 
 the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer 
 
154 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, be- 
 cause there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, 
 he speaketh of his own: lor he is a liar, and the lather 
 of it. 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 John VIII. 44 You are fathered by the devil, and 
 the pleasure of your father you desire to do. He was 
 a manslayer from the beginning, and did not abide in 
 Truth, for Truth is not in him. When speaking a lie, 
 he speaks out of his own self; for his father is also a 
 liar. 
 
 The Greek word idios, which Jesus used in this verse, 
 a d is translated own, means and pertains entirely to 
 self. This personal self or personality refers strictly 
 to the material body and corporeal existence. Please 
 note that Jesus here states that the corporeal or phys- 
 ical man is fathered by the devil. A few hours before 
 the betrayal, Jesus spoke these words: 
 
 John XV 'I. ;>2 Behold, the hour cometh, yea is now 
 come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, 
 and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, be- 
 cause the Father is with me. 
 
 The Greek word idios, here again used by Jesus, and 
 translated own, moans one's own, and, as used above, 
 refers strictly to own self or personality. Self here re- 
 fers to the person as an object of his own reflective con- 
 sciousness. This consciousness corresponds to the ego 
 of metaphysicians which is the conscious thinking prin- 
 ciple. 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF Mi;\. 155 
 
 The only true ( go } or thinking principle, is ( lod ; Prin- 
 ciple; Mind; whenever we are in harmony with, obedi- 
 ent to, and governed by divine Mind, God or Principle, 
 all is peace, joy, comfort, harmony, and happiness with- 
 in our consciousness, and the kingdom of heaven i> 
 found within us. lint there is also seemingly a false or 
 lying ego, a non-egO, if you please, which is a counterfeit 
 or opposite of the divine ego or Mind. This false or lying 
 ego Is the big "I" which swells up in us, and if it is not 
 trampled down, subdued or overcome, this false ego, 
 which is our own so-called physical, natural, sensual or 
 mortal mind causes us to regard own self's interest or 
 personal self interest as the supreme guiding principle 
 of action and desire. Consequently, what is called the 
 natural instinct of self-preservation is our governing 
 principle instead of divine Principle or God. This 
 false or lying ego, which is our own so-called intellect- 
 ual or mortal mind is the devil. Every human being 
 who is ruled by this evil influence or devil will do 
 devilish things; even to murdering people, if they do 
 not think as kk I" think, or believe as "I" believe. This 
 human self or personality is simply egotism, which is 
 the passionate love of self. Every one that is dominated 
 by or under the dominon of his own human personality 
 is led, enticed or beguiled to consider everything as con- 
 nected with his own person, and he prefers his own self 
 to anything and everything else there is in the w T orld. 
 He makes the happiness and security of self the highest 
 motive of life, and his great desire is to secure his own 
 personal pleasure or advantage, regardless of any wish 
 or desire to benefit others. He regards his own per- 
 
156 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Bona! interest as paramount to all other considerations 
 a i all times. He usually makes frequeut use of the 
 pronoun "I," and what "P do not think and what U I" 
 do not believe cannot be of any possible importance or 
 value. 
 
 In order that this matter be clearly understood and 
 that (here be no confusion of meaning, let us define the 
 terms personality and individuality. Personality let us 
 consider to be that part which constitutes, forms or 
 composes a distinct or separate or set-apart human be- 
 ing considered with respect to the material body or cor- 
 poreal existence only. Let us include in personality 
 all that part which pertains to the material or physical 
 body or substance of mankind. Let personality also 
 include all perception or knowledge which the five ma- 
 terial or physical senses bring to the brain or material 
 mind which constitutes the human intellect, mind or 
 will. 
 
 From a natural or physical science point of view, 
 personality, as here defined, includes all there is of any 
 man or woman now in the world; ever w T as or ever will 
 be in the world. At the same time it is the teaching 
 of the Bible, when its true import is known, that all 
 this personality is absolutely nothing or no-thing; that 
 it is a negation of being; that it has no being, existence 
 or life at all in reality or Truth. 
 
 Individuality, let us consider to be that which con- 
 stitutes, forms or composes a distinct, separate or set- 
 apart man or woman considered with respect to the im- 
 material body or incorporeal existence only. Let us in- 
 clude in individuality all that pari which pertains to 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 157 
 
 tlu» immaterial or spiritual body or substance of man. 
 Lei individuality also include all the perception, knowl- 
 edge or understanding which intuition and revelation 
 brings to the comprehension ol man; the real or indi- 
 vidual man; the man who is possessed of distinction, 
 character-expressing qualities which arc like God, God- 
 like or God's likeness. 
 
 From God's point of view, individuality, as here de- 
 fined, includes all there is of any man or woman now 
 in the world, ever was or ever will be in the world. At 
 the same time it is the teachings of natural or physical 
 science, when its true import is known, that all this in- 
 dividuality is absolutely nothing, or no-thing. That 
 it is all an imagination, or a delusion of mind, and has 
 no being, existence or life in reality. We now see the 
 reason why every human being in his personality, his 
 oicn self, invariably believes, upholds and defends the 
 teachings of natural or physical science. But by so do- 
 ing, he places himself in exact opposition to God and 
 all the teachings of His Word. In opposition to the 
 teachings of Jesus. In opposition to the teachings of 
 Christian Science; as they are in exact harmony and 
 uphold God's side of this contention. Hence, the per- 
 sonality or own self of every human being is the op- 
 poser, or the devil, because he opposes God. This is 
 why Jesus told the Jews: 
 
 John V. 30 I can of mine own self do nothing. 
 
 If Jesus by means of his own self or his human per 
 sonality could do nothing, how can human personality 
 be of any advantage to any man? The personality or 
 
158 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 own self of every human being is the dust-formed or 
 Adam pari of us. It is the one man by whom sin and 
 death entered into the world. 
 
 Romans V. 19 For as by one man's disobedience 
 
 many wore made sinners, so by the obedience of one 
 shall many be made righteous. 
 
 This Adam part of us is the "one man" which we 
 ali imagine we acquired in the garden of Eden. This 
 part .Jesus said we must deny or renounce and refuse 
 to <»wn as belonging to us, and to take up our cross and 
 follow hint This personality or own self of every 
 human being is "that man of sin" Paul tells us about: 
 
 2 The88alonians 1 1. 1 Now we beseech you, brethren, 
 by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our 
 gathering together unto him, 
 
 2 Thai ye be no1 soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, 
 neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from 
 us, as that the day of Christ is at hand. 
 
 3 Lei no man deceive you by any means: for that day 
 shall not come, except there come a falling away 'first, 
 and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; 
 
 1 Who opposet h and exhalteth himself above all that 
 is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God 
 sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he 
 is (lod. 
 
 We are further told : 
 
 l Corinthians III. n> Know ye not that ye are the 
 temple Of <Jod, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in 
 you ? 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 159 
 
 The Bible plainly teaches that every man is God's 
 temple or sanctuary. This "man of sin," this opposer Of 
 God who sittcth in this temple is every mans' own ma- 
 terial, carnal, intellectual or mortal mind. The mind 
 which natural science tearhes us is seated in the gray 
 matter called the human brain, and whose ideas or 
 thoughts constitute 1 what the Bible calls "the wisdom 
 of this world," which is foolishness with God. 
 
 The Bible clearly shows that we are God's temple 
 or sanctuary. Our mentality is the sanctuary that is 
 to be cleansed by being justified or turned to righteous 
 ness or right thinking. The cause of all the sense of 
 sin, sickness, sorrow, pain, and death there is in the 
 world right now is error, or wrong thinking. We think 
 wrong or have erroneous thoughts whenever we listen 
 to or are governed by our ow r n self-created, sensual or 
 mortal mind. All true thought or Truth comes to us 
 from divine Mind. When we listen to divine Mind; 
 God; Spirit, we. are righteous; that is, we are right 
 thinking. When we listen to our own intellectual mind, 
 we are unrighteous or wrong thinking. The original 
 meaning of righteous was right-wise or right-wis. Wis 
 means, way or manner. Eight means, in accordance 
 with Truth. Hence, righteousness means that we must 
 be governed, dominated or influenced in thought, word, 
 and deed in accordance to the way of Truth. To be 
 righteous we must obey the divine injunction : "Let 
 the wicked forsake his ways and the unrighteous man 
 his thoughts." 
 
 The Bible and Science and Health both positively 
 and plainly teach, that all the ideas, perception, knowl- 
 
160 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 edge or wisdom we receive from our own material, 
 natural or sensual mind is in direct opposition and is 
 antagonistic to the Truth which Jeans taught for the 
 
 salvation of all men. This is the true and only rea- 
 son why the teachings of Christian Science seem sense- 
 less and absurd today to material minded people. 
 
 Jesus established the Christian religion wholly on a 
 spiritual foundation. Other foundations there are 
 none. He taught and demonstrated that spiritual law 
 supercedes and annuls all the so-called laws of nature 
 or material conditions. He taught the supremacy of 
 Mind over matter. If we wish or hope to enter the 
 kingdom of heaven, we must bring ourselves in perfect 
 line with these teachings. We can follow these teach- 
 ings of the Master or reject them; but it is well to re- 
 member that Jesus plainly tells us: 
 
 Mat thnv X. 38 He that taketh not his cross and 
 followeth after me, is not worthy of me. 
 
 When .Jesus said, "Ye shall be scattered every man to 
 his tnvnf his meaning was that his church would be 
 scattered or broken in pieces by the personality or 
 egotism of some of its members w r ho, with sword in 
 hand, would prove to the world that they w T ere man- 
 slayers by slaying in cold blood those who did not think 
 as "F' think or believe as "I" believe. 
 
 One reason by which Jesus knew that the power of 
 the holy people or the saints would be ^scattered" was 
 because he had read it in the Scriptures just as any 
 Other man can read it if he will turn to the last chapter 
 of Daniel. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 161 
 
 Daniel XII. 7 And l heard the man clothed in linen 
 
 which was upon the Waters of the river when he held up 
 his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware 
 by him that Liveth forever that it shall be for a time, 
 times and an half (1,260 years) : and when he shall have 
 accomplished (finished) to scatter (or break into 
 pieces) the power of the holy people < or the saints » all 
 these things shall be finished. 
 
 Daniel gives very full information in regard to what 
 would happen to the holy people, the saints or the early 
 church of Christ, commencing with the birth of Jesus, 
 the Anointed, the Messiah or the Christ, and continuing 
 on down to the completion, consummation or full end 
 at the second coming or presence of Christ in A.D. 1866. 
 It has been repeatedly and clearly shown, from positive 
 Bible proof, that the power of the holy people, the saints 
 or the early Christian church would be scattered, 
 broken into pieces or destroyed between A.D. 456 and 
 A.D. 606, and that this loss of spiritual power would 
 continue on down from A.D. 606 for 1,260 years, or 
 until the completion or full end in A.D. 1866. It 
 has also been shown that "the abomination that maketh 
 desolate" spoken of by both Daniel and Jesus, w r as 
 set up in the professed church of Christ in A.D. 
 576. It has also been shown that the seventy weeks 
 or four hundred and ninetv vears (Daniel 9: 24) 
 which were determined or decreed upon the world 
 in which to "bring in everlasting righteousness" 
 and to anoint the most Holv commenced at the conver- 
 sion of Cornelius in A.D. 41, and continued four hun- 
 11 
 
162 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 dred and ninety years, or until A.I). 531. Then 1,335 
 years after tbia (Daniel 12: 12), the "blessed" end came 
 in A.I). !$(>(>. In regard to the exact time the church 
 of Christ was to be scattered the Bible states: 
 
 Daniel IX. 2(> And after threescore and two weeks 
 shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the 
 people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the 
 city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be 
 with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are 
 determined. 
 
 The American Version is plainer, and reads: 
 
 Daniel IX. 20 And after the threescore and tw T o 
 weeks shall the anointed one (or the Messiah, or the 
 Christ) be cut off, and shall have nothing (or there shall 
 be none belonging to him) and the people of the prince 
 that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctu- 
 ary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and 
 even unto the end there shall be war; desolations are 
 determined. 
 
 Daniel, in this verse, tells us that after sixty-two 
 weeks, or four hundred and thirty-four days, or four 
 hundred and thirty-four prophetical years, the anointed 
 one, which is equivalent to the Messiah or the Christ, 
 would be cut oft' or destroyed, and there shall be none 
 belonging to him. The meaning of this verse is that 
 four hundred and thirty-four years after a certain date 
 the Christ would be cut off; that is, his church would 
 be scattered and he would have no true disciples or 
 followers belonging to him. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 163 
 
 Now, we wish to know when this Cutting off, BCat- 
 
 tering or breaking into pieces of the power of the holy 
 people or earthly saints took place. In the preceding 
 
 verse (Daniel !>: 25) we are told that these four hun- 
 dred and thirty-four years dated "from the going forth 
 of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem 
 unto the Messiah the Prince." 
 
 The Hebrew word dabar, here translated command- 
 ment, is correctly translated, word. From the going 
 forth of the icord to restore and to build Jerusalem unto 
 the Messiah the Prince. This tvord refers to the Word 
 of God or New Testament, which is the Word of com- 
 mandment of God directing all men how to build up 
 Jerusalem, which is the symbol name of the church of 
 Christ. The New T Testament was completed in A.D. 
 97. This being the date when John wrote his gospel, 
 which finished or completed the Word of the New Tes- 
 tament. Hence, A.D. 97 was the date when the com- 
 plete Word or commandment went forth, and four hun- 
 dred and thirty-four years after this, or in A.D. 531, 
 the Anointed one, the Messiah or the Christ was to be 
 cut off, and have nothing or have no disciples belonging 
 to him. That is to say, in A.D. 531 the true followers 
 of the Christ were to be all cut off or scattered, and the 
 power of the holy people, the saints, the early Christians 
 was to be broken to pieces. This is what the Bible tells 
 us would take place. The Scriptures cannot be broken, 
 and every true Christian believes that it all took place 
 just as it is predicted in the Bible that it would take 
 place. 
 
164 THE GOLDEN BOPES ( >F MEN. 
 
 Then God tells Daniel in the last two verses of 
 Daniel's prophecy when summing everything up for a 
 final or complete end : 
 
 Daniel XII. 12 Blessed is he that waiteth and 
 
 cometh to the thousand, three hundred and five and 
 thirty days. 
 
 13 But go thou thy way till the end be; for thou 
 shalt rest and stand in thy lot at the end of days. 
 
 The 1,335 days, or prophetical years, mentioned in the 
 twelfth verse is to bring in the blessed time. These 
 1,335 years added to A.D. 531, previously ascertained, 
 brings us to the blessed time of A.D. 1866, when God 
 made a revelation to Mary Baker Eddy in order that 
 His temple or sanctuary should be cleansed, justified, 
 made righteous or right thinking. 
 
 To all those who accept and practice in their daily 
 lives the spiritual teachings of God's Word as written 
 in the Bible and Science and Health, this promise is 
 made: 
 
 I sdi ah XXXV. 10 And the ransomed of the Lord 
 shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlast- 
 ing joy upon their heads: they shall obtain joy and 
 gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away. 
 
CHAPTEB VIM. 
 
 THOSE who believe in the troth of the Bible a1 all 
 inusi admit thai it is absolutely useless for us 
 to pray "Thy kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth 
 as it is in heaven," if we hold a material kingdom 
 in belief or thought. 
 
 God's kingdom is a spiritual kingdom, which is ex- 
 actly opposite 1 or in opposition in all respects to a 
 material kingdom. Whenever we pray for anything 
 which is in exact opposition to God's will, our words 
 are but sounding brass and tinkling cymbals. We gain 
 nothing by pretending to draw near to God with our 
 mouth, while our heart or mentality is far from being 
 in harmony with His will. All such prayers are but 
 vain or empty repetitions, such as the heathen use. 
 
 Let us remember that man, the true man, is a spir- 
 itual being and Jives and moves in God's spiritual king- 
 dom where it is his God-given right and privilege to 
 have dominion. Whenever we are beguiled, deceived 
 or cheated by our material or mortal mind, which is 
 the product and culmination of our five physical senses, 
 into thinking or believing that we are right now living 
 in a material world, separate and apart from God, we 
 are then simply spiritually dead. We are then dead to 
 the truth as Jesus saw things, but living in the delu- 
 sions of a false consciousness which brings to us a sense 
 of fear and limitation which tends to destroy all our 
 true happiness. Jesus taught that we should deny the 
 truth of this false consciousness; that we should deny 
 
 (165) 
 
166 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 thai we had any material or physical existence at all. 
 Hetanghl thai we should begin right now to live wholly 
 in the spiritual world; the world of Truth and reality 
 as he was then living right here on earth. Jesus plainly 
 taught that just in degree as we would do this, just in 
 that degree we would gain the same kingly dominion 
 over all earthly or material things or thoughts which 
 he enjoyed in such a wonderful degree that popular 
 
 theology, which looks upon man as a "worm of the 
 dust," stands hack in amazement and ignorantly con- 
 siders that Jesus of Nazareth must certainly have been 
 God Bimself in human form, as no man could by any 
 possibility have been endowed by God with the ability, 
 power, and dominion possessed and exercised by Jesus. 
 The Bible, however, teaches that just as last as Ave over- 
 come the world by overcoming our false beliefs that 
 there is such a thing as a material world by gradually 
 becoming conscious of the truth that all is spiritual and 
 nothing at all is material, we by this gaining of spir- 
 itual truth pass through what is termed the resurrec- 
 tion. We in this way pass from material death into 
 spiritual life. What the world calls death has nothing 
 to do with this resurrection in the Slightest degree. 
 This mental change called the resurrection may take 
 place at any time either before or after what is com- 
 monly called death. The Greek anastasis, translated 
 resurrection, as used by .Jesus and the early Christians, 
 moans, literally, a standing up again; that is, a rising 
 
 up from tiie dead; or the resurrect ion from death. The 
 English word resurrection is from Latin rcsini/rrc, 
 
 meaning to rise or to appear ; a springing into life again. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 167 
 
 in its Bible sense ii means, to be revived, or inspirited 
 by the recover; of spiritual truth. 
 
 When Jesus tried to teach the world that all was 
 Bpiritual and that there was in reality no material 
 world, he talked to a world of people who were spir- 
 itually dead; that is, they were dead or lost in material 
 beliefs just as thousands are today. This was what 
 Jesus meant when he told the man who wanted to go 
 home and bury his father, "Let the dead bury their 
 <lead, come thou and follow me." 
 
 The Bible states that Jesus was the firstborn from 
 the dead, and it teaches that all others were spiritually 
 dead because by giving credence to their five physical 
 senses they had been beguiled and deceived into believ- 
 ing a lie; the lie that they lived in a material world. All 
 the i>eople in the world had thus been beguiled, de- 
 ceived, and deluded into believing the lie that they 
 lived in a material world, separate and apart from God 
 their heavenly Father, when, as a matter of fact, reality, 
 or truth, in Him they lived and moved and had their 
 being, existence or life. 
 
 Each individual in the world makes his own choice 
 of masters. We can be dominated by or under the 
 dominion of our own physical, carnal, sensual, intel- 
 lectual or mortal mind, and these terms all refer to the 
 same mind, and be subjects or children of the devil, 
 which is our own material or mortal mind, and suffer 
 a corresponding degree of the pains, discomforts, and 
 anguish of hell right now, or we can be dominated by 
 or under the dominion of God by showing our respect 
 and affection for Him by being obedient to the first im- 
 
168 Till: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 plied commandment Be ever gave to man; the com- 
 mandment which was given "in tin* beginning" when 
 he told "them" to "subdue" — thai is, to overcome, coii- 
 qner op gain the victory over the world. When we be- 
 gin to obey this divine implied command, we begin at 
 once to regain spiritual lighl or Truth; we begin to 
 
 see things from God's point Of view, just as .Jesus saw 
 them. Then tin 1 day of judgment begins to come to 
 us because we then begin to have judgment ; that is, we 
 begin to attain to thai Mind "which was also in Christ 
 
 JeSUS," which enables US to spiritually distinguish 
 
 Truth from falsehood; distinguish the real from the un- 
 real or imaginary. This regaining of spiritual Truth 
 constitutes the resurrection from the state or condition 
 of being spiritually dead, and we begin, little by little, 
 to enter the kingdom of heaven, where 1 all is spiritual ; 
 where all is love and joy and peaceful tranquility of 
 mind which Paul told the Philippians "passeth all un- 
 derstanding." 
 
 Tin 1 Greek nous, here translated understanding, is, 
 properly translated, conception of the human intellect. 
 A correct translation reads as follows: 
 
 Philippians IV. t Be joyful in the Lord at all times; 
 1 say again be joyful. Let your gentleness be known to 
 all men; the Lord is near. lie not anxious about any- 
 thing; but at all times let your requests be made known 
 io God by prayer and earnest petition with thanksgiv- 
 ing; and that peace of God which surpasseth all con- 
 ception of the human intellect shall guard your hearts 
 and your thoughts in Christ -lesus; finally, brethren, 
 
 whatever things are true; whatever things are honor- 
 
Till: GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. L69 
 
 able; whatever things are just; whatever things are 
 pure; whatever things are lovely; whatever things are 
 
 Of good repute; if there l>e any virtue, [f any praise, 
 
 carefully consider these things. 
 
 This is exactly what Christian Scientists ask all men 
 
 « 
 
 to do today: to "carefully consider these things," and 
 by "things" Paul referred to thoughts. 
 
 The resurrection as has been stated is the regaining 
 of spiritual Truth; this resurrection and day of judg- 
 ment in its fulness is a change which will come com- 
 pletely to every man, woman, and child in the world 
 at some time. Jesus said in regard to this time: 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 36 Bui of that day and hour 
 knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my 
 Father only. 
 
 From the standpoint which Jesus viewed things, all 
 the people around him were dead in the sense that they 
 were dead in trespasses and sins. They were materially 
 dead, hut walking around in spiritual darkness. The 
 Bible states that Jesus Christ was the firstborn from 
 the dead : 
 
 Revelation I. 5 And from Jesus Christ, tcho is the 
 faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and 
 the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that 
 loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, 
 
 <> And hath made us kings and priests unto God and 
 his Father; to him he glory and dominion for ever and 
 ever. Amen. 
 
170 Till: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 A correcl translation reads : 
 
 Revelation I. 5 And From Jesus the Christ, the faith- 
 ful witness, the firstborn out of the dead, and the prince 
 of the kings Of the earth; to him who loves us and Treed 
 us from our sins in his blood, 
 
 o* And made for us a kingly dominion, priests to God 
 and his Father; to him he the Glory and the dominion 
 
 as preparatory to the ages and the ages. Amen. 
 
 7 Behold! He comes with clouds; and every eye 
 shall see him and those who pierced him; and all the 
 
 tribes (or kindred) of the earth shall mourn over him; 
 yes. Amen. 
 
 In the fifth verse, it is stated that Jesus the Christ 
 was the firsl begotten or born out of the dead, and that 
 he is the prince of the kings of the earth. Then in the 
 sixth verse, .John tells us that we are the kings referred 
 to as being kings of the earth. In the seventh verse, "Be- 
 hold ! he conies with clouds/' 
 
 Clouds in Scripture are an emblem of glory, majesty, 
 and power; they denote the approval, presence, and 
 power of God. 
 
 We read these words of ,Jesus: 
 
 Matthi ir XXIV, 30 And then shall appear the sign 
 
 of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the 
 tribes Of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son 
 Of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and 
 
 greal .-lory. 
 
 JeSUS is here describing the change which will take 
 place in the consciousness of vvi^vy man and woman in 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 171 
 
 the world, l > 1 1 1 we musl remember thai this change is 
 purely mental. John Bays, "Every eve shall see him." 
 
 No man or woman will ever see the Christ with phye 
 ical eves; but everyone In the world will spiritually 
 
 see him whenever they have arrived a1 a true mental 
 
 condition or state of consciousness; whenever this 
 resurrection has eome to us individually in its complete- 
 ness, we will then have come to the day of judgment. 
 The standard of Christian perfection is commonly 
 understood to ho the highest possible attainment of 
 consecration consistent with the possession of a human 
 body and a human nature in distinction from absolute 
 or Godlike perfection. To be consecrated in a Bible 
 meaning is to be separated or set apart; that is, we 
 must set apart and lift up or exalt our spiritual part or 
 nature, which is the Son of God, and is the likeness of 
 God. At the same time we must also set apart and 
 trample down, subdue or overcome our material or 
 physical part or nature, which is the son of Satan, 
 and is the counterfeit of the likeness of God, and 
 is the part which is supposed to be external to 
 or the outside part of us; the part which is 
 known to us as the animal man, the natural man, 
 the human man, or known as mankind; that is, a kind 
 of man; this kind of a man is not the real God-created 
 man, but simply a fictitious imitative kind of a man; 
 this part of a man, which we imagine we possess, was 
 never created by God, and is simply a creation of our 
 own so-called physical, sensual, intellectual or mortal 
 mind, and therefore has no existence in reality or Truth. 
 
172 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The early Christians understood and obeyed these 
 
 true spiritual teachings of Jesus; one by one they were 
 resurrected from the materially dead and passed from 
 material death to spiritual life. The day of judgment 
 
 come to each one of these people just as fast as this 
 change took place; the (Mid of the world come to them 
 whenever they had overcome the world; that is to say, 
 whenever they had mentally arrived at the place or 
 condition that all belief in a material world was de- 
 1 roved or obliterated from their mind or consciousness. 
 Then the Bible tells tis the true spiritual teachings of 
 Jesus were lost to the world for 1,260 years. Wheu the 
 spiritual teachings of Jesus were restored by God to 
 the world through Bis revelation which is contained in 
 that "little hook," Science and Health; then compre- 
 hension of spiritual Truth was once more regained to 
 the world; resurrection from the state or condition of 
 being materially dead once more commenced; once more 
 men began to come to the day of judgment, and this 
 const it tites the second coining or presence of Christ. 
 
 These long centuries of spiritual blindness and the 
 consequent misunderstanding of Bible truth cost the 
 human race untold suffering. And now, after the light 
 of Truth once more shines out brightly, some of the 
 leaders of the professed church of Christ in different 
 parts of the world tight hard to maintain their erron- 
 eous teachings, plainly showing that they have a zeal 
 but not according to true knowledge or Truth. 
 
 We are all aware that a cycle is a ]>eriod of time, a 
 round of years in which the same course is supposed 
 
 to begin again. We are all fairly well informed re- 
 
Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 173 
 
 garding the spirit of opposition which the Christ en 
 countered at the time of his first appearance nineteen 
 
 hundred years ago; we are all aware that the leaders 
 
 of the professed church of (led failed to recognize Or 
 
 comprehend the long-looked-for Messiah or Christ at 
 
 that time, and that so far as Jesus and his first ad- 
 herents were concerned, the opposition which resulted 
 
 in the rejection and crucifixion of Jesus, as well as the 
 first persecutions of his followers, was instigated and 
 brought about by the Banhedrin, the Supreme Court of 
 the church of God's chosen people, and the highest 
 ecclesiastical authority on earth at that time. 
 
 And now, at the second coming of the Christ, lias it 
 ever occurred to some of the professed leaders of the 
 visible church of Christ that they, too, have failed to 
 comprehend or recognize the long-looked-for Messiah 
 or Christ at this time. That they in so far as lays 
 within their power have, and are now exhibiting, the 
 same spirit of opposition ; that they have met their Lord 
 and Master at his second coming with the same spirit 
 of crucifixion he received from the professed leaders 
 of God's church so long ago when he first proclaimed 
 to the world the glad tidings of the kingly dominion of 
 God. 
 
 It was well known and understood by the Jewish 
 people in general that w T hat is now called miracles were 
 signs; signs given by God, which were to be considered 
 and accepted as positive and convincing evidence to 
 all men of the approval, presence, and power of God. 
 The refusal of the highest officials of the professed 
 church of God to accept or even consider this evidence 
 
174 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 ms being divine called from Jesus what is considered 
 the mos1 fearful denunciation contained between the 
 covers of t be Bible. 
 
 Jesus knew and all his hearers knew in their con- 
 sciousness thai his healings were signs or wonders, 
 which were accomplished by the power of the Boly 
 spirit. When the scribes, Pharisees, and other high 
 officials of the professed church of God rejected the 
 Messiah, the Christ, by refusing to acknowledge or even 
 consider the meaning bf these signs or wonders, these 
 high officials knew thai they were rejecting evidence 
 thai came from the God of heaven whom they professed 
 to serve. All this took place nineteen hundred years 
 ago. Today many of the highesl officials of the pro- 
 fessed church of God stand in exactly the same posi- 
 tion, assume the same attitude toward Christian 
 Science, which is the second coming or presence of the 
 Christ, as was assumed toward the Chrisl by the scribes 
 and Pharisees at his first appearance or presence so 
 long ago. The scribes and Pharisees <>f olden times 
 resisted and rejected the Christ then. The scribes and 
 Pharisees of modern times resist and reject the Christ 
 
 now. These present high officials of the old professed 
 
 church of God also now refuse to acknowledge or even 
 consider the meaning of the thousands and tens of 
 thousands of signs and wonders which are now taking 
 place all over the civilized world. 
 
 These high officials also know within their conscious- 
 ness that they are rejecting evidence which comes from 
 the God of heaven, whom they profess to serve. They 
 know that they are rejecting evidence that is intended 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 175 
 
 by God to fulfill his word of prophecy by proving to the 
 world thai Christ, Truth, is once more with God's 
 people. 
 
 One day the Pharisees and Saduceee came apon Je- 
 sus and tempted him by asking him to show them a 
 sign from heaven. Jesus had healed people of all man- 
 ner of sicknesses and all manner of diseases all around 
 
 and about those people, as they well know; Inn now 
 they tempted him by asking him to bring down fire 
 from the clouds, or something of that kind, which could 
 
 be of no possible benefit to anyone, more than to sat 
 isfy an idle curiosity. 
 Jesus gave them this answer: 
 
 Matthew XVI. 2 When it is evening, ye say, It will 
 
 he fair weather: for the sky is red. 
 
 o And in the morning, It will be foul weather to day : 
 for the sky is red and lowring. ye hypocrites, ye can 
 discern the face of the sky; but can ye not discern the 
 
 signs of the times? 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 Matthew XVI. 2 In the evening you sav, it will be 
 fair weather for the heaven is red. And in the morn- 
 ing, there will be a storm today, for the heaven is red 
 and threatening. 
 
 Hypocrites! You can judge the indications of the 
 heavens, but you cannot judge the signs of this decreed 
 time. 
 
 Jesus called the attention of the highest ecclesiastical 
 authorities of the professed church of God, at that time, 
 
176 THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 
 
 to the fact thai they were hypocrites. Jesus knew that 
 these men were well informed of the fact thai the Mes- 
 siah or the Christ Was expected to appear; they also 
 knew that the very signs (which we have been taught 
 to call miracles) — thai these signs were from heaven 
 and were positive proof to all men thai Jesus of Naz- 
 areth was the man raised up i>y God to fulfill prophecy 
 relating to the long-expected Messiah or Christ. We 
 all know how these high officials received, or rather 
 refused to receive, the Christ at that time, Jesus, as 
 the Christ, was a complete disappointment to them as 
 conditions were so far from their expectations in so 
 many ways, and they could see nothing of any advan- 
 tage in the senseless and absurd teachings of Jesus. 
 They called him a demoniac because he preached such a 
 si range doctrine; a doctrine, which, in their opinion, 
 could never be of any advantage to the Jewish nation, 
 and they refused to receive him as the Christ. They 
 worried along with Jesus for several years and then 
 nailed the "deceived' and "pestilent fellow?' to the cross 
 to get him out of the way and save the church of God 
 and the Jewish nation from destruction. 
 
 Many of the highest ecclesiastical authorities of the 
 professed church of God at this time are well informed 
 of the fact that the Messiah or the Christ was to come 
 again; the signs which were to precede his coming or 
 being present with his people were once more all 
 pointed out in the Bible, and they have all been fulfilled. 
 The thousands of healings of physical ills of every na- 
 ture which are now taking place all over the world are 
 the same positive proof to all men that the Christ, 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 177 
 
 Truth, is here again, just aa foretold in the Bible by 
 Jesus and others. But, just as nineteen hundred years 
 ago, some of the leaders of tin* old professed church of 
 God refused to receive the Chrisl at thai time, just so 
 
 some of the leaders of the old professed cliurcli of God 
 have refused to receive the Christ, Truth, at this time. 
 The second coming or presence of the Christ is just afi 
 
 complete a disappointment to the leaders of the old 
 
 church today as his first coming or presence was to the 
 old church centuries ago, and for exactly the same 
 
 reason. 
 
 Material minded Pharisees openly scorned the ideal 
 teachings of Jesus long years ago; many of them con- 
 cealed and tried to hush their inward convictions of 
 the truth of the teachings resultant from evidence all 
 around them of the approval, power, and presence of 
 God. Material minded people nailed Jesus of Nazareth 
 to the cross just as it was foretold in prophecy they 
 would do. But that prophecy was fulfilled. Hence- 
 forth, material minded people will never again succeed 
 in nailing the Christ, Truth, to the cross. The time 
 is now present when this prophecy is being fulfilled. 
 
 Daniel VII. 25 And he shall speak great words 
 against the most High, and shall wear out the saints 
 of the most High, and think to change times and laws : 
 and they shall be given into his hand until a time and 
 times and the dividing of time. 
 
 26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take 
 away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto 
 the end. 
 12 
 
178 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 '27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the great- 
 ness o£ the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall he 
 given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose 
 kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions 
 
 shall serve and obey him. 
 
 This lime or age has come. The people of the saints 
 of the most High are now entering into possession of 
 the kingdom, which this time, is an everlasting king- 
 dom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him. 
 
 These words of Isaiah apply with great force to 
 present day conditions as relating to a considerable 
 part of the visible church of Christ. 
 
 Isaiah XXIX. 13 Wherefore the Lord said, Foras- 
 much as this people draw near me with their mouth, 
 and with their lips do honour me, but have removed 
 their heart far from me, and their fear toward me is 
 tanghl by the precepl of men : 
 
 14 Therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvel- 
 Ions work anions this people, even a marvellous work 
 and a wonder: for tin 4 wisdom of their wise men shall 
 perish, and the understanding of their prudent men 
 shall be hid. 
 
 This marvelous work among the people "even a mar- 
 velous work and a wonder" is today being performed 
 all over the civilized world; but the wisdom of a <jreat 
 number of the wise men of the professed church of 
 
 Christ has so far "perished", and the understanding 
 
 of the "prudent men" has become so "hid" by creeds, 
 
 formalism, and man-made delusive doctrines that these 
 

 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 179 
 
 wise and prudent leaders either fail t<» comprehend or 
 refuse to consider the plain signs of the present decreed 
 time; signs which should plainly tell them thai Chris- 
 tian Science is the second coming or presence of Christ. 
 
 The term clouds, as used in Scripture, is the emblem 
 of the prosperity, power, and glory attendant to the ap- 
 proval, presence, and power of God. Jesus said, when 
 speaking of what is understood to relate to the second 
 coming or presence ^i' the Christ : 
 
 Lulce XXI. 27 Aied then shall they see the Son of 
 
 man coming in a cloud with power and greal glory. 
 
 Those who read the Scriptures in a literal or material 
 way fail to comprehend that the healing power which 
 now accompanies Christian Science is the seal or signet 
 of the approval, presence, and power of God. Millions 
 of professed Christians fail to comprehend that Chris 
 tian Science is today demonstrating God's power and 
 glory on earth in just the same way as .Jesus and his 
 early followers did at the first coming or presence of 
 the Christ. 
 
 May every reader lay down personal prejudice and 
 calmly consider the following plain truths as stated 
 by Mrs. Eddy : 
 
 "Divine metaphysics is now reduced to a system, to 
 a form comprehensive by and adapted to the thought of 
 the age in which we live. This system enables the 
 learner to demonstrate the divine Principle, upon which 
 Jesus' healing was based, and the sacred rules for its 
 present application to the cure of disease. 
 
180 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Late in the nineteenth century I demonstrated the 
 divine rales of Christian Science. They were submitted 
 to the broadest practical test, and everywhere, when 
 honestly applied under circumstances where demonstra- 
 tion was humanly possible, this Science showed that 
 Truth had lost none of its divine and healing efficacy, 
 even though centuries had passed away since Jesus 
 practiced these rules on the hills of Judea and in the 
 valleys of Galilee. 
 
 Although tliis voinnm contains the complete Science 
 
 of Mind healing, never believe thai von can absorb the 
 whole meaning Of the Science by a simple perusal of 
 this book. The book needs to be studied, and the 
 demonstration of the rules of scientific healing will 
 plant yon firmly on the spiritual groundwork of Chris- 
 tian Science. This proof lifts von high above the per- 
 ishing fossils of theories already antiquated, and en- 
 ables von to grasp the spiritual facts of being, hitherto 
 unat tained and seemingly dim. 
 
 Our Master healed the sick, practiced Christian heal- 
 ing, and taught the generalities of its divine Principle 
 to his students; but he left no definite rule for demon- 
 strating this Principle of healing and preventing dis- 
 ease. This rule remained to be discovered in Christian 
 
 Science." (Science and Health, p. 14b.) 
 
 The cycle of time has once more swung around. Chris- 
 tian or spiritual healing is once more battling against 
 materia] beliefs for its God-given rights just as it did 
 nineteen hundred years ago. 
 
 When calmly considering the claims of the Christian 
 Science method of healing, we should not fail to re- 
 

 Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 1M 
 
 member thai ei eat truth brought to the world's 
 
 attention was al the beginning advocated and main 
 tained, often al the cost of their physical lives, by a 
 
 faith t*ul Pew. 
 
 Noisy "political donors" who are urged on by selfish 
 special interests arc now here in free America, making 
 Btrenuous and persistent efforts to establish al the 
 hands of the government a state school of medicine. 
 Right now hold attempts are being made, under the 
 guise of philanthropy, to force the passage of laws 
 designed solely to entrench in power and monopolis- 
 tic authority one so-called branch of the healing art 
 known as materia medica, to the niter exclusion and 
 extermination of Christian healing as practiced and 
 taught by Jesus. 
 
 The cycle lias swung around; the time has once more 
 come when all true followers of Jesus must repeat this 
 prayer which was offered to God by the early Chris- 
 tians: 
 
 Acts IV. 29 And now, Lord, behold their threaten- 
 ings: and grant unto thy servants, that with all bold- 
 ness they may speak thy word. 
 
 :>o By stretching forth thine hand to heal; and 
 that signs and wonders may be done by the name of 
 thv holv child Jesus. 
 
CHAPTEB IX. 
 
 THERE are a Dumber of words or terms used in 
 the Bible to express or indicate a sinful condition 
 such as defile, profane, common, unclean, corrupt, and 
 pollute. These words and their derivatives have now 
 become largely obsolete, and their meaning not well 
 comprehended. The exact meaning of all these words 
 is n«»\v well included in and comprehended by the use 
 of the one word debase. Debase is from de } meaning, 
 down, and base, meaning, low, and the literal mean- 
 ing is, to lower. Attention is also called to the word 
 exalt, the literal meaning of which is, to lift up. These 
 two words, exalt and debases include much in Bible 
 meaning. 
 
 When we lift up or exalt our divine nature, which 
 is the Son of (Jod within us, we are exalted. That is, 
 we are raised to a high state or condition of conscious- 
 ness in which we possess and are actuated by or are 
 uuder the dominion of noble thoughts and asperations. 
 
 On the other hand, if we allow our carnal or mortal 
 mind or nature to be lifted up or exalted, and allowed 
 to rule or have dominion over us, we are debased or 
 lowered in our purity of consciousness. This debase- 
 ment corresponds in exact degree to tin 1 extent we allow 
 ourselves to be dominated by or allow our human or 
 mortal mind to have dominion over us. 
 
 People have been taught for hundreds of years that 
 there was such a being or person in existence 4 as the 
 (182) 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 183 
 
 devil, Satan or the same person or power under a quid 
 ber of oilier names. From the teachings we bad lis 
 tened to all our lives, we had about .-ill come to the 
 
 Conclusion that this devil which we heard so much 
 about, possessed about as much power as God, and some 
 of us seemed to fear him more than we did God. Many 
 of us have often wondered why or how it was thai this 
 devil ever came into existence at all, foe he is accred- 
 ited with being the cause of death and all other sorrows. 
 afflictions, and troubles of every kind which have come 
 upon the human race. It also seemed plain that if this 
 devil could be destroyed or obliterated that we would 
 not have to go anywhere to be in heaven, for heaven 
 would be right here just as soon as the devil was dead. 
 
 If God made all things that were ever made, created, 
 or caused to exist; if He is the only creator, then it 
 follows that if there is such a thing, person, or power 
 in existence as a devil, God must certainly have created 
 him if the Bible is true. 
 
 The devil, death, hell, and the grave are so entwined 
 in their Bible account that if there is a personal devil, 
 there is also such a place or locality as hell. Doubt- 
 less all Christian people agree that if any man obeys 
 God's will he is certain to enter heaven. They also 
 agree if any man persists in being disobedient to God's 
 will, he will certainly find out that there is a hell. 
 
 The disagreement is in regard to where hell is located, 
 or in what is consists. The words of Jesus must be 
 accepted as supreme authority by all who profess to 
 be Christians. Those who do not so accept them are 
 not Christians, but only make-believe Christians, for 
 
184 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 the term Christian means one who comprehends and 
 daily practices the true teachings of Jesus the Christ. 
 It is written in regard to Jesus: 
 
 Mark VII. 14 And when he had called all the people 
 unto him, he said unto them, Hearken unto me every 
 one of you, and understand. 
 
 15 There is nothing from without a man, that en- 
 tering into him can defile him: but the things which 
 come out of him, those are they that defile the man. 
 
 Attention has been called to the fact that it is not 
 probable that any man ever lived who used words with 
 greater scientific accuracy and precision than Jesus. 
 In this instance when he used the word nothing, he 
 meant exactly what he said. The literal meaning of the 
 Greek oudeis, here translated nothing, is, not even one 
 person, being or thing. Hence, nothing means, not any 
 thing, and indicates a state of nothingness. A correct 
 translation reads: 
 
 Mark VII. 15 There is nothing external to the man 
 which entering into him has power to debase him; but 
 the things emanating From the man are the things 
 
 which debase him. 
 
 The word emanate is used in the sense of, to issue 
 or How forth from as a source or point of origin. 
 
 These words of Jesus settle beyond all question that 
 there is no devil or anything else outside of or external 
 to our own carnal or mortal mind or consciousness 
 which has or can have 1 the slightest debasing power or 
 influence over us in any possible way. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 185 
 
 In oidcr to make this matter still plainer to his 
 
 disciples thai their own carnal or mortal mind was the 
 
 only breeding place or source of evil, Jesus continued: 
 
 Mark VII. 20 And he said. That which coincth out 
 of a man, lhat defileth the man. 
 lM For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed 
 
 evil thoughts. 
 
 Do not fail to no.te thai out of the heart (meaning 
 mind i proceed or flow Forth evil thoughts. 
 
 A thought is a conception or formation in the mind 
 of a mental picture. It is an image or likeness which 
 we also call an idea. This thought or idea is a judg- 
 ment, opinion or a conclusion which is born or origi- 
 nates in or is produced by the imaginative faculty of 
 the human mind which created or formed the thought 
 or conception, and it is purely an imagination. 
 
 Imagination may be defined as the will working on 
 the materials of" memory. It selects the parts of dif- 
 ferent conceptions or objects of memory to form a 
 picture or mental figment which is pleasing and elevat- 
 ing, or is more terrible and frightful than has ever been 
 presented in reality or Truth. Jesus names some of 
 these evil thoughts, conceptions or imaginations which 
 are born, formed or conceived in our own carnal or 
 mortal mind, and which we all concede to be the works 
 of the devil. 
 
 Mark VII. 15 There is nothing from without a man, 
 that entering into him can defile him : but the things 
 which come out of him, those are they that defile the 
 man. 
 
186 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 is And he saith unto them, Are ye so without un- 
 derstanding also? !><> ye not perceive, that whatso- 
 ever thing from without entereth into the man, it can- 
 not defile him ; 
 
 20 And he said. That which cometh out of the man, 
 that defileth the man. 
 
 lM For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed 
 evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders, 
 
 22 Thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lascivi; 
 on- an evil eve, blasphemy, pride, foolishness: 
 
 23 All these evil things come from within, and defile 
 the man. 
 
 A correct translation of these verses reads: 
 
 Mark VII. 15 There is nothing external to the man 
 
 which entering into him can debase him; but the things 
 which emanate from a man are the things which debase 
 him. 
 
 18 And he said unto them, are you also so deprived 
 of comprehension? Do you not perceive that nothing 
 from without entering into the man can debase him? 
 
 20 For from withiu out of the heart of men emanates 
 evil thoughts — adulteries, fornications, murders, 
 thefts, covetousness, villianies, deceit, intemperance, 
 envy, calumnies, pride, and egotism. All these evil 
 things How from within, and debase the man. 
 
 These words of Jesus give us plainly to understand 
 
 that all the evil which is supposed to be in the world 
 is conceived or born within and Hows from out of our 
 own physical, carnal, sensual, or mortal mind or state 
 
Till: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. L87 
 
 of consciousness. This being true, ii follows that this 
 mortal mind or consciousness is the only Satan or devil 
 there is in the world. This devil or evil influence is 
 purely a product of our own imagination. Be 1ms no 
 
 truth Or reality in him, and this is why .Jesus said he 
 was a liar from the beginning. 
 
 Consciously or unconsciously we are continually 
 hanging up pictures on memory's walls, which are the 
 
 walls of our consciousness. The pictures or mental 
 
 images which are formed by our sensual or mortal mind 
 are but a vivid impression which is supposed to be re- 
 ceived from our physical senses, but they have no con- 
 crete representation in reality or Truth. 
 
 These pictures or false representations are the hor- 
 rible pictures of vice and error iu its myriads of forms. 
 While these pictures have no concrete representation 
 in Truth; no existence in fact or reality, they have, to 
 our mortal mind or consciousness, all the force of real- 
 ity. As a result of our firm belief in their reality we 
 are filled with fear and disturbance or anxiety of mind 
 which destroys our peace and happiness in a greater or 
 less degree, and in the figurative language of the Bibie 
 we suffer the torments of walking through the flames 
 of the fires of Gehenna, or hell. 
 
 On the other hand, the beautiful and exalting pic- 
 tures seen hanging on the walls of our consciousness 
 are produced by reflections from divine Mind; God. 
 These pictures illuminate or enlighten us. They exalt 
 or lift us up to the love of the good, the true, and the 
 pure. AVe are thus lifted up or exalted towards heaven 
 or harmony where all is peace and joy and tranquility 
 
188 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 of mind. These exalting pictures are nol the false and 
 deceptive product of imagination, bul they are the rep- 
 resentations of reality or Truth and do not fade or 
 vanish away. They arc the unfading reality or Truth 
 
 to which Peter refers with these words: 
 
 l Peter V. 1 And when the chief Shepherd shall ap- 
 pear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not 
 away. 
 
 The Greek pltam roo. here translated appear, means, 
 to he manifested or rendered apparent or plain to the 
 comprehension. 
 
 A correct tarnslation read.- : 
 
 1 Peter Y. 4 And when the chief Shepherd is made 
 plain to tin* comprehension yon will obtain the unfad- 
 ing crown of glory. 
 
 There is, in one sense, nothing gained by our know- 
 ing the truth regarding the devil and hell, for our suf- 
 ferings in the night-mare of mortal consciousness are 
 sometimes jusl as acute and oppressive as they would 
 be if we literally walked through the llames of the 
 Are of Gehenna, in the valley of the son of Hinnon, 
 where, it is said, the Israelites at oik 1 time sacrificed 
 
 their children to Moloch. 
 
 Let no one think for a moment that those who com- 
 mit sin will not be punished. Those horrible and fear- 
 producing pictures of sin; the pictures which are con- 
 ceived within our own sensual or mortal mind will, 
 if not forgiven, hang there on the walls of our memory 
 or consciousness where* we are compelled to look at 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. L89 
 
 them <>\vvy hour until, figuratively, the Barnes of Buffer- 
 ing have burned them u p and they are thug obliterated 
 or destroyed from our consciousness, and we sec them 
 no more. 
 We must remember thai from a Bible poinl of new 
 
 every truth is considered from a purely mental Stand- 
 point Two states of mind or conditions of conscious- 
 ness are recognized; one false the other true. Conse- 
 quently these two states or conditions are directly 
 opposite and antagonistic to each other. Paul tells us, 
 as you remember: 
 
 Romans VI 1 1. 6 For to be carnally minded is death : 
 but to be spiritually minded is life and peace. 
 
 The spiritual mind or state of consciousness is to 
 hi* governed by divine Mind; the mind of Spirit; God. 
 If our consciousness is in joint relation, concord or 
 harmony with divine Mind, then we are not conscious 
 of any evil or error; then all is peace and harmony 
 within us. This state of mind or consciousness in its 
 fulness constitutes heaven. 
 
 As these states or conditions of mind or conscious- 
 ness are at enmity or war with each other, they are cer- 
 tainly arrayed on opposite or opposing sides. For this 
 reason the carnal, sensual or mortal mind or state of 
 consciousness is known in Bible language as the ad- 
 versary, the opponent, the accuser, and all the other 
 names used in the Bible to personify evil or an evil 
 influence. If we are ruled, or under the dominion of 
 this carnal or mortal mind, we are arrayed in opposi- 
 tion to God; we do not claim to be God's subjects or 
 
190 Till; GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 childrn, bul have transferred our allegiance from Him. 
 We are a traitor, a Benedict Arnold, to God because 
 we have renounced our loyalty to God, our own Father, 
 and given our allegiance to the devil. \*>y so doing, we 
 have voluntarilv wandered away from and renounced 
 the kingly dominion which is given to us as an inherit- 
 ance by our heavenly Father, who entertains nothing 
 hut love toward us. W'e have lefl our Father's bouse 
 of heavenly peace and harmony, and have wandered off 
 into another country, and have gone to work feeding 
 
 swine for the devil. 
 
 Jesus well knew at the close of his earthly ministry 
 that his teachings were hut little understood even by 
 the apostles. And now, alter centuries of study and 
 research, it must he conceded by ail liberal people that 
 
 the true import of his words can only be understood 
 as we are able to comprehend their spiritual meaning. 
 Any attempt to learn the meaning of the teachings of 
 Jesus by considering them from a material minded 
 point of view is, al all times and under all conditions, 
 to simply he led into the darkness of error. Error in 
 its Bible sense means a mistake in judgment, by means 
 of which we are led to assent to or believe what is no1 
 true. In this sense the term error is identical with or 
 
 expresses the same meaning as illusion, delusion, fal- 
 lacy, deception or hallucination. These terms all refer 
 to a misleading or wandering of the human mind re- 
 sultant from our entertaining false views, conceptions, 
 opinions or beliefs. 
 The teachings of the Biblt are based on a certain 
 
 theory or docrtine. If we gel this theory clear in our 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. LM 
 
 comprehension, we will understand and respect the 
 Bible in a higher degree than we ever have under the 
 theory or doctrine now taught by popular theology. 
 
 In order to bring Truth within the comprehension of 
 men, the supposition is granted in the Bible that man 
 has two natures: the human nature and the divine na- 
 ture. This supposition is only granted, however, fur 
 tin 4 purpose of making the truth plain to the compre- 
 hension of men while, in reality, or Truth, we only have 
 
 » 7 7 
 
 one nature which is the divine nature or character. 
 
 This nature or character is a reflection from Mind; the 
 mind of God. The onlv reflection there can be from 
 Mind is an idea. Hence, man is God's idea. Man be- 
 ing a reflection from God, he is God's image and like- 
 ness. Tli is reflection of God's nature or character is 
 what makes man like God, or Godlike, or God's like- 
 ness; these three terms all having the same meaning. 
 Man, the true man, the God-created man is all there 
 is in realitv of a'nv and every man, woman, and child. 
 This spiritual man who is the Son of God, the Christ, 
 is now sinless and pure. He is Godlike or God's like- 
 ness, and has eternal or everlasting life, just as the 
 Bible states. This God-created man within us is now 
 perfect, complete, entire, wanting nothing. Everything 
 in our consciousness that is not good; everything that 
 is not like God or a likeness of Life, Truth, Love, is an 
 error; this error must be burned out or eliminated; 
 must be cast out, trodden down or destroved because 
 it is an error. It is simply a delusion or illusion of 
 mind; a false or lying consciousness, which brings to 
 us a sense of sin, sickness, and death. Jusl as fast as 
 
192 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 we subdue this false mind or consciousness we subdue 
 the world. Ood tells us to do this in the flrsl chapter 
 of the Bible. We are given dominion over the world 
 and told to subdue the world. By obedience to this 
 
 implied command to BUbdne the world, we gain for our- 
 selves a corresponding degree of dominion over earthly, 
 materia] or worldly things. It is by obedience to this 
 role thai we gain dominion to overcome sickness, sor- 
 row, and death, and therefore begin to enjoy health, 
 joy, ami happiness right here and now. 
 
 It was only by the admission of the testimony of our 
 five physical senses as being the truth which built up 
 or created our belief in the existence of matter and 
 the reality of material things. These senses are the 
 only means by which we have or can have anv knowl- 
 edge of our own material body or any other part of 
 what we call the material, physical or natural world. 
 This being true, it must be evident to all that the only 
 way we can overcome, subdue or destroy our belief in 
 the existence of or in tin 1 reality of material or worldly 
 things is to refuse to give credence to the testimony 
 
 of our own live physical senses as being the truth. 
 Whenever we do this we make a change of sides and 
 
 we embrace and comprehend the teachings of Jesus 
 
 the Chrisl instead of continuing to believe and uphold 
 the intellectual teachings of material minded teachers 
 who are simply blind leaders of the blind. 
 
 Then Jesus continued : 
 
 Mark VII. 20 And he said. That which cometh out 
 of the man, 1 hat detileth the man. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 193 
 
 2J For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed 
 evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders, 
 
 22 Thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lascivi- 
 
 ousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, foolishness 
 
 23 All these evil things eonic from within, and defile 
 the man. 
 
 The word heart is used in the Bible metaphorically 
 
 where mind is to be understood. All religion is en- 
 tirely mental, and strictly speaking has nothing to do 
 with the heart. The word heart is figuratively used 
 in the Bible as the symbol of the good or bad qualities 
 
 of our nature, but in all Cases mind is understood. 
 
 Jesus names a list of evil tilings, ideas or thoughts 
 which flow from the human mind. 
 
 The meaning of the word thing is usually considered 
 to be whatever exists or is conceived, imagined, believed 
 or supposed to exis.t as a separate entity or existence. 
 
 We conceive by forming an idea in our own mind. 
 That is, we form an image or model of the thing in 
 our own mind for an idea is simply a mental picture 
 or an image or model of the thing supposed to be seen. 
 It must be evident that nothing can be conceived of, 
 that is, the conception itself cannot be external to the 
 mind which makes, forms or creates the conception. 
 It is the teaching of idealism that the thing is therefore 
 within the mind, which made, formed or created this 
 conception, mental picture, image or model ; and that 
 there is no thing, or nothing, outside of, or external to, 
 or apart from the mind which made, formed or created 
 13 
 
194 Till] GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 the conception. The human mind within itself being 
 the sole author, creator op father of the thing. 
 
 In the second, or whal purports to be a material, ac- 
 count of creation, we rend : 
 
 Genesis II. 16 Unto the woman he said, I will greatly 
 multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow 
 
 thou shall bring forth children: and thy desire shall be 
 to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee. 
 
 Conception, as here used, means and refers solely to, 
 the act or power of conceiving or forming in the human 
 mind. The concept thus formed being an idea which 
 is entirely a child of the imaginative or inventive 
 faculty which is supposed to be inherent to our human 
 mind. The ideas which are conceived, formed, engen- 
 dered or broughl forth in our human mind are the chil- 
 dren which now comprise the Adamic race, family or 
 generation. Upon this generation, family or race, which 
 is conceived in the human mind, Jesus pronounced the 
 strongest words of disapprobation found in the Bible 
 in which he said: 
 
 Matthew XXIII. 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of 
 
 vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell? 
 
 When you have traced out this matter of conception, 
 you will find that Jesus taught that ideas conceived in 
 the human or mortal minds of mankind are children or 
 
 progeny of the serpent, Satan, devil or any of the other 
 
 names used in Scripture to personify error or the con- 
 ception and entertaining of false ideas, notions, beliefs 
 or doctrines. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 195 
 
 Idealism teaches that whatever thing is conceived, 
 Imagined, believed or supposed to exist as a Beparate 
 entity has no such entity or existence a1 all separate 
 or aparl from, or external to, the mind which made, 
 formed or created the conception or idea. < consequently 
 the Christian idealist denies the existence of matter or 
 material substance of any and every kind or nature, 
 and maintains the teaching that all is Mind and its 
 visible manifestation. That is to say, all is Mind, and 
 that which is revealed, uncovered or made clear to the 
 discernment or comprehension of our spiritual faculties. 
 
 Now, our spiritual faculties, which alone constitute 
 the spiritual man, are, according to the teachings of 
 the Bible, in direct opposition to and in conflict or war 
 with our so-called material faculties which constitute 
 the physical or material man. Consequently it would 
 be utterly unreasonable to suppose that our spiritual 
 or God-given faculties, or our spiritual man, mind or 
 nature within us would or could agree or be at peace 
 with our material or Satan-given faculties, or our phys- 
 sical man, mind or nature which is supposed to be out- 
 side of, or external to, our spiritual man and separated 
 by a line of demarkation w T hich Paul calls the middle 
 wall or partition. 
 
 Ephesians II. 13 But now in Christ Jesus ye who 
 sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of 
 Christ. 
 
 14 For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and 
 hath broken down the middle wall of partition beticeen 
 us; 
 
196 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 L5 Saving abolished in his flesh the enmity, i p< n the 
 law of commandments contained In ordinances; for to 
 make in himself of twain one new man, so making 
 
 peace; 
 
 16 And thai he might reconcile both onto God in one 
 body by the cross, having slain the enmity thereby. 
 
 Paul here refers to the warfare which went on in 
 the consciousness of Jesus of Nazareth: "for he was 
 tempted at all points like as we are vet without sin." 
 The war between his material senses and his spiritual 
 faculties. 
 
 This same warfare is going on every hour in our own 
 mentality or consciousness, and it will go on within 
 ns until all error or evil is subdued, overcome and cast 
 out. When all error or false beliefs are destroyed by a 
 knowledge of Truth, we will then have arrived at the 
 day of judgment. We will then be able to give right- 
 eous or right thinking judgment, as all error or wrong 
 thinking has been eliminated from our mentality or 
 consciousness. 
 
 The material or physical part of the man Jesus of 
 
 Nazareth died, to human sense, a physical death on the 
 cross. It was the son of Mary who died. Jesus him- 
 self called attention to this fact while hanging on the 
 cross by calling to his mother, "Woman, behold (or see) 
 thy son." The spiritual pari of the man Jesus of 
 Nazareth, which is the Son of God, possessed eternal 
 life and never dies. Jesus well knew this fact, and he 
 voluntarily went to the cross to demonstrate this £reat 
 
 fact to all those who comprehended and accepted his 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 197 
 
 teachings and brought their daily walk and conversa 
 tion in harmony with his teachings. If Jesus was dif 
 ferenl in liis relationship to God than men arc today, 
 then, his demonstration would not be of any special 
 value to us. The Bible plainly tells as that Jesus was 
 like unto Ids brethren in all things. 
 
 Hebrew* II. IT Wherefore in all things it behoved 
 him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be 
 a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining 
 to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. 
 
 It is the material or physical part of our mind, nature 
 or consciousness which dies. All that dies is simply 
 a false belief which we may now hold to be true. It is 
 a false belief or a lie because it has no corresponding 
 entity in reality. Hence, it dies, or is destroyed or 
 obliterated from our mentality or consciousness as we, 
 little by little, come to a knowledge of Truth. This is 
 the death or gradual destruction of error in Paul's 
 consciousness to which he referred when he said : 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 31 I protest by your rejoicing 
 which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord, I die daily. 
 
 It is but our false sense of things or an untrue dis- 
 cernment by means of our senses which dies. All things 
 which are real ; all things which are of God's creation, 
 are perfect and eternal. But our own false sense of 
 discernment pictures out before us many things which 
 are not real because they have no correspondence in 
 reality. There is no Truth in them because God never 
 created them. 
 
198 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 There is no more truth or reality in the scenes which 
 each moment pass before our physical senses than there 
 is in those seen at a moving picture show. Von sit in 
 
 your chair and see the show pass before von. hut are 
 not deceived into believing that the scenes are real be- 
 cause you know the truth. You know that it is hut 
 a Beeming; that it is hut an illusion or delusion of the 
 sense of sight. Possibly a little child may sit beside 
 you who, in his innocence of the arts of men, may see 
 tin 1 pictures pass before his eyes, and they may look 
 so real to him that he has not the slightest doubt in 
 his mind hut what everything is in reality just as it 
 appears to his physical sight. There will come an 
 awakening, even in a material way, to that child some 
 time. Little by little he will come to the knowledge 
 of the truth. He will then know that the show is all 
 simply an illusion of the senses. 
 
 We are all children. The material world which passes 
 before our five physical senses are the scenes of a vast 
 picture show. At first we have no doubt but what this 
 world show is all a reality; that it is just as it appears 
 before us each moment. The Bible tells us that God 
 is Spirit. We also learn that God created all things. 
 We learn that He only created a spiritual creation or 
 world. Thai lie never created a material creation or 
 world at all. Then, as we gain this knowledge of reality 
 or Truth, we begin to come into the same light and to 
 know the truth of things just as Jesus saw and knew 
 them. JeSUS knew that all the perception or knowl- 
 edge which comes to mankind by means of their physical 
 senses was nothing hut a falsity ; a vain or empty show ; 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. L99 
 
 he knew thai il was nothing bnl an illusion of the 
 senses; thai ii was but a picture or image <>r likem 
 in the human mind and consciouness which had no cor 
 respondence in reality, and was purely a producl of 
 imagination, Jesus also knew thai we, like the little 
 
 child, would some time come to an awakening to the 
 Truth. Paul expresses the thought in these words: 
 
 l Corinthians XIII. L2 For now we see through a 
 
 glass, darkly; but then lace to face: now I know in 
 part : but then shall I know even as also I am known. 
 
 We will then know that all is spiritual and good. We 
 will know that there is in reality nothing or no thing 
 material or evil. At present, we all have but a limited 
 knowledge of Truth; but as we grow in grace and a 
 knowledge of Truth, the path becomes brighter and 
 brighter, and we know that some day we will arrive at 
 that radiant state of consciousness where we will have 
 a full knowledge of Truth. Then, we shall know exactly 
 as we are now known. This radiant state of conscious- 
 ness is what John referred to when he wrote: 
 
 1 John III. 2 Beloved, now are we the sons of God, 
 and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we 
 know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; 
 for we shall see him as he is. 
 
 3 And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth 
 himself, even as he is pure. 
 
 The word appear, as here used, means, to be plain or 
 clear to the comprehension. John is here speaking of 
 
200 Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 the Christ, the Son of God. Thia son is the spiritual 
 man, mind <>r nature within as in distinction from the 
 material man, mind or nature thai we may now suppose 
 or imagine we also possess. This translation gives the 
 full sense of the Greek : 
 
 l ./o//y/ ill. 2 Beloved! We are now sons i or chil- 
 dren) of God, and ii has not yel been made plain to 
 the comprehension what we shall be. We know, how- 
 ever, if it should be made plain to our comprehension 
 
 wo shall he his likeness; because we shall see him as 
 he is. 
 
 David, in his day, caughl mental glimpses of the 
 
 spiritual Son of God, the Christ, who is made in the 
 
 image and likeness of God, and sang: 
 
 Psalm* XVII. 1-") As for me, I will behold thy face 
 in righteousness: i shall be satisfied, when I awake, 
 with thy likeness. 
 
 The important thing for us to do is to wake up right 
 now from tin 1 deep Adam sleep or dream of belief in 
 matter or material conditions. We wake up just as 
 
 fast as we gain a knowledge of Truth. This knowledge, 
 
 this right thinking, saves us from tin 1 illusions or de- 
 lusions or error or wrong thinking, saves us from a 
 false state of mentality or consciousness which is the 
 source of all our sorrows, pains, and tears. 
 
 The Bible tells us to "awake to righteousness (or 
 righl thinking) and sin not." There need be no delay 
 for, "Now is the day of salvation." Not tomorrow, or 
 
 when we are supposed to die, but now. The average 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 201 
 
 man is willing to be saved right now and enter the 
 kingly dominion of the heaven of health and happiness 
 righl here on ihr earth, provided he is allowed to Ing 
 in all his earthly baggage, consisting of a large stock 
 of man-made creeds, prejudices, and deluded beliefs 
 which be calls his theological doctrines. This baggage 
 
 is the burden we must all lay down before we can 
 
 enter the harmony and peace of heaven. 
 
 It does not lessen one enjoyment or interest in life 
 to learn that the world is a big, busy moving picture 
 show. One picture is presented to our mental view 
 and then another. We art 1 finding out that these pic- 
 tures of the world we live in are pictures formed in 
 mind or consciousness. These pictures are formed 
 either from thoughts or ideas emanating from divine 
 Mind, the mind of God which bring to us health, joy, 
 and life, or they are pictures formed from thoughts or 
 ideas emanating from the human brain, the ideas which 
 bring to us a sense of sorrow, sickness, and death. 
 
 It is for us to remember that we are in the world 
 to make sacrifice of self, the false ego } and to make life's 
 journey brighter for others and not primarily for our 
 personal selves. It is the unselfish people who are the 
 happiest. The dissatisfied ones are those who are 
 seeking happiness for themselves alone. 
 
 Whenever we look into a mirror we see a picture of 
 whatever is presented for reflection. It is the same 
 with our consciousness. If the hideous pictures of hate, 
 cruelty, or ignoble deeds are reflected or thrown back 
 to us, we crouch down in the shadows of gloom to hide 
 self, the false eyo, from their distressing Bight. 
 
202 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Whenever we cover the walls of memory with pictures 
 
 Of love and unsellisli deeds to those around OS, we live 
 
 in a world of peaceful consciousness. This is the peace 
 Jesus referred to when he said : 
 
 John XIV. 27 Peace I leave with you, my peace 1 
 
 give anto you : not ;is die world giveth, give I unto you. 
 Lei not your heart be troubled, neither let ii he afraid. 
 
 Men and woman made in God's [mage, likeness or 
 
 character, should reflect God's likeness, character or 
 image. God is Love Whenever we reflect or east back 
 
 love to others, we are reflecting God. God is Principle: 
 Whenever we stand erect <>n principle and east all 
 ignoble thoughts out of our mentality we are exalted 
 or lifted up; we will then reflect deeds of justice and 
 right to our fellow men. These good ilwd^ bring sun- 
 shine into our lives, and we eateh ourselves humming 
 Shreds of joyous BOng. These good deeds give form and 
 
 color to beautiful pictures in our consciousness, and 
 
 no matter what the world may say about us, we know 
 and realize that we are having tUe pleasure of adding 
 something to the world's store of happiness. 
 
 Abraham Lincoln knew this secret well, for lie said: 
 "Die when we may, I want it said of me by those who 
 know me best, that I always plucked a thistle and 
 planted a ilower wherever J thought a flower would 
 mow." 
 
 Jesus plainly taught that there was nothing or no- 
 thing, <>r not one thing, outside of, or external to, us 
 which could l>y any possibility debase or degrade us. 
 
Tin: <;<>u>kn m>n:s of MEN. 208 
 
 Consequently all the teaching to the contrary which 
 
 we have listened to all our lives is false. 
 
 Heaven is where God is; as all professed Christians 
 teach, theoretically at least, thai God is everywhere, 
 
 it must he evident to all that heaven is not a place 
 or a locality, lint a state or condition of mind or eon 
 
 scionsness. 
 
 From a Bible point of view hell is the exact opposite 
 or antithesis of heaven. That is to say, these terms are 
 understood to be indicative of the extreme opposition 
 and contrast in character between heaven and hell. 
 
 Jesus plainly and positively taught that the kingly 
 dominion of God is within us; as he made no distinc- 
 tion between the kingly dominion of God and the kingly 
 dominion of heaven, we have a right to infer that the 
 kingly dominion of heaven is within us and that it re- 
 lates entirely to a state or condition of mind or con- 
 sciousness. It also follows that as hell is the antithesis 
 of heaven, it is also a state or mind or consciousness. 
 All this is strictly a mental condition, and our lives are 
 governed by whatever ideas are held by ourselves to be 
 Truth. 
 
 The English word idea is from the Greek word Idea, 
 from idem, meaning, to see or seen. Consequently an 
 idea is what is seen. That is, we see the form, image 
 or model of the thing in our mind. The thing is in 
 tills way comprehended by our faculties of understand- 
 ing, and we see, or have perception. 
 
 Now, our faculties of understanding or perception 
 are either material or physical ; or, they are immaterial 
 or spiritual. Do not forget that an idea is that which 
 
204 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 is seen. This idea is in mind. Hence, in the mind is 
 
 seen the form, image or model of the thing. 
 
 It has been shown ihai the Bible plainly teaches that 
 our so-called physical, sensual or mortal mind cannot 
 know or understand al all in regard to anything re- 
 lating to God; Spirit; or Sis creation. The Bible 
 
 clearly teaches that God; Spirit; Mind; created or 
 made all things which were ever caused to come into 
 existence, being or life in reality. With our spiritual 
 
 faculties, or mind, we see or perceive this spiritual 
 
 world, the only world there is in existence. With 
 our material faculties, or mind, we see or perceive a 
 material world which has no existence in reality, be- 
 cause God never made it. What we sec 1 with our ma- 
 terial faculties is simply a delusion or illusion con- 
 ceived, created or made within our own material, sen- 
 sual or mortal mind, and the world we see or perceive 
 by means of our material mind is an unseen world, be- 
 cause the world we arc* deluded, beguiled or deceived 
 by this mind into believing to he a real world has no 
 existence 1 outside of, or external to, our own material 
 mind or brain where all our materia] conceptions, be- 
 liefs or ideas are born or come into existence. 
 
 This unset n world — the world we imagine we sec 1 with 
 our material, sensual or mortal mind, is called hell in 
 the Bible. In our mortal mind, or material state 1 of 
 consciousness, we believe We Bee a material world, while 
 in Truth or reality we see absolutely nothing at all, and 
 arc 1 in perfect darkness. This spiritual darkness is the 1 
 
 darkness referred to by Jesus in the parable of the 
 marriage supper. 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 205 
 
 Matthew XXII. n And when the king came in to 
 see the quests, he saw there a man which had not on a 
 wedding garment : 
 
 \'2 And ho saitfa nnio him, Friend, how earnest thon 
 in hither not haying a wedding garment? And he was 
 speechless. 
 
 13 Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand 
 and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer 
 darkness; there shall he weeping and gnashing of teeth. 
 
 All through the Bible, light is the symbol of spiritual 
 knowledge; the knowledge or understanding which 
 conies to us from divine Mind. In like manner dark- 
 ness, the opposite of light, or rather the absence of 
 light, is the symbol of material knowledge; the knowl- 
 edge of this world which comes to us from our own 
 material, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind. Jesus 
 used the word darkness in the sense of obscurity; or 
 the state of being unknown, unseen, or not seen. In just 
 the same sense the world we think we see or perceive 
 with our material mind is an unseen world; because 
 it is not seen and it is all simply an illusion or delusion 
 of the senses; this unseen world is called hell in the 
 Bible because it is a false or an unreal world which 
 is in direct opposition to or is an antithesis of the world 
 of Truth or reality which is called heaven. 
 
 One day Jesus told his disciples, addressing his re- 
 marks to Peter: 
 
 Matthew XVI. IS And I sav also unto thee, That 
 thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my 
 church ; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. 
 
206 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 r.) And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom 
 
 Of heaven: and whatsoever t lion slialt bind on earth 
 shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever tlion slialt 
 loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. 
 
 A correct translation reads : 
 
 Matthew XVI. 18 And to you I say that in like- 
 ness you are a rock, and upon this same rock I will 
 build my congregation; and the gates of the unseen 
 world shall not, by opposition, gain the victory over 
 her. 
 
 Prevail means, to gain the victory over. The original 
 sense of against is opposition. The Greek hades, trans- 
 lated hell in the above verse, means, unseen world. The 
 Greek word hades is derived from a, meaning, not, and 
 idein, meaning, to see or seen: The true meaning of 
 hades is unseen in the sense of not seen; invisible; 
 hidden, or obscure. 
 
 Hades is the word used in the Septuagint, a Greek 
 translation of the Old Testament, as a translation of 
 the Hebrew word shod: Shoel being a word or term 
 used to denote the world, state or abode of the dead. 
 
 Tin 1 word shod, in the Hebrew is the equivalent in 
 meaning of the Greek word hades, and literally means, 
 that which is in darkness; that which is invisible or 
 unseen: that which is obscure or destitute of light. 
 
 The original meanings of the Hebrew word or term 
 Shoel and the Greek hades are identical, and are both 
 correctly expressed in English by unseen world or ////- 
 seen state. They both refer to something unseen in the 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 207 
 
 sense of being simply a product of tin* imagination; an 
 
 illusion, or delusion of mind. 
 
 The word hades is found eleven times In the Now Tes- 
 tament; in ten places it is translated hell, and in the 
 remaining instance it is translated grave, as found in 
 
 tli is verse: 
 
 Corinthians XV, 55 O death, where 4 is thy sting? 
 
 O grave, where is thy victory? 
 
 A correct translation reads : 
 
 Corinthians XV. 55 Where, O Death, is your sting? 
 Where, O unseen world (or hades), is your victory? 
 
 Also in the New Testament the word translated hell 
 eleven times should, in all cases, be translated Gehenna, 
 according to the Greek; Gehenna being the Grecian 
 form of indicating the Hebrew words which are trans- 
 lated "valley of Hinnon." 
 
 The valley of Hinnon, or Gehenna, was near Jeru- 
 salem, and into this valley were cast all kinds of offal, 
 such as the carcasses of beasts and the bodies of those 
 who had been executed as criminals. A fire was kept 
 constantly burning to consume all these and the filth 
 from the city. 
 
 Gehenna is used in the New Testament to symbolize 
 utter destruction. It has been translated hell and 
 grave, but in no place in the Greek where the word is 
 used is it to be regarded as a place of eternal punish- 
 ment or torment either by expression or implication. 
 Gehenna is to be regarded as a place, state or condi- 
 
208 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 lion of detestation or abomination in the spiritual 
 
 meanings these words have throughout the whole Bible. 
 
 The words Shoe! and Hades, which are translated 
 
 hell and grave in Scripture, are never properly used 
 
 to represent the grave as a place of burial of the dead 
 
 body. These WOrdfi are used, however, to indicate the 
 abode of departed spirits, and Shoel and Hades, or 
 hell, is in all cases understood to be the antithesis of 
 
 heaven. All the teaching of the Bible is strictly in line 
 with and confirmatory of the idealistic and spiritual 
 teaching thai heaven and hell are not places or local- 
 ities, but states or conditions of mind or consciousness. 
 
 All people in every age, who have come to a knowledge 
 or comprehension of Truth by letting spiritual light 
 
 illume them, have" begun to enter the kingly dominion 
 
 of heaven righl then and there. Whenever we are obedi- 
 ent to God's Word atid strive to subdue the world, the 
 sunshine of heaven rests upon us, and we are upheld 
 and sustained. Bui if we are disobedient and will not 
 believe His Word, we simply cast ourselves into outer 
 or external darkness, and through consciousness we ex- 
 perience the hell which is figuratively described as, 
 weeping and wailing and gnashing of teeth. 
 
 All our joys and all our sorrows are entirely due to 
 our condition of mind. To be spiritually minded, the 
 Bible tells us, is life and peace; to be carnally minded 
 i> death. 
 
 It may have dawned upon the comprehension of the 
 
 render that our five physical senses are the gates of 
 hell which .Jesus referred to when he said that the gates 
 
 Or means of entrance into hell, hades, or the unseen 
 
Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 209 
 
 world, should not overpower his church OP Congrega- 
 tion by their opposition to Truth, Possibly the reader 
 never before realized thai he is in the gardep of Eden 
 
 right now; never before realized thai his own physical 
 
 senses are righl now beguiling, deluding, and deceiv- 
 ing him into believing thai he sees, feels, hears, tastes, 
 
 and smells a material world all around him. 
 
 This evidence comes to us in a wry subtile manner. 
 It creeps into us in such a sly, crafty, insinuating way 
 that few realize that they are, righl here and now, being 
 beguiled, deceived and deluded by the 4 seducing influ- 
 ence which is figuratively stated as having beguiled and 
 deceived Eve in the garden of Eden. You remember 
 the words Eve is represented in the allegory as saying: 
 
 Genesis II. 13 The serpent beguiled me and I did 
 eat. 
 
 Eat means, figuratively, to partake of; hence, a par- 
 taker is one who takes a part in common with others. 
 The Hebrew nasha, translated beguiled, means, to men- 
 tally delude or lead astray from Truth. The truth is, 
 that we right now live in a spiritual world; but our 
 material senses beguile us to partake of the forbidden 
 fruit, which is belief in material knowledge or the be- 
 lief in the reality of matter or material things. 
 
 God, in His revealed Word, as written down in the 
 Bible and Science and Health, is on one side of the ques- 
 tion of the unreality of matter or material things. Our 
 material senses testify exactly opposite or in opposi- 
 tion to God's revealed Word. The question for each 
 one to decide is whether to believe God's revealed Word 
 14 
 
210 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 and begin right now to enter the kingly dominion of 
 heaven, or to believe the evidence of his own material 
 
 senses and let these gates Of hell prevail or gain the 
 
 victorv over him by their beguiling and opposing in- 
 fluence. 
 
 In the similitude of Adam y s transgression, it is 
 
 written : 
 
 Genesis II. L5 And the Lord God took the man, and 
 
 put him into the gardes Of Eden to dress it and keep it. 
 
 The Bebrew abad, here translated dress, means, to 
 enslave or hold in bondage. Enslave is here used in 
 the sense of, to rednee to subjection by bringing under 
 dominion. 
 
 The Bebrew shama/r> here translated keep, means, to 
 guard or watch. The Hebrew yanach, translated put, 
 means, allowed to stay. To guard or watch, as here 
 used, refers to a mental endowment or attitude which 
 keeps oil' evil influences and thus prevents loss, injury 
 or destruction. The thought expressed in this verse is 
 that we must keep or be on guard; we must watch by 
 being awake and vigilant lest we be attacked and over 
 come by an enemy in the garden of Eden where the 
 Lord God allowed us to stay. The enemy or adversary 
 we must watch or keep guard ever and reduce to sub- 
 jection by bringing him under our complete dominion 
 is the serpent, Satan or the devil. This Satan or devil 
 is the mind which is the product of our own material 
 or physical senses. 
 
 We are allowed to stay in the garden of Eden right 
 
 now "to dress it and keep it/' That is to say, in the 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 211 
 
 figurative language of the similitude or allegory we 
 
 must be awake and Vigilant We must watch lest we 
 
 enter into temptation by being overcome by the beguil- 
 ing evidences of our senses. We are to keep guard OT 
 watch at all times and not let this devil gain dominion 
 over us. Not only this, but we are right now allowed 
 to stay in the garden of Eden to dress it. Thai is, we 
 must reduce all belief in a material world to subjection 
 by bringing our physical senses under dominion. If 
 we are obedient to God's will, His grace will be sufli- 
 cient for us. By His help we can subdue the earth and 
 overcome the world, just as our Master did before us. 
 Christian Science teaches that devils are evil thoughts 
 or suggestions which originate through one or more of 
 our five physical senses. It teaches that these evil 
 thoughts which debase or degrade us can be thrown 
 out or ejected from our mentality if we are watchful 
 and pitch them out as soon as they seek or gain en- 
 trance. The Bible strongly supports this teaching. 
 James explains the matter as follows: 
 
 James I. 12 Blessed is the man that endureth temp- 
 tation : for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown 
 of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love 
 him. 
 
 13 Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted 
 of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil, neither 
 tempteth he any man: 
 
 1 4 But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away 
 of his own lust, and enticed. 
 
 15 Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth 
 sin : and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death. 
 
212 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 A correct translation makes this matter still plainer: 
 
 •hums I. 13 Let no one when tempted say, I am 
 tempted out of God; for God is not capable of being 
 
 tempted by evil things; and Ho tempts no one. Bui 
 
 each one is tempted by liis own sensuality, being enticed 
 ami beguiled: Then sensuality, having formed a con- 
 ception concerning, gives birth to error (or sin), and 
 error when perfected gives birth to mortality (or 
 
 death i. 
 
 This whole subject relates to mind, not matter, 
 dames tells us in the fifteenth verse that when lust, 
 which is the longing or desire of our physical senses, 
 and is sensuality, has conceived or formed a concep- 
 tion it brings forth, beareth, or gives birth, to an idea, 
 notion, or thought. This evil thought, or idea is con- 
 ceived and born in the sensual mind or mind of the 
 material senses, which is the material, human, natural 
 or mortal mind of mankind, just as has been repeatedly 
 shown. God has nothing to do with the birth, forma, 
 tion or conception of an evil thought, as He never 
 created the sensual or mortal mind which gave birth 
 to the evil thought, idea or conception. 
 
 We are by no means left helpless to the domination 
 of our own sensual or mortal mind, which is the devil 
 or father of lies, and which gives birth to evil thoughts. 
 The Scriptures tell us that if we will resist the devil, 
 he will flee from us. To resisl means far more than to 
 make a mild, passive effort. It means, in this instance, 
 to use vigorous mental effort in opposition. If any man. 
 woman or child in the world, no matter whether they 
 
THi; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 218 
 
 profess to be Christians or not, will make prompt, vig 
 orous mental effort, they will soon learn thai evil or 
 debasing thoughts or ideas can be thrown (mi of their 
 mentality as soon as they arc conceived or horn. 
 Science and Eealth tells as thai we musl "Stand porter 
 at the door of thought." 
 
 No one does an evil, unkind, low or degrading acl 
 
 without first thinking about it. The evil thought or 
 idea is tirst formed or conceived in our human, sensual 
 mind. We all can learn to have dominion over our 
 own sensual mind. If we will promptly pitch out every 
 evil, dishonorable or debasing thought that comes to 
 us, and retain nothing but the good, the true and the 
 noble thoughts, we will soon note that our standard or 
 ideal of what is good and pure will be exalted, and we 
 will thus be lifted or drawn up nearer to the Christ 
 ideal. 
 
 When Jesus said to Peter, 4k Get thee behind me, 
 Satan," he gave us a practical illustration of all this. 
 He instantly pitched out of his mentality the Satan, 
 evil thought or idea Peter's remark had suggested to 
 him. It is for us to follow the Master's example. 
 
 We read a great deal about fire in the Bible in con- 
 nection with hell and the devil, and it is well to know 
 that fire in Scripture is usually the symbol of destruc- 
 tion, or the consuming of worthless, polluted or vile 
 things. Gehenna is used, in a figurative way, to repre- 
 sent the complete destruction of all that is debased or 
 wicked. While no individual will be literally burned 
 with fire, the effects of the figurative fire on us through 
 consciousness of wrong doing is by no means to be 
 
214 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 lightly considered or feared. We all know something 
 about the effects or results of "burning the candle at 
 
 both end-." We have all "burned our fingers' 9 more 
 than one time. Possibly some may have '-burned the 
 bridge behind them" to their sorrow. Others may have 
 allowed alcohol to have burned up all that was near 
 and dear to them. 
 
 Whenever the ardor or longings of our sensual pas- 
 sions have burned away or consumed our love of the 
 world and the pomp and pride of a sensual life, there 
 will come a time either here or hereafter when each in- 
 dividual in the world will turn his face toward heaven 
 and submit his will to the will of the God who made 
 him. Whenever this time comes, or rather, whenever 
 this condition oi* consciousness is present with the in- 
 dividual, his heavenly Father will see him "when he 
 is a great way off," and the returning prodigal will find 
 out that during all the years in which he thought to 
 secure true and permanent happiness by the gratifica- 
 tion of his five physical senses, which is sensualism, 
 he was beguiled, deceived, and deluded in the garden 
 of Eden by his own egotistical mind, which is the ser- 
 pent, into believing that he knew a better way, or a 
 better road, to happiness than "the way" pointed out by 
 .Jesus, the Anointed, the Messiah, the Christ. 
 
 Thousands and thousands of professed teachers have 
 stood up in what is commonly known as the sacred 
 place Or desk of God's church and spoke words of blas- 
 phemy againsl God's character by describing Him to 
 their hearers as a God of vengeance who, according to 
 their teachings, would some day torture millions of 
 
Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 215 
 
 men and women In the flames of the Are of a sulphuriotw 
 hell for an endless eternity. This blasphemous, dark 
 teaching has been preached so strong within the 
 professed church of God thai millions of people have 
 
 almost heard the Cries, shrieks, and groans of the 
 damned. 
 The Bible teaches thai God is Love. There is no 
 
 wrath, vengeance, or desire to punish ill Love. Jesus 
 plainly tells all these false prophets or teachers who 
 
 stand up in pulpits and thus desecrated God's name and 
 character: 
 
 Matthew VII. 21 Not every one that saith unto me, 
 Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but 
 he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. 
 
 22 .Many w T ill say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, 
 have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name 
 have cast out devils? and in thy name done many won- 
 derful works? 
 
 23 And then will I profess unto them, I never knew 
 you: depart from me ye that wo*rk iniquity. 
 
 It has been stated that heaven and hell are exact 
 opposites. Hell is the state or condition of conscious- 
 ness we see, taste or experience by means of our ma- 
 terial, sensual or mortal faculties; it is an unseen 
 state or world because there is no such world in ex- 
 istence in Truth. 
 
 Heaven is the world or condition of consciousness we 
 see, taste or experience by means of our spiritual facul- 
 ties. This world is a world of reality which will never 
 vanish or fade away because its builder and maker is 
 God. 
 
216 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 All men will sometime learn that to be in perfect 
 peace and harmony with Mind; Truth; God; is to he 
 in heaven. What mankind calls dying lias nothing to 
 do with what we have been taught to call "going to 
 heaven." Whenever we have trampled down, subdued, 
 
 overcome or gained dominion over our own material, 
 sensual or mortal mind or nature, and have lifted up 
 or exalted the Son of God which is our spiritual mind 
 
 or nature, we will gradually, as this change of men- 
 tality takes place, be restored back to the happy con- 
 dition wherein God placed us at "the beginning," and 
 we will at last tind ourselves once more in beaven. 
 
 Jesus of Nazareth was commissioner to make clear 
 to tlu* comprehension of all men what was meant by 
 tin 1 expression, Son of God. He tried to teach all men 
 that the Christ was the image and likeness of God — 
 sinless and pure. That this Chris! was within every 
 man and woman in the world, and constituted the king- 
 dom of God and the kingdom of heaven within them. 
 Be did not tell people that they would find Jesus of 
 Nazareth within them, but lie did teach that they 
 would tind, as Paul expresses it, "Christ in you the hope 
 of Glory/ 5 
 
 As we come to a knowledge of this truth we are 
 renewed in our mentality, and by means of our spiritual 
 
 faculties of perception, we begin 1<> see the Son of 
 God or the Christ within us. The gaining of this 
 knowledge or comprehension is gradual. We are told 
 
 in Revelation that the seals are opened, one by one. 
 
 When all seven seals are opened, which is the symbol 
 
 of completeness <>r perfection, we will then have ar- 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 217 
 
 rived at perfection. We will then have arrived at the 
 
 Btate <>t' a perfect man just as the Bible teaches: 
 
 Ephesians IV. 13 Till we all come in the unity of 
 
 the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto 
 a perfect man, unto the 1 measure of the stature of tin 4 
 fulness of Christ. 
 
 .lames tells us : 
 
 J dines IV . S Purify your hearts, ye double minded. 
 
 We have learned that the Bible recognizes two minds 
 or states of consciousness; the carnal or mortal, which 
 results in death, and the spiritual, which gives us life 
 and peace. The only way outlined in the Bible for us 
 to obey God's will is to overcome, destroy or subdue our 
 carnal or mortal mind, and be guided entirely, not par- 
 tially, by divine Mind. Jesus, by listening to and obey- 
 ing this divine Mind, was enabled to exercise the kingly 
 dominion of heaven right here on the earth. Just as 
 fast as we got clear of the double-mindedness of trying 
 to believe in both Spirit and matter or material things, 
 we are enabled right here and now to commence to enter 
 within the same kingly dominion which Jesus enjoyed 
 in such an eminent degree. 
 
 Jesus at all times gave God the Father all the praise, 
 honor, and glory for the gift of kingly dominion which 
 he possessed in such a high degree that popular theol- 
 ogy concluded that Jesus must be God Himself. The 
 intellectual or mortal minds of men cannot rise to the 
 acceptance of the truth that this same kingly dominion 
 
218 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 is given as a i'rcr gift to all of ( lod's sons and daughters 
 who obey God's will by complying with the condition. 
 This condition is, thai we subdue or overcome the world. 
 We ran only subdue or overcome the world by trampling 
 down and refusing to believe our material mind, and by 
 listening to and obeying the spiritual knowledge or un- 
 derstanding which conies to US from divine Mind. 
 
 The day has come when we now begin to understand 
 that spiritual perception or knowing is the only true 
 source of knowledge which leads us to happiness here 
 
 and now. For hundreds of years the whole world has 
 
 • 
 
 been deluded with the belief that matter is the real and 
 knowable, while Spirit is the supernatural and un- 
 knowable. We now know that Jesus taughl and 
 demonstrated the laws governing God's spiritual world. 
 We also know that there is no other brand ou the mar- 
 ket which is "just as good" as "the way" which Jesus 
 preached. 
 
 The spiritual kingdom or world which Jesus preached 
 about was the realm or kingdom of Mind. This king- 
 dom was very real to him, but it is seemingly now- 
 looked upon by the great majority of his professed fol- 
 lowers as a will-o'-the-wisp, a fairy tale, or a castle in 
 the air which the first breath of adversity will blow- 
 away. 
 
 There are a large number of branches of tin 1 professed 
 church of Christ, and each one claims to have the genu- 
 ine brand. As yon pass down the street each church 
 
 calls out, "Here you are!" "Bighl this way!" and Other 
 cries to solicit attention to their goods. How many of 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 219 
 
 these churches are producing the fruits of the kingdom 
 which Jesus said was at hand? 
 
 We all begin to see thai the reason why the world 
 has failed to realize a greater benefit from the teach- 
 ings of Jesus during all these long centuries is simply 
 because his professed church for twelve hundred and 
 sixty years have tried to adapt his spiritual teachings 
 wholly, or in a greater part, to a material world: adapt 
 them to a world which is entirely a product or creation 
 of our own material or physical senses; adapt them to 
 a world which is in exact opposition and antagonistic 
 to the world which God created "In the beginning." 
 
CHAPTEB X. 
 
 WE remember thai Jesus said it was Truth that 
 would make us free. It is reasonable to think 
 
 that all people desire to be free. No ono wishes to be 
 in bondage or a slave to any one or anything. Hut 
 what is it that Truth IS to make us free from, and how 
 can Truth tree us from anything? It must be plain to 
 all that a knowledge or understanding of Truth nfusl 
 
 Tree us from its opposite, which is error or the belief 
 in a lie, provided we admit the Truth in our conscious- 
 ness, and then hold firmly to it in daily practice. Error 
 relates entirely to our mentality, and we can all clearly 
 see that untrue, erroneous or wrong thinking is what 
 Jesus considered to be the great cause of all the sin, 
 sickness, sorrow, and death there is in the world. 
 
 When Jesus told the Jews that Truth would make 
 them free, they seemed to be somewhat indignant, and 
 told him that they were children of Abraham, and had 
 never been in bondage or slavery. Jesus answered 
 them, according to a correct translation : 
 
 John VIII. 34 Truth! Truth! 1 say to you that 
 i^Y^vy one who is practicing sin is a slave of sin. But 
 the slave does not abide in the house to the age. The 
 son abides to the age. It' then the son makes you free 
 you shall be free in reality. 
 
 Kindly notice that Jesus said that if the Son made 
 us \'vw we would be free in reality. Now, this word 
 reality is a very important word to us. Jesus practiced 
 (220) 
 
Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 221 
 
 what be preached, consequently he viewed everything 
 from the spiritual, or from God's point of view. Every 
 
 man in the world today, who has not overcome in some 
 degree his belief in the truth of material things, views 
 everything he knows anything a1 all about from a ma- 
 terial point Of new. These viewpoints are in exact 
 opposition. In consequence of this, what God says is 
 reality, or truth, the materially minded man opposes, 
 and says it is a lie. What the materially minded man 
 believes and says is reality or truth, God says is a lie. 
 So we see that much depends upon what is accepted 
 as being reality or truth. Let us understand reality to 
 be, that which has actual or real existence in distinction 
 from that which has an imaginary appearance or seem- 
 ing, which, by its deceptive and false semblance to the 
 genuine, misleads us into believing that it is the real 
 or true thing. Many of us know to our sorrow that it 
 is possible for imposture to be so cunningly and artfully 
 placed before us as to lead us into error or an erroneous, 
 deluded way of thinking, and thus cause us to believe 
 that a lie is the truth. 
 
 When Jesus said, You shall know the truth and the 
 truth shall make vou free, he meant that everv man and 
 woman in the world would at sometime know T the truth 
 that everything there was then in the world, ever had 
 been, or ever would be, is spiritual. They would know 
 that there never was, or never w^ould be, any material 
 world in existence in reality or truth. 
 
 It has been stated that Jesus considered that error 
 or untrue thinking, w r as the cause of all the sin, sick- 
 ness, sorrow, and death there is in the world. If this 
 
222 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 is true, then Truth, or true thinking, will remove the 
 cause of all the trouble there is in this world. It then 
 follows thai individually all men in the world will be 
 Baved jus! as fasl as they begin to comprehend, ac- 
 cept, and practice the Truth, which Jesus preached Tor 
 the saving or the salvation of all men in the world. 
 This would indicate that each individual's salvation is 
 dependent upon our first knowing or comprehending a 
 grain of Truth; then its acceptance; then its practice 
 in our daily life. 
 
 The opinions of men divide them, in a general way, 
 into the belief of one of three systems of religion. These 
 systems may be designated or known as realism, 
 dualism, and idealism. The realist believes that all is 
 matter or material substance, and denies that there is 
 such a thing as Spirit or spiritual substance in exist- 
 ence. He accepts the evidence of his five physical 
 senses as being the truth, and he scoffs at the very idea 
 of there being such a thing as a spiritual world. 
 
 The dualist believes that there are two worlds. A 
 material world composed of matter which he is living 
 in now, and which he recognizes or is made acquainted 
 with by means of his five physical senses. He also be- 
 lieves that there is also a spiritual world somewhere to 
 which men attain at sometime after what is called 
 death. 
 
 The idealist knows that all is Spirit or spiritual 
 substance, and that there is no matter or material sub- 
 Stance. He denies the truth of the evidence of his live 
 physical senses, and knows that in reality there is no 
 world but the spiritual. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 223 
 
 The .ureal majority of professed Christians in the 
 \\<»rl*l are dualists, and suppose thai there are two 
 
 worlds: one called the material world, the Other called 
 the spiritual world. 
 
 The realist holds to the doctrine thai genus and 
 species exist Independent of our conceptions and ex 
 
 pressions. He firmly believes that external objects exist 
 independent of his sensations or conceptions. He main- 
 tains that there is something corresponding to each 
 conception or expression which is the object of his 
 thoughts when he employs the term. In short, a realist 
 maintains that everything is just as our five physical 
 senses indicate it to be; he, therefore, accepts the evi- 
 dence of these senses as being Truth. 
 
 Those who hold to the doctrine of Christian idealism 
 maintain that all we are conscious of in Truth or reality 
 are ideas formed in Mind. They deny the existence of 
 any material bodies or matter from which they are sup- 
 posed to be formed. Consequently, they deny the evi- 
 dence of their own five physical senses, and no world is 
 accepted as having any real existence other than the 
 spiritual world. 
 
 It must now be plain that w r e must base all knowledge 
 of being, existence or life on either a materialistic or 
 an idealistic foundation, or else on a combination or 
 mixture of both. This combination or mixture is the 
 popular dualism of the day upon which all popular 
 theology is founded. 
 
 This dualism, or double-mindedness, with its unend- 
 ing problems, perplexities, and contradictions; its con- 
 flicts of creeds, forms, and man-made doctrines, human 
 
224 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 theology or philosophy, can be clearly traced back to 
 the Adam dream found in the second, or material, 
 account of creation. The account in which evil, or 
 
 error, makes the false claim of making man from ma- 
 terial substance, matter, or (Inst. Then introducing 
 
 evil into God's creation, already completed, finished or 
 ended, wherein all was very good ami like God, God- 
 like, or God's likeness. 
 
 'litis dualism; this combination of Truth and error; 
 this mixture of the real and the unreal; this combina- 
 tion of the genuine with the counterfeit, upon which all 
 popular theology is based, explains in itself why the 
 old professed church of Christ is now an apostate 
 church. 
 
 Jesus established the Christian religion upon strictly 
 a spiritual foundation. .Material or erroneous theolo- 
 gical teachings or beliefs crept into the teachings of 
 the professed church of Christ from the fact that the 
 study and research of the Bible for long centuries by 
 our most eminent scholars has been made almost en- 
 tirely from a human intellectual point of view. 
 
 Strange as the statement may seem to most people 
 in the civilived world, it is a truth that human intel- 
 lect ualisin has no part or lot with Christianity. 
 
 It is just now beginning to dawn upon the world that 
 all theories, conceptions, and ideas which originate in 
 and emanate from the gray matter called the human 
 brain are always based on strictly material knowledge, 
 which, ill Bible phraseology, is known as the "wisdom 
 of this world." We are all just beginning to learn that 
 ibis material knowledge; these material beliefs; this 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 225 
 
 sdom if this world; will, if heeded, invariably lead 
 us into error or erroneous thoughts, as all Ideas <>r con- 
 ceptions formed within the human brain are in direct 
 opposition to Truth — in direct opposition t<> the gospel 
 
 which Je8US preached and tried to gel all those around 
 him to comprehend and practice for their own happi- 
 ness and permanent enjoyment right here and now. 
 One day, while surrounded by a great multitude of 
 
 people, Jeans entered a, boat on the lake 1 and taught in 
 parables, while thousands of people stood around him 
 on the beach. At the conclusion of the parable of 1 lie 
 
 sower, Jesus said to this great multitude, "Who hath 
 ears to hear let him hear." 
 
 Jesus never wasted any time teaching anything which 
 did not have a spiritual meaning. He was doubtless 
 aware that the people heard his voice, and in a literal, 
 material or intellectual way heard what he said. He 
 also well understood that this literal or intellectual 
 hearing of all his parables and other teachings would 
 be of little or no benefit to any man if he failed to catch 
 or comprehend their spiritual meaning. 
 
 During the earthly ministry of Jesus there were 
 doubtless thousands and tens of thousands of people who 
 listened to his words and saw his demonstrations of the 
 power of spiritual Truth, who failed to comprehend 
 their spiritual import. Human nature is exactly the 
 same today as then, and as it has been for thousands of 
 years. From an intellectual viewpoint, doubtless thou- 
 sands of people who listened to the words of Jesus and 
 failed to comprehend their true meaning, were just as 
 intelligent as thousands of people who read these same 
 15 
 
226 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN, 
 
 words today and also fail to realize any benefit from his 
 words, simply because they read these words with a 
 cold-blooded, literal, or intellectual, understanding 
 The Bible tells us: 
 
 2 Corinthians ill. 6 The letter killeth, but the Spirit 
 giveth life. 
 
 The reading of God's inspired Word in a literal way 
 is the reason why popular theology has transformed 
 the Bible, which is the book of Life, into the booh of 
 death; why it has changed the Christian religion, which 
 is a religion of joy and sunshine, into a religion of 
 sorrow and gloom, 
 
 Paul plainly tells us : 
 
 Ramans VIII. 6 For to be carnally minded is 
 death; hut to be spiritually minded is life and peace 1 . 
 
 You will notice* that the Bible recognizes two minds 
 or states of consciousness, and that these two are ex- 
 actly opposite. One mind results in life and peace; the 
 other is the death mind ; the mind of death, or the mind 
 Which causes death. 
 
 We are advised : 
 
 Philippians II. 5 Let this mind be in you, which 
 was also in ( lirist Jesus. 
 
 Paul certainly does not admonish us to have the car- 
 nal mind, the mortal Or death mind, or the mind which 
 causes death. We are to have the mind which was also 
 in Christ Jesus. Hence, it must have heen the spiritual 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 227 
 
 Mind, the divine Mind, the mind of God, which was also 
 in chrisi Jesus. Bu1 what is and where la the other 
 mind: the carnal mind, the mortal or death mind? The 
 Greek word sarw } translated carnal, refers to and in- 
 cludes the physical mind and the whole physical body 
 of a human being. The Greek sarw } here translated 
 
 carnal, means and refers to I he whole of man's physical, 
 
 natural, sensual, carnal or mortal nature or mind. This 
 
 Greek norm includes all that pertains to man's physical 
 body, mind, and lift 1 as distinct or separate from his 
 spiritual body, mind, and life. In other words, it 
 means and refers to the material or physical man in 
 
 distinction from the immaterial or spiritual man. 
 
 In order to correctly understand some passages in 
 the Bible, it is important for us to know that the 
 terms, the flesh, and also flesh <nul blood, are known 
 as Hebrewisms. Whenever either of these terms are 
 used relating to mankind, they mean and refer to the 
 whole physical man. They, in all eases, have the same 
 meaning as we today understand by the terms physical 
 man, natural man, material man, carnal man, sensual 
 man, fleshly man or mortal man. All these terms have 
 the same meaning, and refer to the man we see with 
 our physical eyes in distinction from the spiritual, 
 immaterial man who is the image and likeness of the 
 invisible God, and is therefore invisible to our physical 
 eyes. "No man has seen God at any time," the Scrip- 
 tures state. Neither has any man ever seen His image, 
 or likeness, with their physical eyes. 
 
 In order that there may be no confusion of thought, 
 and that we all may clearly understand just what is 
 
228 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 meant when these respective terms are ased, Ie1 us de- 
 tine them in modern language as now understood by 
 
 natural or physical science. 
 
 When considering religions questions, confusion and 
 
 Strife have often resulted from the fact that the re- 
 spective parties entertained in their minds different 
 meanings for some of the terms used. These misunder- 
 standings in many instances could have been avoided if 
 the discussion had been conducted on a more scientific 
 basis. 
 
 Material is from the Greek materiell, or Latin ma- 
 teria, meaning, matter; matter is the substance or stuff 
 of which anything is composed which is cognizable to 
 or can be known by means of our five physical senses. 
 The material man is the corporeal body or form which 
 consists of matter or material substance in distinction 
 or in opposition to the incorporeal body or form which 
 consists of Spirit or spiritual substance. 
 
 Physical is from the Greek plu/sikos, meaning, per- 
 taining to nature and material things which are per- 
 ceptible to our five physical senses, as opposed or in 
 opposition to spiritual things. Hence, the material 
 man and the physical man are identical, or the same. 
 
 Natural is from the Latin naturalis, meaning, per- 
 taining to nature and material things, and having what 
 is supposed to be a real, or physical, existence, as op- 
 posed, or in opposition to what is spiritual. Hence, 
 the natural man is identical with the physical and ma- 
 terial man. 
 
 Carnal is from the Greek word sar.r, and means and 
 relates to the whole corporeal body, mind, and nature 
 
Till; GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 229 
 
 ;i> opposed or in opposition to the spiritual body, mind, 
 and nature, it refers to man's human nature in dis 
 unction from man's divine or spiritual nature. Carnal 
 
 is also derived from the Latin camalis, from carnis, 
 meaning, flesh, in a Bible sense, the terms, flesh; after 
 the flesh; flesh and blood; in the flesh; according to the 
 flesh; and other terms of similar import, all refer to 
 and include the whole corporeal or physical body of 
 man as opposed or in opposition to the spiritual body 
 of man. Hence, all these terms refer strictly to the 
 material man in distinction from the spiritual man. 
 
 Sensual is from the Greek psuchikos, meaning, hav- 
 ing the capacity or power of receiving ideas or knowl- 
 edge by perceiving by means of impressions received by 
 or through the five physical senses. Psuchikos is an 
 adjective derived from the Greek word psuchee, which 
 is translated sensual and natural several times in the 
 Bible, and is also correctly translated animal or phys- 
 ical, and is so translated in modern versions. 
 
 For instance, we are told: 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 44 It is sown a natural body; 
 it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, 
 and there is a spiritual body. 
 
 A correct translation reads : 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 44 It is sown an animal (or 
 physical) body, it is raised a spiritual body. If there 
 is an animal (or physical) body there is also a spiritual 
 body. 
 
230 THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 
 
 Paul is here speaking of the resurrection, and he Bays, 
 If there is an animal i or physical | body. Please notice 
 thai be does nol positively say thai there is such a 
 thing as an animal or physical body. His meaning 
 is, thai if there is such a thing as a physical body, there 
 i- positively a spiritual body. This reading— "If there 
 is a natural (animal or physical) body there is also a 
 spiritual body"; is the reading of tin 1 Sinaitic, Vatican, 
 
 and Alexanderine .Manuscripts; the three oldest and 
 most valuable copies Of the Bible now in existence. 
 
 In connection with this matter relating to the (jues- 
 tion as to whether or not we possess an animal, physical 
 or natural body in reality, attention is called to these 
 words : 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 50 Now this I say, brethren, that 
 
 flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of (lod; 
 neither doth corruption inherit incorruption. 
 
 By the use of the Hebrewism "flesh and blood," Paul 
 here includes the whole animal, physical, natural or 
 sensual man in distinction from the incorporeal, im- 
 material or spiritual man. It is the clear meaning 
 of the Greek that Paul here positively states that the 
 animal, physical, natural or sensual body, nature, and 
 mind of man cannot inherit the 1 kingdom of God. In 
 the preceding verse he tells us just how we will be 
 when resurrected or raised up from the state or condi- 
 tion of being dead in material beliefs. 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 19 And as we have borne the 
 
 image of the earthy; we shall also bear the image <>f 
 the heavenly. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 281 
 
 A correct I ranslal Ion reads 
 
 i Corinthians XV. n> And exactly as we bore the 
 likeness of the earthly one, we shall in like manner bear 
 
 llic likeness of the heavenly ( >ne. 
 
 2 Corinthians V, i For we know that if our earthly 
 boose of this tabernacle were dissolved, we have a build- 
 ing of God, nn house nol made with hands, eternal in 
 
 the heavens. 
 
 2 For in this we groan, earnestly desiring to he 
 
 clothed upon with our house which is from heaven. 
 
 :*» if so he that being Clothed we shall not he found 
 naked. 
 
 4 For we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being 
 burdened: not for that we would he unclothed, hut 
 clothed upon, that mortality might be swallowed up of 
 life. 
 
 5 Now he that hath wrought us for the selfsame thing 
 is God, who also hath given unto us the earnest of tin 1 
 Spirit. 
 
 <> Therefore we arc always confident, knowing that, 
 whilst we are at home in the body, we are absent from 
 the Lord : 
 
 7 i For we walk by faith, not by sight.) 
 
 The golden thread of Truth runs through the Bible 
 from end to end. It runs from the first word in Genesis 
 to the last word of Revelation. This golden thread is 
 "The Golden Hopes of Men." Popular theology has 
 greatly tangled this thread, and made it difficult to un- 
 tangle, because we have all been led into error or un- 
 
232 Till: GOLDEN HOPB6 OF MEN. 
 
 true thinking, and these old, false ways of thinking 
 are vcvy difficull to overcome. 
 
 I ><> doI forget thai man, in its Bible sense, is a generic 
 term, and means, the race or family of men, ami in- 
 cludes every man, woman, and child who lias ever lived 
 
 or ever will live on the earth. 
 
 This race or family Of God are His sons and daugh- 
 ters, made in His own image and likeness al the lime 
 He created them, the host of them in the beginning 
 when He blessed them and gave them dominion over all 
 the earth. 
 
 lint God only made one man; that is. He only begot, 
 procreated, or caused, one man, in a generic sense, to 
 exist or live. This man is God's only begotten Son, the 
 son of his love in whom he is well pleased. This only 
 Son is the spiritual man, the man who is invisible to 
 our Ave physical senses, because these senses know noth- 
 ing about God's creation. 
 
 There is also supposed to be a material, physical, 
 
 natural, carnal, sensual or mortal man. But God only 
 made one man, race or family. This material man, 
 race or family God disowns. This man is called in the 
 Bible the son of perdition or destruction; he is also 
 called the man of sin; Iieliar; god of this world; and 
 a number of other terms of disapprobation ; all of which 
 
 are intended to personify the evil influence called Satan, 
 devil, etc. This devil is simply our own false belief 
 or falsi 1 consciousness, which is the primary source of 
 all our fears, sorrows, pains, and everything else which 
 mars our true happiness ri.uht here and now. If we 
 could gel entirely free from the influence and dominion 
 
Till: GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 233 
 
 of this devil, we would be in heaven right then and 
 there, for heaven is not a place or a locality, bill a state 
 
 Or Condition Of mind or consciousness. Whenever we 
 
 are at peace and in perfeel harmony with the will of 
 
 God, we will find ourselves in heaven. Time or place 
 or what men call death has nothing to do with this 
 
 matter at all, and all the preaching of popular theology 
 about "going to heaven" is misleading, to say the least. 
 
 We were all made or created in God's image, or 
 likeness, in "the beginning'' ; Ave are in his image and 
 likeness right now, but error, or untrue thinking, has 
 led us to believe what is exactly opposite to Truth. 
 God's Word is Truth. Truth tells us that we are the 
 image and likeness of the invisible God right now; not 
 going to be. But the material, or mortal mind of man- 
 kind, which is our own so-called intellectual mind which 
 emanates from the gray matter called the human brain, 
 has changed all this, and it calls God a liar. We know r 
 that God is a liar because we plainly see with our own 
 eyes, hear, taste, smell, and feel that there is a physical 
 or natural world all around us. We, in our intellectual 
 mind; in our personality or egotism, have a mouth 
 which speaks great things. Whenever we lay down 
 this big "I," this human egotism, which is conceived 
 and born within our own intellectual or mortal mind, 
 and accept the truth as God caused it to be written 
 dow T n in the Bible; accept it in the way it was under- 
 stood and preached by Jesus; accept it in the way God 
 caused it to be written down in Science and Health; 
 then, and not until then, will we begin to be saved or 
 
234 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 set free from the works of the devil, which are sin, 
 
 sickness, sorrow, poverty, pain, and death. 
 
 This is the kind of salvation Jesus preached; this 
 was the good news to men, and it was to commence to 
 take effect instantaneously. No waiting; no failure. 
 The blessing was to come just as soon as we correctly 
 understood the teachings of Jesns, and made an honest 
 application of them in onr daily lives. 
 
 Throughout the Bible all the promises of good are 
 made to the inner man; to the invisible, spiritual man; 
 this image and likeness of God; this Anointed one; this 
 Messiah ; this Christ ; this "firstborn of every creature/' 
 which is "Chrisl in you, the hope of glory." 
 
 On the other hand, throughout the entire Bible all 
 the threats of God's displeasure are directed against the 
 outer man; the old man; the visible or physical man. 
 God disowns this outer, material, corporeal man en- 
 tirely. All through the Hible this material man, in 
 distinction from the spiritual man, is spoken of in 
 terms of the strongest disapproval. The outer, or old 
 man, is our own animal, physical, natural, sensual, 
 dust-formed or mortal form, mind, and nature. 
 
 Now, let the reader clearly understand that we are 
 not considering two men; one of whom belongs to or 
 is a member of some church, and the other man is a 
 wicked outsider; neither are we considering a good man 
 
 who lives at your house, and a had man who lives across 
 
 the street. You are requested to clearly understand 
 
 that the good man, the Son of God, tin 1 Christ, and 
 also the had man, the son of perdition, the devil — that 
 both these men, combined in one, walk around under 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 286 
 
 the hat of every man in this world. These two men 
 represent our own iwu minds, natures or states of con- 
 sciousness. These two minds are the material, physical, 
 sensual or mortal, and the opposite the immaterial, spir- 
 itual, divine or immortal. These two natures arc the 
 human nature and its opposite— the divine nature. 
 
 These two minds or States Of consciousness bring us 
 exactly opposite results. The human or mortal mind or 
 consciousness brings to US a sense of sorrow, pain, sick- 
 ness, sin, and death. The divine Mind brings us joy, 
 health, peace, and immortal life. 
 
 The divinity of the man .Jesus of Nazareth consisted 
 in his divine nature or character. This divine nature 
 or character constituted the Christ, the Son of God. 
 This spiritual man, who is a Son of God, is an image 
 or likeness of God in his mental nature or character, 
 and not in his material or physical form or nature. The 
 spiritual man is like God, is Godlike, or God's likeness, 
 because he is an emanation out of divine Mind. Hence, 
 man is God's idea. The term or name man includes 
 all of God's family of sons and daughters; includes all 
 men and women who have ever existed or ever will 
 exist on the earth. This is the race, kind or family 
 Paul had in mental view when he wrote: 
 
 Ephesians III. 14 For this cause I bow my knees 
 unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
 
 15 Of whom the whole family in heaven and earth 
 is named. 
 
 We are here told that the whole familv in heaven and 
 earth is named after the Father of our Lord Jesus 
 
236 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Christ The Greek pa hid, here translated family, 
 means, race, as from paternal descent, Hence, all men 
 are sons or children of God as all individuals on the 
 earth have one common Father, and that Father is God. 
 This teaching is in perfect line with the words of 
 .lesns who taught 4k the multitude and his disciples": 
 
 Matthew XX I II. 9 And call no man your father 
 upon the earth: for one is your Father, which is in 
 heaven. 
 
 The corning, presence or reappearing of the Christ 
 today is simply a question of our individual }>erception 
 of Truth. The truth which Jesus proclaimed, and for 
 which he died a physical death. This perception is not 
 through or by means of a superior intellectual knowl- 
 edge of the Bible, but it is through a spiritual under- 
 standing of the truth contained therein. 
 
 If we would walk out of the prison-house of bondage 
 to fear, we must admit the truth which Jesus preached 
 that man is spiritual ; not material. We can only do 
 this by allowing spiritual intuition instead of our 
 human intellect to be our master, as the real coming 
 of the Christ is only when he is revealed or unveiled 
 to our mental view or to our individual consciousness. 
 
 At one time Jesus told his disciples: 
 
 John VI. 63 It is the spirit that quickeneth; the 
 flesh profiteth nothing. 
 
 These few words of our Master are an example of 
 how difficult it is to understand his teaching. The 
 
Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 237 
 
 Greek wopoieo, translated qnickeneth, means, to vivify 
 or vitalize. Vivify means to animate or endow with 
 life; to make alive or to be living. 
 
 The Syriac version by Murdoch reads: "it is the 
 Spirit that vivitieth; the body profiteth nothing." 
 
 To vitalize means to furnish, provide or supply with 
 the vital, or life-giving, principle. This vital fluid, 
 force or life-giving principle is God; Principle. This 
 divine Principle is unknown and unknowable to natural 
 or physical science. For this reason it is called by 
 natural scientists "the unknown cause of life." Evolu- 
 tionists can theorize on down until they reach the first 
 great cause, or Principle, of life; then they are called 
 to a halt, for they know nothing, and can know nothing, 
 about Life; God; Principle. 
 
 Paul told the Athenians in regard to this God ; Prin- 
 ciple; which is unknow r n to natural science. According 
 to the American Version : 
 
 Acts XVII. 24 The God (Principle) that made the 
 world and all things therein, he, being Lord of heaven 
 and earth, dwelleth not in temples (or sanctuaries) 
 made with hands; 
 
 25 Neither is he served by men's hands, as though he 
 needed anything, seeing he himself giveth to all life, and 
 breath, and all things; 
 
 26 And he made of one every nation (race, tribe or 
 family) of men to dwell on all the face of the earth, 
 having determined their appointed seasons, and the 
 bounds of their habitation ; 
 
 27 That they should seek God, if haply they might 
 feel after him and find him, though he is not far from 
 each one of us : 
 
238 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 28 For in him we live, and move, and have our being 
 
 i existence <>r life i. 
 
 Pan! here tells these pagans who worshiped an un- 
 known god thai the God of heaven is the life giver. That 
 all men who dwell on the face of the earth have In God 
 their being, existence, or life. 
 
 When Jesus said to his disciples, "It is the spirit 
 thai quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing/ he well 
 knew thai all his hearers understood thai by the use 
 of the Eebrewism "the flesh" he referred to and included 
 the whole animal, physical, natural or corporeal man 
 in distinction from the spiritual or Incorporeal man. 
 The word profiteth means, to he of benefit or advantage. 
 The word nothing, as here used, means, not even one 
 man, woman or thing; none; nobody. So we see that 
 a correct translation of the words of Jesus reads, 
 "Spirit is the life giver; the physical body is of no bene- 
 fit (or advantage) to even one man, woman or thing." 
 
 The thought .Jesus impresses on his hearers is that 
 spirit ; < tod : Principle, is the oxily life giver. That God's 
 image and likeness, the spiritual man, is all that is of 
 any value or importance to any man. That the ma- 
 terial, physical or natural man or body is of no benefit, 
 advantage or value to any one. This is why Jesus at 
 
 one time told "an innumerable multitude of people": 
 
 Luke XII. 1 And I say nnto yon my friends, be not 
 afraid of them that kill the body, and after that have 
 no more that they can do. 
 
Till: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 289 
 
 The Qreek word soma, translated body, means and 
 includes the corporeal, material or physical body and 
 all iis physical properties, A correct translation reads: 
 
 Luke XII. I And I say to von my friends, be not 
 afraid of those who kill 1 he body, and can do no more 
 after that. 
 
 To he afraid is to he alarmed or frightened : Jesus 
 here tells all the disciples he would ever have to not be 
 alarmed, frightened or afraid of those who slay, kill 
 or destroy the material or physical body and mind, as 
 this pari which is commonly supposed to be so essen- 
 tial to mankind is of no benefit or advantage to them. 
 
 All Christians admit that Jesus knew the exact truth 
 regarding our existence or life. He well knew that the 
 spiritual man is the only man having any existence, 
 being or life in reality or Truth. He also well knew 
 
 CD %J 
 
 that to the material minds of all men on the earth at 
 thai time, all his teaching was considered an absurdity; 
 considered senseless and foolish, because it was in di- 
 rect opposition to the evidence of their own material 
 senses; just as this same teaching is considered sense- 
 less and foolish today by thousands of professed Chris 
 tian who imagine that they are following the teachings 
 of the Master. 
 
 Jesus knew that the material body and mind had not 
 then, has not now, nor never had any existence in real- 
 ity. That it is simply a false mental conception or 
 image in our own material mind or consciousness, which 
 will be gradually destroyed or obliterated from our con- 
 
240 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 sciousness as we come or grow into the knowledge or 
 comprehension of Truth. 
 
 Jesus made the following public declaration in re- 
 gard to this matter: 
 
 Luke IX. 23 If any man will conic after me, let him 
 deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow me. 
 
 A correct translation reads : 
 
 Luke IX. 23 If anyone desires to come after me, 
 
 let him renounce himself, and take up his cross daily 
 and follow me. 
 
 The Greek word aparneomai, translated deny in 
 the above verse, means, renounce; and it is so trans- 
 lated in the Bevised and other modern versions. Re- 
 nounce means to refuse to own or acknowledge as be- 
 longing to. 
 
 Jesus is here speaking of our animal, physical or 
 human self or personality in distinction from our true 
 self or individuality which is one in substance, essence 
 or entity with the Father, and is the spiritual man in 
 distinction from the material man. 
 
 The thought expressed by Jesus is that if anyone 
 determined by their own power of choice to follow him, 
 this individual must renounce or refuse to own or 
 acknowledge that his own material or physical body 
 and mind belonged to him in reality or Truth. That is, 
 we are to deny our false ccjo or personality, and hold 
 to our true ego of individuality, or oneness with the 
 Father. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 211 
 
 Jesus practiced what he preached. He renounced, or 
 refused to own, that any other than the divine Mind, 
 nature or character belonged to him. This is why he 
 told the Jews, "] and the Father are one." One in 
 quality, nol in quantity. 
 
 There is a great gulf fixed in reality between our 
 personality and our individuality. Our personality cor- 
 responds to the false ego, the false image or likeness 
 of God, Our individuality corresponds to the true ego, 
 the true image and likeness of God. Personality refers 
 
 to self, the big "I," the egotistical part of Our nature. 
 Individuality refers to our true self, which is our one 
 ness with the Father; (iod: Mind; Principle. As has 
 been said, Jesus practiced what he preached. He sepa- 
 rated himself; that is, he set him and self apart. The 
 him part, the true ego, the true image of God, he lifted 
 up or exalted. The self part, the false ego, the false 
 image of God, he trampled down, and refused to 
 acknowledge as belonging to him at all in reality or 
 Truth. 
 
 Jesus not only did this for himself, but he also taught, 
 as has been shown, that all the disciples or followers 
 he would ever have must do the same if thev ever ex- 
 pected to enter the kingly dominion of heaven. 
 
 The ego is the conscious thinking principle. The true 
 ego is a reflection from divine Mind; God; Principle; 
 Spirit. It is the province of divine Mind; God, to 
 think, and this thought passes from God to man. This 
 thought is the wisdom which James tells us "cometh 
 from above that is first pure; then peaceable, gentle, 
 and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits." 
 16 
 
242 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Bible telle as (Galati&ne 5: 22) thai these good 
 fruits are love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, 
 goodness, faith, meekness, temperance. These are the 
 fruits produced by those who are dominated by the true 
 i go, which is the divine .Mind. 
 
 The false ego is our own material, physical, sensual 
 or mortal mind, which is the producl and outgrowth, 
 
 natural science tells us, of our own physical senses. 
 
 In this human mind conceptions Or ideas are horn, 
 
 which result, the Bible tells us, in far from "good 
 fruits." 
 
 Galatians Y. l!) Now the works of the flesh are man- 
 ifest, which are thisr; Adultery, fornication, unclean- 
 no-, lasciviousness, 
 
 I'll Idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, 
 wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 
 
 21 Envyings, murders, drunkenness revellings, and 
 
 such like: of the which T tell you before, as I have also 
 told you in time past, that they which do such things 
 shall not inherit the kingdom of God. 
 
 We are told that these are the works of the flesh. 
 
 Flesh, as here used, refers to and includes the whole 
 
 material or physical man and mind, as lias been re- 
 peatedly explained. The mind which produces this 
 kind of fruit is tin' false ego, which Jesus said we must 
 
 deny, renounce or disown as belonging to us if we ever 
 
 expected to he one of his disciples. 
 
 We can all now see how impossible it is for anyone 
 who is dominated by the mind of the tlesh, or his own 
 material or mortal mind to he a Christian. We can 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 
 
 LM:J 
 
 thai ii ifi highly importanl thai every individual 
 comply wiili the teachings of the Master, and refuse to 
 listen to the mind which is the culmination of their 
 own physical senses; refuse to listen to the mind or 
 intellecl from which all the knowledge and wisdom of 
 this world emanates; the knowledge and wisdom upon 
 which all the SO-called laws of nature or the laws of tin 1 
 material world arc Founded. The laws which arc held 
 to be sacred truths by natural science. 
 
 Christian Science -which is the Chrisl Science, or 
 
 Science of Christianity, first proclaimed by Jesus — this 
 
 Science annuls and denies the truth in reality of all the 
 material laws upon which natural science is Founded. 
 christian Science is founded upon the wisdom of God. 
 Natural science is founded upon the wisdom of man- 
 kind; the wisdom of this world, which the Bible says 
 is foolishness with God. 
 
 "Choose ye this day whom ye will serve." 
 At the risk of being tedious, it has been shown over 
 and over by unquestioned proof that all the intellectual 
 faculties of a human being can know or recognize is 
 that which pertains to the so-called material world. 
 Principle; Mind; God; the divine power which created 
 and sustains the universe, and without whom man him- 
 self would be an impossibility, can never be known 
 through the human intellect. It is only in the spir- 
 itual or true mental realm of Mind that God can be 
 known. 
 
 This knowledge comes to us through spiritual intui- 
 tion, inspiration or revelation. It is through prayer or 
 earnest desire that men enter this spiritual realm, and 
 
244 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 it is highly important thai we do ao1 ask amiss. Noth- 
 ing l»!ii thai which is for the highest good and happiness 
 of man lias ever had any peal existence in the world, no 
 matter how mncfa evidence onr physical senses may 
 
 present to onr brain to convince as thai this statement 
 
 is not literally true. 
 
 Thai the real cosmos, or world, is a spiritual world, 
 and that it includes man as a spiritual being, is by no 
 means joyfully accepted as true by our so-called human 
 intellect. This is the very reason why Jesus told us 
 that his theology must he received with the spirit of 
 meekness, confidence, and trust of a little child if we 
 wished to enter the kingly dominion of heaven. 
 
 In the allegory, fable, parable or similitude of Adam's 
 transgression, we are told: 
 
 Genesis IV. 9 And the Lord said unto Cain, Whore 
 is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am 
 I my brother's keeper? 
 
 10 And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of 
 thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. 
 
 11 And now art thou cursed from the earth, which 
 
 hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood 
 
 from thy hand ; 
 
 12 When thou tillest the ground, it shall not hence- 
 forth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a 
 vagabond Shall thou be in the earth. 
 
 L3 And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is 
 greater than I can bear. 
 
 1 1 Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the 
 face of the earth: and from thy face shall I 1m» hid: 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 245 
 
 and l shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; 
 
 and it shall come to pass, (hat every one llial tindeth 
 me shall slay ine. 
 
 Cain is here represented as saying onto the Lord, 
 
 "Thon hasi driven me out this day . . . and I shall 
 be a Fugitive and a wanderer on the earth." 
 
 God never drove any of His children away from Him, 
 but the parable, table, or allegory is here told as though 
 a true statement of actual fact was being related, just 
 U .Esiiji's and all other fables or parables are told. 
 
 A Bible parable is a story, fable or allegorical rela- 
 tion or representation of something in life from which 
 a spiritual lesson is to be drawn for our instruction. 
 The parable, fable or allegore, however, must always 
 be accepted in its figurative or emblematic meaning, and 
 is never to be considered as a literal statement of fact. 
 
 The wandering here figuratively alluded to, is purely 
 a mental wandering. This wandering relates entirely 
 to mental abberations, or wanderings of the human 
 mind or consciousness, of the whole human or Adamic 
 generation, race or family. 
 
 The erroneous thought, idea, or conception of this 
 beguiled, deluded, or wandering Adamic or mortal 
 mind is that we live in a material world right now sepa- 
 rate and apart from God. It was only by the admis- 
 sion of the evidence presented by our physical senses 
 as being the truth that this false thought, idea, concep- 
 tion or belief w r as first formed or created. 
 
 Strange as it may appear to the reader, it is the 
 teaching of the Bible, when its true meaning is known, 
 
246 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 that this false conception or belief is hut an idea, men- 
 tal picture, image or conception which is wholly and 
 entirely a generation, production, progeny or fruit of 
 tin- imaginative or inventive faculty of our own human, 
 
 physical, natural, carnal or mortal mind. It is the 
 teaching of the Bible that all those thoughts, ideas, 
 conceptions or beliefs which are conceived within our 
 
 own human or mortal mind have no truth in them in 
 reality, hut are all mental abberations, or wanderings 
 of the mind, or state of consciousness. Consequently, 
 
 in order to he saved, delivered or set free from these 
 mental wanderings of mortal mind or consciousness, 
 we must make a change of mind. We must turn about 
 or exactly reverse our mental conceptions, ideas, 
 notions, and beliefs. This we can only do by denying 
 the reality, substance or existence of matter or material 
 things. 
 
 It was our admission of materialism as being the true 
 or actual state or condition of things in this world 
 which brought about our accepting as true all the con- 
 ceptions, notions or imaginations of our self-created 
 mortal mind or material state 1 of consciousness. 
 
 It must he plain to all that "the way" out of this 
 material hell, hades, or unseen world, hack into imma- 
 terial or spiritual heaven where God placed us in "the 
 beginning," is to annul, abrogate or destroy our own 
 mortal or material mind by utterly denying or refusing 
 
 to own or accept the evidence of our live physical senses 
 as being the truth, for these senses are the gates or 
 entrances through which evidence reaches our human, 
 carnal or mortal mind which, by its opposition to Truth, 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 247 
 
 carries us ;iw;iv captive by making us believe thai there 
 is a material world all around us. 
 
 Whenever we do this we make a change of sides 
 
 and begin to uphold and maintain the gospel which 
 Jesus preached. We then begin to realize the greal 
 
 value Of the gospel or good news which was to save, 
 redeem, or se! free, all captives of sense in the world 
 
 who comprehended and practiced the teachings of our 
 Saviour and Redeemer. 
 
CHAPTER XL 
 
 IT is the teachings of Christian Science that t he 
 science of medicine, as this profession is now called, 
 
 had iis origin in pagan idolatry; that it is today an 
 idolatrous practice, which is in direct violation of the 
 
 law of God. That it is an outgrowth of the teachings 
 
 and beliefs of the pagan priests of the pagan Soman 
 
 Empire, who, in their lack of knowledge of the true 
 God, set up Apollo as the god of medicine. 
 
 Apollo was supposed to have dictated the first pre- 
 scription: .-Esculapius, the son of Apolla, the pagan 
 Roman god of mythology, was supposed to have heen 
 such a noted physician that he was killed by Jupiter 
 to keep men from living forever. Hygeria, the daughter 
 of yEsculapius, was worshiped by the Romans as the 
 goddess of health, and Hygeria, or Ilygene, as everyone 
 knows, is the department of modern medicine which is 
 now supposed to treat of the preservation of health. 
 
 The system of opinions, teachings or beliefs known 
 a- mythology respecting the deities or gods, which the 
 pagan or heathen nations constituting the Roman Em- 
 pire believed in, comprised their system of religion cen 
 tnries before and after the birth of .lesns. The pagan 
 Romans, Greeks and other heathen nations firmly be- 
 lieved that Jupiter, Apollo, and other gods presided or 
 ruled over the world, and influenced for good or ill all 
 the affairs of mankind. 
 
 These mythological beliefs are now usually looked 
 
 upon or considered by some people ;is mere myths, 
 (248) 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN. 249 
 
 fables or fictitious stories. Doubtless there are people 
 now living who fail to understand thai these, and other 
 mythological belief s or doctrines, were as firmly believed 
 in and adhered to in practice by nearly all the world 
 (or centuries before and after the beginning of the 
 Christian era, as any belief or practice is held to al 
 
 present by what we understand to be the Christianized 
 world. 
 
 The word or term pagan in Scripture has the same 
 
 meaning as Gentile, heathen, idolater or an idol wor- 
 shiper. These terms were applied by the Jews and also 
 by the early Christians to all people who adhered to 
 the worship of false gods. By the early Christians 
 these terms were more directly applied to all those who 
 refused to abandon their idolatrous and material be- 
 liefs of every nature, and accept the spiritual teaching 
 and practices taught by Jesus, the Christ. 
 
 Time has made no change in this matter, and any 
 man or woman who today believes in or practices any- 
 thing which is not in keeping with the true teachings 
 of desus is just as much a pagan, just as much a heathen 
 or an idolater now as in the early days of Christian) t v. 
 
 When speaking of those who are engaged in the prac- 
 tice of medicine, there is no wish to personally speak 
 ill of any man, or deny the positive fact that thousands 
 of men now engaged in this profession have heretofore 
 made an honest and sincere effort to alleviate the phys- 
 ical ills of humanity. Thousands and tens of thousands 
 of honorable physicians have doubtless lived up to their 
 highest convictions of their duties to humanity and 
 Christianity. 
 
250 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Bui from dow on the rase is different, as these men 
 will soon know thai to continue the practice of medi 
 cine is simply to go contrary to God's law. By so doing, 
 they will class themselves with crooks and oilier evil 
 doers who attempt to make their living by practicing 
 on the ignorance, credulity and frailities of their fol- 
 low man. 
 "The Future history of material medicine may corre- 
 ond with that of its material god, Apollo, who was 
 banished from heaven and endured .meat sufferings 
 
 upon earth." (Science and Health, p. L58.) 
 
 The teachings of Science and Health, relating to the 
 belief in, and use of, material medicine lor the cure of 
 physical ailments considering all that they imply, are 
 among the boldest statements that were over made by 
 any man or woman since the world began. If this teach- 
 ing is true, every man or woman on earth today who 
 uses or prescribes drugs for the cure of any human ail- 
 ment, is, from a Bible point of view, a Gentile, a pagan, 
 or a heathen ; these terms all having the same meaning; 
 consequently he is also an idolater or idol worshiper, 
 and is not a true follower of the teachings of Jesus. It 
 follows that if the teachings of Science and Health are 
 true, that every medical college and every medical pub- 
 lication in the world is now poisoning the minds of 
 people with the teachings of paganism or heathendom. 
 
 It further follows that the whole system, or so called 
 science, of material medicine is a delusion, an idolatrous 
 practice, and a fraud on mankind. If the teachings of 
 
 Mrs. Eddy are true, then this brave little woman, single- 
 handed and alone in the world, had the courage to stand 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 251 
 
 op and proclaim the truth to a world of deluded people. 
 If her teachings are true, it follows thai all the hun 
 
 dreds of millions of dollars which the world is now 
 spending yearly for the services of doctors, and all thai 
 the so-called Bcience of medicine costs mankind directly 
 and indirectly, is worse than thrown away. More than 
 
 all, this s<> called science of medicine is an arch enemy 
 of the religion of Jesus, the Chrisl : and its practice <>r 
 
 sanction by any man or woman in the world is in posi- 
 tive and direct violation of God's law as it is written 
 down in the Kible. Now, this teaching is true, or it is 
 not true. Mrs. Eddy either told the exact truth to a 
 deluded world, or she was deluded and taught a delu- 
 sion. In order to determine whether the teaching is 
 true or false, let us consider it from a Bible standpoint, 
 and accept evidence from the Bible as conclusive, no 
 matter how many man-made opinions, beliefs, and tra- 
 ditions may he torn into shreds. Every Christian in the 
 world must accept and abide by the teachings of the 
 Bible, no matter how many millions of men may have 
 opposite opinions or beliefs. 
 It is written in the Bible: 
 
 Revelation XXI. 7 He that overcometh shall in- 
 herit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be 
 my son. 
 
 8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abomin 
 able, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, 
 and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the 
 lake which burnetii with fire and brimstone: which is 
 the second death. 
 
252 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Jn the fust verse of Revelation we are told thai God 
 gave a revelation of Jesus Christ to .John; consequently 
 
 the above two versefl are words direct from God to us 
 through John's agency. 
 The Creek pharmakeus, translated sorcerers in the 
 
 eighth verse above quoted, means, an enchanter with 
 drugs. An enchanter is one who practices sorcerery, 
 witchcraft or magical arts. Hence, the Creek phar- 
 makeus means and refers to any person who practices 
 sorcerery, withcraft, or magic arts with drugs. The 
 word drug in the Greek, as used by John, means, drugs, 
 medicines, and poisons. An enchanter with drugs, medi- 
 cines, or poisons is one who uses them for the cure of 
 human ailments bv what is now known as medical 
 science. 
 
 The practice of sorcery, witchcraft or magical arts 
 for any purpose or under any condition is repeatedly 
 forbidden in the Bible; we are told in the eighth verse 
 that anyone who uses drugs, medicines or poisons for 
 the cure or treatment of physical ailments as practiced 
 by what is now known as medical science — we are told 
 that such persons are classed with evil doers and "shall 
 have their part in the lake which burnetii with fire 
 and brimstone." 
 
 When the true import of the Bible is known, it is 
 found that the use of drugs or medicine is forbidden 
 in a number of other places in the Bible. Paul tells us: 
 
 QalatiatlS V. 1 ( .) Now the works of the flesh are man- 
 ifest, which are these; Adultery, fornication, unclean- 
 ness, lasciviousness, 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MKN. 253 
 
 l'ii idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, 
 wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 
 21 Enyyings, murders drunkenness, revellings, and 
 
 h like: o!' the which I tell JTOU before, as I have also 
 
 told you in time past, that they which do such things 
 
 shall not inherit the kingdom of God, 
 
 In the twentieth verse, the Greek pharmakeia is 
 translated, witchcraft; the plain English meaning is 
 
 what is known as pharmacy; Pharmacy is the art or 
 practice of preparing and compounding medicines, and 
 of dispensing them according to the formulas or pre- 
 scriptions of medical practitioners. This meaning can 
 easily be verified by any one who will consult an un- 
 abridged dictionary. 
 
 Under the English word pharmacy, the Greek equiva- 
 lent of pharmakeia, is usually given with the above 
 meaning or definition. Hence, we see that the true 
 meaning of the Greek is that any person who com- 
 pounds, dispenses, administers or uses medicine "shall 
 not inherit the kingdom of God." 
 
 John tells us that those who make use of material 
 medicine or drugs "shall have their part in the lake 
 which burnetii with fire and brimstone." Paul tells 
 that those who use medicine "shall not inherit the 
 kingdom of God." One plainly tells us that if we use 
 medicine we shall not enter heaven. The other plainly 
 tells us that if we use medicine we shall enter hell. 
 
 All fair-minded people must admit that Mrs. Eddy's 
 words or teachings are exactly correct; must admit that 
 she stated the precise truth in regard to the whole sys- 
 
254 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 tem of whal is now known as the practice or use of 
 medicine, or materia medica, and all that pertains 
 thereto. 
 
 The term materia medico is from Latin materia, 
 meaning, matter or material, and mediea } Feminine of 
 medicuSf meaning, medical. Heme, materia medica 
 means, the science treating of all kinds of material sub- 
 stances and combinations thereof used in the practice 
 of the medical profession, including explantions of the 
 nature and effects of medicines. By material is here 
 meant all means or methods that do not include sp 
 itual means or methods. 
 
 Christians must now plainly see that the Bible clearly 
 states that any person who uses medicine cannot enter 
 heaven; that all snch persons, if they do not reform 
 from this evil practice, "shall have their pari in the 
 lake which burnetii with fire and brimstone." 
 
 Some of us protest loudly with our mouth that we 
 believe the Word of God; but when a trial of our faith 
 comes up, we sometimes flinch or dodge the Word of 
 Truth, and have more faith or believe in a lie. 
 
 The visible church of Chrisl has been led astray from 
 the truth for more than a thousand years by false teach- 
 ing; but now when the true light shineth and the truth 
 is once more presented, every professed Christian in the 
 world should reform by abandoning the evil practice of 
 using material means for the cure of physical ailments 
 or publicly withdraw from and disclaim any connection 
 with the church of Christ. 
 
 The true import of the teaching of the Bible is so 
 
 astounding and so contrary to what has been accepted 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 255 
 
 as true for centuries thai while the evidence so far 
 presented is positive and cannot, nor will not, be con- 
 tradicted by any unbiased scholar, lei us look further. 
 John, in Revelation, gives us an accounl of the fall of 
 Babylon. The name Babylon is used by John in Reve- 
 lation in a mystical sense, as the symbol of the kingdom 
 of error or unrighteousness. This kingdom or dominion, 
 being composed of the sum total of the material be 
 liefs and errors of mankind. This kingdom of error or 
 unrighteousness is in exact opposition at all points to 
 the kingdom of Truth or righteousness. 
 
 During the early centuries of the existence of the 
 visible church of Christ, men who were dominated by 
 material beliefs crept into the church. This kind of 
 professed Christians finally became so numerous and 
 powerful that they dominated the early church. Like 
 all other material, carnal or mortal minded men, they 
 soon began to use physical force to compel all others 
 to accept their views just as Daniel prophesied they 
 would do. All true" Christians read with feelings akin 
 to horror of the deeds of crueltv and inhumanitv which 
 the professed church of Christ was guilty of during long 
 centuries of its visible existence. Strange as it may 
 seem, it is a positive fact that many of the perpetrators 
 of these deeds were the most cultured people, from an 
 intellectual standpoint, that lived on the earth at that 
 time. Athens, Rome, and Ephesus, while they were 
 peopled by pagans or idolaters, were the intellectual 
 centers of the world. Those in command through force 
 of their intellectual ability, material wealth, or power 
 were far from being the ignorant and uncultured people 
 
256 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 we usually have in mind when we speak or think of < ten- 
 tiles, pagans, heathen, or idolatrous people. When we 
 consider the persecutions in the way of wholesale mur- 
 der which befell the early Christians during the first 
 
 six hundred \i-A\s of its existence, as Stated in history, 
 
 we then begin to understand how it was thai a good 
 pari of the true spiritual teaching of Jesus was lost 
 to the world. Not only do we begin to understand that, 
 bu1 we also begin to understand how it was that the 
 practices and teachings of the pagan or heathen priests 
 of the Roman Empire, which then controlled the world, 
 were substituted in good pari in the Christian church 
 
 at the point of the sword for the truth which Jesus 
 taught. One result of this introduction of pagan or 
 heathen teaching, where to disobey meant a speedy and 
 violent death, was to force on the thought of all men 
 the pagan or heathen belief in the power and efficacy 
 of materia] medicine called drugs to heal the physical 
 ailments of mankind. 
 
 What was the greal underlying, instinctive cause of 
 all this wholesale murder of the members of the early 
 Christian church by the most intellectual and cultured 
 people in the world? There are doubtless a number of 
 answers to this question in the minds of mankind, but 
 after you have traced the cause to its fountain head, 
 you will find that the true cause of all the sorrows of 
 these centuries is this: The intellectual, the fleshly, 
 the carnal or mortal mind of mankind is enmity against 
 God; that is to say, this mind hates God and all things 
 
 spiritual. Jesus received from God and taught to the 
 
 world the general principles of the true spiritual life. 
 
TIIK GOLDEN EOPES OB! MEN, 257 
 
 He lived and demonstrated this life in the sight of men ; 
 
 voluntarily he went to the cross to demonstrate to men 
 by his resurrection that life, man's true life, is immortal 
 
 and never dies. 
 
 To demonstrate to men that the dominion given by 
 God to men with His blessing al the creation of the 
 
 world is ever exislant; that it enables men to have 
 dominion, not only over all material or earthly condi- 
 tions, including every physical ailment, but also over 
 death itself, the last enemy to be overcome. This teach- 
 ing was the pood news, the glad tidings, the gospel, 
 which Jesus heralded to men for their complete, entire, 
 and perfect salvation from all ills and sorrows of every 
 name and nature which lessen the peace, comfort, and 
 happiness of men here on earth. 
 
 The gospel, the good news, which Jesus taught, was 
 to take effect here on earth, for he taught us to pray 
 to his Father and our Father, "Let thy will be done 
 on earth as it is done in heaven." Jesus would certainly 
 not teach us to pray for anything that w r as not attain- 
 able or was not in keeping with God's will. 
 
 But this instruction, pertaining to the spiritual king- 
 dom of God, which Jesus preached, has been hated in 
 all ages by men who are dominated by their so-called 
 intellectual, carnal or mortal mind. For this reason, 
 the sword w^as soon draw T n in the hands of the most in- 
 tellectual men in the world, and the cry went forth to 
 rid the earth of this spiritual religion, even if it took 
 the life blood of every man and woman on the earth 
 who adhered to and practiced its teachings. 
 17 
 
258 Tin; GOLDEN EOPES OF HEN. 
 
 We can all admit thai the human, the intellectual, 
 the carnal, the mortal mind is the highest perfection 
 of materiality or belief in matter. Owing to the lack 
 of spiritual knowledge a1 this present time, the intel- 
 lectual man now predominates, and he is right now the 
 ruler or god of this world. The world today worships 
 this intellectual man and ascribes great power to him. 
 We all have a formal respect for the true God, and 
 Consequently wo do not proclaim in a public way that 
 this intellectual, this carnal, this mortal man is a god, 
 but in our daily practice, wo often worship him by lis 
 tening to his words in preference to the words of the 
 God who made us, and who is talking to us every 
 wakeful hour of our lives through the inner man, the 
 only man God created. 
 
 There are thousands of spiritual truths or thoughts 
 shadowed forth in the Bible which, while they are 
 plainly seen by spiritual minded people, are very diffi- 
 cult to point out in such a way that they can be men- 
 tally grasped or comprehended by people who are 
 largely dominated by their material, physical, natural, 
 sensual, carnal, fleshly, sentious, <>r mortal mind. These 
 names, or terms, all refer to what we call our intellect- 
 ual mind, the mind which is the culmination and 
 product Of our five physical senses. 
 
 This intellectual mind of mankind is the mind which 
 Jesus referred to as -the prince of this world" (John 
 1 1 : 30). In other places in the Bible*, this intellectual 
 mind is referred to as "that man of sin, the son of 
 destruction," "the prince of the power of the air, the 
 spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedi- 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 259 
 
 (nee," and all other Dames <>r terms used in the Bible 
 to personify the evil influence named Satan, devil, etc. 
 The world will soon comprehend the truth thai our 
 own intellectual mind is the only devil <>r evil influence 
 of any kind or nature there is in the world or ever 
 has been. This intellectual devil is today the god of 
 this world, just as he was when Jesus first called him 
 a liar and a murderer from the beginning. 
 
 This intellectual god has built up a system to coun- 
 terfeit or ape all of God's ways. A system which is in 
 direct opposition to God's ways. This intellectual god 
 has Formulated a system of laws which he calls the laws 
 of nature; also a system for accounting for the pro- 
 duction of man called evolution, which leaves God out 
 of the matter entirely. 
 
 All these man-made laws are taught as the truths of 
 natural science in nearly every theological school in the 
 world. In consequence, these schools have turned out 
 thousands of ministers and priests who have for cen- 
 turies stood up in the pulpits of the visible church of 
 Christ, and taught doctrines and practices which were 
 and are in direct opposition to God's law as laid down 
 in the Bible. 
 
 Material minded people all over the world now stand 
 like a solid wall in support of all the false systems and 
 methods of natural or physical science. They do not 
 even know that all the material laws laid down by this 
 intellectual, or man-made way of thinking, are in direct 
 opposition and are antagonistic to the kingdom of God, 
 which is a spiritual kingdom. Through this lack of 
 knowledge or understanding of God's true kingdom, 
 
260 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 they are now ready to grasp their sword hilt whenever 
 anyone holds up before them the spiritual (rath which 
 Jesus preached for the greatest good and happiness of 
 
 all men for all time to come. 
 
 The intellectual god; the prince of this world, built 
 up during past centuries what the so-called Christian- 
 ized world has been educated to believe to be a great 
 system of healing by the use of material means called 
 medicine or drugs. This whole system is in direct oppo- 
 sition to God's law, and contrary to the ways and 
 methods of .Tesus. 
 
 It must certainly be evident to all who have caught 
 a glimmering of the truth as it is in Jesus, that nearly 
 every man and woman in what we call the Christianized 
 world lias figuratively fallen down on their knees be- 
 fore this pagan, heathen, man-made belief in the power 
 of inanimate drugs to heal. 
 
 As a result of all this delusive, ensnaring teaching 
 which has been going on for centuries, if any man at 
 presenl even intimates to thousands of professed Chris- 
 tians that it is God "who forgiveth all thine iniquities; 
 who healeth all thy diseases, who redeemeth thy life 
 from destruction," he is hooted at by these intellectual 
 or mortal-minded, professed Christians and cast out of 
 their synagogue. 
 
 It is now considered the proper thing by most pro- 
 fessed Christians to formally admit in their creed that 
 God is omnipotent ; that He has all power. Admit in 
 their creed that to God belongs all glory, honor, domin- 
 ion, and power, as the creator and maintainer of all 
 things having real existence. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 261 
 
 Manv of u.\ then, begin to hedge by Intellectually plac- 
 ing limits and bounds to God's power, and admitting by 
 our actions that in a Dumber of very important things 
 this intellectual god, which we have created and set up 
 
 in our mortal minds, has more power when it conies to 
 
 what we arc pleased to call practical things than the 
 
 theoretical or mystical God we talk about in our creed. 
 Consequently, when we or our friends get sick, or suffer 
 from any physical ailment, as we have been taught to 
 have more faith in the professed disciples of ^Escula- 
 pius, the son of Apollo, the pagan or heathen god of 
 medicine than we have in the disciples of the God whom 
 Jesus preached and practiced under, we hurriedly send 
 for a man who professionally claims to be a disciple of 
 JEsculapius, the son of Apollo, whose worship prevailed 
 over Eome and Greece long centuries ago, and whose 
 most characteristic emblem is a great serpent. This em- 
 blem of the serpent which Apollo killed at Delphi can 
 be seen today by anyone in the show windows of many 
 pharmacies or drug stores, in carved or pictoral em- 
 blems, coiled around bottles containing drugs; also in 
 many medical books which were printed fifty years or 
 more ago. This serpent emblem should, of itself, show 
 conclusively to all thinking people that the so-called 
 science of medicine crawled out from a den of snakes in 
 pagan heathendom and idolatry. 
 
 Apollo, who was worshipped by the Eoman and 
 Greeks as the god of medicine, was a son of Jupiter 
 and Juno ; Juno was worshiped as the queen of heaven ; 
 Jupiter was worshiped as the god who presided over 
 the sky, and he was believed to have the power to bring 
 
262 THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 
 
 about all atmospheric influences or changes in the 
 weather. As an example of how these delusive beliefs 
 of pagan Rome and Greece still cling to men and 
 
 darkens their minds, go into any drug store in America 
 and gel an almanac. On one of the pages of that alma- 
 nac you will lind a picture of a nude man with his 
 abdomen laid open so as to expose his bowels; sur- 
 rounding this nude figure you will find what is called 
 the twelve signs of the Zodiac. The lloinans and Greeks 
 divided the Zodiac into twelve equal portions, and gave 
 each portion a sign name. All this almanac nonsense 
 comes down to us as a result of the pagan worship of 
 Jupiter as the god of the weather. 
 
 It w r as only a few years ago when one of these alma- 
 naces hung up in almost every home in America. It 
 was frequently consulted by the good man of the house 
 to ascertain what kind of weather could be expected; 
 not only this, but forty other things were supposed to 
 be predicted or prognosticated by these signs of the 
 Zodiac in conjunction with the changes of the moon. 
 So this almanac with these old Roman signs of the 
 Zodiac was consulted to find out when the weather was 
 in a good Bign Tor planting potatoes, killing hogs, lay- 
 ing the bottom rails of a fence, weaning the baby, etc., 
 etc. 
 
 This pagan delusion of mind is more or less prevalent 
 over millions of people in all parts of the world at the 
 present time. In just exactly the same manner the 
 minds of men are darkened by the delusive belief in 
 the power of drugs to heal the physical ailments of 
 mankind, although the foolishness of one system may 
 
THi: GOLDEN BOPES OF .MKN. 263 
 
 do1 at first be so plain to all people as the foolishness 
 
 Of the other. 
 
 Apollo was accredited by the Romans as representing 
 the highest type of physical masculine beauty and 
 grace. There is at present a celebrated statue of Apollo 
 in the Vatican at Rome. This statue is esteemed as 
 
 the noblest representation of the human frame, or form, 
 as well as one of the finest pieces of sculpture now in 
 existence. The name Apollo is translated from the 
 Greek word apollon, which is derived from apolh)nai< 
 meaning, to destroy. 
 
 John uses the Greek form, Apollyon, in this same 
 sense: 
 
 Revelation IX. 11 And they had a king over them, 
 which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in 
 the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue 
 hath his name Apollyon. 
 
 The word Apollyon is from apollon, meaning, de- 
 stroying, and is the present participle of apollynai. 
 meaning to destroy; hence, Apollo and Apollyon both 
 refer to a destroying influence. The Hebrew term 
 Abaddon is the equivalent of the Greek Apollyon, and 
 means a destroyer. 
 
 This destroying and satanic influence is described by 
 John as the angel or messenger of the bottomless pit. 
 We are thus given to understand that this evil influence 
 is the devil's angel. In the last two verses of this chap- 
 ter we are given information as to what this angel of 
 the bottomless pit destroys. The devil's angel who is 
 
264 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 bo closely related to, if do1 identical with Apollo, t lie 
 Roman and Greek god of medicine. 
 Again we read : 
 
 Revelation IX. 20 And the rest of the men which 
 
 were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of 
 the works of their hands, thai they should not worship 
 devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and 
 stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, 
 nor walk : 
 
 21 Neither repented they of their murders, nor of 
 their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their 
 thefts. 
 
 The Greek pha/rmakeia } translated sorceries in the 
 twenty-first verse, means, pharmacy, or medication, ac- 
 cording to Strong's Concordance. According to Young's 
 Concordance, the proper translation of this word sor- 
 ceries is, enchantment with drugs. These concordances 
 of the Bible are standard authorities, and can be pro- 
 cured from any bookseller. Medication is the act of 
 treating medicinally, and refers to the use of material 
 remedies lor the relief or cure of physical ailments. 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 Revelation IX. 21 And they did not reform from 
 the murders of themselves, nor from the medications of 
 themselves, nor from tlu 1 idol worship of themselves, nor 
 from the thefts from themselves. 
 
 The word fornication is used in the Bible far more 
 in its metaphorical meaning of idol worship or idolatry 
 
Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 265 
 
 than in its ordinary literal meaning; ii is bo used in 
 this instance. The plain meaning of the Greek text of 
 these two rerses is thai the real of the men who were 
 not killed by the plagues previously mentioned did 
 not reform from worshiping the works of their own 
 hands; that they did not reform from the worship of 
 demons or devils, nor the idols of gold, silver or brass, 
 nor of wood, which are inanimate, nor did these men 
 who had so far escaped death reform from murdering 
 themselves, nor from treating themselves with medicine, 
 nor from the idol worship of themselves, nor from steal- 
 ing from themselves. 
 
 The underlying thought expressed is that by our ob- 
 stinacy in belief in, and the practicing of, idolatry, and 
 our refusal to obey God's Word, we bring upon our- 
 selves all the ailments and sorrows by which we are 
 afflicted right here and now. 
 
 It is an undisputed fact that men who followed the 
 barber trade were the original surgeons; not so very 
 long ago the striped pole now used as a barber shop 
 sign, which is striped spirally with alternate colors of 
 red and white, denoted the barber's old-time practice 
 of surgery by symbolizing a w T hite bandage on a bleed- 
 ing arm. 
 
 The great hobby of surgeons and doctors less than a 
 hundred years ago was to bleed people for about every 
 possible ailment. No matter if a man had cut off his 
 thumb, or received a gun shot w^ound, from which he 
 was weak from the loss of blood, the proper thing in all 
 cases was to extract more blood by bleeding. 
 
266 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 These siliceous also usually kept a slock of blood- 
 suckers on hand, called leeches, to he applied to various 
 
 parts of the body to draw out more blood. The hobby 
 of many Burgeons of today, which amounts to a mania 
 
 With some, is to cut into the abdomen of about every 
 
 patient who comes into his shop, no matter what the 
 
 ailment may be. If the patient is so fortunate to live 
 through the operation, as it is called, he usually finds 
 When he conies to pay his bill that his surgeon friend 
 still has a large stock of blood suckers on hand. 
 
 Here in America, large (plant it ies of the roots of a 
 plant known as ginseng are gathered yearly and shipped 
 to China, where this worthless trash usually sells for 
 from $5.00 to (10.00 or more per pound. It is stated 
 by missionaries that often these unchristianized 
 Chinamen buy one of these dried roots having some 
 fancied resemblance to the form of a man or animal. 
 The Chainaman then sets up this inanimate, worthless 
 root or drug in his house as a god. 
 
 He frequently prostrates himself before this ginseng 
 god with fervent prayers and supplications, beseeching 
 it to ward off and protect him from evil spirits, hob- 
 goblins, and hoodoos, which he sincerely believes, in his 
 deluded mind, are thick about him, and ready to en- 
 danger or destroy his life. 
 
 This statement is confirmed by the report made by 
 the American Consul General at Hong Kong to the 
 United States Commerce Department during L913, in 
 which he states : 
 
 "Much of the root recently received in China direct 
 from American growers has been smooth, round, and 
 
Till: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 267 
 
 light in color, and otherwise showing the effects of over 
 cultivation. What la wanted in the Chinese mark 
 is not root of this sort, but a rough, gnarled, dark 
 product, which resembles wild ginseng as nearly as 
 possible. The underlying theory of the use of ginseng 
 decoctions is that they combine the virtues of nature 
 — /*. c, wind, water, woods, the elements, and wild 
 nature generally; root should, therefore, be cultivated 
 in order to be acceptable 80 as to he at least rough and 
 wrinkled, with a roughness running around it in circles 
 and spirals; cultivated substitutes should as nearly as 
 possible be like the wild variety. If the root grows in 
 the shape of, or seems to bear some resemblance, even 
 by a severe stretch of the imagination, to some animal, 
 it has increased virtue in the trade." 
 
 Millions of professed Christian people scattered all 
 over the world pity these millions of idolatrous and 
 heathen Chinamen. Professed Christians can plainly 
 see that this inanimate and worthless ginseng drug has 
 no power to ward off or dispel evil influences of any 
 nature. They can plainly see that the Chinaman's fears 
 result from wrong thinking or error. This error, we 
 all understand to be simply a result of a darkened or 
 deluded mind. But, unfortunately, these millions of 
 professed Christians who pity the poor, benighted 
 Chinaman fail to see or comprehend that whenever they 
 give place in their own mentality to the belief that any 
 root or other material drug has more power or influence 
 over their own ills, of any and every nature, than the 
 Almighty God who made the heavens and the earth, 
 they fail to see that they themselves are just as much 
 
268 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 an idolater or idol worshiper; they Jail to see that they 
 arc just as much a heathen as the Chinaman, and but 
 
 little less benighted and deluded in mind. 
 Burns has well said: 
 
 "0 wad some power the giftie gie us 
 To see oursePs as others see us! 
 1 1 wad frae monie a blunder free us, 
 And foolish notion: 
 
 The thoughl of the so-called Christianized world 
 seems to have been long entertained that at the corning 
 of the Christ, who is to enlighten all men and women 
 in the world, all danger from being caught in the snare 
 of idolatry or any of its pagan delusions w r as swept 
 away from the minds of men. It is now r commonly 
 supposed that idolatry, or idol worship, is confined to 
 those ignorant and uncivilized people whom we have in 
 mind when we speak of the heathen. That we, the 
 so-called Christian nations of the earth; the professed 
 followers of Jesus, the Christ, standing in the full blaze 
 of the light of the human intelligence of the twentieth 
 century : that we could be and are right now the victims 
 of a delusion of mind; that we could be and are caught 
 in the snare of idolatry, or idol worship, is almost un- 
 thinkable. 
 
 Bui Jesus said the snare would come. No Christian 
 will dispute but what every word Jesus uttered w T ill 
 be fulfilled. We read these words of the Master: 
 
 Luke XXI. 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at 
 any lime your hearts be overcharged wdth surfeiting, 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES ()V MEN. 269 
 
 and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and 80 thai day 
 come upon von unawares. 
 
 36 For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell 
 on the face Of the whole earth. 
 
 36 Watch ye therefore, and pray always, thai ye may 
 be accounted woithy to escape all these things that 
 shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 
 
 The snare came just as .Jesus said it would come. It 
 spread over the whole earth, and everybody in the world 
 was caught in its folds. 
 
 The science and practice of medicine is one of the 
 delusions by which the minds of men have become en- 
 snared. It is one of the sins or evils from which God's 
 sanctuary must be cleansed. Jesus did not say the 
 snare might possibly come; he said "it shall come." 
 Neither w r as the snare to effect the comprehension of 
 a few men scattered here and there, or all men in a 
 limited section ; the snare shall come "on all them that 
 dwell on the face of the whole earth." No more swep- 
 ing, general statement which included all men in the 
 whole world could be made. 
 
 Some of us may fail to realize that idolatry has other 
 forms than its primitive one of bow r ing down to idols 
 made of wood or stone. Some of us fail to realize that 
 it is possible for us to give first place in our affections, 
 esteem or reverence to various other objects in prefer- 
 ence to our creator. Idolatry, or idol worship, in a 
 Bible sense, means our giving respect, veneration or love 
 for anything in any manner which borders on adora- 
 
270 TIN: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 tionj or the ascribing to anything the same or greater 
 power than is possessed by God. 
 
 There are doubtless thousands of professed Christians 
 in all parts of the world who have, up to this time, 
 conscientoinsly believed that it was not contrary to the 
 teachings of the Bible to use drugs or other material 
 remedy for the treatment or attempted cure of their 
 physical ailments. 
 
 Bui to tell some people that they have been ensnared 
 by false teaching; that they right now are practicing 
 rank idolatry, or idol worship, is almost useless, for 
 their eyes are so blinded, their ears are so dull of hear- 
 ing, that they do not comprehend the truth, and 
 they are liable to think that you are attempting to per- 
 sonallv insult them when you tell them the truth re- 
 garding the use of medicine as it is stated in the Bible 
 when the true meaning of its words is known. 
 
 The word or term "enchantment," as relates to the 
 use of medicine, is used in the sense of a chant or in- 
 cantation in the same sense as it is used in the following 
 quotation from Burke's Abridgment of English His- 
 tory, published in 1757: 
 
 "Medicine was always joined with magic; no remedy 
 was administered without mysterious ceremony and in- 
 cantation." 
 
 "Enchantment is the use of a formula of words 
 spoken or chanted to produce a magical effect; the 
 utterance of a spell or charm; more widely, the use of 
 magical ceremonies or arts, magic, sorcerery, enchant- 
 ment." This quotation and definition is taken from the 
 Oxford dictionary. Vol. 5, page 142. This authority 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 271 
 
 published in London is considered at least equal to any 
 other authority in the world. 
 
 Enchantment is from the Latin incantare, the literal 
 meaning of which is to sing or chant a magic formula 
 over. Enchantments were originally brought about by 
 chanting or reciting a formula in a singing manner, 
 Icelanders, American Indians, and heathen people now 
 use these enchantments as a means of cure for physical 
 ailments. Among the Indians here in America the 
 "Medicine Man" was a man supposed to have acquired 
 magical powers of cure through a severe and protracted 
 course of training. This "Medicine Man" carried his 
 charms, called medicine, which were supposed to possess 
 suj>ernatural or magical powers, in a bag. This bag 
 corresponds to the pill box, or bag, carried by modern 
 physicians, which is also supposed to contain medicine 
 which has a mysterious or magic powder of curing human 
 ailments. This modern physician is also supposed to 
 drive away disease by some magical process by the use 
 of his charms, also called medicine, or drugs. 
 
 Matthetc II. 1 Now when Jesus was born in Beth- 
 lehem of Judaea in the days of Herod the king, behold, 
 there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem. 
 
 2 Saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? 
 for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to 
 worship him. 
 
 The Greek word magos, is, in the above verse, trans- 
 lated "wise men," and magos means, an Oriental scien- 
 tist, or magician. These wise men were also known as 
 the Magi, as the Greek magi, is the plural of magos. 
 
272 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Magi were originally the pagan priests of the Medea 
 and Persians. These priests claimed to have a knowl- 
 edge of the science of producing wonderful effects by 
 the aid of superhuman beings, and also to have a 
 knowledge and control of the secrel operations of na- 
 ture, or what was then called the science of natural 
 magic. 
 
 The term magi, has been found in cuneiform inscrip- 
 tions in the ruins of Babylon, and the term corresponds 
 to the Greek magos, which originally was equivalent to 
 the modern term, doctor. In the Geneva Bible, pub- 
 lished in 1560, we read: 
 
 Matthew XX III. 10 Be not called doctors, for there 
 is but one your Doctor, and he is Christ. 
 
 The wisdom of a Magos, Oriental scientist, or "wise 
 man," consisted of astrology, enchantment, sorcery, and 
 other magical arts by which he pretended to influence 
 the course of events and to thus produce marvelous 
 physical phenomena. These Persian priests or prophets 
 claimed to have control of the secret operations of na- 
 ture, and from this wisdom to be able to produce phys- 
 ical effects apparently equal to the power of God. 
 When you consider this matter over you may possibly 
 see that the modern doctor, or magos, also claims to be 
 a "wise man." He claims that through a protracted 
 course of study lie has also gained an insight into the 
 Becrel operations of nature, and by means of his magical 
 charms or enchantments called drugs, he now claims 
 to he able to produce physical effects apparently equal 
 to the power of God. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 273 
 
 In order to show the Hose association and connec- 
 tion of magic, sorcery, and witchcraft with the origin 
 of the modern practice of medicine, your attention is 
 
 called to the following quotation from the Oxford Dic- 
 tionary, Volume VI, under the word magic: 
 
 "The magic which made use of invocation of evil or 
 doubtful spirits was, of course, always regarded as sin- 
 ful: bul natural magic— i. e. } thai which did nol involve 
 recourse to the agency of personal spirits — was in the 
 Middle Ages usually recognized as a legitimate depart- 
 ment of study and practice, so long as it was not em- 
 ployed for maleflcient ends. Of natural magic, as un- 
 derstood by mediaeval writers, typical examples are the 
 making of an image, under certain astrological condi- 
 tions, in order to injure or benefit the health of the 
 person represented; and the application of medicament 
 to a weapon in order to heal the wound made by it. 
 
 These things, if now practiced, would still be called 
 magic, though the qualification 'natural' would seem 
 quite inappropriate. 
 
 On the other hand, the 'natural magic' of the Middle 
 Ages included much that, from the standpoint of mod- 
 ern science is 'natural' but not 'magical,' the process 
 resorted to being really, according to the now known 
 laws of physical causation, adapted to produce the in- 
 tended effects." 
 
 The writer of the above quotation w T as one of the 
 millions of people who innocently supposed that the 
 natural scientist's god of nature, as this mystical god is 
 now called, was the same God whom Jesus and the early 
 Christians practiced under. 
 18 
 
274 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 It is wHi to remember thai Jesus broke Dearly all the 
 laws of physical causation which are now held to be 
 
 sacred truths by natural science. He thus forever 
 plainlv showed thai these laws were not in accordance 
 With the law or will of (led, for .Jesus was not a law 
 breaker and was Obedienl to his Father's will in all 
 things. 
 
 The Oriental Magi were also called magicians, and 
 
 it will now begin to he clear to any unprejudiced man 
 
 or woman thai the physicians and doctors of. today, who 
 
 are also supposed to perform cures by the use of magical 
 drugs or medicines, are the outgrowth of this Oriental, 
 pagan, or idolatrous system of healing^ and that today 
 practically the same magical arts are used. This idol- 
 atrous practice was one of the sins which brought about 
 the destruction of the great city of Babylon. 
 
 John, in Revelation, combines all forms of evil prac- 
 tices and erroneous thoughts, including the practice or 
 use of medicine or drugs, all things which are anti- 
 Christian, under the one name of what we will name 
 error. In Revelation all these evil influences or errors 
 are symbolized by the mystic or symbol name of Baby- 
 Ion, to represent the same as the rise and fall of the 
 ancient Oriental city of that name, which was so com- 
 pletely destroyed that its site became the home of wild 
 beasts. 
 
 In all parts of the Bible repeated warnings and com- 
 mands are given against the use of. or belief in, sor- 
 
 cerery, witchcraft, magic, diviniations, or enchant- 
 ments; all these practices being classed as rank forms 
 of idolatry. Bui when we read these prohibitory pas- 
 sages in the Bible, we naturally think of a by gone age 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 275 
 
 when educational advantages were limited and the 
 masses of people were densely ignorant. That anything 
 like these idolatrous delusions of mind is believed in 
 
 and practiced now by nearly all men in the civilized 
 world is almost beyond our belief. The facts arc, how- 
 
 ever, that according to the plain teachings Of the MiMo 
 the so-called science of medicine has deluded the minds 
 
 of people, and it has done as mneh to destroy the Chris- 
 tian religion as any other idolatrous influence known 
 in the whole of human history. 
 
 A very convincing evidence that this so-called science 
 of medicine is an outgrowth of the idolatrous paganism 
 of the ancient Roman Empire is that the sign I> 
 placed today by physicians at the head or commence- 
 ment of their prescriptions was originally % the sym- 
 bol of Jupiter, the father of Apollo, and the chief god 
 worshiped by the people of the pagan Roman Empire. 
 Pagan Roman priests, or prophets, placed I£, the 
 symbol of Jupiter on their formulas, or what are now 
 called prescriptions to propituate Jupiter, the king of 
 the gods, in order to secure his favor that the medical 
 compound might have a favorable effect. 
 
 Apollo, under the name of Phoebus, was worshiped by 
 the Greeks as the god of the sun, and Diana, daughter 
 of Jupiter, was worshiped by the Greeks and Komans 
 as the goddess of the moon. The temple of Diana at 
 Ephesus, you remember, was one of the seven wonders 
 of the world. It is stated in regard to the speech of 
 Demetrius at Ephesus: 
 
 Acts XIX. 24 For a certain man named Demetrius, 
 a silversmith, which made silver shrines for Diana, 
 brought no small gain unto the craftsmen ; 
 
276 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 25 Whom he called together with the workmen of 
 
 like occupation, and said. Sirs, ye know that by this 
 
 craft we have our wealth. 
 
 lm; Moreover ye see and hear, that not alone at 
 Ephesus, hut almost throughout all Asia, this Paul 
 hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying 
 that they he no gods, which are made with hands: 
 
 L* So that not only this our craft is in danger to be 
 set at nought ; hut also that the temple of the great god- 
 dess Diana should he despised, and her magnificence 
 should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world wor- 
 shippeth. 
 
 28 And when they heard these sayings, they were 
 full of wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of 
 the Kphesians. 
 
 And now, eighteen hundred years after this speech 
 was made, aearly every physician in the world places 
 K\ the symbol of Jupiter, the father of Diana, on 
 his medical prescription, and thus advertises to the 
 world that his science of enchantment with drugs, com- 
 monly known as the science of medicine, originated in 
 the darkness of pagan idolatry, just as it is taught in 
 Science and Health. 
 
 Paul devoted the greater part of his life to trying to 
 clear away pagan, or idol worshiping, beliefs. Mrs. 
 Eddy devoted the greater part. of her life to the same 
 end. Christian Science is now carrying on this same 
 good work of enlightenment all over the world. 
 
 When the silversmiths who made and sold silver 
 images Of the temple Of Diana saw that Paul was about 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 277 
 
 to destroy their ungodly occupation, "they were lull of 
 wrath and cried out. Baying, Great is Diana of the 
 Ephesiana." And today when physicians Bee that the 
 
 teachings Of the Bible and Science and Health arc about 
 to destroy their ongodly occupation, they rush to legis- 
 tive halls to gel laws enacted to sustain their craft by 
 prohibiting Christian Scientists from healing the phys- 
 ical ailments of mankind as they were commanded to 
 do by Jesus. 
 
 When you have quietly considered this matter all 
 over, it may dawn upon you that the so-called science 
 of medicine of today is the counterfeit, or opposer, of 
 (iod's system of healing as taught and practiced by 
 Jesus. 
 
 We read in the Bible : 
 
 Deuteronomy XVIII- !) When thou art come into 
 the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee, thou shalt 
 not learn to do after the abominations of those nations. 
 
 10 There shall not be found among you any one that 
 maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire, 
 or that useth divination, or an observer of times, or an 
 enchanter, or a witch, 
 
 11 Or a charmer, or a consulter with familiar spirits, 
 or a wizard, or a necromancer. 
 
 12 For all that do these things are an abomination 
 unto the Lord : and because of these abominations the 
 Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee. 
 
 13 Thou shalt be perfect with the Lord thy God. 
 
 14 For these nations, which thou shalt possess, 
 hearkened unto observers of times, and unto diviners: 
 but as for thee, the Lord thy God hath not suffered thee 
 so to do. 
 
278 THE GOLDEN 110PES OF MEN. 
 
 A large temple was erected at Delphi to Apollo; he 
 
 being worshiped as a god, as he slew the great serpent 
 thai lived in the caves of Parnusses, From which place 
 it made raids on the people of Delphi and devoured the 
 people and their Hocks. 
 
 The ancient name of Delphi, in Greek, is Pytho, and 
 from this Greek name we have the name of Pvthon, the 
 oame of a monster serpent from ten to twenty feet 
 long, and of great muscular power, now found in India 
 and Africa. This serpent, it is said, can seize, crush, 
 and swallow small animals, and lias sufficient power 
 to destroy the life of a man if he is caught within its 
 folds. 
 
 The serpent, the Bible symbol of evil, is today the 
 emblem, or symbol, of the so-called science of medicine. 
 If any doubting Thomas will look about any old-time 
 pharmacy, or drug store, in his vicinity in any part of 
 the world and examine the medical books found therein, 
 he will find plenty of evidence to prove to him that 
 this so-called science originated in and crawled out 
 of a den of Apollo snakes. More than that, he will find 
 by reading his Bible that this monster serpent, called 
 the science of medicine, has long played its part as the 
 destroyer of the religion which Jesus preached. He 
 will And that today this serpent of error figuratively 
 lias its folds twined around the mentalities of millions 
 of professed Christians. 
 
 Jesus stated : 
 
 Mat (Inir XXVI. 23 Then if any man shall say unto 
 you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 279 
 
 LM For there shall arise false (lirists, and false 
 prophets, and shall shew greal Bignfi and wonders; inso- 
 much that. If it were possible, they shall deceive the 
 
 very elect. 
 
 26 Behold, I have told you before. 
 
 The Greek word propheteSj here translated prophets, 
 originally meant the spokesman or interpreter of a 
 divinity or god. Among the Greeks and Romans the 
 
 word prophet referred to the spokesman, interpreter, 
 or deliverer of the oracles of their heathen gods, such 
 as Apollo, Jupiter, and other false gods worshiped by 
 them. Hence, these pagan prophets were called false, 
 or lying prophets, by Jesus and the early Christians to 
 distinguish them from the true prophets of God. 
 
 Pythia was the prophetess or priestess of the temple 
 of Apollo at Delphi, who delivered the oracles of the 
 god Apollo. The term prophet w T as applied in a general 
 way to any man or woman who pretended to posses the 
 ability to foreshadow or foretell coming events, condi- 
 tions or indications. 
 
 In Jewish history the oracles of God related to the 
 "sanctuary," or most holy place in the temple at Jeru- 
 salem. The Apollo temple at Delphi was the counter- 
 feit or opposite of God's temple at Jerusalem. If you 
 will follow this thought out, it will begin to become 
 plain to you that the modern physician is the false or 
 lying prophet Jesus had in mind when he stated that 
 "many false prophets shall arise," and that these false 
 prophets would show or point out great signs, indica- 
 tions, or symptoms. 
 
280 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 When you call in a modem physician be first ex- 
 amines the signs, indications or symptoms of the case. 
 Then this self-professed disciple of JEsculapius, the son 
 of Apollo, makes a prophecy, or a prediction, called a 
 prognosis; this prognosis is now mostly called a diagno- 
 sis, which is a professional opinion or judgment in ad- 
 vance concerning the nature, duration, course, and 
 termination of the disease. After making his prophecy, 
 this prophet of Apollo hands out his enchanted articles 
 called drugs, which are supposed to be endowed by his 
 god of nature with magical powers to heal or cure; the 
 God of heaven has no part or lot in this matter at all. 
 In fact, the very existence of such a power is entirely 
 ignored. 
 
 If the Bible is true, the teachings of medical science 
 must be an error; must be a delusive belief; a wrong 
 way of thinking which has led the whole world into the 
 mental snare of idolatry by the worship of the god of 
 nature, whoever or whatever this mystical god may be, 
 instead of the true God whom Jesus preached and prac- 
 ticed under. 
 
 What does the natural scientist refer to as the god of 
 nature? When you look into this matter closely you 
 will find that the natural science god of nature is, the 
 creative and regulative physical power which is con- 
 ceived of as operating in the material world, and as the 
 immediate cause of all its phenomena. Jesus never 
 acknowledged the existence of this physical god. The 
 Bible plainly states that God is Spirit. Jesus said we 
 must worship God in spirit and truth, and taught that 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 281 
 
 man and all of God'fi creatiOD is a spiritual creation, 
 composed wholly of spiritual substance. 
 
 Natural Science, of Which medical science is a branch, 
 
 knows nothing aboul this spiritual creation. It scoffs 
 
 and sneers at the very idea that there is such a thing 
 as a spiritual creation in existence. To account for the 
 existing order of material things as cognized by our 
 material senses, natural science has formulated and 
 built up a system of what is known as natural laws, or 
 laws of nature, by which the material world is supposed 
 to be governed. This vast system of thought is but a 
 system of man-made beliefs, notions, and conceptions 
 which is simply the counterfeit or opposite of God's 
 system as outlined in His revealed Word. Conse- 
 quently, we today have two distinct and opposing 
 sciences, or systems of teaching, presented for our con- 
 sideration and acceptance or rejection. 
 
 In this difference between Christian Science and the 
 science of medicine, Christian Science is firmly sup- 
 ported by the Bible; it is supported by the teachings 
 and practices of Jesus. There are no magic methods 
 used in Christian Science healing. All its methods are 
 open to the world; they are all written down in 
 Science and Health, w r herein it is stated (page 147) : 
 
 "Although this volume contains the complete Science 
 of Mind-healing, never believe that you can absorb the 
 whole meaning of the Science by a simple perusal of this 
 book. The book needs to be studied, and the demon- 
 stration of the rules of scientific healing will plant you 
 firmly on the spiritual groundwork of Christian Science. 
 This proof lifts you high above the perishing fossils of 
 
282 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 theories already antiquated, and enables yon to grasp 
 the spiritual Tacts of being hitherto unattained and 
 seemingly dim. 
 
 our Master healed the sick, practiced Christian heal- 
 ing, and taughl the generalities of its divine Principle 
 to liis students; hut he left do definite rule for demon- 
 strating this Principle of healing and preventing dis- 
 ease. This rule remained to be discovered in Christian 
 
 Science." 
 
 Let it be clearly understood by all men thai Christian 
 
 Science seeks DO quarrel with the medical fraternity, 
 nor does it wish to forcibly deter anyone from the 
 use oj* drugs or other material remedies. Neither does 
 Christian Science try to force its teachings or practices 
 upon any man or woman in the world. Its adherents, 
 however, are convinced that Jesus Christ was the most 
 successful physician of the world's history. He did 
 not administer or recommend medicine, and never lost 
 a case. Christian Scientists are now studying and prac- 
 ticing the system recommended by their Master, for the 
 simple reason that they have more faith in t lie God of 
 heaven than they have in any prophet of Apollo, the 
 god of pagan Koine. 
 
CHAPTEB XII. 
 
 IT Is an unquestioned fad thai Christian Science 
 comes before the world with many teachings which 
 
 are radically different From ideas and theories previ- 
 ously held to be true. This fact within itself explains 
 
 why it immediately aroused againsl it that instinctive 
 human opposition and prejudice which has ever clogged 
 the wheels of progress. All intelligent people are 
 aware thai the human race has ever fought against 
 every discovery that was for the world's greatest good 
 and advancement, and that the leaders of every move- 
 ment for true reform have been persecuted and stoned. 
 
 Every man who will lay aside this unreasonable 
 spirit, or prejudice, and calmly view the true facts, 
 will plainly and quickly see that Christian Science, as 
 a system of healing, is relied upon by hundreds of thou- 
 sands of intelligent people today for the simple reason 
 that these people have found, from their own individual 
 experience, that it does heal. Thousands of these people 
 had previously given material medicine years of trial 
 without receiving relief from their ailments; thousands 
 of these people had their cases diagnosed, treated, and 
 finally pronounced incurable by materia medica, and 
 then, after spending hundreds of dollars in vain, these 
 sufferers were quickly healed by Christian Science treat- 
 ment, and at a trifling expense. 
 
 These plain facts need not be made a shuttlecock 
 of religious fanaticism, for the truth of the facts here 
 
 (283) 
 
284 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Btated can be, and arc sustained by as clear and con- 
 vincing evidence as was ever introduced in any court 
 of law in the world to prove or sustain any fact. There 
 are hundreds of thousands of people now living who 
 have made a practical test of the healing methods of 
 both materia medico and the healing methods of Chris 
 tian Science who are today firm adherents of the 
 Christian Science method because, from their obser- 
 vation and experience, the Christian Science method is 
 more certain to bring about a cure, and with the least 
 expenditure of time and money. 
 
 More than this, there are today thousands of people 
 walking about sound and well who were cured by the 
 Christian Science method after their cases had been 
 pronounced incurable by materia medico* Many of 
 these people firmly believe that Christian Science has 
 prolonged their physical lives after all other methods 
 had failed. 
 
 Christian Scientists do not ask or seek in any land 
 to have any law passed to compel anyone to accept 
 or practice their opinions or views on the subject of 
 healing. They simply ask to be permitted to enjoy 
 their sacred rights of being obedient to God's will, and 
 Of worshiping their Maker according to the law of God 
 — the law which should certainly be supreme over all 
 other laws in every Christian land. 
 
 Our Pilgrim Fathers came to America because they 
 Bought relief From oppressive laws which infringed 
 their rights in religious and political matters. They 
 thought thai they were endowed by their creator with 
 certain unalienable rights. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 285 
 
 They thought thai do government, because it had flu* 
 
 power, could rightfully force its ideas upon them in 
 matters relating to religions liberty and the righl to 
 worship God according to the dictates of their own con- 
 science. 
 
 Justice Field, of the United States Supreme Court, 
 has said, in Powell v. /v., 127 U. s. Rep., 678, p. 
 692: 'The righl to pursue one's happiness is placed 
 among the unalienable rights of man, with which all 
 men are endowed, not by grace of emperors or kings, 
 or by force of legislative or constitutional enactments, 
 but by their creator. And to secure them, not to grant 
 them, governments are instituted among men." 
 
 Under our theory of government, the citizen is not 
 to be considered a mere vassel ; he is the sovereign. The 
 state itself exists for his benefit. All just laws are en- 
 acted to preserve his liberties, not to curtail them. 
 
 No Christian can be happy or truly enjoy life who is 
 compelled by law to do that which is contrary to, or 
 restrained from doing that which is enjoyed by, the law 
 of God. There are no more sacred individual rights en 
 dowed upon men by their creator than the rights to 
 choose their own system of worship and their own sys- 
 tem of preserving life and health. 
 
 To curtail by statutory law the privilege of the full 
 enjoyment of these God-given rights is despotism. Such 
 law may even be the wish or will of the majority; even 
 if such is the case, it is none the less a despotism, and 
 is utterly contrary to the letter and spirit of our na- 
 tional constitution. The time has passed in the history 
 of this country, if it ever was, when any such legisla 
 
286 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 lion can receive the support of any honorable man who 
 sits in legislative halls, stands behind a counter, or fol- 
 lows a plow, who has the true interest of his country 
 ai heart. 
 
 "The wicked shall be turned into hell and all nations 
 thai forget God. M This Supreme law was enacted 
 
 thousands of years ago, and there is no record that it 
 
 has ever been abrogated. 
 
 It would he well for all legislative powers, when con- 
 sidering the enactment of laws relating in any way to 
 
 the public health to- consider this opinion ^iven in the 
 
 Supreme Court of the United states, in the case of Yick 
 Wo v. Hopkins, lis r. s. Rep., 356: 
 
 'The fundamental rights to life, liberty, and the pur- 
 suit of happiness, considered as individual possessions, 
 
 are secured bj those maxims of constitutional law 
 
 which are monuments showing the victorious progress 
 
 of the race in securing to men the blessings of civiliza- 
 tion under the reign of just and equal laws, so that in 
 the famous language of the Massachusetts Bill of 
 Bights, The government of the commonwealth 'may be 
 a goverment of laws, and not of men.' For the very 
 idea that one man may be compelled to hold his life, 
 or means of living, or any important right essential to 
 the enjoyment of life, at the mere will of another, seems 
 
 to be intolerable in any country where freedom pre- 
 vails, as being the essence of slavery itself." 
 
 Long years ago, at the close of the revolution, the 
 
 father of OUT country spoke these words: "There is an 
 Option left to the United States of America, whether 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 287 
 
 they will he respectable and prosperous, or contemptible 
 and miserable, as ;i nation." — George Washington. 
 
 The American whose name is nearest to the heart of 
 this nation spoke these words which fell From his lips 
 like a prayer on the battlefield of Gettysburg. 
 
 "Thai this nation, under God, shall have a new birth 
 
 of freedom — and thai government of the people, by the 
 
 people, for the people, shall not perish from the earth." 
 — Abraham Lincoln. 
 
 As If in answer to this prayer that this nation should 
 have a new birth for the ultimate freedom of all man- 
 kind, comes these words of the greatest woman the 
 world has ever known: 
 
 "The time for thinkers has come. Truth, independ- 
 ent of doctrines and time-honored systems, knocks at 
 
 the portal of humanity. Contentment with the pas! 
 and the cold conventionality of materialism are crum- 
 bling away. Ignorance of God is no longer the step- 
 ping-stone to faith. The only guarantee of obedience 
 is a right apprehension of Him whom, to know aright, 
 is Life eternal.'' — Mary Baker Eddy. 
 
 It is very difficult for us to realize that our boasted 
 civilization and Christianity of today is simply a com- 
 plex system of idolatry, or idol worship, but such is the 
 fact. According to the true import of the Bible, the 
 people of the so-called Christian nations of today are 
 about as much deluded in their minds, and are as much 
 turned away from the truth as at any other time in 
 the world's history. Tn the last chapter of the Bible, 
 John sums the whole matter up in these words : 
 
288 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Revelation XXII. 13 I am Alpha and Oinega, the 
 beginning and the end, the first and the last. 
 
 l [ Blessed are they that do his commandments, that 
 
 they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter 
 in through the gates into the city. 
 
 16 For without arc dogs, and sorcerers, and whore- 
 mongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever 
 loveth and maketh a lie. 
 
 16 T Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you 
 these things in the churches. I am the root and the 
 offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. 
 
 You will notice in the fifteenth verse that the word 
 sorcerers again appears. The Greek pharmakos, trans- 
 lated sorcerers in this verse, Strong's Concordance of the 
 Bible tells us means, Pharmacy or Medication; it also 
 describes a drug as a spell-giving potion. A potion is 
 a dose of liquid medicine, or poison. A spell-giving 
 potion is a dose of medicine, or poison, which is sup- 
 posed to be endowed with magical powers or prop- 
 erties. Young's Concordance of the Bible translates 
 sorcerer in this verse as meaning, an enchanter with 
 drugs. An enchanter is one who invests with magical 
 powers or properties; hence, an enchanter with drags 
 is a person who is supposed to invest or endow drugs 
 with magical powers or properties. Medication is the 
 act of treating with medicine of any kind as a curative 
 remedy for disease. Hence, we see that these two 
 standard authorities agree that the meaning of sorcerer, 
 as used in this verse is, a person who treats with medi- 
 cine of any kind as a curative remedy for disease. 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 289 
 
 John plainly tolls as in this last chapter ol the Bible 
 that all who treat with medicine of any kind as a cura- 
 tive remedy ^n- disease are left outside the pearly gates 
 
 of heaven. Outside, along with dogs, whoremongers. 
 murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and 
 inaketh a lie. 
 
 In the fourteenth verse we are told that only those 
 who do his commandments have a right to the tree of 
 life; those who obeyed his commandments were the 
 only ones who were to enter in through the gates unto 
 the city. The pernicious doctrine, long taught by popu- 
 lar theology, that a large number of the commands of 
 Jesus were only intended for a particular period or for 
 a select number of his followers has caused mankind 
 to experience untold suffering from pain and sickness 
 for centuries; suffering which would have been largely 
 overcome if the professed church of Christ had re- 
 mained failthful to all the commands given by the 
 Master. 
 
 The absolute falsity of popular theological teachings 
 is now overwhelmingly proven by the evident fact that 
 within the past fifty years Christian Science has again 
 presented the pure spiritual teachings of Jesus to the 
 world, and once more hundreds of thousands of men 
 and women throughout the world of every station and 
 condition of life freely testify that this spiritual inter- 
 pretation of the Bible has brought to them in a large 
 degree the blessings Jesus said would be realized by his 
 true followers. Thus proving beyond question that the 
 teachings and commands of Jesus are applicable to any 
 19 
 
290 THE GOLDEN HOrES OF MEN. 
 
 and every age or people when understood and practiced 
 in their original purity. 
 
 In the fifteenth verse we are told what happens to 
 those who do not keep or observe all his commands; 
 we arc told what happens to those who pick out some 
 of tin* commands of Jesus as being in force, and annul 
 the others with the man-made leaching that they do not 
 apply at the present time: 
 
 Ri velation XX 1 1. 15 For without are dogs, and sor- 
 cerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idola- 
 ters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie. 
 
 John is here describing those who are without the 
 gates to the New Jerusalem, the city wiiich is here used 
 as a symbol of heaven; he states that those who use 
 drugs to heal are outside the pearly gates of heaven: 
 
 Revelation XX IT. 10 I Jesus have sent mine angel 
 to testify unto you these things in the churches. 
 
 The time has come when God's sanctuary must be 
 cleansed. If professed Christians will not listen to the 
 inspired Word of God ; will not listen to the voice of 
 Daniel, of Paul, or John; if they will not listen to 
 an angel sent by Jesus, they may as well tear down their 
 churches, burn their Bibles, and put an end to the pre- 
 tense of being followers of Jesus the Christ. 
 
 Those who may be inclined to sneer at, or pray 
 against, what they may call the senselessness and ab- 
 surdity of some of the views pointed out in this book, 
 relating to the teachings of Jesus and the Bible in gen- 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 291 
 
 eral, should bear in mind thai the author la ao1 \'"\' 
 mnlating a system of theology, bul is simply bringing 
 to lighl the true spiritual meaning of the Scriptures 
 which lias been covered ap and hidden from men by the 
 web of materialistic beliefs which was spread over the 
 whole civilised world by popular, intellectual, or 
 scholastic theology centuries ago. 
 
 In the lighl of present truth, we now know that the 
 kingly dominion of heaven of which Jesus preached in- 
 cluded a full, complete, and entire salvation. A salva- 
 tion from sin, sickness, pain, and death. This is the 
 only religion which is of any practical value or interest 
 to the world today. Jesus taught and demonstrated 
 to the world for all time to come that spiritual power 
 could and would overcome and obliterate from the 
 minds or consciousness of men their beliefs in the truth 
 and power of material law r , as well as everything else, 
 which hindered or prevented men from beginning to 
 enter the kingly dominion of heaven right here and now. 
 
 For any man, or any number of men, no matter how 
 eminent they may be, to even attempt to limit the use- 
 fulness of spiritual power to any special time or place, 
 or to any restricted number of persons, as is now taught 
 by popular theology, is simply to reject and to refuse 
 to believe or practice the commands of the Master, and 
 to deny God's power over the work of His ow r n hand. 
 Those who thus limit the power of Spirit over matter 
 and all material conditions of every name and every 
 possible nature, have little or no claim to the right of 
 even being called Christians, for they thus deny the 
 very heart and essence of Christianity. They deny the 
 
292 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 plain words of the founder of (he Christian religion. 
 "JIo thai believeth in me the works that I do shall he 
 do also." Jesus did not limit the application of these 
 words to either time or place. He did, however, say, 
 "I of niv awn Self can do nothing; the Father who 
 dwelleth in me, lie doeth the works." Jesus claimed 
 thai it was God J Spirit; who was doing the works 
 through, or by means of, him as an agency. He also 
 plainly stated that God; Spirit; would do the same 
 works through, or by means of, any other man or woman 
 as an agency who believed in him; that is, compre- 
 hended and obeyed in practice the teachings which he 
 was proclaiming to the world for that sole purpose. 
 
 Kut popular theology has persisted for centuries in 
 teaching that the demonstrations of spiritual power 
 made by Jesus and the members of the early Christian 
 church were only intended for a limited period of time, 
 and for the sole purpose of inaugurating the Christian 
 era. There is not a line or w r ord of authority in the 
 Bible, from beginning to end, which even intimates or 
 supports, in any way, this man-made conclusion. But 
 this limiting and belittling of spiritual power, the 
 power of God, has been so long, persistently and uni- 
 versally preached all over the civilized world by ma- 
 terially minded priests and ministers, in thousands of 
 pulpits, that as a result of all this erroneous teaching, 
 there are at the present time comparatively few people 
 in Christian lands who consider that the power of God 
 is even equal to the power of some inert drug in heal- 
 ing the physical ailments of mankind. In this way, 
 millions of professed Christians have been led astray 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 293 
 
 and caused to wander from the t rut li by these erroneous 
 teachings of popular theology; bo thai today there are 
 
 millions of professed Christians who have been thus 
 led to consider the practice and words of Jesus, relating 
 
 to the healing of physical ills, as simply abstractions 
 
 which are entirely impracticable and impossible to us 
 at this present time. 
 
 The so-called Christianized world is very slow in 
 realizing that there must be a mistake somewhere or 
 somehow when we admit by our actions that we con- 
 sider that an inanimate drug, even if prescribed by a 
 publicly professed disciple of a son of a heathen Roman 
 god, has more healing power than the God of heaven. 
 By this very admission, professed Christians advertise 
 to the world that they "have a form of Godliness, but 
 deny the power thereof." 
 
 If we give any heed to the words of the New Testa- 
 ment at all, we must concede that men were at one 
 time made every whit whole, without the use of drugs 
 or doctors. 
 
 This healing is now acknowledged by all Christians 
 to have been done by spiritual power; the power of 
 God. We all theoretically admit that the same spirit- 
 ual power, the same unchangeable God, maintains and 
 governs the world today as then. But we have, for hun- 
 dreds of years, been taught doctrines and theories 
 which so belittle and limit the practical everyday value 
 of the glad tidings which Jesus preached, that right 
 now there are millions of professed Christians who have 
 more faith in the curative power of calomel than they 
 have in Christ. 
 
294 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN, 
 
 For years Bud years all Christian people have been 
 singing, "Praise God from whom all blessings How." A 
 double "L, w All, (/// blessings. It is well agreed that 
 health and soundness of body and mind is one of the 
 greatest of all blessings. If, when it fails, instead of 
 calling upon God to restore to us this blessing, we turn 
 from Him and place our trust in any material remedy, 
 it matters little how loudly we sing, how fervently we 
 pray, nor how strongly we claim to have faith in God 
 — for our actions speak louder than words — and 
 whether we realize it or not, we have broken the first 
 commandment, "Thou shalt have no other gods before 
 me." 
 
 The world will some day understand that Christian 
 Science is not battling against the system of materia 
 medico in a spirit of hate or unkindness to those who 
 uphold this system; but Christian Scientists do want 
 the world to clearly understand that they are opposed 
 to the whole system of materia medica; they are op- 
 posed to the system because it is an idolatrous prac- 
 tice, and in direct opposition to the plain law of God. 
 Therefore, instead of a blessing, it is a curse to the 
 human race. 
 
 The question as to whether it is right or wrong to 
 use material medicine for the attempted cure of our 
 physical ailments, is not a matter of private opinion. 
 God settled that matter in the Bible. It is our dutv 
 as Christian people to abide by God's revealed Word. 
 
 It must now be plain to every man who considers at 
 all that any nation or people which passes any laws 
 whatever to sustain or uphold what is called medical 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 295 
 
 Bcience, simplj advertises to the world thai it is 
 a nation of pagans, who are nol entitled to be even 
 classed with Christiaii people. 
 
 Whoever or whatever teaches men to acknowledge 
 
 oilier powers and laws to he superior to the power and 
 law of God is anti-Christian, no matter how many mil- 
 lions of }KM){»ie may be included in the number, nor 
 how old or powerful their influence may be. This is 
 the reason, and the onlv reason, why the whole system 
 of what is known as the science of medicine is opposed 
 by Christian Science. This opposition is against the 
 system as a system, and not in the nature of personal 
 animosity towards those who believe in the use of 
 medicine. 
 
 It is the teaching and practice of Christian Science 
 that its adherents must not entertain anything but 
 brotherly love toward all men and under all circum- 
 stances. Christian Scientists clearly understand that 
 they are fighting error, or erroneous thinking, and not 
 men. 
 
 The Greek word apostates, translated apostate, 
 means, a runaway, a deserter, or, literally, to stand 
 away from. An apostate is one who deserts or forsakes 
 the true principles of the faith which he at one time 
 professed to believe and practice. An apostate Chris- 
 tian church is a church or denomination which, by de- 
 fection or revolt, has stood away from; that has left 
 or abandoned the true principles taught and practiced 
 by Jesus the Christ, by abandonment, revolting, or fall- 
 ing away from allegiance to the principles and practices 
 of the Christian religion as giyen to the original church 
 by Jesus. 
 
296 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Throughout the entire New Testament God's church, 
 the church established during the Messianic dispensa- 
 tion by Jesus, is presented under a figure of a chaste 
 woman, or a bride adorned for her husband. On the 
 contrary, any professed Christian church which adul- 
 terates the pure spiritual teachings of Jesus by mixing 
 in any teachings of a material nature or character is 
 presented under the figure of a harlot. Suek church is 
 considered a harlot because she has committed adultery 
 by adulterating the teachings of the faith which was 
 once delivered to the saints by Jesus. 
 
 A faith in Jesus which is simply a belief in the his- 
 torical truth of the Kible relating to him; that he 
 walked and talked in Galilee and Judea, was crucified, 
 and raised from the dead hundreds of years ago — this 
 kind of a faith has little more power to save us or 
 bring us salvation than the faith or belief in the his- 
 torical fact that Nero lived and performed certain deeds 
 at about the same time. 
 
 The only faith or belief that has any saving power, 
 and is of any benefit to us, is to be so firmly convinced 
 of the absolute truth of all of God's revelations that we 
 will adhere to, trust in, and rely on the evidence which 
 ( tod has made known to us for the very purpose of con- 
 vincing us that his revealed Word is the truth, the whole 
 truth, and nothing but the truth. 
 
 The popular branches of the professed church of 
 Christ maintain the doctrine of the "fall of man," as 
 they call it, basing this man-made theology on the sec- 
 ond, or material, account of creation. They claim that 
 sin destroyed or depraved the image of God, and then 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 297 
 
 they talk about "original sin," "total depravity," and 
 out <>f all this mass of error, they have evolved what 
 they call their "plan of salvation," by which they claim 
 to restore what they call the "lost image," These 
 erroneous teachings have been preached from nearly 
 every pulpit in the world for more than a thousand 
 years, and the result of it all is that the spiritual life 
 and i»ower of all these churches is nearly, if not en- 
 tirely, dead. Thousands and thousands of people in 
 these churches plainly see that there is something wrong 
 somewhere or somehow. They are wondering in their 
 heart of hearts how and why it is that the religion of 
 Jesus Christ has, so far as they can see, proved a 
 failure. 
 
 These same people fail to realize the positive fact that 
 if Jesus of Nazareth was present in the flesh today, 
 he would not be allowed to preach in these same 
 churches, because his teaching would not agree with 
 their denominational creeds and dogmas. It is also 
 true that if Jesus performed any physical healing 
 within the vicinity of these same churches, he would, in 
 some so-called Christian lands, be liable to arrest for 
 practicing medicine without a license. 
 
 And now, after hundreds of years of this kind of 
 preaching, w T hich the present condition of the civilized 
 world plainly shows to be a failure, so far as bringing 
 peace, love, health, and happiness to mankind is con- 
 cerned, if anyone tries to lead these bewildered people 
 out of their caves of material gloom and bring them into 
 the sunshine of heaven, many of their eminent teachers 
 who are blind to the Truth which Jesus preached, warn 
 
298 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 their flocks in sepulchral tones to beware of the teach- 
 ings of Christian Science. 
 
 These blind lenders of the blind sound doleful warn- 
 ings to their starving flocks to beware of these wicked 
 people who are trying to destroy the Christian reli- 
 gion by deluding people into the silly notion that Jesus 
 Christ told the truth when he said, u The kingdom of 
 God is within you." 
 
 Jesus never claimed that any special favoritism was 
 extended to him by the Father in the way of ability 
 to perform wonderful works; on the contrary, he taught 
 his followers that if they had faith they could perform 
 equally as great works as he was performing. Listen 
 to his words to his followers ; words which have no re- 
 strictions of either time or place. 
 
 Matthew XVII. 20 If ye have faith as a grain of 
 mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, Kemove 
 hence to yonder place; and it shall remove; and nothing 
 shall be impossible unto you. 
 
 Do not fail to note that Jesus told all the true fol- 
 lowers he ever would have, "Nothing shall be impossible 
 unto you." 
 
 Jesus never indulged in what we call exaggerations 
 of Bpeech ; on the contrary, no man ever lived who used 
 words with more scientific exactness and precision, and 
 he stated nothing but absolute truth. He here calls 
 the attention of all his followers for all time to come 
 to the fact that it was and is within their power to 
 perform as great works as he had ever done. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 299 
 
 At another time, he said thai a1 some time his fol- 
 lowers would be able to do even greater works than 
 he had done : 
 
 John XIV. li* Verily, verily, 1 say unto you, he 
 
 that believeth in me, the works that 1 do shall he do 
 also; and greater than these shall he 4 do. 
 
 The popular branches of the professed church of 
 Christ all over the world claim to believe the words of 
 Jesus; but whenever these words are held up before 
 these people, great numbers of them attempt to evade 
 the plain meaning of the words by claiming that Jesus 
 was God Himself in human form. They then practically 
 deny the truth of these words of Jesus by limiting their 
 application to the apostles and a few other members 
 of the early church. By thus limiting the time when 
 these words were to apply to a short period in the early 
 history of the church, these people seek to evade their 
 meaning and persuade themselves and others that they 
 are now r preaching and practicing the religion which 
 Jesus preached and practiced. 
 
 We now know that the minds of men have been 
 darkened by delusion or error for thousands of years : 
 we now r know that idolatry, or idol worship, in its 
 numerous forms has been the great hindrance to true 
 progress. The whole history of the Hebrew race for 
 hundreds of years, as outlined in the Old Testament, 
 is largely but a tracing of the rise and fall from time 
 to time of the spiritual light of this remarkable people; 
 we now begin to see that idolatry, or idol worship, at 
 all times and places is in reality a wandering of the 
 
300 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 
 
 mind, by which we are led into delusive belief's. These 
 delusions are symbolized in Scripture as darkening 
 of the mind from listening to the voice of the serpent; 
 also symbolized as being canght in a snare where the 
 victim of the mental delusion or snare is seemingly help- 
 lessly entangled in a web, and remains in this mental 
 wei> of delusive belief until he is saved, delivered, re- 
 deemed, or set free by and through the power of Truth, 
 spiritual Truth, the Truth which Jesus said would 
 make us free. 
 
 In Luke is given a part of a prophecy made by Jesus; 
 a prophecy which is generally understood to give an 
 outline of events which would take place in the world 
 up to and including what is commonly known as the 
 second coming of Christ. In this prophecy Jesus stated 
 in regard to conditions which were to come over the 
 whole world: 
 
 Luke XXI. 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at 
 any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, 
 and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day 
 come upon you unawares. 
 
 :\~) For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell 
 on the lace of the whole earth. 
 
 36 Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may 
 be accounted worthy to escape all these things that 
 shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 
 
 The word snare, as used by Jesus, means, figuratively, 
 a net or web relating to some mental condition which 
 he said would "come on all them that dwell on the face 
 of the whole earth." 
 
THE OOLDEM HOPES OF MEN. 301 
 
 it is not possible thai the words of Jesus could fail j 
 Hit* mental snare came just as Jesus said it would conic, 
 and popular theology lias been busily engaged In every 
 church in the world for more than a thousand years in 
 
 spreading its delusive folds over the heads Of "all them 
 
 that dwell on the face of the whole earth." 
 
 Popular theology with its usual lack of vision, and 
 its little, narrow-minded, material way of interpreting 
 all Bible truths, would cut down the prophecies of 
 
 Jesus, and have them about all fulfilled with the 
 destruction of the material city of Jerusalem. These 
 material minded people fail to comprehend that Jesus 
 was talking about spiritual things. They fail to com- 
 prehend that during all his ministry material things 
 or thoughts occupied but very little of his attention. 
 Jesus established his church strictly upon a spiritual 
 basis, and it was so understood by the early Christians. 
 Jesus knew all about the prophecies of Daniel and 
 others in regard to what would happen to this early 
 church. He well knew that the snare of material be- 
 lief would creep into the church and destroy its spir- 
 ituality and power. 
 
 John wrote his prophecy in A.D. 96, or twenty-six 
 years after the material city of Jerusalem was de- 
 stroyed by Titus in A.D. 70. He states, as has been 
 shown, that the remainder of the early church would 
 be overcome and entirely destroyed between A.D. 456 
 and A.D. 606. In Kevelation, John presents the church 
 of Christ under the symbol of a woman, and stated: 
 
 Revelation XII. 6 And the woman fled into the wil- 
 derness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that 
 
302 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 they should feed her there a thousand two hundred a)id 
 threescore days. 
 
 Please turn to the twelfth chapter of Revelation; 
 read it all, and you will see thai the number here men- 
 tioned symbolizes One thousand two hundred and sixtv 
 years: that the church of Gtod was to be drvien into the 
 wilderness for that time. To make certain that this 
 matter would be clearly understood after that decreed 
 time was fulfilled, John tells us about these one thou- 
 sand two hundred and sixty years in slightly different 
 words in verses thirteen and fourteen: 
 
 Revelation XII. 13 And when the dragon saw that 
 he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman 
 which brought forth the man child. 
 
 14 And to the woman were given two wings of a 
 great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into 
 her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, 
 and half a time, from the face of the serpent. 
 
 ir> Ami the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a 
 Hood after the woman, that he might cause her to be 
 carried away of the flood. 
 
 It; And the earth helped the woman, and the earth 
 opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the 
 dragon cast out of his mouth. 
 
 17 Ami i he dragon was wroth with the woman, and 
 went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which 
 keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony 
 of Jesus Christ 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 808 
 
 We have learned thai a time and times and half a 
 time is one thousand two hundred and sixty years, jusl 
 bus John indicates in the sixth Terse, and as it Is also 
 Indicated in a number of other places in the Bible. 
 
 The dragon is here the symbol of error. Water is the 
 
 symbol of thought. The water east out of the serpent's 
 
 mouth is the symbol of erroneous or false thinking. 
 Pure water is the symbol of purity or true thoughts; 
 thoughts which come to us from divine Mind. 
 
 This number of one thousand two hundred and 
 
 sixty is repeated so often, and in so many ways, that 
 it would seem that God took special care to let us know 
 that His professed church would be an apostate church 
 for one thousand two hundred and sixty years, or from 
 A.D. 606 to A.D. 1866; at which time, according to both 
 Daniel and John's prophecies, God's sanctuary was to 
 be cleansed, and the mystery of God would be finished, 
 completed, or ended. 
 
 The word Bible is from the Greek word biblia, plural 
 of biblioti, meaning, a little book. Specifically, the Bible 
 is the volume believed by Christians to contain revela- 
 tions from God. We usually speak of the Bible as one 
 book, when, in fact, it is a collection of sixty-six sepa- 
 rate books, tracts, pamphlets, or letters, which were 
 written by not less than forty different persons, com- 
 mencing with Moses, who wrote the first books about 
 fifteen hundred years before Jesus was born, and closes 
 with the writings of John, written a hundred years 
 after Jesus was born. 
 
 During these sixteen hundred years, from time to 
 time, often hundreds of years apart, God made known 
 
304 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 His will, or gave knowledge, to men through some indi- 
 vidual man or woman. These forty men and women 
 were taken from nearly every station and walk of life, 
 and included herdsmen, kings, tent makers, fishermen, 
 tax collectors, and prophets. 
 
 God is not dead, and it is not incredible or beyond 
 belief that He, in His wise providence, should increase 
 this number of people from forty to forty-one by making 
 another revelation to Mary Baker Eddy. 
 
 Revelation X. 1 And I saw another mighty angel 
 come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a 
 rainbow was upon his head, and his face icas as it were 
 the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: 
 
 2 And he had in his hand a little book open: and 
 he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on 
 the earth, 
 
 3 And cried with a loud voice, as token a lion 
 roareth : and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered 
 their voices. 
 
 4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their 
 voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from 
 heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the 
 seven thunders uttered, and w T rite them not. 
 
 5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and 
 upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, 
 
 6 And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, 
 who created heaven, and the things that therein are, 
 and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the 
 sea, and the things which are therein, that there should 
 be time no longer: 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 
 
 305 
 
 7 Bui in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, 
 when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of ( lod should 
 be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the 
 prophets. 
 
 B And the voice which I heard from heaven spake 
 unto me again, and said. Go and take the little book 
 which is open in the hand of the angel which standetb 
 
 upon the sea and upon the earth. 
 
 !> And I went unto the angel, and said onto him, Give 
 me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and 
 eat it np; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall 
 be in thy mouth sweet as honey. 
 
 10 And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, 
 and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: 
 and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. 
 
 11 And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again 
 before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and 
 kings. 
 
 In the seventh verse it is stated that in the day of 
 the seventh angel, w T hen he shall begin to sound the 
 mystery of God should be finished. Every Bible stu- 
 dent who is at all spiritually minded is well aware 
 that each of the forty separate writers of the Bible 
 used certain words in a way that is partly expressed 
 by the term "catchwords." When you read one of 
 these words in one part of the Bible, it instantly brings 
 to memory a corresponding passage or verse relating 
 to the same subject in another part of the Bible. In the 
 above case, it is stated that the mystery of God should 
 be finished. The word finished is one of these catch- 
 20 
 
306 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 words, and we are indirectly given to understand that 
 the finish of the mystery of God would be found in the 
 "little hook." We are further told in this same verse 
 thai "the mystery of God should be finished as he hath 
 declared to his servants the prophets." 
 
 So we sec thai God had told one or more of the 
 prophets as to the time when this mystery would be 
 finished. In Daniel's prophecy in the last chapter, 
 where he is summing up all things for a conclusion of 
 all his prophecies, it is written: 
 
 Daniel XII. 5 Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, 
 there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank 
 of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of 
 the river. 
 
 6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, which 
 was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it he 
 to the end of these wonders? 
 
 7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was 
 upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right 
 hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him 
 that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, 
 and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to 
 scatter the power of the holy people, all these things 
 shall be finished. 
 
 The Hebrew word naphats, here translated scatter, 
 means, to break into pieces. The time here indicated 
 is twelve hundred and sixty years. Daniel here tells 
 us that twelve hundred and sixty years after the evil 
 power, which we have called error, had scattered or 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 307 
 
 broken Into pieces 1 1»«* power of the holy people, every 
 thing \\ ns to be finished, completed, or ended. 
 
 By reading all of the seventh chapter of Daniel, you 
 will learn thai -four great beasts came ap from the 
 
 . diverse one from another." These four beasts rep 
 resent evil influences against God's people. Hie fourth 
 
 or last o( these beasts Daniel tells us was the worst 
 of all: 
 
 Daniel VII. 7 After this I saw in the night visions, 
 and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and 
 strong exceedingly: and it bad great iron teeth: it de- 
 voured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue 
 with the feet of it. 
 
 This is the evil power which we have called error, or 
 wrong thinking, which Daniel refers to in the last 
 chapter of his prophecy, which is to scatter or break 
 into pieces the power of the holy people; then in 
 twelve hundred and sixty years after that, "all of these 
 things shall be finished" At that time, John tells us, 
 the mystery of God was to be finished. And the "little 
 book" was brought down from heaven by an angel. 
 
 Then Daniel, in chapter seven, tells us more about 
 this terrible fourth beast. In the twenty-fifth verse 
 we are told that "it shall w r ear out the saints of the most 
 High. And they shall be given unto his hands until a 
 time and times and a dividing of time," or twelve hun- 
 dread and sixty years. 
 
 Daniel VII. 25 And he shall speak great words 
 against the most High, and shall w r ear out the saints 
 
308 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 of the innsi High, and think to change times and laws: 
 and they shall be given into his hand until a time and 
 times and the dividing of time. 
 
 We are here given to understand that this evil power 
 trampled down with its feet the holy people for twelve 
 hundred and sixty years. After this Daniel tells us 
 what will happen at the end of this twelve hundred and 
 sixty years of sorrow and trouble: 
 
 Dan'ul VI I. 26 But the judgment shall sit, and they 
 shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy 
 it unto the end. 
 
 27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness 
 of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given 
 to the people of the saints of the most High, wiiose 
 kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions 
 shall serve and obey him. 
 
 2S Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me 
 Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my coun- 
 tenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my 
 heart. 
 
 Then John tells us more about this same beast and 
 its effects, which we have called error, or erroneous 
 thinking: 
 
 Revelation XI. 7 And when they shall have finished 
 their testimony, the beast that aseendeth out of the bot- 
 tomless pit shall make war against them, and shall 
 overcome them, and kill them. 
 
Tin: GOLDEE DOPES OF MEN. :;o ( J 
 
 John here tells us what would a1 some future time 
 happen to the early Christian church after "they shall 
 have finished their testimony." 
 
 Do not forget that these overcomings ami killings 
 mentioned by John were committed, in many instane 
 by men who thought they were doing God a service. 
 By committing these murders, these men fulfilled these 
 words of Jesus: 
 
 John XVI. 1 These things have I spoke unto yon, 
 
 that ve should not be offended. 
 
 « 
 
 2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the 
 time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think 
 that he doeth God service. 
 
 3 And these things will they do unto you, because 
 they have not known the Father, nor me. 
 
 4 But these things have I told you, that when the 
 time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of 
 them. 
 
 Jesus was a prophet and he spoke prophetically as to 
 the entire early Christian church; not simply to the 
 eleven apostles as imagined by popular theology. 
 
 Jesus here prophesied regarding persecutions which 
 he knew would come to his true followers at the hands 
 of professed Christians. No man outside the church 
 persecutes or kills Christians, or anyone else, because 
 he "thinks that he doeth God service." People outside 
 of the church killed thousands of the early Christians, 
 but it was seldom for the reason they thought they 
 were doing service to God. Jesus knew r all about the 
 prophecies contained in the Old Testament, and it has 
 
310 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 just been shown that Daniel predicted that twelve hun- 
 dred and sixty years alter the power of the holy people 
 had been broken to pieces, or "he shall have accom- 
 plished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these 
 things shall be finished.'' (Daniel 12: 7.) The attention 
 of the reader is called to the word scatter, as here used 
 by Daniel. The power of the holy people is to be scat- 
 tered for twelve hundred and sixty years. Just an hour 
 or two before the betrayal, Jesus told his disciples: 
 
 John XVI. 32 liekold, the hour coineth, yea, is now 
 come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, 
 and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, be- 
 cause the Father is with me. 
 
 33 These things I have spoken unto you, that in me 
 ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribu- 
 lation : but be of good cheer; I have overcome the w r orld. 
 
 Special attention is called to the tw T o words scattered 
 and own found in this verse. You have noted that 
 Daniel predicted that the power of the holy people 
 would be scattered. Jesus also predicted, or told his 
 disciples, that they would be scattered, "every man to 
 his own" 
 
 The Greek word skorpizo, here translated scattered, 
 means, as used by Jesus, to be dissipated; to be dis- 
 persed, or to be put to flight. The primary meaning of 
 dissipate, as here used, is to scatter in defeat; to dis- 
 perse in flight, or to rout. 
 
 The Hebrew word naphats, translated scatter, as used 
 by Daniel (Daniel 12: 7) means to dash or break into 
 pieces. The primary meaning or sense of the Hebrew 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 311 
 
 is to break and Bcatter, or disperse die pieces, just as 
 
 a glass pitcher is broken and (lie pieces scatter or lly 
 
 when the pitcher is dropped on or struck against a rock. 
 
 Hence, we see that the Bible, in the words of both 
 Daniel and Je8U8, tells us that the power of the holy 
 people, or the early saints, would be scattered, broken 
 Into pieces and overcome. According to Daniel, .Jesus 
 
 and John this breaking into pieces and overcoming of 
 
 the saints, or early Christian church, was to last twelve 
 hundred and sixty years, or from A.l). GOG to A.I). 1866. 
 Then the holy people or the saints were to regain the 
 kingdom which they were to then hold forever and for- 
 ever. 
 
 The teachings of popular theology which relegates 
 all the joys of a Chrsitian life until after we are sup- 
 posed to leave the earth are all a mistake. Jesus never 
 preached that kind of a religion. He preached a reli- 
 gion which went into effect right note. We can all walk 
 out of the prison house of bondage to fear, disease, pain, 
 sorrow, poverty, and every other kind of limitation just 
 as soon and just as fast as we comprehend and sin- 
 cerely put into daily practice the glad tidings which 
 Jesus proclaimed to the world for this very purpose. 
 This was and is the glad tidings of great joy of which 
 the angels sang so long ago. 
 
 Jesus taught that it was the Father's good pleasure 
 to give good gifts to them who ask Him; that the 
 supply was unlimited, and instead of our being com- 
 pelled to wait a moment for these gifts, we were to be- 
 lieve that we already had the gifts before w r e asked for 
 them. The popular branches of the professed church of 
 
312 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Christ are now so spiritual] v dead, and BO little spir- 
 itual food has been fed to their Hocks by the professed 
 teachers who stand in their pulpits, that there are today 
 hundreds of thousands of professed Christians who 
 have listened to these teachers for years and years who 
 know almost nothing at all regarding the kingdom of 
 God of which Jesus preached and gave up his physical 
 life on the cross to establish. The very existence of 
 such a spiritual kingdom is doubted by many professed 
 Christians. Others, if they ever think of the kingdom 
 at all, consider it as unknown and unknowable in what 
 they have been taught to call "this life"; while others 
 even ridicule the very idea of there being such a thing 
 as a spiritual kingdom in existence at all. The kingdom 
 of what is known as the god of nature, built up by 
 natural science, whoever or whatever this god may be, 
 is now being preached from thousands of pulpits, much 
 more than the kingdom of the God of heaven. Much 
 more than the kingdom of the God "Who forgiveth all 
 thine iniquities; who healeth all thy diseases; who re- 
 deenieth thy life from destruction; w T ho crowneth thee 
 with loving kindnesses and tender mercies; who sat- 
 isfieth thy mouth with good things, so that thy youth 
 is renewed like the eagle." 
 
 It is all very plain, now that the early followers of 
 Jesus understood, in some degree, the pure spiritual 
 teachings of the Master, and practiced them with suc- 
 cessful results for at least four hundred years. But, 
 little by little, man-made materialistic theories or be- 
 liefs and old pagan traditions, usages, and practices 
 crept into the church. Men who held to these man -made 
 
Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 313 
 
 beliefs, and who Substituted a personal Jesus Christ 
 
 for the impersonal Christ, became dominant in the pro 
 fessed Church Of Christ, and it all resulted in the trans- 
 fer of the worship of professed Christians from the 
 Father to the Son; from the creator to tlie creature. 
 The minds of millions of professed Christians have been 
 so tilled with this teaching of man-made theology, which 
 has no foundation in the Bible, that if any man calls 
 their attention to the true teachings of the Bible in 
 regard to the relationship of the Father and the Son, 
 there are thousands of these professed Christians who 
 rise up in their wrath and accuse all those who tell them 
 the truth of denying the divinity of Jesus. 
 
 They have listened so long to the erroneous teachings 
 that Jesus of Nazareth was God Himself on earth in 
 human form, that if the plain facts, stated in the Bible, 
 are presented relating to this matter, they imagine that 
 whoever does so is trying to injure the Christian reli- 
 gion. 
 
 "The way" Jesus pointed out for us to travel through 
 life should be regarded in just the same light as when 
 we receive instruction or direction in anything else. 
 If you are traveling through a strange country, and ask 
 at some farm house the way to the next town, it is cer- 
 tainly of some importance to you that you correctly 
 comprehend and observe the words of direction given, 
 if you expect to reach such town with the least time 
 and trouble. 
 
 The personality of the individual who gives you the 
 information will not make your journey either longer 
 or shorter, nor change the conditions, or help you in 
 
314 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 the slightest degree, further than to give you the truth. 
 The truth in regard to "the way" is the important pari 
 for you to receive, comprehend, and observe in practice 
 while making your journey. ?Just so in regard to our 
 journey through life. We honor and love our Master 
 for instructing us in regard to "the way." Not only 
 by word, precept, and command, but also by his travel- 
 ing over the way in advance of us, and by so doing il- 
 lustrating the way by his own life. Also by his deeds 
 of compassion, kindness, and love to his fellow men, as 
 well as his love and obedience to his heavenly Father, 
 whom he taught us to also address as "Our Father who 
 art in heaven." 
 
 The time has come when the world must know that 
 all professed Christians who limit the power of God 
 are apostates from the true church of Christ ; apostates 
 because they have rejected, and now practically deny, 
 the great central truth which Jesus taught and by 
 which alone men are able to begin right here and now T 
 to regain their first estate wherein they were given 
 dominion over all the earth. These professed Chris- 
 tians will sometime learn that Jesus preached and 
 practiced the doctrine that spiritual power is able to 
 overcome, subdue, or conquer every form of physical 
 or mental phenomenon there is in the world, including 
 not only sin, but also sickness, pain, sorrow, poverty, 
 and even death — the last enemy to be vanquished. 
 
 The Bible plainly teaches that all things are possible 
 with God. All teachings and practices which deny, 
 contradict or limit this great truth are false; they are 
 false, no matter how eminent or how numerous the 
 
TllK GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 315 
 
 people may be who thus dishonor the God who made 
 them by bowing down to some material law or remedy, 
 instead of trusting in the God whom Jesus taught men 
 to call their Father. 
 
 It was our Master's mission to reveal or unveil and 
 make plain to the comprehension of men the great truth 
 that spiritual power, which is now once more available 
 to men, is capable of destroying or obliterating all sin, 
 sickness, and sorrow from our consciousness, and in 
 this way bring to us a full aud complete salvation. 
 
 Science and Health, page 132 : 
 
 "The Pharisees of old thrust the spiritual idea and 
 the man who lived it out of their synagogues, and re- 
 tained their materialistic beliefs about God. Jesus' 
 system of healing received no aid nor approval from 
 other sanitary or religious systems, from doctrines of 
 physics or of divinity; and it has not yet been generally 
 accepted. Today, as of yore, unconscious of the reap- 
 pearing of the spiritual idea, blind belief shuts the door 
 upon it, and condemns the cure of the sick and sinning 
 if it is wrought on any but a material and a doctrinal 
 theory. Anticipating this rejection of idealism, of the 
 true idea of God — this salvation from all error, phys- 
 ical, and mental, — Jesus asked, "When the Son of man 
 cometh, shall he find faith on the earth?" 
 
CHAPTEB XIII. 
 
 IT is more than probable that there are thousands of 
 professed Christians who will be very slow to 
 acknowledge that they are apostates from the faith 
 which was once delivered to the saints. From their 
 material or intellectual way of thinking it is impossible 
 for these people to see or realize that they have re- 
 versed the way of Truth. 
 
 The whole world has for centuries failed to realize 
 that it accepted teachings from the most eminent 
 leaders of the professed chinch of Christ as being Truth 
 which are exactly opposite to the teachings of the Bible 
 as taught by Jesus. 
 
 We do not need to turn to secular history to find 
 out the truth regarding the history of the Christian 
 church from the days of Jesus down to the present 
 hour. The Bible itself prophetically tells us all we 
 need to know if we choose to read it. No Christian 
 doubts but what everything predicted in the Bible did, 
 or will, come to pass, just exactly as therein stated; 
 the Bible itself states repeatedly and in clear and em- 
 phatic language, which cannot be disproved, that the 
 whole professed church of God would become an apos- 
 tate church, and so continue for twelve hundred and 
 sixty years. At the end of that decreed time, God's 
 sanctuary was to be cleansed by being made righteous, 
 or right thinking. This implies that the church became 
 an apostate church by being led astray from Truth into 
 error by wrong thinking. 
 (316) 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 317 
 
 In Revelation 13 is given an account of what would 
 happen to the church ot Christ when ruled by men who 
 were dominated by the false op lying ego } which is their 
 own intellectual or mortal mind. Gel your Bible and 
 
 road all the chapter, and remember that the "hea>t" 
 mentioned in the first verse is the symbol of error, or 
 false or wrong thinking. This false or wrong thinking 
 
 arises from our giving credence to the false ego } or our 
 mortal mind, which, if heeded, will puff us up and make 1 
 us believe that we know more than the God who made 
 us. In consequence of this, we will not believe God's 
 revealed Word, and thus make Him a liar. If the true 
 import of the Bible is too plainly pointed out to those 
 who are governed by wrong thinking, error, or the beast, 
 the spirit of murder is always stirred up within them 
 in a greater or less degree, and it can often be noted 
 by observing the clinched hand and glaring eye. 
 
 John states in this chapter in regard to the future 
 of the church of Christ : 
 
 Revelation XIII. 1 And I stood upon the sand of 
 the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having 
 seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten 
 crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. 
 
 2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, 
 and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as 
 the mouth of a lion : and the dragon gave him his power, 
 and his seat, and great authority. 
 
 3 And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded 
 to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all 
 the world wondered after the beast. 
 
318 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 4 And they worshipped the dragon which gave power 
 unto the beast : and they worshipped the beast, saying, 
 Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make Avar 
 with him? 
 
 5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking 
 great things and blasphemies; and power was given 
 unto him to continue forty and two months. 
 
 G And he opened his month in blasphemy against 
 God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and 
 them that dwell in heaven. 
 
 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the 
 saints, and to overcome them: and power was given 
 him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. 
 
 8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship 
 him, whose names are not written in the book of life 
 of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. 
 
 9 If any man have an ear, let him hear. 
 
 The subject under consideration just at present is to 
 determine and bring to light the true facts relating 
 to the professed church of God. In the fifth verse we 
 are told that this evil influence that had a mouth speak- 
 ing great things and blasphemies against God w r as to 
 continue forty and two months. The time of forty-two 
 months indicates twelve hundred and sixty years, as 
 lias been explained, and as the time is indicated by 
 months, we know by this symbol of the time being ex- 
 pressed in months that the church suffered from evil 
 influence during that length of time. This evil influ- 
 ence, which had a mouth speaking great things and 
 blasphemies against, or in opposition to, God, is human 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 319 
 
 personality. Jesus, locating down the centuries, and 
 remembering the words of prophecy, saw a time when 
 human personality would become dominant in and de- 
 stroy the professed church of God. Soman personality 
 is the false ego } the big "I," of physical or sensual self. 
 
 1 1 is thai man of sin, the son of perdition or destruction. 
 it is the opposition, or the opponent, of the Son of God, 
 
 the Christ within OS. This evil influence is the beast 
 which has destroyed or made desolate the peace and 
 
 happiness oi' men in all ages. This influence is sym- 
 bolized in Scripture as the beast to represent error or 
 wrong thinking, and is the abomination which niaketh 
 desolate mentioned by Daniel, Jesus, and John. In 
 the seventh verse we are plainly told that this evil in- 
 fluence was to make war with the saints and to over- 
 come them. 
 
 The Greek nikao, here translated overcome, means, 
 to subdue, to overcome or gain the victory over. We 
 are given to understand that all the saints were de- 
 stroyed, for we are told that power was given to this 
 evil influence, "over all kindreds, and tongues, and na- 
 tions." In the Bible all means all, not a part and noth- 
 ing short of all. 
 
 Daniel tells us about this same destructive influence 
 which John describes as having "a mouth speaking 
 great things." In Daniel 7: 20 we read about "that 
 horn that had eyes and a mouth that spake great things 
 — and the same horn made war with the saints and pre- 
 vailed against them until — the time come that the saints 
 possessed the kingdom." 
 
320 THE GOLDEN UOPES OF MEN. 
 
 It is written : 
 
 Revelation XL 7 And when they shall have finished 
 their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bot- 
 tomless pit shall make war against them, and shall over- 
 come them, and shall kill them. 
 
 The Greek marturia, translated testimony, is from 
 the Greek martus, meaning, martyr or witness. While 
 martyr originally meant the same as witness, so great 
 B number of the early Christians met a violent death 
 at the hands of those who were without and within the 
 visible church of Christ, a different meaning, in time, 
 became attached to the word martyr, so that we now 
 understand a martyr, in a religious sense, to be one 
 who voluntarily undergoes the penalty of death for 
 refusing to renounce the Christian faith or any part 
 of it. 
 
 During the first three centuries of the Christian era, 
 the persecutions of the true church of Christ came 
 largely from men outside of the professed church. In 
 many instances these true Christians were given their 
 choice. If they would curse Christ or make a sacri- 
 fice to one of the gods of pagan Greece or Rome, they 
 could go free. If they would not do this, they were 
 to be led away for execution at once. What propor- 
 tion of professed Christians would now prove faithful 
 witnesses under this test? Later on, the true followers 
 of .Jesus met their death in most instances at the hands 
 of those who professed to be followers of the gentle 
 and loving Jesus; men who murdered their fellowmen 
 in cold blood because they differed with them in o])in- 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 321 
 
 ion as to whal constituted the true religion which 
 Jesus preached \'"\- the ultimate salvation of all men 
 in the world. These murders were committed in many 
 instances by men who thought they wore doing God 
 service. By so doing, they fulfilled to the letter these 
 words of Jesus: 
 
 John XVI. l These things have I spoken unto yon, 
 thai ye should not be offended. 
 
 2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yen, the 
 time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that 
 he doeth God service. 
 
 3 And these things will they do unto you, because 
 they have not known the Father, nor me. 
 
 4 But these things have I told you, that when the 
 time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of 
 them. 
 
 It is very evident to us now in the light of history 
 that Jesus here prophecied regarding persecutions 
 which would come to his true followers from professed 
 Christians. No man outside of some professed church 
 of God persecutes Christians or anyone else because he 
 "thinks that he doeth God service." It is a man inside 
 some professed church of God who murders men and 
 at the same time thinks* he is doing God a service. 
 
 When even a few of the facts contained in the Bible 
 relating to the matter are fairly understood and con- 
 sidered, we can plainly see that Daniel, Jesus, and John 
 predicted that the power of the holy people, the saints, 
 the early Christians, was to be scattered or overcome for 
 twelve hundred and sixty years. It has been clearly 
 21 
 
322 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 shown that this overcoming and killing of the saints 
 of the mosl High, the true disciples of Jesus, was com- 
 pleted in A.D. 606. At this date the true spiritual 
 teachings of Jesus were lost to the entire world. The 
 professed church of Christ then become entirely domi- 
 nated and possessed by men who had mouths speaking 
 great things and blasphemies. These men who were 
 ruled by the false ego, the big "I w which we call egotism, 
 were to open their mouths in blasphemy against God, 
 to blaspheme 1 1 is name and His tabernacle and them 
 thai dwell in heaven. We are told that power was given 
 nnto him to continue forty and two months. This is 
 for twelve hundred and sixty years, or on down from 
 A.l>. 606 to A.D. 1866. Then God's sanctuary was to 
 be "cleansed"; cleansed by destroying the influence of 
 error or wrong thinking by making people once more 
 acquainted with the true teachings of Jesus. 
 
 It is very evident now that God did not consult with 
 or ask the opinion of the big "I" of any modern doctor 
 of divinity, nor pope, nor president of any theological 
 college as to how his sanctuary was to be cleansed, no 
 matter how infallible this egotistical big "I" considered 
 himself to be. 
 
 Today there are thousands of priests and ministers 
 of God's professed church who not only fail to under- 
 stand God's way of cleansing our mentality or con- 
 sciousness, but some of them stand up in pulpits and 
 belittle and blaspheme God's plan as it is made known 
 in Science and Health. 
 
 We now see plainly that it is repeatedly predicted 
 in the Bible that the element or evil spirit of personality 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 323 
 
 or egotism, with its accompanying vanity and self 
 conceit of mind, would gain control and overcome the 
 
 church of Christ We also know that Jesus said, "The 
 
 Scripture cannot he broken." 
 
 The swinish element or evil spirit of self the egotism 
 which is the father of all selfishness — is the funda- 
 mental cause of all of man's inhumanity to roan. This 
 love of self or self-love is idolatry or idol worship in 
 its worst form. This big "I" is the idol, and he con- 
 stitutes "the abomination that niaketh desolate" spoken 
 of by Daniel ( Daniel 12: 11), and referred to by Jesus 
 when he said: 
 
 Matthew XXVI. 15 When ye therefore shall see the 
 abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the 
 prophet, stand in the holy place (who so readeth let 
 him understand) ; Then let them which be in Judea 
 flee to the mountains. 
 
 Popular theology, with its usual lack of spiritual 
 vision, sees no farther than the destruction of the ma- 
 terial city of Jerusalem in connection w r ith these words, 
 and fails to see that the destruction of the spiritual 
 knowledge and power of the church of Christ by idol- 
 atry or idol worship of personal self or egotism was 
 of a thousand times more importance to Jesus than 
 the destruction of all the material cities on the earth. 
 
 We should all understand that idolatry has many 
 secret forms of idol or image worship aside from the 
 crude form of bowing down to idols of w T ood or stone. 
 We have all passed these crude forms of idol worship, 
 but many still bow down to material idols or images, 
 
324 THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 
 
 and whenever we do so we are not keeping the first 
 commandment 
 
 The intellectual god; the big "P who sits in God's 
 temple and tries to make everybody believe that he is 
 a god is now worshipped and highly exalted in the 
 world's estimation in various ways. He has con- 
 si in* led, out of liis own fertile human brain, an ex- 
 tensive s\ s t (mii of thought called natural or physical 
 science. This so called human brain knows nothing 
 about God, and the Bible states that it is impossible 
 Tor it to know anything about God and His creation. 
 Consequently, this material or mortal man knows noth- 
 ing about spiritual things. All knowledge possessed by 
 him pertains to material things. The Bible tells 
 US further that the mind of this intellectual man 
 is enmity against God; that is, it hates God and all 
 1 1 is creation. God's creation is strictly and solely a 
 spiritual creation, and it does not contain a particle of 
 matter or material substance. God created all that ever 
 was created, and He never made either a material man 
 nor a material mind. Hence, the material man and his 
 material or mortal mind, which we call the physical 
 man, is nothing but a false image which is simply a 
 counterfeit of the true spiritual man who is the image of 
 God. This false or lying image is nothing but a delusion 
 of mortal mind. It is the Adam dream of our mortal 
 existence or life: an existence or life which has no cor- 
 responding reality in Truth and is simply a dream of 
 false consciousness. 
 
 The seventh v<use of the similitude of Adam's trans- 
 gression, correctly translated, reads: 
 
Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 325 
 
 1$ II. 7 And the Lord God formed man of (lie 
 
 dust of the ground and breathed into his nostrils the 
 
 breath of life; and man became a sentient (or sensual) 
 
 being. 
 
 Became is the past tense of become ami literally 
 means, come to be. Become is from the prefix be de- 
 noting state, condition or existence and come, denoting 
 
 arrival at a certain state or condition. Hence, in this 
 instance we understand that the spiritual man of God's 
 creation in process of time arrived at the state or con- 
 dition of a sentient or sensual being; that is, a being 
 equipped with five physical senses by which he has 
 knowledge of his own body and by which he holds com- 
 munication with the external world. The senses which 
 furnish him with the knowledge that he is hungry, cold, 
 sick, or in pain. 
 
 Previous to man's arrival at this sentient or sensual 
 state he was a perfect man, for he was created by God, 
 and all of God's creations are good, perfect, complete, 
 entire, wanting nothing. The man of God's creation 
 was a spiritual man ; the likeness of his creator, and 
 did not possess these five physical senses at all as they 
 were acquired in the garden of Eden. Consequently, 
 the spiritual man did not suffer from hunger, cold, sick- 
 ness, pain, or any of the physical ills which afflict the 
 animal, physical, natural, sensuous, or sensual or mortal 
 man. 
 
 As God never created man's material body and mind, 
 and He is the only creator, our human, physical or 
 material body can have no existence in reality, and is 
 
326 THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN, 
 
 simply an illusion or delusion of mind resulting from 
 our giving credence to our live physical senses. As 
 giving Credence to the evidence of their live physical 
 senses brings each person df tin 1 Adamic or human 
 race a sense or consciousness of all the ills which afflict 
 mankind, it must he evident to all that as we overcome 
 or subdue our belief in their evidence being the truth we 
 would begin to gain freedom from all the physical ills of 
 humanity in a proportionate degree. When you com- 
 prehend the true import of the teachings of Jesus, you 
 will know that this was exactly what he meant when he 
 said, "Ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall 
 make you free." 
 
 If our live physical senses are the medium through 
 which we gain any knowledge of God or His true cre- 
 ation, then Paul did not understand the religion which 
 Jesus preached, for he plainly tells us: 
 
 Corinthians II. 14 But the natural man receiveth 
 not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are fool- 
 ishness unto him: neither can he know them, because 
 they are spiritually discerned. 
 
 The Greek pmchikos, here translated natural, refers 
 to the unspiritual man ; it refers to the animal, natural, 
 physical, sensual, carnal, mortal or dust-formed man. 
 These several terms all refer to the same man, mind or 
 state 4 of consciousness in contradistinction to the spir- 
 itual man of God's creation. This spiritual man was 
 to have dominion overall the earth. The Hebrew- radah, 
 here translated dominion, means, to tread down, to 
 subjugate, to overcome, or subdue. It means to bring 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 327 
 
 midei the yoke by superior power. This yoke ua the 
 yoke, service or obligation of Jesus referred to when 
 
 he said : 
 
 Matthew XI. 28 Come unto me, all ye thai labour 
 
 and arc heavy laden, and I will give you rest, 
 
 29 Take my yoke upon you, and learn of men; for 
 1 am meek and lowlv in heart : and ve shall tind res! 
 unto your souls. 
 
 30 For my yoke IS easy, and my burden is light 
 
 The word souls, as here used, is translated from the 
 Greek psuche, which, as here used, means, the animal, 
 natural, sentient or sensual principle or nature. The 
 Greek psuche, as Jesus used the word, has exactly the 
 same meaning as the Hebrew word nephesh, as used in 
 Genesis, where it is stated, "and man became a living 
 soul." So we begin to learn something as to the na- 
 ture of what took place in the garden of Eden at what 
 popular theology calls "the fall of man," and what Paul 
 refers to as" the similitude of Adam's transgression." 
 
 The "host of them" which God created male and fe- 
 male "in the beginning" were spiritual beings; not 
 material, because they were created like God; Spirit. 
 At that time "there was not a man to till the ground." 
 But after the mist arose from the earth; after the 
 spiritual light from heaven became dim or darkened 
 to these spiritual beings who had spiritual bodies and 
 possessed immortal life; then a seeming change took 
 place and they passed from a spiritual state or condi- 
 tion to a material state or condition, and seemingly 
 took on or acquired material, animal, physical, natural, 
 
328 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 scnsiKnis, fleshly or mortal bodies. That is to say, the 
 ••man" God created seemingly became physical, animal 
 or mortal beings. 
 
 A correct translation of Paul's words in regard to the 
 introduction of death into the world reads: 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 21 For the truth is that by 
 means of a man there is death ; by means of a man there 
 is also a resurrection of the dead; tor as all die in the 
 Adam so all shall he restored to life in the Christ. 
 
 The term Adam as here used means the human per- 
 sonality belonging to the species of mankind or a kind 
 of a man. This Adam man who is but a kind of a 
 man is the pari of man which the spiritual man 
 acquired or gained possession of in the garden of Eden 
 when the man God created perfect was supposed to have 
 acquired a human, animal, sensual or physical body 
 formed out of dust or material substance. This ma- 
 terial man and mind brought death to us. If Ave will 
 lay down this acquired material mind and lift up or 
 exalt our true God-given spiritual Mind, or Christ 
 Mind, we will by so doing be resurrected or raised up 
 to newness of life. 
 
 We have all listened lor years to the erroneous teach- 
 ing that on account of the sin of a man named Adam 
 who is supposed to have lived thousands of years ago, 
 we are all to be punished. This error is thousands of 
 years old, but it is an error just the same, and a false- 
 hood or blasphemy about God. 
 
 The Bible teaches that God is a God of justice and 
 equity. This being true, no man or race of men will 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 329 
 
 be punished by God for the wrong doing or misdeed 
 
 of any oilier man. All teachings, no matter how old 
 
 they are, which rest upon any doctrine which is con- 
 trary to this truth, are simply man-made lies, which 
 
 are all blasphemous of God's character. 
 
 The Adam man is the dust formed, or material man, 
 which we are acquainted with as our own physical or 
 mortal man, mind and nature; this material part of 
 us, which is the opposer or Satan, fights and hates our 
 spiritual part which is the Son of God, the Christ. This 
 material man is an anti-Christ, because he is the opposer 
 or opponent of Christ. This is why every material man 
 in the world will fight with satanic force and influence 
 anyone who teaches or upholds the spiritual side of 
 the warfare which is going on all over the world. This 
 is why Paul tell us: 
 
 2 Timothy III. 12 Yea, and all that will live godly 
 in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution. 
 
 13 But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and 
 worse, deceiving, and being deceived. 
 
 11 But continue thou in the things which thou hast 
 learned and hast been assured of, knowing of whom 
 thou hast learned them: 
 
 Let no one deceive himself by thinking that the time 
 of the persecution of Christians is now past in any 
 land. Ways and methods have changed, but it still 
 remains true that "all that will live godly in Christ 
 Jesus shall suffer persecution." The intellectual, sen- 
 sual or carnal mind still hates God and everything 
 spiritual. 
 
330 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 This is why James tells us : 
 
 James IV. 4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know 
 
 ye n<»l that the friendship of the world is enmity with 
 God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world 
 is the enemy of God. 
 
 5 Do ye think that (he scripture saith in vain, The 
 spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth to envy? 
 
 o* But he givetfa more grace. AVherefore he saith, God 
 resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble. 
 
 7 Submit yourselves therefore to God. Kesist the 
 devil, and he will tiee from you. 
 
 A correct translation brings the truth out clearer: 
 
 J nines IV. 4 Adulteresses, do you not know that the 
 friendship of the world is hatred against God? For 
 this very reason whoever submits to be a friend of the 
 world is caused to be an enemy of God. 
 
 5 Or, do you imagine the Scripture speaks to no 
 purpose? Does the indwelling Spirit strongly incline 
 
 us to hatred? 
 
 The thought expressed in the Greek is that if we 
 meekly surrender to the power or influence of our ma- 
 terial or mortal mind, we will be led into the camp of 
 the opponent or the devil, and thus caused to be an 
 enemy or hater of God. 
 
 The thought is brought out in the seventh verse that 
 we must not meekly be led away by our material or 
 mortal mind, but that we must stand up against and 
 
Tin: GOLDEN iiopks or mi:n. 331 
 oppose tli is devil by strong mental opposition for James 
 
 Bays: "Kesisi the devil and ho will Bee from von." Re- 
 sist means, to strongly oppose. We must mentally 
 
 oppose material beliefs, as these beliefs originate in our 
 sensual mind which is all the devil there is in existence. 
 Material minded people have such a strong spirit of 
 hatred and opposition against the true spiritual reli- 
 gion which Je6US preached that they do not even like 
 to hear it mentioned, as it means annihilation to the 
 material man who brought death into the world. Our 
 material man or material mind is an atheist. He does 
 not believe that there is such a thing as a spiritual man 
 in existence. It is very evident to our material minded 
 man that if this absurd Pdble teaching is proved to be 
 true, then he, the material man, will be cast into 
 oblivion, because he has no existence in Truth or reality. 
 Self-preservation is said to be the first law of nature. 
 Consequently, our material or natural man or mind 
 fights with animal ferocity for his ow r n physical, natural 
 or mortal existence or life, for that is the only life he 
 knows or can know anything about. This is the funda- 
 mental reason why the teachings of realism are so 
 stoutly maintained even at the point of the sword by 
 their adherents. The teaching that genus and species 
 exist independent of, external to, and apart from their 
 mental conception and expression. The teaching that 
 there is something or some thing corresponding with 
 and answering to each of their conceptions which is the 
 tangible embodiment of, or sensible object of their 
 thought, conception or idea. 
 
332 Till: GOLDEJN BOPE8 OF MEN. 
 
 [f these teachings of realism are not true, then there 
 is no material or physical man in existence in reality, 
 
 and our own material body, mind, and nature is simply 
 a myth or false belief which is founded entirely upon 
 imagination or false consciousness. This is why it is 
 a waste of time to try to convince any material minded 
 man that he docs not possess in reality or Truth a 
 physical body and five physical senses from which his 
 human mind or intellect is derived. There are, how- 
 ever, a greal number of people in the world who say 
 that they believe that the Bible is true. God's Word 
 teaches that our physical body is nothing but an image 
 or an idol; that it is simply a false mental conception, 
 image or picture drawn by our fancy or imagination. 
 Now, either the Bible or our human, material or mortal 
 mind is a liar, for they are exactly opposite in their 
 evidence. It remains for the reader to decide for him- 
 self which one of these two to believe: the God of heaven 
 or the god of this world. 
 The Bible teaches us: 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 14 Be ye not unequally yoked to- 
 gether with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath 
 righteousness with unrighteousness? and what commu- 
 nion hath light with darkness? 
 
 L5 And what concord hath Christ with Belial? or 
 what pari hath he that believeth with an infidel? 
 
 1(> And what agreement hath the temple of God with 
 idols? for ye arc the temple of the living God; as God 
 hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and 
 I will be their God, and they shall be my people. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 333 
 
 17 Wherefore conic out from among them, and be 
 ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean 
 thing; and I will receive you. 
 
 IS And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be 
 
 my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. 
 
 2 Corinthian* VII. l Saving therefore these prom- 
 ises, dearly beloved, lei as cleanse ourselves from all 
 tilthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in 
 the Tear of God. 
 
 Let us consider these statements verse by verse: 
 
 '1 Corinthians VI. 14 Be ye not unequally yoked to- 
 gether with unbelievers : for what fellowship hath right- 
 eousness with unrighteousness? and what communion 
 hath light with darkness? 
 
 A correct translation of each verse is given which 
 may give a clearer understanding of the thought ex- 
 pressed by the Greek text. 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 14 Do not be discordantly yoked 
 in opposition with an unbelieving thing; for what shar- 
 ing in common has righteousness and unrighteousness, 
 or what spiritual communion of ideas has light with 
 darkness. 
 
 The early Christians used certain words or terms 
 for expressing religious teachings, which were doubt- 
 less well understood at that time, but the true mean- 
 ing of their language is now largely lost to the world 
 in general. Paul is here speaking of the separation 
 
334 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 or setting-apaii of our material and our spiritual 
 
 bodies, minds or natures; the complete separation of 
 all that is spiritual from all that is material. Our spir- 
 itual part is classed with that which is a believer, is 
 righteous and is light. Our material or physical part 
 is classed with the exact opposite, which is an un- 
 believer, is unrighteous and is darkness. 
 
 Then, in the next, or fifteenth, verse, our two natures 
 are contrasted again. Our God-given body, mind, and 
 nature is contrasted with the body, mind, and nature 
 which false thinking or false consciousness leads us to 
 believe we acquired in the garden of Eden, and which 
 is t lie Adam part of us; the part that Jesus said we 
 must renounce or refuse to own as belonging to us. 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 15 And what concord hath Christ 
 with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with 
 an infidel? 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 15 And what concord has Christ 
 with Beliar? or what part has a believer with an un- 
 believer? 
 
 In this verse our spiritual part or man is called 
 Christ and a believer. Our material part, or man, is 
 called Belial, and an infidel and an unbeliever. The 
 correct translation in the New Testament is Beliar, and 
 means, a worthless person. Our physical or mortal 
 mind is ;i lb-liar, because it is an infidel or unbeliever, 
 and be lies God. It is well understood that Belial or 
 Beliar is one of the many names used in the Bible to 
 personify the evil influence also called Satan or the 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 335 
 
 devil. Our material ar mortal mind slanders or 
 calumniates God; hence, it is called lie liar. It opposes 
 all thai is spiritual, Hence, it is called the opposer. 
 it fights God. Bence, it is called the adversary, etc. 
 The SvHac translation by Murdock reads: 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 15 Or what concord hath the Mos 
 
 sialt with Satan? or what pari hath a believer with an 
 unbeliever? 
 
 The meaning of Belial in Hebrew is worthlessness, 
 or destruction. When coupled with the word, son, 
 Belial is the same as "that man of sin/' the son of per- 
 dition or destruction. Bengal gives the meaning as 
 anti-Christ. That is, Beliar or Belial is the opposite 
 or opposer of the Christ. This is correct, as our phys- 
 ical, mortal or intellectual mind or nature is at enmity 
 with God; that is to say, it hates and opposes God or 
 Spirit and all His spiritual creation. 
 
 This Beliar is the anti-Christ referred to by John: 
 
 1 John II. 18 Little children, it is the last time: 
 and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even 
 now are there many antichrists ; whereby we know that 
 it is the last time. 
 
 11) They went out from us, but they were not of us; 
 for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have 
 continued with us: but they went out, that they might 
 be made manifest that they were not all of us. 
 
 20 But ve have an unction from the Holv One, and 
 ye know all things. 
 
336 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 21 I have not written unto you because ye know not 
 the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of 
 the truth. 
 
 22 Who is a liar but he that denieth that Jesus is 
 the Christ? He is antichrist, that denieth the Father 
 and the Son. 
 
 A correct translation roads: 
 
 1 John II. 18 Children! It is the last hour; and as 
 you heard tiiat the anti-Christ is coming even now many 
 have become anti-Christs by which we know that it is 
 the last hour. 
 
 The term anti-Christ is used five times by John, and 
 means against Christ. The primary sense is opposi- 
 tion and enmity or malignant hatred of those wiio be- 
 lieve that the Christ has now come or is present in our 
 nature or consciousness. 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 16 And what agreement hath the 
 temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the 
 living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and 
 walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall 
 be my people. 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 16 And what unity has a temple 
 (or sanctuary) of God with idols; for we are a temple 
 of the living God; exactly as God said I will indwell 
 among them, and will walk in them; and I will be their 
 God, and they shall be my people. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 887 
 
 In this verse our spiritual body is called a temple 
 or sanctuarj of Ood; our material body is called an 
 
 idol. The early Christians looked upon their own ma- 
 terial bodies as idols or images, and distinguished l><' 
 tween the spiritual man and the material man by an 
 
 imaginary line of demarkation between them. They 
 
 often referred to these two bodies, minds, or oatures, 
 as the inner man and the old man who was to be pu1 
 oil* or divested just as von would divest or strip your- 
 self of an old suit of clothes. Their spiritual or inner 
 body they considered their real body, and did not con- 
 sider their physical or natural body of any benefit or 
 advantage, just as Jesus taught them and us when he 
 said: 
 
 John VI. 63 It is the spirit that quickeneth; the 
 flesh profiteth nothing. 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 John VI. 63 Spirit is the life giver; the flesh is of 
 no advantage to any man, woman or thing. 
 
 The word flesh is here used to represent and include 
 the whole physical man, and Jesus said that this part 
 was of no benefit or advantage to anyone. 
 
 Paul tells us : 
 
 1 Corinthians XV. 50 Now r this I say brethren, that 
 flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; 
 neither doth corruption inherit incorruption. 
 
 By the use of the Hebrewism flesh, or flesh and blood, 
 which was then understood to include the whole phys- 
 22 
 
338 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 ical man, we are here plainly told that our physical 
 body, mind, and nature will never inherit the kingdom 
 of Cod. 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 17 Wherefore come out from 
 among them, and he ye separate, saith the Lord, and 
 touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you. 
 
 is And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall he 
 my sons- and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. 
 
 L> Corinthians VII. 1 Having therefore these prom- 
 ises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all 
 tilthiness of the llesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in 
 the fear of God. 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 2 Corinthians VI. 17 For this reason, come you out 
 from among them and be you set apart says the Lord ; 
 and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you. 
 
 18 And I will be to you a Father, and you shall be 
 to me for sons and daughters, says the Lord Almighty. 
 
 2 Corinthians VII. 1 Having therefore these prom- 
 ises, beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all defilement 
 of flesh and spirit perfecting holiness in the fear of God. 
 
 In these verses God tells us in His inspired Word 
 that under certain conditions lie will receive us as sons 
 and daughters. The conditions are that we set our- 
 selves apart; set our spiritual part away from our ma- 
 terial part, and no longer touch the unclean thing. Do 
 
Till: GOLDEB BOPES OF MEN. 339 
 
 not fail to note thai our own material or physical body, 
 mind, and nature is here referred to as an unclean 
 thing. 
 
 Then Paul telle as in the nexl verse by the use of 
 the Bebrewism "flesh": "Lei us cleanse ourselves from 
 all defilemenl or debasement of the physical body and 
 spirit and perfecl ourselves in holiness to God." 
 
 But our dust-formed man, who is our own human 
 personality or false self, this big "I, w will not believe 
 that there is such a thing in existence as a spiritual 
 man. He not only fights and hales the spiritual idea, 
 which is the Christ, but he is ready to fight anyone by 
 mental opposition, if not with a sw r ord, who teaches or 
 upholds the spiritual side of the teachings of the Bible. 
 
 This dust-formed man has no existence in reality, and 
 is simply error or false thinking in our consciousness. 
 He lights Truth or true thinking because he knows that 
 if Truth is admitted into our consciousness that he will 
 then be cast into the lake of oblivion and be remem- 
 bered no more forever and forever. 
 
 There may be people that have caught a glimpse of 
 Truth, who shrink or draw back from taking up their 
 cross and following Jesus. Truth is presented. The 
 choice is left with each individual to accept or reject. 
 God's army is composed of volunteers. He does not 
 draft any soldiers, neither does He w r ant cow r ards or 
 hypocrites in His army. 
 
 In the last verses quoted the Bible calls our physical 
 body and mind — the body and mind we acquired in the 
 garden of Kden — the Bible calls all this an unclean 
 thing; God tells us that if w r e will separate or set our- 
 
340 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 selves apart by exalting our Chrisl nature, which is the 
 image or likeness of God within us, and destroy or 
 obliterate the false belief thai we have in the truth of 
 our false image or likeness, the material part which 
 error or wrong thinking leads us to believe we acquired 
 or gained possession of in the garden of Eden, then, 
 under these conditions, He will receive us. He will 
 receive us and be a Father to us, and we are to realize 
 thai we are His sons and daughters. In the first verse 
 of the next chapter, which is a continuation of the same 
 subject, which lias been arbitrarily divided by men, 
 Paul tells us: 
 
 :! Corinthians VII. 1 Let us cleanse ourselves from 
 all fllthiness of the flesh and spirit. 
 
 The Greek word sar.v, used by Paul, and translated 
 flesh, means and includes the whole corporeal, material 
 or physical body and mind of mankind. It means and 
 refers to the material or false image which our ma- 
 terial mind beguiles or deludes us into believing that 
 we acquired in the garden of Eden in distinction from 
 the true image of God, the Son of God, the Christ which 
 is all there is in reality of any and every man, woman, 
 .and child there is in the world. 
 
 It should now be plain to all that our individual, 
 spiritual body is God's temple or sanctuary. The Bible 
 here tells us just how this temple or sanctuary is to be 
 cleansed. It tells us in substance, Let us cleanse our- 
 selves from all the fllthiness, impurity or debasement of 
 our acquired mortal mind, and live wholly in our God- 
 given, spiritual or divine Mind. The Mind "which was 
 also in Christ Jesus." 
 
Till; GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 341 
 
 This ig exactly the teachings Of Christian Science. 
 For as to tread down, overcome or subdue all sen 
 suality, which is the gratification of our five physical 
 senses, and have kingly dominion over our true self. 
 To destroy, annul or obliterate the longings and desires 
 Un- the gratification or indulgence of our opposite or 
 opposing nature which is the false ego or false self, t he 
 animal, physical, sensual part of us, the Adam or dust- 
 formed part which we imagine we acquired in the gar- 
 den of Eden, 
 
 This is God's decreed way by which His sanctuary, 
 which is our spiritual body and mind, must be cleansed 
 if we wish to be obedient to His will. This is the way 
 our Master subdued or overcome the world before us, 
 and he said we must take up our own cross and follow 
 him. It is the positive teachings of Jesus, when their 
 true import is known, that we must renounce or refuse 
 to own our material, physical, sensual or mortal body 
 and mind, which our five senses make us so firmly be- 
 lieve that we have acquired and now hold or have as a 
 physical possession. 
 
 Jesus plainly tells us that if we will not do this; 
 if we will not renounce our own physical or sensual 
 self, then we will not have any pow r er or strength to 
 be his disciple. There is no compulsion in this matter. 
 We are left to our free choice to do or not do, but 
 listen to the words of Jesus in regard to this very sub- 
 ject : 
 
 Luke XIV. 33 So likewise, whosoever he be of you 
 that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot be my 
 disciple. 
 
342 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 A correct translation states Truth plainer: 
 
 Luke XIV. 33 So in like manner all of you who do 
 not renounce all the acquirements of own self has no 
 strength (power or dominion) to be my disciple. 
 
 There are doubtless thousands of people now trying 
 to live a Christian life who do not think it necessary 
 to comply with these words of the Master. These thou- 
 sands have found it true in their individual experi- 
 ences that there is no strength given to them from above 
 to be a disciple of the Christ. God dictated "the way" 
 to Jesus for him to proclaim to the world ; every man, 
 woman and child must learn and will learn either now 
 or hereafter to be obedient to God's will by following 
 "the way" pointed out by Jesus. 
 
 Renounce means to refuse to own or acknowledge 
 as belonging to; the thought Jesus expressed is that 
 we must refuse to own or acknowledge as belonging 
 to us all the sensual or physical body, mind or nature 
 which we have been led to believe by error or wrong 
 thinking that we acquired in the garden of Eden. 
 
 Then he plainly tells us that if we will not do this, 
 that we will not have any power, strength or dominion 
 to be his disciple. 
 
 Our sensual mind, as has been shown repeatedly, is 
 the mind which is the product or culmination of our 
 five physical senses. This sensual mind is the mind that 
 governs or lias dominion over the sensualist; the man 
 who believes that the gratification of the desires and 
 longings of his five physical senses brings to him the 
 highest degree of delight or pleasure. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 343 
 
 Now, the Hebrew word eden, leti untranslated, la t ho 
 name of the garden in which the man created by God 
 is represented in the allegory as being placed. The He- 
 brew w<»rd eden is derived from the Hebrew word adan, 
 which means, to delight self, to live voluptiously, to be 
 a voluptuary or a sensualist. A voluptuary is one who 
 is wholly given up to the pleasure, delicacy or delight 
 Secured by means of the gratification of desires or long- 
 ings of one or more of his live physical senses. These 
 three words, pleasure, delicate, and delight give the true 
 meaning of what is symbolized by the garden of Eden. 
 When the true meaning of the fable or allegory is 
 know n, it will be seen that the garden of Eden is the 
 symbol of our living in the pleasure, delicacy, and de- 
 light of sensuality right here and now. Sensuality is 
 the opposite or opposer of spirituality. Sensuality is 
 that part of the nature of mankind which is concerned 
 with the five physical senses. It is further distin- 
 guished as the part which is noted for self-willed 
 obstinacy and excessive fondness for lustful indulgence 
 in the pleasures of the senses. A sensualist is one whose 
 disposition, character, and conduct is sensual. One who 
 is given to the indulgence of the animal passions, in- 
 stincts, and appetites, which are all supposed to con- 
 tribute to the pleasure, delight, or gratification of the 
 five physical senses. 
 
 As has been stated, the meaning of the term Eden 
 is pleasure, delicate, and delight. Pleasure is from 
 French plaisir, meaning, as here used, the gratification 
 of the five physical senses or the mind of the physical 
 senses, which is our sensual, intellectual or mortal mind, 
 
344 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 as has been repeatedly explained. Delicate is from 
 
 Latin delicatUS } meaning, as here used, giving pleasure 
 
 or delight; from delicere, meaning, to allure; from de } 
 away, and laC( n\ to draw gently, to charm. Hence, it 
 means to draw gently; to charm, or allure, away by 
 pleasing the live physical senses. Delight, as here used, 
 means a high degree of pleasure, satisfaction or gratifi- 
 cation of the senses or the mind of tke five physical 
 senses. 
 
 The primary meaning of Eden is to delight self. So 
 we see that all this pleasure and delight of the five 
 physical senses is hesiowed upon the enjoyment of self; 
 the false c<jo; the false image, the material, physical, 
 sensual or mortal man, mind or state of consciousness 
 which the Bible calls the sensual or natural man and 
 an unclean thing. 
 
 When God created u inan" he told "thein" "in the 
 beginning* to subdue or overcome the world. If we 
 do not make an effort to do this, we certainly are not 
 obedient to God's will. If we obey His will by obeying 
 and practicing the pure spiritual teachings found in the 
 Bible and Science and Health, we will gradually be led 
 by the Spirit of Truth into a knowledge of all Truth, 
 and the kingly dominion of God will then be found 
 within us. 
 
 To those who obey God by heeding His words as 
 found in the Bible and Science and Health, He makes 
 this promise, a promise which is open to all His chil- 
 dren : 
 
 Revelation XXI. 7 He that overcometh shall in- 
 herit all things; and 1 will be his God, and he shall be 
 my son. 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 345 
 
 1 John ill. l Behold, what manner of love the Fa- 
 ther hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called 
 the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, 
 because it knew him not. 
 
 2 Beloved, now arc we the sons of God, and it doth 
 not yel appear what we shall be: but we know that, 
 when he shall appear, we shall be like him: for we shall 
 see him as he is. 
 
 :\ And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth 
 himself, even as he is pure. 
 
 Jude I. 24 Now unto him that is able to keep you 
 from falling, and to present you faultless before the 
 presence of his glory with exceeding joy, 
 
 25 To the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and 
 majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever. 
 Amen. 
 
CHAPTEB XIV. 
 
 As to just bow thoroughly the early Christians com- 
 prehended the full meaning of all the words of 
 
 Jesus we have UO means of knowing outside of the Bible 
 itself, -lust as soon as we leave this true source of 
 information regarding the history of the Christian 
 church on down to the present time, we are brought 
 
 face to face With widely differing statements. This, 
 however, is not a matter of any special consequence, as 
 the salvation of men is in no way dependent upon what 
 any uninspired individual man or woman may think, 
 say or believe. The inspired Word of God is the book 
 of life, and we have this for our instruction. The per- 
 sonal views of men, no matter bow good these men 
 may have been, have not the force or authority of in- 
 spiration. The personal opinions of men like Polycarp, 
 Origen, Irenreus, Clement, etc., nor the decisions of 
 church councils, no matter when or where they were 
 held, are not to be regarded as having any binding force 
 upon the lives and consciousness of men. 
 
 It is the positive teaching of the Bible that every 
 man and woman in the world, in so far as their reli- 
 gious life is concerned, is to be their own priest and 
 king. That each individual in the world is to set under 
 his own vine and fig tree with none to molest or make 
 him afraid. 
 
 The Bible clearly states: 
 
 Revelation 1. 5. And from Jesus Christ, iclio is the 
 faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and 
 
 (34G) 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 347 
 
 the prince o( the kings of the earth. Unto him that 
 
 loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own Mood, 
 8 And hath made us kings and priests niiio God and 
 his Father; to him be glory and dominion forever and 
 ever. Amen. 
 
 Every man and woman in the world is horn a king 
 or a queen because they are sons and daughters of the 
 
 King of kings. The Bible here states that we are to 
 exercise kingly dominion right here on earth. We are 
 to be subject to no man, and are not compelled to be 
 obedient to the rule, dominion or authority of any one 
 but our heavenly Father: 
 
 Revelation V. 9 And they sung a new song, saying, 
 Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals 
 thereof: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to 
 God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and 
 people, and nation ; 
 
 10 And hast made us unto our God kings and priests : 
 and we shall reign on the earth. 
 
 The Greek basileuo, translated reign, means, be a 
 king. The Christians are here told that they are to be 
 their own priests and kings, and they are to be kings 
 here on the earth. 
 
 We are plainly told in the Bible that the time would 
 come when each individual in the world would be free 
 from any control or rule of others, for it is written : 
 
 Micah IV. 3 And he shall judge among many peo- 
 ple, and rebuke strong nations afar off; and they shall 
 
348 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into 
 pruning hook8: nation shall not lilt ii]) a sword against 
 nation, neither shall they learn war any more. 
 
 4 But they shall sit everv man under his vine and 
 under his fig tree; and none shall make I hem afraid: 
 for the month Of the LOBD of hosts hath spoken it. 
 
 "The mouth of the Lord hath spoken it;" Who will 
 stay His hand? Who can defeat J I is will? 
 
 The world will soon learn that the whole system of 
 what is now known as ecclesiastical authority is 
 founded on error; that it is an infringement on the God- 
 given rights of men. The notion or false belief will 
 soon be thrown aside as one of the delusions of the 
 dark ages that priests, popes, ministers, bishops, or any 
 other members of what is commonly understood as the 
 clergy, are ordained or set apart by divine authority 
 for religious service and granted authority, right or 
 privilege to rule over their fellowmen or to lay down 
 rules for their individual conduct. We are fast finding 
 out that the decrees of bishops, popes, ministers or 
 priests and the decisions, resolutions or determinations 
 of any and every church council, or of any number of 
 individuals acting under ecclesiastical authority, have 
 not the slightest authority, or even sanction, from the 
 Bible. 
 
 The Bible clearly, emphatically, and repeatedly shows 
 that it was by listening to the opinions and beliefs of 
 human personality with its self-created notions or 
 whims, commonly called beliefs or theological doctrines, 
 which proved the destruction of the early Christian 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPKS OF MEN. 849 
 
 church. We all begin to sec thai the principle of 
 human egotism or personality with Its accompanying 
 
 selfishness and self conceit when given full control la 
 the destroyer, if no1 held in check H will destroy all 
 thai contributes to the true happiness of men. The 
 Bible calls this sensual or mortal mind the son of per- 
 dition, or destruction, and so it is. 
 
 In Revelation, under the symbol of an unchaste 
 woman, John prophetically describes the condition of 
 the old professed church of Christ of today. He de- 
 scribes the condition to which it lias been brought dur- 
 ing these long centuries under the rule and dominion 
 of what is now commonly known as the ecclesiastical 
 system. The system which is founded on the false be- 
 lief that the self-constituted officials, of which this sys- 
 tem is composed, are selected or appointed by divine 
 authority; that they are thus empowered to not only 
 do the thinking for the flock, but are also in many in- 
 stances supposed to be authorized to enforce upon the 
 people decrees, opinions, beliefs or creeds which were 
 wholly conceived in their own egotistical and self-con- 
 ceited, sensual or mortal minds. 
 
 Prophecy states in regard to the future of the pro- 
 fessed church of Christ: 
 
 Revelation XVII. 1 And there came one of the seven 
 angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, 
 saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee 
 the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many 
 waters : 
 
 2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed 
 fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been 
 made drunk with the w T ine of her fornication. 
 
350 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The old professed Christian church under its present 
 System of ecclesiastical management and teachings is 
 
 here presented under the symbol of a harlot. In the 
 
 first verse it is written: "</<>me hither, I will show you 
 
 the judgment of that groat harlot who sits on many 
 
 waters/' The old professed church of Christ is the 
 
 harlot. In the symbol language of Revelation, water or 
 waters is the symbol of thought. The true meaning is 
 thai the teaching of the Bible would be adulterated by 
 mixing in thoughts which originated not in divine Mind, 
 
 but iu the sensual, carnal or mortal minds of men. John 
 also saw and prophetically describes the time when this 
 materialized condition of tlioi/tjJit would no longer pre- 
 vail "and there was no more sea." Bead Revelation 21, 
 and remember that "sea" and water is the emblem of 
 thought. 
 
 The term fornication is largely used in the Bible as 
 the symbol of idolatry or idol worship. Adultery is not 
 here used in the common meaning of the word, but in 
 the sense that the church has committed adultery by 
 adulterating the pure spiritual teachings of God's re- 
 vealed Word by mixing in material teachings which orig- 
 inated wholly in the sensual or mortal minds of men. 
 These erroneous teachings of the church are here termed 
 the wine of her fornication; with this wine of false 
 teachings the kings and queens of the earth, who are 
 the men and women who inhabit the earth, become in- 
 toxicated and were led away from Truth. In other 
 words, the professed church of Christ in all the world 
 became an apostate church : Its adherents left the faith 
 which was once delivered to the saints, and substituted 
 
Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 351 
 
 therefore the teachings of sensual minded men nrho 
 knew little or nothing about true Christianity: 
 
 Revelation XVII. S So he carried me away in the 
 spirit into the wilderneS8: and 1 saw a woman sit upon 
 a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, 
 haying seven heads and ten horns. 
 
 The beast here mentioned is the symbol of error or 
 false thinking, and the apostate church is represented 
 as being upheld and sustained by erroneous teachings. 
 
 Revelation XVII. 4 And the woman was arrayed in 
 purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and 
 precious stones and {>earls, having a golden cup in her 
 hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornica- 
 tion. 
 
 The term abominations, as here used, means, idolatry, 
 or idol worship. The unclean things here mentioned 
 refer to the human or physical body and mind. 
 
 The early Christians considered the physical body of 
 human beings as nothing but a false image of man in 
 distinction from the true image of God which they un- 
 derstood to be the only man of God's creating. Hence, 
 all through the Bible men are warned against the wor- 
 ship of images or idol worship. In most of these in- 
 stances reference is made not to images of wood and 
 stone, but to our belief in the reality of our human 
 body. This image or idol is the one referred to by John : 
 
 1 John V. 21 Little children, keep yourselves from 
 idols. 
 
352 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Everybody well knows that if any man should stand 
 up in any church belonging to any one of the numerous 
 branches of the old professed church of Christ and 
 preach this teaching today, his audience would doubt- 
 less consider him of unsound mind. We also know 
 that the officials Of thai church would see to it that this 
 crazy man was not given another chance to disgrace 
 Christianity by preaching any more of his absurd teach- 
 ings in their church. 
 
 Revelation XVII. 5 And upon her forehead was a 
 name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, 
 THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINTIONS 
 OF THE EARTH. 
 
 G And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of 
 the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus : 
 and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration. 
 
 The mother of the harlots is here mentioned. The 
 number of harlots is not given, but every professed 
 church of Christ which today bases its teachings on the 
 second or material account of creation as being the true 
 creation is one of these harlots. 
 
 John prophetically states that he saw the woman (the 
 apostate church) drunk with the blood of the witnesses 
 or martyrs of Jesus. The world well knows that this 
 martyrdom all took place just as it is prophetically 
 stated in the Bible. It knows that the early Christian 
 church was destroyed by sensual minded men within 
 the professed church of Christ who caused the blood of 
 hundreds of thousands of innocent people to soak into 
 the ground because they did not believe as "I" believe, 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 353 
 
 or think as "I M think. Wnvs and methodfl have changed, 
 but this same bea8t, this same spirit of error or evil 
 
 is present in tin 4 world today. Every true Christian 
 
 man and woman who has lived in the world since JeSUS 
 
 was crucified has felt its persecuting influence. Know- 
 ing that it would be present in the world as long as 
 the egotism of human personality lasted, Jesus told his 
 early disciples, as well as all the disciples he ever 
 would have : 
 
 John XVI. 2 They shall put you out of the syna- 
 gogue: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth 
 you will think that he doeth God service. 
 
 3 And these things will they do unto you, because 
 they have not known the Father, nor me. 
 
 It is only those who are members of a church who 
 kill people w T hom they count to be heretics, and think 
 that by so doing they are doing homage or service to 
 God. 
 
 When Jesus made his prophecy which is recorded in 
 Matthew, Mark, and Luke, he recited events which re- 
 quired eighteen hundred years in their fulfillment. But 
 popular theology would crowd the fulfillment of these 
 great events within a few years, and have these proph- 
 ecies about all completed or fulfilled with the destruc- 
 tion of the material city of Jerusalem. 
 
 Looking down the centuries and holding his present 
 and future disciples in view, Jesus said : 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 9 Then shall they deliver you up 
 to be afflicted, and shall kill you : and ye shall be hated 
 of all nations for my name's sake. 
 23 
 
354 THE GOLDEN HOPES OP MEN. 
 
 10 Then shall man; be offended, and shall betray one 
 another, and shall liait 1 one another. 
 
 Jesus is here speaking of his professed followers, and 
 
 not of the world in general. 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 11 And many false prophets shall 
 rise, and shall deceive many. 
 
 \'2 And because iniquity shall abound, the love of 
 many shall wax cold. 
 
 Jesus is here speaking of his future disciples, as they 
 are the ones the raise prophets would deceive. It was 
 only the church which ai one time had a warm love for 
 Christ thai could wax or grow cold toward him. 
 
 The New Te>l anient warns us in many places that 
 evil-minded men would creep into the church of Christ, 
 and the true followers of Jesus are called on to "ear- 
 nestly contend for the faith which was once delivered 
 to the saints." 
 
 Jude I. 3 Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write 
 unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for 
 me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should 
 earnestly contend for the faith which was once deliv- 
 ered unto the saints. 
 
 1 For there are certain men crept in unawares, who 
 were before of old ordained to this condemnation, un- 
 godly men, turning the grace of our God into laseivious- 
 uess, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord 
 Jesus Christ. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN, 355 
 
 The Authorised Version of the Bible contains bo man; 
 
 obsolete and unlanii liar words ilia! il is difficult t<> 
 
 catch the true import of some passages in the Bible 
 
 The word laseiviousness as here used means, the quality 
 
 of being inclined to sensual pleasures or the gratifica- 
 tion of the physical senses. 
 
 The early Christians well knew from the words of 
 • Jesus and other prophecy that the ehnreh of Christ 
 
 would become an apostate church. Attention is called 
 to a Tew quotations, and a correct translation is also 
 given of a Tew verses : 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 1 Bui we entreat you, brethren, 
 by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our 
 gathering together unto him. 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 1 But we entreat you, brethren, 
 regarding the presence of the Lord Jesus Christ and 
 our assimilating to him. 
 
 The Greek parousia, translated coming, means, pres- 
 ence. The coming or presence of the Christ to us indi- 
 vidually is when we comprehend and realize that the 
 Christ is the son of God within ourselves. Our mental 
 view of this matter is then changed ; we no longer look 
 or expect to see Christ come in the old material way 
 of thinking which has been preached in churches for 
 centuries. We then begin to realize Christ's presence 
 in our own nature and character, and we begin to as- 
 similate to him. The Christ idea is the image and like- 
 ness of God within us, and this likeness is an idea re- 
 flected from divine Mind ; the mind of God. 
 
356 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Whenever we lay down our opposition to Truth; the 
 opposition which originates entirely within our own 
 sensual, intellectual or mortal mind; then the scales 
 of material belief begin to fall from our eyes; our spir- 
 itual eyes begin to open, and we begin to rise from being 
 dead in material beliefs. This change, this resurrection, 
 this recovery of spiritual truth, raises us to newness 
 of life; old things or thoughts pass away, and all things 
 op thoughts become new: 
 
 Romans XII. 2 And be not conformed to this world : 
 but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, 
 that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, 
 and perfect, will of God. 
 
 Whenever we make a change of minds, as Jesus told 
 us to do in the first sermon he ever preached, and we 
 lay down our sensual or mortal mind opposition, we 
 make a change of sides: We are converted: That is, 
 we are turned or changed around. Convert is from con, 
 meaning, together, and vertere, meaning, to turn. This 
 change is entirely mental ; we are turned, restored or 
 brought into another and better state or condition of 
 mind or consciousness. 
 
 The word assimilate means, the action of becoming 
 like, the state of being like, or the likeness. Whenever 
 we are conscious of the presence of Christ within us, 
 we begin to assimilate to him, just as Paul said; that 
 is, we begin to become like him or his likeness. 
 
 In the Oxford Dictionary, Vol. 1, under the words 
 assimilate, assemble, and assembly, further informa- 
 tion may be found as to how the error was made by 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 357 
 
 the translators of the King James Version In thinking 
 that the word correctly translated assimilation meant, 
 "gathering together." 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 12 That ye be not soon shaken in 
 
 mind, or 1x3 troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, 
 nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at 
 hand. 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 2 In order that you be not 
 quickly disturbed from out of the human mind, nor be 
 alarmed neither by human spirit nor by a discourse, nor 
 by a letter as from us as though the day of the Lord 
 was present. 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 3 Let no man deceive you by any 
 means: for that day shall not come, except there come 
 a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, 
 the son of perdition. 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 3 Let no one mislead you by 
 any fable (or allegory) because the apostacy must first 
 come, and there must be unveiled that man of sin, that 
 son of destruction. 
 
 The early Christians well knew that the visible church 
 or congregation of Christ w x ould become an apostate 
 church at some time just as we can know it now if we 
 choose to read the warnings given in the Bible. They 
 did not, however, know the exact time when the "fall- 
 ing aw r ay" or apostacy w r ould take place. 
 
358 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 It is to be hoped thai no reader will be so limited 
 
 in vision as to suppose thai God ever spoke through 
 
 Paul or any oilier inspired individual simply to a hand- 
 ful of people, or thai His words are thus limited to any 
 
 place or time, lor God speaks through His mouthpieces 
 to the entire world. 
 
 The Greek apostaria, above translated, falling away, 
 means, apostasy or delect ion from Truth. 
 
 Paul here stales. Let no one mislead you by any 
 Table or allegory, To mislead, deceive, delude, entice, 
 and seduce in their Bible sense all have the same mean- 
 ing. They all refer to the mental condition of being 
 led astray from Truth. These words all refer to our 
 being led, enticed, beguiled or seduced by being influ- 
 enced to leave the path of truth and uprightness by our 
 own material mind, or by listening to the teachings of 
 others who are guided by their carnal, sensual or mor- 
 tal mind. 
 
 Paul cautions people to not be deceived or misled 
 by the substitution of any fable, allegory or similitude 
 for the truth. 
 
 It has been clearly shown that Daniel, Jesus and 
 John positively stated that the saints, the early Chris- 
 tians, would be overcome and scattered. When this 
 time of apostasy come, the true account of creation 
 found in the first chapter of the Bible was discarded, 
 and the fable, allegory or similitude of Adam's trans- 
 gression was substituted in place thereof in defiance of 
 Paul's warning. This falling away or apostacy we now 
 know come to its full between A.D. 156 and A.D. (>06. 
 Since thai time the fable, allegory or similitude of 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 359 
 
 Adam's transgression has been preached as the true 
 account of creation in every professed Christian church 
 in the world except Christian Science churches. 
 
 The Bible tells us whv this change Was made: 
 
 2 Timothy IV. II charge thee therefore before God, 
 and the Lnid Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick 
 and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom; 
 
 '2 Preach the word; be instant in season, out of sea- 
 son; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and 
 doctrine. 
 
 3 For the time will come when they will not endure 
 sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they 
 heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; 
 
 4 And they shall turn away their ears from the truth, 
 and shall be turned unto fables. 
 
 Warning after warning is contained in the Bible for 
 Christians to beware of false or lying teachers w T hich 
 were to appear within the church itself. You will 
 plainly see from the Bible evidence presented that it 
 was the personality of self, the big "I," built up on the 
 supposed strength of the material or intellectual minds 
 of mankind which destroyed the efficacy and value to 
 the world of the true Christian religion. 
 
 It is the physical or sensual man who is under the 
 dominion of his own sensual, intellectual or mortal 
 mind wdio is "that man of sin." He is a son of perdi- 
 tion or destruction and he destroyed the early Chris- 
 tian church. He has also destroyed the peace and com- 
 fort of the inhabitants of the earth from ancient times. 
 
360 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 In the next verse this "man of sin" is described, and 
 we are told where he is io lie found. It may be a sur- 
 prise !o some eminent leaders of the professed ehureh 
 Of Christ to learn that this man of sin is their own 
 animal, physical, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind. 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. I Who opposeth and exalteth 
 himself above all that is called <lod, or that is wor- 
 shipped : so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, 
 shewing himself that he is God. 
 
 5 Remember ye not, that, when 1 was yet with you, I 
 told yon these things? 
 
 2 Thessalonians II. 4 He who opposes and lifts him- 
 self up above all that is called a god or an object of 
 worship so that he has seated himself in the temple (or 
 sanctuary) of God holding forth that he is a god. 
 
 Paul here contrasts our divine, or Christ nature or 
 mind, with our sensual nature or mind, and this sen- 
 sual mind he describes as the opposer who is seated in 
 God's temple or sanctuary holding forth that he is a 
 god. 
 
 The Greek antikeimai, translated opposeth, means, to 
 sel or lie opposite or adverse to. Adverse means, acting 
 against <>r in opposition to; opposing; contrary, an- 
 tagonistic ; actively hostile. 
 
 Now , everybody knows that the enemy of man or the 
 devil is called the adversary. This name or title is 
 from (nlrrr.se and ury. Ary is from Latin ar'nis, which 
 means, a man belonging to or engaged in. Hence, we 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 361 
 
 sco thai the adversary or the devil part of as, which 
 
 is our own sensual or mortal mind, is the man of Bin 
 
 who is seated in God's temple. Ary is used as a suffix 
 of an adective as, apothecary, which is from apothec, 
 meaning, a shop for drugs; and ary } meaning, a man 
 engaged in. Hence, an apothecary is a man engaged 
 
 in a dmg shop. In like manner adversary is a man 
 engaged in acting adverse or in opposition to our divine 
 or rhrist man or nature. This devil man or adversary 
 is the anti-Christ mentioned by John. The term anti- 
 Christ means one who is adverse, against, opposite or 
 opposed to Christ. John tells us that this anti-Christ, 
 which is our own sensual or mortal mind, is a deceiver, 
 and the Greek word translated deceiver means, mis- 
 leader or impostor. 
 
 2 John I. 7 For many deceivers are entered into the 
 world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the 
 flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist. 
 
 This man of sin; this opposite of Christ, is the one 
 man by, or through whom, sin and death entered into 
 the world: 
 
 Romans V. 12 Wherefore, as by one man sin entered 
 into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed 
 upon all men, for that all have sinned : 
 
 13 (For until the law sin was in the world: but sin 
 is not imputed when there is no law. 
 
 11 Nevertheless death reigned from Adam to Moses, 
 even over them that had not sinned after the similitude 
 of Adam's transgression, who is the figure of him that 
 was to come. 
 
362 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 We are here given to understand thai sin and death 
 originated in the garden of Eden, Thai in Eden the 
 
 man of sin, lliis opposer and opponent of the Christ, 
 
 lirsi come into the world. We are told in regard to the 
 
 similitude of Adam's transgression: 
 
 Genesis II. 15 And the LORD God took the man, and 
 put him into the garden of Eden to dress it and to 
 keep it. 
 
 It; And the LORD God commanded the man, saving, 
 Of every tree of the garden thou mayesl freely eat: 
 
 17 1 in t of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, 
 thon shall not eat of it: for in the dav that thou eatest 
 t hereof i lion shall surely die. 
 
 18 And the Lord God said. It is not good that the 
 man should be alone: I will make him an help meet for 
 him. 
 
 In the last verse we read, "It is not good that the 
 man should be alone." Alone means, by oneself; with- 
 out the presence or aid of another. Then we read, "I 
 will make an help meet for him." The term "man" is 
 here used in its generic sense and includes all of God's 
 family, as has been explained. The "man" God created 
 in the beginning was perfect, complete, entires wanting 
 nothing; hut now he is to have a help meet made for 
 him. The Hebrew ( :< r, translated help is from OZOT, 
 meaning, to surround, protect, or aid. The Hebrew 
 word neged, translated meet, means, opposite part, op- 
 
 posing part, or counterpart Counter is from Latin 
 contraj meaning, against, adverse, opposing, antago- 
 nistic. 
 
Tin; GOLDBN BOPES OF MEN. 363 
 
 The "man," family or race God created in the begin 
 Ding is the Christ Then in the garden of Eden we 
 are told regarding this man family or race. 1 will make 
 him an opposing pari for to help or aid him. This op 
 posing pan, or opposer, La the man of sin, who today 
 is seated in onr own human brain, which is the only ad- 
 versary Or devil there is in existence. 
 
 The Bible leaches that our own intellectual mind is 
 all the devil or evil influence there is in the world. It 
 teaches that our spiritual body, not our material body, 
 is the temple or sanctuary in which God dwells. Jesus 
 referred to this fact when he told his enemies, "The 
 kingly dominion of God is within you." 
 
 We cleanse God's temple or sanctuary by annulling 
 or obliterating all reliance upon the wisdom of this 
 man of sin, who is seated in our own sensual or mortal 
 mind, and depend upon the wisdom which, is poured 
 into us from divine Mind. 
 
 But the various branches of the old professed church 
 of Christ think they know a much better way to cleanse 
 the temple or sanctuary than the way the Bible teaches, 
 and they have labored long with their "plan of salva- 
 tion/' as they call it, to convert this intellectual god, 
 devil or demon, and then put him in active command 
 of the church. 
 
 This is exactly what the Bible tells us would be done, 
 and today the theology of thousands of professed Chris- 
 tians is simply demonology. They are now giving heed 
 to the doctrines or teachings of devils or demons, just 
 as the Bible said they would. 
 
364 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 1 Timothy IV. 1 Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, 
 thai in the latter times some shall depart from the 
 faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of 
 devils ; 
 
 2 Speaking lies in hpyocrisy; having their conscience 
 seared with a hot iron : 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 1 Timothy IV. 1 But the Spirit unreservedly says 
 that in later times some shall become apostates from 
 the faith, giving attention to misleading spirits and 
 doctrines of demons by means of lying speakers whose 
 own conscious has been seared. 
 
 Thousands and thousands of priests and ministers 
 have stood up in pulpits and told lies about God simply 
 because they did not know any better. They read and 
 understood the Bible in a material or intellectual way, 
 which is exactly opposite to spiritual understanding. In 
 consequence of this they stood in the pulpit and 
 preached, and are now preaching, many teachings which 
 are id opposition, or the opposite, of Truth. The op- 
 posite of Truth is a lie, no matter how many centuries it 
 has been held to be true, nor how many millions of 
 priests or preachers may have preached it as the truth. 
 
 The Bible, when its true meaning is known, plainly 
 states over and over that sensual minded men who knew 
 nothing about Christianity would gain admittance to 
 and destroy or overcome the early church, as has been 
 clearly shown. 
 
THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 365 
 
 Jude refers to those warnings In these words: 
 
 Jude I. 17 r>ut, beloved, remember ye the words 
 which were Bpoken before of tlu k apostles of our Lord 
 Jesus Christ : 
 
 IS How that they told you there should be mockers 
 
 in the last time, who should walk after (heir own un- 
 godly lusts. 
 
 1!) These be they who separate themselves, sensual, 
 having not the Spirit. 
 
 Jude here tells us of professed Christians who had 
 "crept in unawares" who would in the "last time" be 
 sensual minded and not spiritual minded. 
 
 The Greek word empaiktes, translated mockers in the 
 eighteenth verse, means, false teachers. The plain 
 meaning of the words of Jude is that the professed 
 church of Christ is warned against false teachers within 
 the church. Teachers, priests or ministers wiio made 
 a mockery of the faith by teaching it from a sensual 
 or intellectual understanding of the Scriptures, which 
 is exactly opposite to the true or spiritual understand- 
 ing. 
 
 Paul is one of the apostles referred to by Jude. Lis- 
 ten to his words of prophetic warning, and remember 
 that by "departing" Paul referred to his physical death : 
 
 Acts XX. 29 For I know 7 this, that after my depart- 
 ing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not spar- 
 ing the flock. 
 
 30 Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking 
 perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. 
 
366 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN, 
 
 31 Therefore watch, and remember, thai by the space 
 of three years I ceased not to warn every one night 
 and day with tears. 
 
 82 And now, brethren, I commend yon to God, and 
 to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, 
 and to give yon an inheritance among all them which 
 are sanctified. 
 
 Peter also prophetically warns the church of Christ 
 against false teachers and False teachings, and is an- 
 other of the apostles referred to by Jude. A correct 
 translation of a few warning words from Peter is here 
 
 presented : 
 
 2 Peter I T. 1-4 But just as there were false prophets 
 among the people, so also there will be false teachers 
 among you, who will, without authority, introduce a 
 destructive school of thought, even contradicting the 
 sovereign Lord who redeemed them, bringing on them- 
 selves swift destruction. And many will follow their 
 debased practices, and on their account the way of 
 Truth will be contemptously spoken of and with greed 
 for wealth they will make gain of you with deceitful 
 words. 
 
 In the next chapter Teter warns the church again: 
 2 Peter I 1 1. 1-5 This second letter, beloved, I write 
 to you in which by a remembrance I stir up your true 
 mind to remember to be attentive t<> the prophetic words 
 spoken by the holy prophets and of the commandments 
 of our Lord and Redeemer by means of the apostles: 
 Clearly understand this first that in the last days false 
 

 
 THE (SOLDEX HOPKS OF MEN. 367 
 
 teachers will come teaching falsely; walking in accord- 
 ance with their own longings for thai which is for- 
 bidden, and saying, Where is his promised presence, 
 for since the fathers fell asleep all things continue in 
 the same way since the beginning of creation. 
 
 The Bible prophetically states over and over that 
 
 the professed ehnrcli of Chrisl would become apostate; 
 but the materially minded members of the greal eccles- 
 iastical system which has fastened itself like an inculms 
 upon this apostate church will continue to flghl Truth 
 until it is destroyed by Truth, just as it is foretold in 
 the Bible. 
 
 Evidence that cannot be shaken has been presented 
 which proves conclusively that the early Christians 
 were overcome, scattered, and destroyed, and that this 
 was done by men who were dominated by their own sen- 
 sual or mortal mind. These men who were under the 
 influence of arrogance, egotism, and animal ferocity, 
 built up within the professed church of Christ an 
 ecclesiastical system, without any authority Avhatever 
 from the Bible, which has for centuries enabled these 
 self-constituted false teachers to reap a rich harvest 
 in money, place, and power at the expense of the masses 
 of the people who have been deluded into believing that 
 these men were consecrated, ordained or called by God 
 to be spiritual shepherds of the flock. 
 
 Jesus warned his followers of these false or lying 
 teachers in these words : 
 
 Matthew VII. 15 Beware of false prophets, which 
 come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are 
 ravening wolves. 
 
368 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 
 
 16 Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men 
 gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? 
 
 The Israelites maintained a school or college called 
 the School of Prophets, in which young men wore edu- 
 cated and supposed to he qualified to become teachers 
 of religion among the i>eoi>le. These students were 
 called sons of the prophets, and they correspond to the 
 graduates Of the theological colleges which are now 
 maintained or sanctioned by the different branches of 
 the apostate church of Christ, and whose graduates 
 assume as ministers or priests to be the Lord's anointed. 
 
 Every professed teacher, priest or minister in the 
 world is falsely wearing sheep's clothing who is not 
 anointed by the Holy Spirit; who is not taught and 
 guided by the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth, and he 
 is one of the false prophets who Jesus describes as 
 ravening or rapacious wolves. Jesus said that we 
 should know these wolves by their fruits, and the fruits 
 of the teachings of these false priests and ministers 
 which largely compose the ecclesiastical system of the 
 professed church of Christ is that today nearly all of 
 the so-called Christian nations of Europe are engaged 
 in one of the most murderous and appalling wars known 
 in all the world's history. Is this the fruit of the true 
 teachings of the Prince of Peace? Is the so-called 
 Christianized world today gathering grapes or is it 
 gathering thistles? 
 
 We can all plainly see that the power and real value 
 of the professed church of Christ was lost by mixing in 
 material beliefs now held to be true by popular theology. 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN. 869 
 
 The result of this mixing was that the professed church 
 of Chrisl lost its spiritual power between A.l>. L56 and 
 A.I>. 606. Prom thai time to the presenl hour no 
 church or denomination which teaches any mixture of 
 spiritual and material doctrines or bases its theology 
 
 On the second account of creation lias ever been able 
 to prove to the world that they were true followers Of 
 
 dosus by the test he prescribed. 
 
 A thousand years after the church became apostate, 
 the Reformation commenced by Martin Luther in A.l>. 
 1529 was supposed by SOme people t<> have cleansed 
 
 the teachings of certain branches of the professed 
 
 church of Christ, and to have restored thein to their 
 original purity. 
 
 God told Daniel about this Reformation and what 
 the result of it would be more than two thousand years 
 before Martin Luther was born. This is what was told 
 Daniel regarding the matter: 
 
 Daniel XL 31 And arms shall stand on his part, 
 and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and 
 shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place 
 the abomination that maketh desolate. 
 
 32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant 
 shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do 
 know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 
 
 33 And they that understand among the people shall 
 instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and 
 by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 
 
 34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen 
 with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with 
 flatteries. 
 
 24 
 
370 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 36 Ami some of them of understanding shall fall, to 
 try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even 
 to the time of the end: because it is yei for a time 
 appointed. 
 
 God here tells Daniel thai at the time of the apos- 
 tacy op falling away, "Arms shall stand on his part and 
 they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength." 
 
 The word arms refers to physical force. When men 
 who were governed by their own sensual minds became 
 dominant in the professed church of Christ, they pol- 
 luted the sanctuary of strength, and took away or re- 
 fused to listen to the true teachings of -Tesus in regard 
 to the daily sacrifice of their awn self, and set up the 
 abomination of the idol worship of this false self which 
 is their own sensual or mortal mind. 
 
 In the thirty-fourth verse we are told in regard to 
 the Reformation: Now, when they shall fall (that is, 
 the Christian church), they shall be holpen (aided) 
 with a little help (or aid) ; but many shall cleave (unite) 
 to them with flatteries (deceptive blandishments). This 
 was to continue to the end. The end here referred to 
 is the end appointed or decreed by God, at which time 
 or age, His sanctuary was to be cleansed of the pollu- 
 tion of material teachings which defiled the sanctuary 
 of strength. 
 
 And now, after nearly four hundred years of dis- 
 puting and wrangling, the professed church of Christ 
 is divided into the Babylon of more than a hundred 
 sects or denominations. While each sect claims to teach 
 and practice the true principles taught by Jesus, it is 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 371 
 
 a simple fact known !o all men thai up to forty .wars 
 ago there was not a sect or denomination on the face of 
 the earth which could demonstrate or show to the world 
 
 that it was the true church of Chrisl by being able to 
 
 comply with this test laid down by the founder of the 
 
 Christian religion : 
 
 If atthew XIV. 12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He 
 that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do 
 also. 
 
 But why does Christian Science lay so much stress on 
 substituting these vague, spiritual views of God, man, 
 and the universe in place of the material views which 
 are held to be correct by thousands of our most eminent 
 men of the church? This question is simply a question 
 as to who is the best authority; these thousands of 
 eminent men or the God who made them? The God 
 who made these eminent men dictated to Jesus of 
 Nazareth the true way of life. Jesus proclaimed it to 
 the world. He lived the life he was talking about, and 
 demonstrated the results he said would follow for all 
 time to come to those who comprehended, accepted, and 
 practiced the teaching which he proclaimed. The early 
 Christians accepted, lived, and demonstrated the spir- 
 itual views of life which Jesus taught, and it brought 
 to them the results Jesus said it would bring. This 
 religion included the power or ability to heal every form 
 of physical ailment. In fact, the first disciple who lost 
 his life as a martyr to the Christian religion was 
 Stephen. He was stoned to death six years after the 
 
372 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 crucifixion because he adhered to and practiced what 
 
 Jesus taughl and commanded his followers to do: 
 
 Acts XI. 8 And Stephen, lull of faith and power, 
 did greal wonders and miracles among the people. 
 
 As a result of his performing great wonders and 
 miracles among the people, he was arrested and taken 
 before the church council, presided over by the high 
 priest —the most eminent official of the church of God's 
 chosen people. Stephen made an able defense, and this 
 is how the trial before these eminent officials ended: 
 
 Acts VII. 57 Then they (these eminent church offi- 
 cials) cried out with a loud voice and stopped their 
 ears and ran upon him with one accord and cast him 
 out of the city and stoned him. 
 
 It is a strange fact that from that day to the present 
 hour ninny of the highest ecclesiastical officials of de- 
 nominations which profess to be the true church of 
 God have at all times violently opposed any demonstra- 
 tion of God's power in healing the physical ailments of 
 mankind. 
 
 During the past fifty years many eminent church 
 officials have stopped their ears and threw stones, and 
 the stronger the evidence that the healing is done by 
 the power of God the more violent they seem to become. 
 A few of these eminent ecclesiastical officials are now 
 too sly to come out in the open and throw stones, but 
 resort to underground systems for getting laws enacted 
 which are intended to prohibit true followers of Jesus 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 373 
 
 from lessening human suffering by healing in the way 
 he commanded all his followers to do so long as there 
 was anything to heal. 
 
 The scribes and Pharisees of olden limes miscon- 
 strued the teachings of God's revealed Word from the 
 fact thai they read and construed these teachings in 
 accordance With their own material, sensual or mortal 
 mind which Jesus told them was a liar and a murderer 
 from the beginning. 
 
 The leaders of the ecclesiastical system of the old 
 professed church of Christ of today are the duplicate 
 of the scribes and Pharisees of old and are guilty, in 
 the sight of God, of the same sins of commission and 
 omission because they resist and oppose Truth. If 
 those who have come to some knowledge of Truth by 
 reason of having received some degree of illumination 
 from divine Mind; Truth; God; If those w r ho have been 
 blessed by the reception of the Comforter; the Spirit 
 of Truth ; if these people attempt to tell or show these 
 ecclesiastical Pharisees the truth as it is in Jesus, they 
 refuse today, as of old, to even consider the true import 
 of God's revealed Word, because, from their material 
 minded point of view, it is all nonsense and an ab- 
 surdity. 
 
 In the concluding verses of the chapter relating to 
 the harlot or apostate church we read in regard to the 
 material, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind; the mind 
 which destroyed the early Christian church : 
 
 Revelation XVII. 13 These have one mind, and shall 
 give their power and strength unto the beast. 
 
374 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The Greek gnome, translated mind, means, cognition, 
 the faculty of knowing or having consciousness. This 
 faculty which is their power and strength they give to 
 the beast; and remember the beast is the symbol of 
 error or wrong thinking. Then we are told: 
 
 Revelation XVII. 14 These shall make war witli 
 the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he 
 is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are 
 
 witli him arc called, and chosen, and faithful. 
 
 The people who have given their power and strength 
 to the beast, and are dominated or under the dominion 
 of error or wrong thinking are right now making war 
 with the Lamb, which is the emblem of the Christ; but 
 this time the Lamb or the Christ shall overcome those 
 who are governed by error and will conquer them for 
 the time has now come which is predicted by Daniel 
 in the last two verses here quoted: 
 
 Daniel VII. 23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall 
 be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be di- 
 verse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole 
 earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. 
 
 24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten 
 kings Unit shall arise: and another shall rise after 
 them ; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he 
 shall subdue three kings. 
 
 26 And lie shall speak great words against the most 
 High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, 
 and think to change times and laws: and they shall be 
 given into his hand until a time and times and the 
 dividing of time. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 375 
 
 26 Bui the judgment shall Bit, and they shall take 
 away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto 
 the end, 
 
 '27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness 
 of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given 
 to the people of the saints of the most High, whose king- 
 dom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall 
 servo and obey him. 
 
 The b^ast mentioned by Daniel is the same beast men- 
 tioned by John. The Lamb, or the Christ, is a Lord of 
 lords and a King of kings. Not Lord or King in the 
 emphatic sense of the Supreme Being, according to the 
 (ireek, but in the sense that the Lamb is preeminent 
 among lords and kings, being the head or leader of the 
 chosen and faithful. 
 
 Revelation XVII. 15 And he saith unto me, The 
 waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are 
 peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues. 
 
 10 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the 
 beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her 
 desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn 
 her with fire. 
 
 Water, or waters, is the emblem of thought. Our 
 thoughts are either good or evil. All good thoughts 
 come to us from divine Mind. All evil or wrong 
 thoughts originate within our own material, sensual 
 or mortal mind. John tells us that these waters or 
 thoughts which sustain or uphold the harlot or apostate 
 church are found in peoples, multitudes, nations, and 
 
376 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 tongues or languages; this includes all the people ou 
 
 the whole earth. 
 
 Jesus predicted thifl same thing- some sixty years 
 before John WTOte Revelation — when he said: 
 
 Luke XXI. 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at 
 any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, 
 
 and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and xo that day 
 
 come upon you unawares. 
 
 35 Tor as a snare shall it come on all men that 
 dwell on the face of the whole earth. 
 
 A snare, in Bible meaning, is a mental delusion. 
 Jesus said that a mental delusion shall come on all them 
 that dwell on the face of the whole earth. This same 
 mental delusion is mentioned by Paul, and he tells us 
 that the reason of it all is "because they received not 
 the love of the Truth, that they might be saved." In 
 other words, Truth was rejected and error upheld, and 
 that was why the church became an apostate church. 
 
 2 Tluxsaloiiiiuis II. 7 For the mystery of iniquity 
 doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, 
 until he be taken out of the way. 
 
 8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the 
 Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and 
 shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: 
 
 Even him, whose coming is after the working of 
 Satan with all power and si^ns and lying wonders, 
 
 10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in 
 them that perish; because they received not the love of 
 the truth that they might be saved. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 377 
 
 11 And for this cause God shall send them Btrong 
 delusion, iliai they should believe a lie: 
 
 12 That they all might be damned who believed not 
 
 Qke tru th, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. 
 
 L3 Bill we are bound to give thanks alway to (iod 
 for von, brethren beloved oi' the Lord, because (lod hath 
 from the beginning chosen you to salvation through 
 sanctitication of the Spirit and belief of the truth: 
 
 Their are a greal number of facts stated in the Bible 
 which prove beyond question that the church of Christ 
 would become an apostate church in A.D. 606, and so 
 continue for twelve hundred and sixty years, or until 
 A.D. 1866. A few of these facts have been presented 
 in this book as briefly as possible: 
 
 Revelation XVII. 17 For God hath put in their 
 hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their 
 kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall 
 
 be fulfilled. 
 
 IS And the woman which thou sawest is that great 
 city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth. 
 
 This verse as above translated fails to bring out the 
 full meaning of the Greek. A literal translation is 
 here given : 
 
 For God gave into the hearts (minds) of them to do 
 the desire (end, aim, or purpose) of self, and to give 
 the kingly dominion (or kingdom) of themselves to the 
 beast till the words of God shall be finished (completed 
 or ended). 
 
378 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 The thought expressed is not that God put it in the 
 hearts or minds of men to give their kingly dominion 
 to the beast, error or wrong thinking, for that would 
 
 make God responsible for all the evil dvvils committed 
 by men during these twelve hundred and sixty years, 
 
 during which time Truth was lost to the world. 
 
 The true thought expressed in this verse is that God 
 gave the world up during i hat time to what Paul calls 
 a reprobate mind, which is the mind of self, the false 
 ego, the material, carnal, sensual or mortal mind of 
 mankind which has been repeatedly outlined. 
 
 We are told that God would permit the world to be 
 dominated by this mortal mind, the beast, error or 
 wrong thinking until the words or prophecies of God 
 are fulfilled, completed, ended, or finished. 
 
 The Greek word teleo, used by John in the above 
 verse, and translated fulfilled, is the same Greek word 
 which is translated finished in the following quotation, 
 where John states kk the mystery of God should be fin- 
 ished" : 
 
 Revelation X. 7 But in the days of the voice of the 
 seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mys- 
 tery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to 
 his servants the prophets. 
 
 8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake 
 unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book 
 which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth 
 upon the sea and upon the earth. 
 
 It has been clearly shown by the words of Daniel, 
 Je0U8, and John that the mystery of God was finished 
 in A.l). 1866. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 379 
 
 Hundreds of other facts are round In the Bible which 
 prove conclusively that the mystery or words of God 
 arc to be round Fulfilled, finished, completed, and ended 
 in the "little book/' Science and Healtb with Key to the 
 Scriptures, by Mary Baker Eddy. 
 
 Revelation XVII, is And the woman (the apostate 
 
 church) which thou sawest is that great city (Babylon) 
 that lias kingly dominion over the kings of the earth." 
 
 If any reader is disposed to throw this book across 
 the room and curse the author, he is kindly reminded 
 that a more logical way of expressing his disapproba- 
 tion would be for him to place a Bible on the floor and 
 then kick it around the room awhile; then jump on the 
 Bible; stamp it to pieces and scatter its leaves to the 
 four winds; for the writer has only held this same 
 Bible up before him as a mirror in order that a true 
 picture of the harlot could be seen which for twelve 
 hundred and sixty years has held kingly dominion over 
 the kings and queens of the earth. 
 
 If anyone was disposed to speak ill of "Babylon the 
 great, the mother of harlots/' he could scarcely find 
 stronger language than is used in the Bible, for we 
 read in regard to the apostate church of Christ : 
 
 Revelation XVIII. 1 And after these things I saw 
 another angel come down from heaven, having great 
 power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 
 
 2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, 
 Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become 
 
380 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN, 
 
 the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul 
 
 spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. 
 
 3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath 
 of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have com- 
 mitted fornication with her, and the merchants of the 
 earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her 
 delicacies. 
 
 In the next verse the Bible tells every true Chris- 
 tian on earth today what he must do if he wishes to be 
 obedient to God's will. 
 
 R< Delation XV III. 4 And I heard another voice from 
 heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye 
 be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not 
 of her plagues. 
 
 5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God 
 hath remembered her iniquities. 
 
 G Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double 
 unto her double according to her works: in the cup 
 which she hath filled fill to her double. 
 
 7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived de- 
 liciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for 
 she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, 
 and shall see no sorrow. 
 
 8 Therefore 1 shall her plagues come in one day, death, 
 and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly 
 burned with lire: for strong is the Lord God who 
 judgeth her. 
 
 It is difficult for men to realize that one of the most 
 grievous sins the apostate church has committed is its 
 
Tin; GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 381 
 
 sanction and support of materia medica. Pew people 
 now realize thai whai is called the practice ofl medicine 
 is an idolatrous practice which contributed largely to 
 the destruction of the church of Christ We musl all 
 admit thai the Bible is supreme authority, and it 
 plainly states in regard to the sins of the harlol : 
 
 Revelation XVIII. 23 For by thy sorceries were all 
 nations deceived. 
 
 The Greek pharmakeia, here translated sorceries, 
 means, pharmacy; or, the use or administration of 
 drugs or material medicine. Any standard dictionary 
 of the English language will so tell you. 
 
 The teachings of Science and Health are now stoutly 
 opposed by the harlot; but whenever the Bible evi- 
 dence presented in this book is given fair consideration, 
 it may begin to become clear to the reader that Science 
 and Health carries with it the signet of God's approval, 
 presence, and power in just as high a degree as any 
 other part of God's revealed Word. He may even be- 
 gin to see that it is the culmination, finishing touch, 
 and end of God's revealed will to man. If there had 
 been no need or purpose for this revelation — if it was 
 not part of God's plan for the salvation of men, it 
 would not have been made. Did it ever occur to the 
 reader that any man who sets himself up in mental 
 opposition to any part of God's revealed will is far from 
 being a Christian, no matter what his public profession 
 may be? It is only those who obey God's revealed will 
 who are to enter into the kingdom, is the teaching of 
 the Master. 
 
382 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Matthew VII. 21 Not every one that saith unto me, 
 Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; 
 but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in 
 heaven. 
 
 Then God tells the obedient: 
 
 Malachi IV. 2 But unto you that fear my name 
 shall the Sun of righteousness (or right thinking) arise 
 with healing in his wings; and ye shall go forth, and 
 grow up as calves of the stall. 
 
 3 And ye shall tread down the wicked; for thev shall 
 
 • 7 %J 
 
 be ashes under the soles of your feet in the day that 
 I shall do this, saith the Lord of hosts. 
 
OHAPTEB XV. 
 
 EVERY man and woman in the world inns! and docs 
 make a choice "i' one of two ways. They either 
 choose the spiritual and enjoy a corresponding degree 
 of heavenly enjoyment, or they voluntarily choose the 
 
 material or sensual and suffer a corresponding degree 
 
 of the sorrows and pains of hell. 
 
 Those who try to serve both ways find but little en- 
 joyment in their journey through life as they fluctuate 
 between heaven and hell. Sometimes, the sailing over 
 life's sea is smooth and joyous; then a black cloud 
 arises and waves begin to roll higher and higher, while 
 anxiety and fear destroys all real pleasure. Such dis- 
 cordant conditions are liable to call our attention to 
 these words : 
 
 Job XXII. 21 Acquaint now thyself with him 
 (God), and be at peace; thereby good shall come unto 
 thee. 
 
 The Book of Life advises us to get acquainted with 
 God, and the Hebrew here means that we must be 
 familiar with Him in the sense that we must have an 
 intimate knowledge of God arising from constant com- 
 panionship or close association and harmony with Him. 
 The Bible teaches that we can only have knowledge or 
 be acquainted with God through our spiritual faculties. 
 
 Strange as it may be to most people, it is a positive 
 fact that, according to the teachings of the Bible, our 
 material faculties called our physical senses know abso- 
 
 (383) 
 
384 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 lately nothing about God. It is therefore utterly im- 
 possible for them to give us the slightest information 
 about God or anything He created. At the same time, 
 
 natural or physical science teaehos us that these ma- 
 terial senses supply all the information or knowledge 
 which reaches or can reach the human brain which is 
 Supposed to be the seal of the human mind, intellect, 
 and will. Everybody knows these facts, but there are 
 a great number of well meaning people who get indig- 
 nant and say harsh things when told that the testimony 
 of these five senses, from which originates all the knowl- 
 edge possessed by our highly prized human intellect, 
 cannot be depended upon to bring us, in any degree, 
 the joys, comforts, and peace which belongs to the 
 kingly dominion of heaven; the kingdom of which Jesus 
 preached so earnestly for the peace, joy, and comfort 
 of all men in the world. 
 
 Men everywhere are now beginning to comprehend 
 why it is that the human intellect can see nothing in 
 the Bible but what it sees and understands as material 
 fact. If the spiritual truth is pointed out to any ma- 
 terial or intellectual minded man he cannot see it nor 
 hear it. As he does not see the truth on the printed 
 page or hear the truth when it is spoken to him, this 
 intellectual man calls the spiritual minded man a fool; 
 calls the spiritual minded man a fool because he sees 
 and hears truths which it is impossible for the intel- 
 lectual or mortal minds of men to have any knowledge 
 of at all. 
 
 The material or mortal mind can only conceive of a 
 Supreme Being from an opposing or opposite point of 
 
Tin: GOLDEN SOPE8 OP MEN. 385 
 
 view from that of the spiritual Mind. Hence, those who 
 have the mind of the flesh gel everything Inverted, 
 turned backwards or in apposition to the truth. This is 
 
 why popular theology today, in its intellectual conclu- 
 sions, deny that which is the essence, power, and worth 
 of nearly all the teachings Of the Bible. Bui when you 
 try to explain the spiritual truth to these intellectual 
 people, they gel frantic and accuse* you of trying to 
 destroy the Christian religion. They cannot under- 
 stand or believe the truth that you try to show them 
 because they expect that the true understanding and 
 explanations of the real import of the words and deeds 
 of Jesus will coincide with their own thought which 
 has been deducted from an exactly opposite, and, there- 
 fore, erroneous point of view. 
 
 The Bible teaches that God is Love. Those who are 
 governed or dominated by their material or mortal 
 mind think of Him as a God of wrath and vengeance. 
 The spiritual minded look for and find good results 
 rights here and now. Material or mortal minded peo- 
 ple relegate about all the joys of a Christian life until 
 they have passed off this plane of existence and enter 
 what they call a spiritual w T orld. These material 
 minded people very generally agree that at some time 
 in the indefinite future they will be rewarded accord- 
 ing to the deeds done in the body ; that is, in the flesh 
 or physical nature, but it is almost impossible to make 
 them see or realize the great truth that if they would 
 lay down or exchange their material mind or state of 
 consciousness for the spiritual, they would begin to 
 receive good rewards right here and now. They cannot 
 25 
 
386 Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 be made to sec or realize thai wbsi they call death lias 
 nothing al all to do with the matter of cither rewards 
 or punishments. 
 
 There are today hundreds of thousands of people liv- 
 ing in the world whose experiences prove to them day 
 by day thai the understanding of spiritual truth as un- 
 locked by Science and Health has brought and continues 
 to bring to them health, pence and happiness in a very 
 greatly increased degree. These people have found from 
 their own individual experience thai just in the degree 
 as the sense of sin and disease is destroyed by denial 
 of the truth of their sensual or mortal mind, or their 
 carnal or fleshly mind, as Paul terms it, they are freed 
 in the same degree from the bondage of sin and all of 
 its discordant results. 
 
 The teachings of Jesus, and a great number of other 
 passages in the Bible, show that health of body and 
 mind is the outcome of spiritual understanding. Show 
 that health and soundness or wholeness are conditions 
 of mind ; not matter. 
 
 Hundreds of thousands of people scattered in all 
 parts of the civilized world now know, from their own 
 individual experience, that the true understanding of 
 the pure spiritual religion which Jesus preached needs 
 no assistance from hygiene or drugs wherewith to heal 
 either body or mind. It grows plainer and plainer 
 day by day to these same people, through the under- 
 standing of the Scriptures which is taught in Science 
 and Health, that Jesus taught "the way" of a full, 
 entire, and complete salvation; a salvation right here 
 and now, not only from sin, but a salvation from every- 
 
Till: GOLDEH EOPES OF MEN, 387 
 
 thing which even tends to destroy or mar the complete 
 and perfect happiness of men here on this earth. 
 
 These Christian Science people realize from their 
 individual experience thai these words of Huxley are 
 
 true : 
 
 "If a thing lias ever happened, it happened in accord- 
 ance with BOme law or principle — even if unknown or 
 misunderstood and can happen again." 
 
 The understanding of the spiritual teachings of Jesus 
 enabled his early followers to perforin, in a large de- 
 gree, the same works of physical healing that he per- 
 formed. "Flu- understanding of the spiritual teachings 
 of Jesus, as unlocked by Science and Health, enables 
 Christian Scientists to perform in a large degree the 
 same works now. 
 
 As we all well know, the Bible mentions two "ways"; 
 one is the straight gate and narrow way which leads to 
 life; the other is the wide gate and broad way which 
 leads to destruction or spiritual death. We all under- 
 stand "the way" to figuratively mean our path of life 
 over which we progress toward some goal or destina- 
 tion. 
 
 Consciously or unconsciously, we are all traveling 
 over one or the other of these "ways." These roads lead 
 to exactly opposite results, goals, or ends. 
 
 One "way," or state of mind or consciousness, is the 
 spiritual "way," the good. This "way" brings increased 
 health and comfort to men as they make progress or 
 advancement, as hundreds of thousands of people can 
 and do todav testifv. The other "wav" or state of mind 
 or consciousness is the material "way," the evil. This 
 
388 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 way brings a sense Ol fear, sickness, and misery BO long 
 
 afi pursued, as hundreds <»r thousands of people can and 
 
 do today testify. 
 
 The first way is the road which Jesus pointed out; the 
 r<>a<l which leads into the kingly dominion of heaven. 
 The second way is the road the devil points out; the 
 road which leads into the dominion of hell. One way 
 leads to the heaven of harmony ; the heaven of peace 
 and joy; the heaven of the comfort of God's presence, 
 love, and protection right here and now. The other 
 way leads to the hell of discord, contention, sorrow, and 
 fear right here and now, because we place no reliance 
 upon God's love, presence or protection in time of trou- 
 ble OT need. 
 
 Revelation [II. 8 Behold! 1 have set before thee an 
 open door. 
 
 The door of spirituality opens into all that is good 
 for men right here and now. All that pertains to the 
 permanent happiness of men. On the other hand, trust 
 and confidence in material laws, notions, and beliefs 
 opens the door that leads to all that is bad for men — 
 the door that causes all the present unhappiness of men 
 either as individuals or nations. 
 
 Jesus taught the idealistic doctrine that man, the real 
 man, the spiritual man, the Son of God, was the ima^e 
 and likeness of God. That this image, this Son, was 
 sinless and pure; perfect and Godlike in nature or char- 
 acter. This did not prevent his consideration nor need 
 it prevent our consideration of the fact that to the 
 material or mortal minds of mankind, material belief* 
 
Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 389 
 
 amount to Bolid conviction. Jesus knew, and ( )hris1 [an 
 Scientists also know, thai those who believe in ma- 
 teriality arc positive of the existence of a material 
 world. They are positiye thai they have a material 
 body that is liable to suffer; they are also positive thai 
 it docs at times suffer from sickness and all the other 
 
 ills which are believed to be common to mankind. 
 
 Jesus well knew and also taught as plainly as his 
 day and age would bear or could comprehend, thai the 
 
 human or physical body as well as all other material 
 phenomena was a lie; that it was but a counterfeit or 
 opposite or opposer of God's creation; that it had no 
 existence in Truth or reality. His teaching was un- 
 derstood by but few at that time and today there are 
 doubtless thousands of highly intellectual professed 
 followers of Jesus the Christ who are so blinded by 
 materialistic teachings founded on the material or Je- 
 hovistic account of creation that if they should read 
 this book they would not even realize what is being 
 talked about. 
 
 There are doubtless hundreds of thousands of pro- 
 fessed Christians who are very certain that they live 
 in a material w r orld; that is, a world composed of mat- 
 ter. Most of them also believe that there is a spiritual 
 world of some sort somewhere, but that nothing can 
 be known in regard to it until we pass over or make 
 the transition across the river called death. These well 
 meaning people know that there is a material world 
 because they can stamp on it w r ith their feet. They can 
 see it with their eyes; their ears, nose, and sense of 
 taste also brings to them what they consider to be 
 
390 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 positive and certain evidence thai the material world 
 
 is the solid, substantial fact while the spiritual world 
 is something vague, uncertain, and problematical to say 
 
 the least. 
 
 It' anyone should gently intimate to some of these 
 intellectual people thai there was some question as to 
 the reality of all things material, such intimation would 
 be considered by them as certain evidence that the 
 speaker was a little off in his head and not wholly ac- 
 countable lor what he said. II* he persisted in maintain- 
 ing the absurd idea of the nonexistence of matter he 
 would be considered a crank who should be taken care 
 of before he done somebody serious harm. 
 
 These people are innocently unconscious of the fact 
 that a good part of the number of the world's greatest 
 philosophers and natural scientists have taught that 
 matter is something that the human mind has made, 
 constructed or invented. That matter has no existence 
 in reality. That it is simply an illusion or delusion of 
 the senses. This teaching has been maintained for cen- 
 turies in one form or another. Plato taught it four 
 hundred years before Jesus was born. 
 
 Professor Ostwald, of Liepsic University, is not sur- 
 passed today in world-wide reputation by any mod- 
 ern natural scientist, and this is his teaching in regard 
 to matter: "Matter is a thing of thought which we 
 have constructed for ourselves, rather imperfectly to 
 represent what is permanent in the change of phe- 
 nomena." 
 
 The unreality of matter regarded as phenomenon 
 produced by mind or energy is a theory which has been 
 
Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 391 
 
 fought over in the Datura! science world for centuries, 
 and today, even laying aside the teachings of the Bible, 
 matter, from strictly a natural science point of view, 
 has no positive proof of existence. 
 Jeans of Nazareth, the greatest philosopher and 
 
 scientist that ever lived, was fully informed that matter 
 was simply an illusion or delusion of the senses. This 
 
 is exactly why he told his students or disciples: 
 
 Matthew XVII. 20 If ye have faith as a grain of 
 mustard seed, ye -hall say unto this mountain, Remove 
 hence to yonder place; and it shall remove; and nothing 
 shall be impossible unto you. 
 
 Jesus never spoke anything but the exact or scientific 
 truth, and always meant precisely what he said. Please 
 note that he said, "Nothing shall be impossible unto 
 you." 
 
 We all understand that popular theology evades the 
 difficulty of explaining these words, and many others 
 of a like character, by claiming that Jesus was God, and 
 that all his works were miracles in the sense that they 
 were supernatural; that is, they were above and be- 
 yond the power of man. 
 
 This explanation, instead of explaining simply in- 
 creases the difficulty, for it is a matter of Bible record 
 that certain of the apostles performed these same so- 
 called miracles, and nobody can claim that they w^ere 
 God. Popular theology is ready with the explanation 
 that Jesus, as a God, gave these apostles this power, 
 and the idea is entertained and set forth that these 
 apostles were in this way endowed w r ith what is called 
 
392 Tin; GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 supernatural power which enabled them to perform in 
 some degree the same works of Jesus. But it is stated in 
 
 the Bible thai there were a goodly number of others 
 besides tlie apostles who performed these same works, 
 SUCh as Philip, Stephen, Paul, etc. 
 
 Oh, well, is the explanation, Jesus, as a God, simply 
 gave this supernatural power to these members of the 
 early church to get his church established, and then 
 
 the power was withdrawn. Is it not a little strange 
 that there is not a word of proof or even an intima- 
 tion in tin 1 Bible to sustain anv sueh teaching? 
 We can all agree that the power to perform these 
 
 BO-called miracles was lost to the professed Christian 
 
 church for twelve hundred and sixty years, except that 
 now and then, scattered all along during that time, 
 there were a few known instances of the healing of 
 physical ills by the power of prayer. The main ques- 
 tion of interest to us now is to iind out why this power 
 was lost, and how to regain it. 
 
 When we lay aside man-made teachings and remem- 
 ber the teachings of the Bible — when we consider that 
 God is Spirit, not a spirit ; that He created a spiritual 
 universe including man; that He is the one and only 
 cause and creator; that God is good, and that all His 
 creation is good; then we must conclude, if we believe 
 the Bible at all, that all that is real and normal in 
 this world must he spiritual and must he good. So if 
 anything is found in this world which is unlike God 
 or is not good, it must he unreal and abnormal, be- 
 cause < tod never created it. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 898 
 
 When God finished or Completed His spiritual crcn 
 
 lion, including man made in His own image, the r>if>le 
 tells us that He blessed "them," which means that God 
 placed His children in perfect happiness. Consequently, 
 
 \vc know that evil, sin, sickness, suffering, pain, poverty, 
 and death are unreal and abnormal, because they are 
 all destroyers of man's God-given happiness. Hence, 
 God never created or made these destroyers and they 
 have no place in God's creation, and must therefore be 
 unreal and abnormal. 
 
 Jesus tells us: "Every plant that my heavenly Fa- 
 ther hath not planted shall be rooted out." It was the 
 mission or commission of Jesus to teach and show all 
 men for all time to come how to commence and continue 
 this rooting out process until nothing that was unreal 
 or abnormal ; nothing that destroyed the happiness of 
 men on this earth, remained in the minds or conscious- 
 ness of men, for that is the only place the unreal or 
 abnormal can be considered to have any existence at all. 
 
 Jesus, by faith and obedience to the Father's will, 
 was led into a clear mental understanding of spiritual 
 law which supercedes and annuls all the so-called nat- 
 ural laws, or laws or nature; the laws which are all 
 simply the laws of custom, usage or belief which en- 
 slaved people then and enslaves them now. 
 
 Jesus commenced the uprooting or destroying process 
 by going about proclaiming the good news of the kingly 
 dominion of heaven which he said was now at hand. 
 He taught men "the way" by which they could regain 
 or reenter the dominion which was theirs then and is 
 ours now by gift of God. 
 
394 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 He not only taught by precept the way to regain this 
 kingly dominion, but he illustrated it by his own life; 
 illustrated it by rooting out or destroying the sense of 
 sin, sickness, and all other forms of suffering from the 
 minds or consciousness of a great number of people, 
 thus restoring them to their normal state, w T hich is that 
 of health and happiness. 
 
 If sin, sickness, and unhappiness are real and nor- 
 mal ; if they are of God's creating, it must be apparent 
 to all that it would be useless for Jesus or any one else 
 to even attempt to destroy that which is God-created 
 and therefore absolutely real. 
 
 We read in regard to Jesus: 
 
 Luke IV. 38 And he arose out of the synagogue, and 
 entered into Simon's house. And Simon's wife's mother 
 was taken with a great fever; and they besought him 
 for her. 
 
 o!) And he stood over her, and rebuked the fever; 
 and it left her: and immediately she arose and minis- 
 tered unto them. 
 
 The Greek epitimao, translated rebuked, is from epi, 
 meaning, in opposition or against, and timao, meaning 
 to set or put a value upon. Hence, the Greek means 
 that Jesus set or put an opposing value upon the fever. 
 We oppose anything by mental opposition. That is, 
 we deny the truth of the thing and maintain or uphold 
 the contrary or opposite to be the truth. 
 
 We are told that Jesus rebuked the fever. Please 
 notice 1 that lie did not rebuke the woman, but he re- 
 buked the fever. That is, he mentally opposed the 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 395 
 
 belief or notion thai the fever was a truth or a reality 
 
 by denying the truth of the thing, and he maintained 
 
 or held to the truth of the contrary or opposite con- 
 dition of things. 
 
 Jesus knew the truth of things, and while with his 
 material or physical senses he may have noted the indi- 
 cations of a violent fever, he denied the truth of these 
 senses and held firmly to the truth that this seeming 
 sickness was not a reality because God never created 
 anything which brought either sin, sickness, sorrow or 
 death into the world. Jesus held firmly to the truth 
 that man is spiritual and not material, and that it is 
 impossible for this spiritual man to suffer from sin, 
 sickness or death. This teaching is the basis of all 
 Christian Science healing today, just as it was with 
 Jesus and the early Christian church. 
 
 Jesus said he had not come to destroy, but to fulfill ; 
 that is, he had come to fill our lives with all that was 
 good and joyous; all that contributed to our true happi- 
 ness. In short, to teach us the way back to perfect 
 happiness where our Father placed us in the beginning. 
 Jesus commenced this reformation in a mild, simple 
 way, seeking to gradually eliminate erroneous thought, 
 false belief or wrong thinking from the minds or con- 
 sciousness of those around him, and replace error or 
 erroneous thinking with a knowledge or comprehension 
 of Truth. He well knew that to the human or mortal 
 minds of men the phenomena of human or mortal ex- 
 istence at that time and age was solid conviction as to 
 its reality, just as it is to the vast majority of people 
 at this present hour. 
 
396 Tin; GOLDEM BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 It is difficult for as to realize or comprehend that all 
 the. materia] objects or things which we think or 
 imagine we see or feel have no existence separate or 
 apart from our own human or mortal mind; the mind 
 which entertains such a Arm belief in their reality. It 
 is difficult for us at first to comprehend that all these 
 material things about us are not external to the mind 
 that conceives them. It is difficult for us to compre- 
 hend that they are simply illusions or delusions of our 
 own mortal mind. It is difficult to comprehend that 
 our own sensual or mortal mind is the serpent, the 
 devil, within the human consciousness that must be 
 subdued or overcome and cast out in order that we may 
 fully (Miter the kingdom of heaven. 
 
 This is the way the Hible explains the matter of the 
 war, battle or trial which is now going on within the 
 consciousness of every man and woman in this world: 
 
 Revelation XII. 7 And there was war in heaven: 
 Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and 
 tin 1 dragon fought and his angels, 
 
 8 And prevailed not ; neither was their place found 
 
 any more in heaven. 
 
 U And the great dragon was cast out, that old ser- 
 pent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the 
 whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his 
 angels were cast out with him. 
 
 10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now 
 is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our 
 ( iod, and the power of his Christ : for the accuser of our 
 brethren is cast down, which accused them before our 
 ( lod day and night. 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 397 
 
 Heaven is not a place or locality, but it is a slate or 
 condition of mind or consciousness. The Michael, the 
 archangel op chief angel, here mentioned, is the Christ, 
 the Son of God which is within us. The Hebrew term 
 miykael, which is translated Michael, means, who is like 
 God; who is Godlike; or who is God's likeness. These 
 three translations all having the same meaning. The 
 thought John expresses is that in the warfare, battle, 
 struggle or trial now going on within our conscious- 
 ness, our divine nature or the Christ, who is an image 
 or likeness of God, fights or argues against or in oppo- 
 sition to the dragon. In the ninth verse we are plainly 
 told that this evil influence named the dragon which is 
 further personified under the names or titles of serpent, 
 devil and Satan is to be cast out. 
 
 It has been clearly shown that the only evil influ- 
 ence there is in the world is our own sensual or mortal 
 mind. Hence, we see that the warfare, battle or trial 
 of life is for us to overcome, subdue or cast out our 
 own sensual or mortal mind. Whenever we do this we 
 will then realize the truth of these words: "Now is 
 come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom (or 
 kingly dominion) of our God, and the power of his 
 Christ." 
 
 All this overcoming of the world is not the complete 
 work of an hour, day or a year; but it is a work which 
 every man and woman can and must begin before they 
 will begin to experience and enjoy any good results 
 from the glad tidings which Jesus proclaimed for the 
 complete, full, and entire salvation of all men in the 
 world. A salvation that was intended to restore to men 
 
398 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 
 
 the kingly dominion which their heavenly Father gave 
 
 them at the Inundation of the world when he blessed 
 
 them and placed "them" in perfect happiness. 
 
 When God created man He created him in His own 
 
 image and likeness. It lias been repeatedly explained 
 that there is hut one true image and that one is the only 
 begotten Son of God, which is the invisible Christ 
 within every man and woman iu the world. There is 
 also supposed to be another image which is the visible 
 outer man, the physical or material man, the man we 
 see with our physical eyes. But there is only one true 
 image. Hence, this material image is a false image, 
 which is hut a counterfeit of the true image of God. 
 This false image which is the material man or mind is 
 "that man of sin." This son of perdition or destruc- 
 tion; this intellectual big "I," who is the god of this 
 world, is possessed of a vast amount of the wisdom of 
 this world: he is the man who has conceived and for- 
 mulated all the so-called laws of natural or physical 
 science. This natural scientist, whether he knows it 
 or not, is an unbeliever or an atheist. He is a skeptic 
 because he doubts the existence of a spiritual God. He 
 doubts the truth of revelation. This natural scientist; 
 this atheist ; this skeptic; has built up a great system 
 called natural science which is governed entirely by a 
 god which he calls the god of nature. Many professed 
 Christians also worship this god of nature, and they are 
 deceived into thinking that they are worshipping the 
 same God that Jesus preached and practiced under. 
 
 This natural scientist, this man of sin, this intel- 
 lectual god, this unbeliever, is Bellar. He is a beliar 
 
THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 399 
 
 because he belies tlu k true God and all of His creation. 
 He out-talked and deceived Eve in the garden of Eden. 
 He crept in and secured control of the professed church 
 of Christ more than a thousand years agoj and today 
 the teachings of the popular branches of the professed 
 church of God are permeated, saturated, vitiated, and 
 deiiled or polluted by the man-made teachings or beliefs 
 of tliis natural science Beliar, which is only another 
 name for Satan or the devil. 
 
 Careful attention is called to these words of Jesus: 
 
 Matthew XXIV. 15 When ye therefore shall see the 
 abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the 
 prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let 
 him understand:) 
 
 The Greek vdelugma, translated abomination here, 
 means, idolatry or the worship of idols or false gods. 
 
 The Greek eremosis, translated desolation, means, 
 that which makes desolate. Desolate in its earliest uses 
 meant, lonely, left alone or forsaken in the sense of a 
 place deserted and left in a ruinous condition ; without 
 sign of life; bare of trees or herbage; destitute of joy 
 or comfort, like a widow bereft of her husband. 
 
 You remember that Jesus said: "I (the ego) am the 
 true vine, and my Father is the husbandman." 
 
 The church or congregation of Christ is symbolized 
 as a bride adorned for her husband. The church is the 
 bride; the Father is the husbandman. 
 
 After the church of Christ set up the abomination 
 which maketh desolate in the holy place or the sacred 
 
400 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 desk and had became an apostate church, John refers 
 to the church's loss of her husband with these words: 
 
 Revelation XVI 1 1. 7 How much she hath glorified 
 herself, and lived deliriously, so much torment and sor- 
 row give her: for she saiih in her heart, I sit a queen, 
 and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow. 
 
 8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, 
 and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly 
 burned with fire: for strongs is the Lord God who 
 judgeth her. 
 
 !) And the kings of the earth, who have committed for- 
 nication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, 
 and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of 
 her burning. 
 
 A correct translation of the words of Jesus reads : 
 
 Mat their XXIV. 16 When for these reasons you 
 shall Bee stand forth in the holy place, that worship of 
 idols (or of false gods) which makes desolate, that is 
 spoken of by means of Daniel the prophet (let the 
 reader comprehend). 
 
 The time came, in God's appointed time and way, 
 when His sanctuary was to be cleansed from all this 
 defilement of the worship of idols or false gods which 
 crept in and overcome the true church of Christ and 
 took away the daily sacrifice, which is the daily sacri- 
 fice of our false self, and then set up in place thereof 
 "the abomination thai maketfa desolate," which is the 
 idolatry of the worship of our false self > the god of this 
 world. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 401 
 
 We read in regard to the time this apoetasia of the 
 
 church took place: 
 
 Daniel XII. II And from (ho time tlutt the daily 
 sacrifice shall ho taken away, and the abomination that 
 maketfa desolate sel up, there shall be a thousand two 
 hundred and ninety days. 
 
 li* Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the 
 thousand three hundred and five and thirty days. 
 
 13 But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou shalt 
 rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days. 
 
 This is the conclusion of all of Daniel's prophecies. 
 In this last chapter Daniel sums up in a brief way the 
 whole matter from the birth of Jesus the Christ, under 
 the name of Michael, until the second coming or pres- 
 ence of the Christ which is usually called the end of 
 the world, but is more correctly translated the end of 
 the age. 
 
 It has been conclusively show T n that Daniel proph- 
 ecied until A.I). 18G6. In the eleventh verse Daniel 
 tells us, or we are given to understand, that it would be 
 twelve hundred and ninety prophetical years after the 
 abomination that maketh desolate w r as set up until the 
 end. Jesus tells us that this abomination of desolation 
 was to stand in the holy place. We all understand 
 that the church of Christ is not built out of brick and 
 mortar, but we have all long understood the sacred desk, 
 commonly called the pulpit, to be a holy place. We are 
 led to infer that some abomination which caused the 
 church of Christ to be desolate for twelve hundred and 
 ninety years stood in the pulpit or sacred desk during 
 26 
 
402 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 thai length of time. Subtracting twelve hundred and 
 ninety from A.I). 1866 gives us A.I>. r>7<; as the date 
 when this abomination of desolation stood up in the 
 holy place. 
 
 Did it ever occur to the reader that it is not only 
 possible hut also probable that any and every one may 
 be mistaken in judgment as to the true teaching and 
 import of the Bible if they are not guided and influ- 
 enced by the Comforter; the Spirit of Truth which 
 Jesus said the world cannot receive? Is it not but fair 
 and reasonable for us to conclude that any and every 
 man in the world who has not awakened to a con- 
 sciousness of the presence of the Comforter within him- 
 self is not competent to stand in the sacred desk, the 
 holy place, and attempt to teach the true spiritual im- 
 port of God's Word? 
 
 Daniel tells us in the next verse: 
 
 Daniel XII. 12 Blessed is he that waiteth, and 
 cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and 
 thirty days. 
 
 The time indicated in this verse we readily see is 
 thirteen hundred and thirty-live years. This date has 
 no special spiritual signification further than to prove 
 the correctness of all the other dates we have so far 
 determined. Thus confirming prophecy and proving to 
 all men that the writers of the Bible, as well as the 
 writer of Science and Health were inspired by God and 
 thus qualified to set forth Truth without any mixture 
 of error. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 403 
 
 One of the greatest events or circumstances connected 
 with the early history of the church of Christ related 
 
 to the conversion of Cornelius. A very full account of 
 this incident is found in Acts, chapters 10 and 11, in 
 which is described Peter's vision and other details. By 
 referring to the date printed in the reference column of 
 your Bible, you will find that the conversion of Cor- 
 nelius took place in A.D. 41. 
 
 Cornelius was a Boman centurion of the Italian 
 cohort belonging to the Boman army and stationed at 
 Caesarea, in Palestine. He was honored by God as being 
 the first Gentile to have the Holy Spirit poured on him. 
 This was a cause of great astonishment to Peter and 
 his Jewish companions, as up to this time none but Jews 
 had received the Holy Spirit. The apostles, up to this 
 time, were strongly of the belief that the Jews alone 
 were the chosen people and that all Gentiles must first 
 become Jews before there was any possibility of their 
 being admitted into God's favor. But now, in this case 
 of Cornelius, God upset all their private beliefs by pour- 
 ing his Holy Spirit on a Gentile. 
 
 God has a way of upsetting all man-made beliefs, 
 and it does not matter how many thousand of years men 
 have accepted and believed these opinions and beliefs 
 to be Truth. There are doubtless thousands of pro- 
 fessed Christians now living whose private beliefs and 
 opinions w r ould be upset right now if they did not resist 
 Truth. 
 
 In Daniel it is written : 
 
 Daniel IX. 24 Seventy weeks are determined upon 
 thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the trans- 
 
404 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 gression, and to make an end of sins, and to make 
 reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting 
 righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, 
 and to anoint the most Holy, 
 
 The time indicated here is four hundred and ninetv 
 days or prophetical years, allowing a day for a year. 
 A city in Scripture is the symbol of a body of people 
 under one government and united and organized in a 
 common cause. The word transgression, as used in the 
 Bible, has the sense of a rebellion or revolt; a breaking 
 away from just authority by overstepping or going be- 
 yond its bounds. 
 
 It is plain that four hundred and ninety years, com- 
 mencing at some certain time, is granted to all people 
 in the world to reform from their rebellion or trans- 
 gression against God and His laws, and become recon- 
 ciled and obedient to the will of their heavenly Father. 
 From other well known facts stated in the Bible, it is 
 also made plain that in the working out of God's plan 
 for the salvation of all people in the w r orld, God raised 
 u p the man Jesus of Nazareth to the office of the Mes- 
 siah or the Christ. -Jesus was commissioned to proclaim 
 God's will and bring about a reconciliation of God's 
 family of rebellious children with their loving heavenly 
 Father. 
 
 During all of the ministry of Jesus, he bestowed his 
 attention and labor, in the main, to the Jewish people 
 or nation. When the Canaan woman besought Jesus 
 to heal her daughter, he at first refused to even talk 
 

 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 405 
 
 to her, and told his disciples (Matthew L6: 24) : "1 am 
 
 not sent but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel. " 
 
 The (ientile world included all people in the world 
 who were not dews. The (ientiles had little chance to 
 be saved until after (he conversion of Cornelius in A.D. 
 41, or eight years after the crucifixion. At this date of 
 A.D. 41 the door of the church of Christ was first 
 thrown open to all people in the world to be baptized 
 with the Holy Spirit regardless of race or nationality. 
 The hope of salvation now become world-wide for the 
 first time in the world's history. 
 
 From the verse just quoted from Daniel, it is seen 
 that four hundred and ninety years were granted to 
 all people to become reconciled to God. As the Gen- 
 tiles had no part or lot in this reconciliation until A.D. 
 41, this time of reconciliation, to give equal and exact 
 justice to all men, must commence at A.D. 41 and con- 
 tinue four hundred and ninety years, or until the date 
 A.D. 531. At this date the full specified time expired, 
 which had been granted or decreed by God, for all 
 people who had heard the gospel to become reconciled 
 to Him and anointed with the Holy Spirit. 
 
 God then tells Daniel : 
 
 Daniel XII. 12 Blessed is he that waiteth, and 
 cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and 
 thirty days. 
 
 13 But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou 
 shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days. 
 
 These are God's concluding words to Daniel, and 
 allowing a day for a year, the time here indicated is 
 
406 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 thirteen hundred and thirty-five years. Hence, we find 
 the "blessed" time decreed by God we must add tin 
 thirteen hundred and thirty-five years to A.I). 531 pre- 
 viously ascertained, and this brings us down to A.l). 
 L866, the "blessed" time when God revealed the way of 
 Truth to Mrs. Eddy. 
 
 The evidence, which lias been presented from the 
 Bible, should convince any fair minded man or woman 
 that God made the revelation to Mrs. Eddy in A.D. 
 1866 that is written down in Science and Health. If 
 this is admitted to be true, it then follows that the 
 teachings of Science and Health must be accepted as 
 having precisely the same authority and value as any 
 other part of God's revealed Word. It further follows 
 that if any man refuses to acquaint himself with and 
 be governed by the teachings of Science and Health, 
 he is not obedient to God's will. 
 
 If anyone will study Science and Health in connec- 
 tion with a J>ible with a sincere desire to learn Truth, 
 he can learn more in a few months than he ever learned 
 before, no matter if he is now a president of a theo- 
 logical college, a pope or a doctor of divinity, and has 
 stood in the pulpit and taught his intellectual idea of 
 the gospel of Christ for a half century or longer. 
 
 The author of this book is but a beginner in the study 
 of Christian Science and wishes it distinctly understood 
 that the Christian Science Church is under no respon- 
 sibility for any statements herein made. Neither is 
 tli is book to be considered as Christian Science litera- 
 ture in the sense of being authorized in any way by the 
 
Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 407 
 
 Christian Science church. The author simply desires 
 to assist earnest seekers in their search for Truth, and 
 an earnest and conscientious effort has been made to 
 State nothing but what can be continued by the Hible. 
 
 Wishing to know the truth in regard to Christian 
 Science for his own good, the author made a careful 
 search of the Scriptures. A small part of the evidence 
 found in the Bible is herein presented for the reader's 
 consideration. 
 
 While private opinions are of little value as evidence, 
 the author will say that he is, from Bible evidence, 
 firmly convinced that just as long as Christian Scien- 
 tists are faithful to their God-given trust, and guard 
 against the intrusion or domination of personality into 
 the teachings and government of the church, it is as 
 foolish and useless for any man or any combination of 
 men to think to stop the triumphant march of victory 
 of Christian Science over all evil influences and prac- 
 tices in all parts of the inhabited earth as it would be 
 for these men to try to blot out the stars or stop the sun 
 from shining. 
 
 It is w r ell for us all to remember the words of Jesus 
 to the woman of Samaria at Jacob's well : 
 
 John IV. 23 But the hour cometh, and now is, when 
 the true worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit 
 and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship 
 him. 
 
 24 God is a Spirit : and they that worship him must 
 worship Mm in spirit and in truth. 
 
408 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 A corred translation reads: 
 
 John IV. 23 But an hour is coining and now is when 
 the true worshippers shall worship the Father in Spirit 
 and Truth; for the Father seeks for His likeness as 
 worshippers. 
 
 24 God is Spirit; and those worshipping Him must 
 worship in Spirit and Truth. 
 
 Christian Science is planted squarely, unreservedly, 
 and entirely upon the spiritual import of the Bible as 
 taught by Jesus the Christ. All other religious systems 
 are based on a mixture of the spiritual and material; a 
 mixture of Truth and error, (lod's decreed time came 
 in A.I). 1866 when His sanctuary or temple was to be 
 cleansed; cleansed from every trace and form of ma- 
 terial belief or teaching. Today, as a result of this 
 cleansing, there are hundreds of thousands of Christian 
 Scientists scattered over all the civilized world who are 
 making an earnest effort to comply with all the com- 
 mands of Jesus, and to worship God in Spirit and 
 Truth. True, Christian Scientists are well aware that 
 true happiness does not come to anyone as a result 
 of any laws or beliefs which the human mind can 
 originate. They know that the salvation of all men, 
 individually and collectively, can only come from the 
 correct comprehension, acceptance 4 , reliance upon, and 
 faithful day-by day practice of the true spiritual teach- 
 ings of Jesus. 
 
 In one sense 4 there is no second coming of Christ. 
 Tin 4 Bible teaches that he never went away. Jesus 
 positively stated, "Lo, I (the ego) am with you alway!" 
 
Till; GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 409 
 
 But it was possible thai the entire professed church of 
 
 Christ could become apostate or fall away from the 
 
 Christ by abandoning or forsaking the true principles 
 
 of the faith and practice which Jesus inaugurated and 
 
 commanded all his disciples lor all time to follow. 
 
 The Bible teaches, as has been plainly shown, that 
 this would take place to the entire professed church of 
 Christ. As a result o\' this apostacy or falling away, the 
 spiritual power of the professed church of Christ was 
 lost. In consequence of (his loss of spiritual power, the 
 power and ability to heal the physical ills of mankind 
 was also lost, as this is the power which accomplishes 
 the healing. For twelve hundred and sixty years this 
 paralyzed condition of the professed church of Christ 
 continued. Then spiritual Truth, the Christ-Truth, was 
 once more regained to the comprehension of men by 
 means of God's revelation to Mary Baker Eddy. Then 
 the spiritual healing of the physical ills of mankind 
 once more commenced, just as it did at the first appear- 
 ing of the Christ. This regaining of the faith which 
 was once delivered to the saints resulted in the estab- 
 lishment of the Christian Science church of today. 
 
 Isaiah LX. 1 Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and 
 the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. 
 
 2 For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, 
 and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise 
 upon thee, and his glory shall be seen upon thee. 
 
CHAPTEB XVJ. 
 
 TEEE greatest subject of prophecy found in the 
 Bible relates to the manifestation or the making 
 clear to the comprehension of men what is the Christ, 
 the Son of God, the hope of Israel. Some fourteen 
 hundred years before Jesus was born Moses wrote these 
 words : 
 
 Deuteronomy XVIII. IB The Lord thy God will 
 raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of 
 thy brethren, like unto me;, unto him ye shall hearken. 
 
 Previous to the birth of Jesus, Moses was beyond 
 question the greatest man known in all the world's his- 
 tory, and he here states that at some time the Lord 
 would raise up a prophet from the midst of the people 
 like unto him. 
 
 Then in a following verse Moses states that the Lord 
 said unto him : 
 
 Deuteronomy XVJ 1 1. IS I will raise them up a 
 Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and 
 will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak 
 unto them all that J shall command him. 
 
 L9 And it shall come to pass, that whosoever will 
 not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my 
 name, I will require it of him. 
 
 God here tells Moses that at some future time He 
 would raise up a prophet to the people from among 
 their brethren; that He would put His own words into 
 (410) 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 411 
 
 his month, and that this prophet would sav to (he 
 
 people all lie told iiim to say to (hem. 
 Peter tells us that Jesus Christ was the prophet 
 
 Whom the Lord raised up in fulfillment of these words. 
 
 Acts 111. is lint those things, which God before 
 had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ 
 should sutler, he hath so fulfilled. 
 
 1!) Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your 
 sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing 
 shall come from the presence of the Lord; 
 
 20 And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was 
 preaehed unto you : 
 
 21 Whom the heaven must receive until the times of 
 restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by 
 the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world 
 began. 
 
 22 For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet 
 shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your 
 brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things 
 whatsoever he shall say unto you. 
 
 In all of God's revelations to men there has been a 
 man or woman raised up through whom the revelation 
 was communicated or made known to men. God raised 
 up the man Jesus of Nazareth, and anointed him with 
 the Holy Spirit to the highest and most important 
 office named in the Bible. 
 
 Popular theology teaches that Jesus was God in 
 human form, but you will note that the Bible states 
 that he was a man like unto Moses and like unto his 
 brethren. 
 
412 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Peter tells us regarding this matter: 
 
 Acts II. 22 Ife men of Israel, hear these words; 
 Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you 
 
 by miracles and wonders and si^ns, which God did by 
 him in the midst of you, as ve yourselves also know: 
 
 L':; Sim, being delivered by the determinate counsel 
 and foreknowledge Of God, ye have taken, and by 
 Wicked hands have 1 crucified and slain. 
 
 Peter tells us that Jesus of Nazareth was a man; 
 then Peter says it was God who performed the miracles, 
 wonders and signs through Jesus; then he tells his 
 hearers that they had reason to know that God raised 
 up Jesus from the i'act that the very works Jesus per- 
 formed were positive proof of the approval of the roan 
 
 in the sight of God. 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 Acts II. 22 "Israelites here these words. Jesus the 
 Xazarene, a man from God, has been pointed out to 
 you by mighty works, signs and wonders which God 
 performed through him in the midst of you, as you 
 
 yourselves know." 
 
 Jesus of Nazareth accepted the commission or ap- 
 pointment as tin 1 man raised up by God to fulfill the 
 prophecies relating to the Messiah, the Christ, or the 
 s<m of God. The fulfillment of these prophecies by 
 
 Jesus was Intended to show to the world the true mean- 
 ing of "the Son of God." Intended to show this mean- 
 ing in such a plain lighl that it would be comprehended 
 
Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 413 
 
 by all men when the veil which previously bid the "Son 
 of God" was figuratively pulled hack by -Jesus and the 
 fad made plain to them that "(he Son of God" was 
 
 within themselves. 
 The acceptance of this commission to this office, and 
 
 his anointing with the Holy Spirit, placed Jesus in 
 position to he the Saviour of all men. 
 
 Jesus never claimed to have any personal power, but 
 at times told people that all the power to perform the 
 acts or deeds of kingly dominion which he performed 
 came from God, the Father. Listen to these words : 
 
 John XIV. 10 ''The Father that dwelleth in me, he 
 doeth the works." 
 
 The early Christians clearly understood that all the 
 mighty deeds, signs and wonders performed by Jesus 
 were informed by God through Jesus as His agent. If 
 you will carefully read and consider the words of Peter, 
 just quoted, you will see that this is absolutely true. 
 Jesus was God's agent in the sense that he was ap- 
 pointed or commissioned by God, his Father, the King 
 of kings, and empowered to act for Him as His stew- 
 ard, embassy, envoy or ambassador. 
 
 You remember Jesus told Philip : 
 
 John XIV. 10 Believest thou not that I am in the 
 Father, and the Father in me? the words that I speak 
 unto you I speak not of myself: but the Father that 
 dwelleth in me, he doeth the works. 
 
 11 Believe me that I am in the Father, and the 
 Father in me; or else believe me for the very works' 
 sake. 
 
414 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 12 Verily, verily, I Bay unto you, lie that believeth 
 in me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater 
 works than these shall he do; because I go unto my 
 Father. 
 
 13 And whatsoever ye shall ask in mv name, that 
 will 1 do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. 
 
 14 If ye shall ask any thing in my name, I w T ill do it. 
 
 God told Moses, some fourteen hundred years before 
 Je6U8 spoke, these words: 
 
 Deuteronomy NVIII. 18 I will raise them up a 
 Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and 
 will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak 
 unto them all that I command him." 
 
 It must he plain to all that Jesus, as an obedient 
 Son, was simply saying and doing what his Father told 
 him. This is what Jesus meant when he said, "I speak 
 not of myself/' as above quoted. 
 
 Then Jesus tells Philip and by implication every dis- 
 ciple lie would ever have: 
 
 John XIV. 11 Believe me that I am in the Father, 
 and the Father in me; or else believe me for the very 
 
 works' sake' 
 
 Belief was an earlier word for what is now com- 
 monly called faith. Faith originally meant, loyalty or 
 allegiance to an individual to whom one is bound by 
 promise or duty; or to one's promise or duty itself as 
 in, to keep faith or to break faith. 
 
Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 415 
 
 A true faith in God can be Illustrated in some de- 
 gree by the loyalty, allegiance and love every true man 
 has for the government of his native land. 
 
 Every true American is loyal in his allegiance and 
 love for "Uncle Sam." No one has ever seen Uncle 
 Sam with their physical eyes, yet there are millions of 
 men here in America who will promptly leave wife, 
 children, houses, lands and all personal things they 
 hold dear at his call; if need be, they will cheerfully 
 march to the cannon's mouth, or go to their graves in 
 his defense or service. This is the kind of belief, faith 
 or allegiance God asks all his subjects or children to 
 devote to Him, and this is only our reasonable service. 
 This firm reliance upon the truth of God's promises is 
 the kind of faith which animated Paul. Listen to his 
 words when he knew 7 that his departure was close at 
 hand: 
 
 2 Timothy IV. 6 For I am now ready to be offered, 
 and the time of my departure is at hand. 
 
 7 I have fought a good fight, I have finished my 
 course, I have kept the faith : 
 
 8 Henceforth there is laid up for me a crow T n of 
 righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, 
 shall give me at that day : and not to me only, but unto 
 all them also that love his appearing. 
 
 The Greek word epiphaneia, here translated appear- 
 ing, means, manifestaion, revelation, coming or ad- 
 vent; in this instance it refers to the manifestation, 
 revelation, coming or advent of the Christ. Manifesta- 
 tion here means, the action of clearly revealing or un- 
 
416 THE GOLDEN nOPES OF MEN. 
 
 veiling of the Christ to the comprehension or under- 
 standing of men. The word crown is here nsed as a 
 
 symbol or badge of royalty of the character, state or 
 office of a king. Revealing or unveiling means taking 
 the covering off like taking the veil off a statue of a king. 
 The statue of the king was finished or completed and 
 covered with a veil until the day of revealing or unveil- 
 ing of the statue. When the proper day came, the veil 
 was taken oil" or away by some man, and then the public 
 could all plainly see the statue of the king. 
 
 The king to be unveiled in the instance under consid- 
 eration is the Anointed; the Messiah; the Christ; the 
 Son ol" God; who is a king because he is the Son of 
 the King of kings and Lord of lords. 
 
 The Christ to be unveiled is the Son of God which 
 is within every individual man and woman in the 
 world. These sons and daughters were created in the 
 beginning when Cod created them; the host of them, 
 male and female in His own image and likeness. This 
 image became covered up by a veil or a mist as stated 
 in the account of the material creation of man when 
 the Lord God formed man out of the dust of the ground. 
 
 God is Spirit. Hence all His sons and daughters 
 who were created in His likeness must be spiritual 
 beings, or they would not be like Cod. This is the 
 reason why "there was not a man to till the ground. " 
 The spiritual sons of Cod do not now or never have 
 tilled the ground. It is the material man, the dust- 
 formed man who has done all the tilling, and he was 
 told: 
 

 
 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 417 
 
 (inn sis mi. L9 In the sweat <>f thv face shall thou 
 cat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of 
 
 it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust 
 
 shall thou return. 
 
 The term dust is here used as the type of that whicli 
 is worthless; dust being here considered as the symbol 
 
 of nothingness. 
 
 After being told that there was not a man to till the 
 ground, we are told in the next verse: 
 
 Genesis II. (> But there went up a mist from the 
 earth. 
 
 The Hebrew word ade, translated mist, has the sense 
 of an enveloping cloud, mist or fog that envelopes or 
 surrounds so as to enwrap as with a covering or veil. 
 Throughout the whole Bible a mist, a veil and in many 
 cases a covering of any kind is the symbol of spiritual 
 darkness. Spiritual darkness or the absence of spir- 
 itual light is the symbol of spiritual death. A mist or 
 veil in nearly all instances is a symbol of something 
 which cuts off spiritual light in a greater or less de- 
 gree. All this pertains entirely to mental conditions. 
 The understanding or comprehension of mankind is 
 darkened by error or wrong thinking. Spiritual light 
 is the light of Truth; Life; God. Anything which be- 
 dims or obstructs this light places us in some degree in 
 the gloom of error or wrong thinking, which is the 
 shadow of spiritual death. Spiritual light is the light 
 of heaven ; when this is cut off, we are in the darkness of 
 hell. All these are mental conditions, and they per- 
 27 
 
418 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 tain entirely to mind and not to matter or material 
 t hinge. 
 Then in tbe next rerse of the fable or allegore wfe 
 
 are told : 
 
 Genesis II. 7 And the Lord God formed man of the 
 
 dust of the mound, and breathed into his nostrils the 
 breath of life; and man became a living soul. 
 
 Became ia the past tense of become and here means, 
 come to be. Became is used in the sense that man 
 passed from the state or estate of a spiritual being to 
 the state or condition of a sentient or sensual being. 
 
 The Hebrew word nephesh } here translated soul, is 
 equivalent to the Greek word psuche and means a sen- 
 tient or sensual being. Sensual pertains to our five 
 physical organs of sense: namely, sight, hearing, taste, 
 smell and touch: from the evidence derived from these 
 five s<mi>cs. all human, worldly, material, intellectual 
 or mortal knowledge or wisdom is obtained. 
 
 A sensual being is a human being who is governed 
 by his own material, physical, sentient or sensual, in- 
 tellectual or mortal mind: these terms all referring to 
 the mind which is the product of our five material or 
 physical senses. This mind, according to the Bible, 
 is the carnal or fleshly mind which Paul tells us is 
 enmity or hatred toward (lod. 
 
 Popnlar theology of many and various brands has 
 covered up the truth for more than a thousand years 
 
 with teachings which were hatched or conceived in this 
 seiiviml or intellectual mind of mankind. The mentali- 
 ties of mankind are now so filled and saturated with 
 
Tin: GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN. 419 
 
 these erroneous intellectual interpretations of Bible 
 Truth that it is difficult for any man to now accept or 
 even see Truth for the reason thai the teachings which 
 we have long listened to are exactly opposite or in op- 
 position, and are therefore antagonistic to the true im- 
 port of the Bible. 
 
 Thousands of priests and ministers have stood in 
 
 thousands of pulpits el* Christ's professed elmrch for 
 more than a thousand years and taught erroneous or 
 false doctrines. The whole world is filled with car- 
 loads and shiploads of books written by intellectual 
 men of worldly ability to promulgate and sustain these 
 doctrines, which in many respects are in opposition 
 and are antagonistic to God's revealed Word. 
 
 It is clearly shown in this book by the strongest 
 Bible evidence that the intellectual mind of mankind 
 knows nothing about the true God and His creation. It 
 is clearly shown that the true import of all the spiritual 
 teachings of the Bible are therefore senseless and ab- 
 surd to the sensual or intellectual minds of mankind. 
 As all spiritual teachings are considered nonsense and 
 an absurdity by the sensual or intellectual minded man, 
 he naturally thinks that something ought to be done at 
 once to put a stop to the spread of these absurd teach- 
 ings as they deceive the people by filling them with silly 
 teachings which are repugnant and antagonistic to the 
 evidence of their own eyes and ears. If mild methods 
 do not put a stop to the spread of all such foolish and 
 delusive teachings, which from a material point of 
 view are plainly contrary to the truth as perceived by 
 the eye or human intellect, harsher methods are used; 
 
420 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 finally men who are loyal to <i<>d in their allegiance to 
 these absurd spiritual teachings of the Bible are put 
 to death if nothing short of thai will stop them. This 
 is why the early Christians were overcome and de- 
 stroyed. This is why those who expressed the divine 
 nature by their spirituality have been persecuted in 
 all ages. This is why sensual or material-minded men 
 within the professed church of Christ would today be 
 
 glad to Bee Christian Science stamped out of existence. 
 
 When we consider the positive fact that nearly all 
 of present-day theology is based on a fable, an allegory, 
 
 a similitude: on an account of a creation which the 
 Bible informs us never was created, never was in ex- 
 istence at all except in the imaginations of men's mor- 
 tal mind: when we remember the greal fact that the 
 Christian religion which Jesus proclaimed to the world 
 was founded on absolute spiritual truth and not on 
 material fable or any man-made conceptions; when we 
 lay down our sectarian whims and beliefs, and consider 
 these facts in their true light, we then begin to compre- 
 hend and understand why the preaching of the gospel 
 during all these hundreds of years has been so barren 
 of results in bringing to men the kingly dominion 
 which belongs to us as a free gift given by our loving 
 heavenly Father from whom all blessings flow. 
 
 The logical outcome of the acceptance of the teach- 
 ings of materialism or sensualism, which are all based 
 (Hi the second or material account of creation, is that 
 the entire world has set up material prosperity as the 
 standard or ideal of success In consequence of this, 
 humanity has -one crazy in the mad scramble for 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 421 
 
 wealth, place or power. Following out the mistaken 
 
 notion that the possession of material prosperity or 
 
 wealth is MiioiiniiKuis with the possession of happine 
 the so-called civilized world has been taught to follow 
 the strenuous life. Taught thai we could and should 
 subdue, overcome or conquer the world by the strength 
 
 of our intellect and right arm. Taught to compel 
 
 success to perch on our banner as a result of the ex- 
 ercise of our own personal energy, strength and intel- 
 lectual ability. 
 
 As a natural result of this material method of trying 
 to gain kingly dominion over material things, the man- 
 made law of the survival of the fittest was evolved. 
 Man is now pitted against man in a strenuous struggle 
 to grab up and hold in his personal possession all the 
 material wealth he can possibly secure regardless of 
 what the effects of his superior strength of arm or in- 
 tellect may be upon the interests of his weaker brother. 
 
 The world has been trving this material or sensual 
 method of securing peace, prosperity and happiness for 
 thousands of years, but it has never proved a perma- 
 nent success as conditions now r prevalent throughout 
 the so-called civilized nations of Europe amply testify. 
 
 The religion which Jesus taught and practiced is not 
 a failure. All it needs is to be once more compre- 
 hended and practiced. It was understood in some de- 
 gree by the members of the early Christian church, and 
 it brought about certain results which were in line 
 with the words of Jesus. This continued, according to 
 Eevelation, until the year A.D.. 606 ; then at that date 
 spiritual light was lost to the professed church of 
 
422 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Christ This materialized condition of thought which 
 became prevalent over the professed church of Christ 
 
 in the whole world continued for twelve hundred and 
 sixty years, until spiritual lighl was once more restored 
 to men by its discovery by Mary linker Eddy in A.D. 
 L866. From A.I>. o"()ii up to the present hour popular 
 theology has been influenced and dominated by this 
 same material or mortal mind thinking. Wrong think- 
 ing or mortal mind is opposed or antagonistic at all 
 times to anything and everything which in any way 
 interferes with its plans and wishes. This is the rea- 
 son why those who uphold and defend the errors of 
 popular theology are today opposed and antagonistic 
 to the teachings of Christian Science. 
 
 All men in the world have been educated in a greater 
 or less degree along the lines of what the world calls 
 physical or natural science. Educated is here used in its 
 broad sense, which means that we have been brought up 
 and have acquired for ourselves or have been instructed 
 by others with some knowledge of the principles per- 
 taining to material, physical or natural science. This 
 acquired education includes all we know or believe re- 
 garding the material or physical world or the world 
 according to nature. This acquired education is pos- 
 sessed in some degree by every man, woman and child 
 in the world, whether they were ever inside of a school- 
 house or not. All this acquired material, physical or 
 natural knowledge or science we have acquired in the 
 garden of Eden, and it constitutes, in a Bible sense, 
 natural science, worldly knowledge or the wisdom of 
 this world. All this material or natural knowledge, 
 
THE GOLDEN EOPES OF HEN. 423 
 
 science or wisdom comes to us or is acquired by the use 
 
 of our material or sensual mind. 
 
 Ii has been clearly and positively shown thai the 
 
 Bible leaches t hat this material or sensual mind or in- 
 telligence of ours knows absolutely nothing about God 
 or anything that lie ever created. Furthermore, the 
 Bible teaches that this mind not only does not know, 
 but it is also impossible for this mind to know any- 
 thing at all about God or anything that He ever cre- 
 ated. More than this, it is the positive teaching of the 
 Bible that this material, physical or sensual mind of 
 oiiis does not know, nor can it know — but it also hates 
 God and all of His creation. In consequence of this 
 every man and woman who is dominated by or under 
 the complete dominion of their own material, sensual 
 or natural mind hates God and all He ever created. 
 The Bible clearly teaches that God is Spirit; that God's 
 creation is a spiritual creation ; that the world God 
 created is a spiritual world. 
 
 But if anyone undertakes to tell any man or woman 
 who is dominated by their own physical, sensual or mor- 
 tal mind — tries to tell them anything at all regarding 
 the Truth that they are right this moment living in a 
 spiritual world — tries to tell them that every man and 
 woman in the world is right now a spiritual son or 
 daughter of God, and entitled by the free gift of their 
 heavenly Father to dominion over all the earth — every 
 person who even attempts to teach this true meaning 
 of the Bible will find that he will stir up the enmity 
 and hatred of material, sensual or mortal minded people 
 in a greater or less degree toward himself personally as 
 
424 
 
 Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 well ;is against the cause whose faith and principles be 
 la trying to make plain to the comprehension or under- 
 standing of men for their highest good and greatest 
 happiness. 
 
 Ii is the settled policy of all material or sensual- 
 minded people in all paris of the world now, as ever, 
 to oppose everything spiritual. Material-minded peo- 
 ple may and do differ largely upon every other subject, 
 l mi t they are all united and stand like a solid wall in 
 their opposition and hatred to everything spiritual. 
 
 Every evidence that there is such a thing in the world 
 as spiritual power, the power of God, is openly denied, 
 scoffed and sneered at or belittled in some way so as to 
 turn the evidence into a joke. If the evidence be- 
 comes so plain, so positive and convincing that it cannot 
 well he publicly denied and annulled by such op]>osi- 
 tion, then men who are dominated by their material, 
 sensual or mortal mind begin to use physical force 
 against those people, who by their demonstrations 
 prove beynod question that there is such a thing avail- 
 able to men as spiritual power; the power of God. 
 They begin under various pretexts to clamor for the 
 State to help crush or restrain the works of these spir- 
 itual -minded people from being presented to the world 
 as an evidence that they are successfully lighting life's 
 battle (Hi God's side of this question which has been be- 
 fore the world for centuries. 
 
 The first move of these material-minded people who 
 have no faith in God, but who place all their faith in 
 
 some material thing called drugs and their god of na- 
 ture— their first move usually is to try and entrench 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 425 
 
 themselves behind statutory law which will prevent 
 any evidence of spiritual healing being presented to 
 
 the public, in order to accomplish this result the en- 
 actment o£ laws is vigorously worked for which will 
 make it unlawful for any person to even attempt to 
 heal the physical ailments of mankind by spiritual 
 power. Some of these laws are so carefully and art- 
 fully worded that on their face the law looks very 
 plausible and innocent. Everything is done for the 
 public good. The question of financial profit to the 
 disciples of .Esculapius, the son of Apollo, is kept out 
 of view ; but the serpent of Apollo is there just the 
 same, and if the law is enacted this serpent then raises 
 up his hydra head and strikes without even sounding 
 its rattles of warning. 
 
 This spirit of hatred of God and all things spiritual 
 extends through human history back to the beginning 
 of the allegory of the garden of Eden. It stoned to 
 death nearly all of God's prophets. It murdered in 
 cold blood a good part of the members of the early 
 church by burning them at the stake; by throwing them 
 to wild beasts to be torn to pieces. This furnished 
 amusement for other material-minded people, and 
 gave everybody a hint that it was not healthy or the 
 proper thing for anyone to say or do anything that 
 would give credence to the senseless and absurd teach- 
 ings and practices of those crazy -headed Christians who 
 were trying to ruin the whole world by deluding the 
 minds of men with their fanatical teachings. 
 
 Tradition tells us that Paul's head was cut off with 
 a sword. That Peter was crucified by being nailed to 
 
426 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 the cross with his head toward the ground. That John 
 was plunged Into a cauldron of boiling oil, from which 
 he emerged unhurt. He was then banished to the 
 mines of Patmos, where, when past ninety years of age^ 
 
 he performed severe manual labor until the death of 
 the emperor of Rome. Thousands of the early chris- 
 tians were murdered in aboul all the inhuman ways 
 
 the material minds of men could contrive, simply be- 
 cause they adhered to and practiced the spiritual teach- 
 ings el* (heir Master. 
 
 Open and above board use of physical force against 
 spiritual teachings and practices is not now much at- 
 tempted; but materially minded people are today mak- 
 ing strenuous efforts here in America, the land of lib- 
 erty, to get their cutely worded statutes passed in 
 Washington and in various States under the pretext 
 Of working for the good of the public health which will 
 make it unlawful for any person to heal the physical 
 ailments of mankind by the method Jesus practiced 
 and taught his followers to practice so long as there 
 was anything to heal. 
 
 Here in America, there are millions of fair-minded 
 men who instinctively love liberty and despise injus- 
 tice and oppression. These men, whether they are 
 members of any church or not, are animated by the 
 
 freedom-loving spirit of our forefathers who wrote into 
 our National Constitution a guarantee of protection 
 to every man and woman in their right to worship God 
 
 according to the dictates of their own conscience. This 
 
 supreme law was to forever apply wherever the Stars 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 427 
 
 and Stripes floated in the breezes of heaven as an em- 
 blem of sovereign power. 
 
 All that any irnc American should need to know is 
 that this God-given right is being trampled upon in 
 order to enlist his voice, influence and vote on God's 
 side of this matter. Every trne American should re- 
 member these words of Theodore Roosevelt: 
 
 "We here in America hold in our hands the hope of 
 the world, the fate of coming years, and shame and 
 disgrace will be ours if in our eyes the light of high 
 resolve is dimmed, if we trail in the dust the golden 
 hopes of men." 
 
CHAPTEB XVII. 
 
 WIIKX Speaking of Jesus the Christ, there is no 
 thought of failing to recognize the preeminence 
 and sacredness of his character even in his human 
 manifestation; nor to forgel the words of the voice 
 from on high, "This is my beloved Son." 
 
 This correct translation tells us why Christ Jesus is 
 given preeminence over all in heaven and in earth ex- 
 cept God, Who subjected all things to him: 
 
 1 Colossians I. 16 He who is a likeness of the in- 
 visible God, the firstborn of every creature. 
 
 Ii was entirely a voluntary act for the good of his 
 fellowman that Jesus gave up his physical life on the 
 cross in obedience to God's will as outlined in prophecy. 
 The crucifixion was necessary in order that we might 
 see and know lor ourselves that the inner man, the 
 spiritual man, the Son of God, the image and likeness 
 of God, which is within us, is not subject to death but 
 possesses eternal or immortal life. Jesus explained 
 the matter to his disciples in these words: 
 
 John X. 17 Therefore doth my Father love me, be- 
 cause I lav down my life, that I might take it again. 
 
 18 No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of 
 myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power 
 to take it again. This commandment have 1 received 
 of my Father. 
 (428) 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 429 
 
 •losus s;iid, "I lay down my life." The Greek ptuche, 
 here translated life, refers solely to the animal, phys- 
 ical or mortal life of num. Hence the life Jesus said 
 he would lay down was his animal, physical or sensual 
 life, nature or existence. The state of ex&tence or life 
 we all recognize by means of our five physical senses 
 was the life Jesus laid down in order thai his friends 
 or disciples Tor all time to come might be convinced 
 that the invisible, God-created man within them has de- 
 minion over death and the grave. 
 
 There are thousands of spiritual 1 rut lis shadowed 
 forth in the Bible which give light to those who can 
 catch the spiritual meaning of the symbols under which 
 they are represented. 
 
 It is written : 
 
 John XII. 30 Jesus answered and said, This voice 
 came not because of me, but for your sakes. 
 
 31 Now is the judgment of this world: now shall the 
 prince of this world be cast out. 
 
 32 And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw 
 all men unto me. 
 
 33 This he said, signifying what death he should die. 
 
 Please note that Jesus said, "Now shall the prince 
 of this world be cast out." The Greek archon, trans- 
 lated prince, means, to be first in rank or power; 
 prince; ruler. The Greek eVballo, translated cast out, 
 means, ejected or expelled. 
 
 A few hours before the betrayal Jesus told his dis- 
 ciples : 
 
430 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 John XIV. 30 Hereafter I will not talk much with 
 
 you : for the prince of this world Cometh, and hath noth- 
 ing in me. 
 
 31 Hut that the world may know that I love the 
 Father; and as the Father gav)e me commandment, even 
 so I do. Arise, lei us go hence. 
 
 The prime here mentioned is the archon whom Jesus 
 had previously said was to ho ejected <»r cast out from 
 him. Jesus here states that this prince or ruler now had 
 nothing or not one thing in him. An hour before the be- 
 trayal Jesus told his disciples why the prince of this 
 world had nothing in him, and the reason was this, "I 
 (the ego) have overcome (subdued) the world. " 
 
 John XVI. 33 These things I have spoken unto you, 
 that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall 
 have tribulation : but be of good cheer; I have overcome 
 the world. 
 
 The following words of Jesus express much in this 
 way to those who comprehend their true meaning. 
 
 John III. 14 And as Moses lifted up the serpent in 
 the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted 
 
 up: 
 
 IB That whosover believth in him should not perish, 
 but have eternal life. 
 
 It is evident to us all that in itself there was no effi- 
 cacy in the brazen serpent that Moses lifted up as an 
 emblem Of something from which a spiritual lesson was 
 to be learned. 
 

 Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 431 
 
 The brazen serpent thai Moses lifted up was a ma- 
 terial form in the image and likeness of a serpent The 
 serpenl Is the Bible emblem for all evil influences, and 
 this influence is further personified by the names of 
 
 devil, adversary, prince or ruler of this world and like 
 expressions. This serpent lifted up by Moses was rep- 
 resented as being deprived of life and power to harm by 
 being impaled on a pole or stake. Please bear this 
 fact in mind, and it will be seen that this Impaling and 
 consequent death of the serpenl is the symbol of the 
 deatli of the physical life of Jesus of Nazareth on the 
 cross. 
 
 Little by little the truth dawns upon us that God 
 never created our material or physical form, mind or 
 nature. It begins to become clearer and clearer to us 
 that the sufferings and physical death of Jesus on the 
 cross is a type of the death or destruction of our own 
 material belief or faith in the truth and reality of all 
 things material ; our belief in the reality of matter. 
 
 We are plainly told in the Bible that our carnal, 
 fleshly, material or mortal mind is enmity against or 
 in opposition to God; that it is not subject or obedient 
 to the law of God nor indeed can it be. 
 
 Romans VIII. 6 For to be carnally minded is 
 death ; but to be spiritually minded is life and peace. 
 
 7 Because the carnal mind is enmity against God: 
 for it is not subject to the law r of God, neither indeed 
 can be. 
 
 The Greek sar.r, translated carnal, means and refers 
 to our material, fleshly, sensual or mortal mind, body 
 
432 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 
 
 and nature. When we are dominated by this mind, we 
 are ruled l»v the archon, the prince of this world, and we 
 have voluntarily renounced God'fl love and tender care, 
 and transferred our allegiance to Satan, who is sym- 
 bolized l>\ the serpent. When we crucify or kill this 
 serpent, which is simply a false belief, by admitting a 
 knowledge Of the truth, we are restored or brought 
 back to a realization of God'fl love and protection. 
 
 The son of Mary represents the animal, physical or 
 mortal part of man; represents the human part of Jesus 
 of Nazareth .just the same as it does that of every other 
 person in the whole Adamic generation, race or family. 
 
 The Christ ; the Son of God represents the spiritual, 
 immaterial, divine or Christ mind, consciousness or 
 nature which is the reflection of the divine Mind: the 
 mind of <iod. 
 
 Then we are told in regard to Jesus: 
 
 John XIX. 1(1 Then delivered he him therefore 
 unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and 
 led him away. 
 
 IT And he bearing his cross went forth into a place 
 called the place of a skull, which is called in the He- 
 brew Golgotha : 
 
 18 Where they crucified him, and two other with 
 him, on either side one, and Jesus in the midst. 
 
 Matthew, Mark and John nil state that Jesus was 
 crucified at the place called "the place of a skull." 
 
 Luke tells ns that he was crucitied ai "the place which 
 is called Oftlvary." The Creek Iranian, here trans- 
 lated Calvary, is the same as the English cranium. 
 
Tin: GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 433 
 
 which refers to the assemblage of bones which inclose 
 tlu> brain, which in human beings is considered the 
 seal of the human mind, consciousness and volition. 
 
 The skull contains the brain which is the culmination 
 of our physical senses, and in this human brain all 
 our knowledge of the material world is conceived or 
 born. 
 
 Matthew, Mark, Luke and John all take special care 
 
 to tell us that Jesus was crucified or impaled on a cross 
 at the place of the skull or the cranium. 
 
 Crucifixion is still going on in the world today. It 
 is going on at the same place; the cranium or skull 
 within which the material, physical, sensual or mortal 
 mind of men is supposed to be seated. The carnal 
 mind which the Bible says hates God and all His cre- 
 ation; this mind hates and crucifies the Christ idea 
 today just the same as it did nineteen hundred years 
 ago. While there is no direct authority for either, 
 there are two explanations commonly given of Golgotha 
 or Calvary as to location. The first is that it was a 
 spot where executions ordinarily took place, and there- 
 fore abounded in skulls, as in many cases the body of 
 the victim was allowed to remain on the cross and decay 
 by the action of the elements or be destroyed by beasts 
 or birds. 
 
 The other explanation is that the execution took 
 place upon a bald, round hill that had a fanciful skull- 
 like appearance. But although the crucifixion was 
 near to Jerusalem, being evidently just outside the 
 gate or wall of the city, no such hill or mount has ever 
 been definitely located as being the place of crucifixion. 
 28 
 
434 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 To crucify or to pu1 to death by impaling, nailing or 
 otherwise fastening the victim to a pole or a cross was 
 an ancienl mode of capital punishment among Greeks 
 and Romans. The weight of evidence seems to be, 
 however, thai the dews did not practice execution by 
 crucifixion in earlier times, hut took up the practice 
 from the Romans. Be this as it may, there is no ques- 
 tion hut what crucifixion was considered the most hor- 
 rible form of death. Not only from the torture expe- 
 rienced by the victim, but also from the stigma in- 
 Bictedj as among the Romans, this form of punishment 
 was only applied to criminals of the vilest class. 
 
 Death by crucifixion was necessarily of a lingering 
 character, and often did not take place for three days 
 and was at last brought about by the gradual benumb- 
 ing and destruction of the physical senses and the con- 
 sequent destruction of the animal life, which physical 
 or natural science calls death. 
 
 The original cross or crux simpler was primarily an 
 emblem of a slave's death and a murderous punish- 
 ment. The cross itself consisted of a mere stake or 
 pole of one single piece without transom. This sharp- 
 ened stake was sometimes simply driven through the 
 victims chest. In other instances it was driven longi- 
 tudinally through the body, coming out at the mouth. 
 In other cases the criminal was tied to the stake and 
 hung suspended by his arms. 
 
 The Latin cross or crux iunnissa was the form of a 
 cross upon which -Icsus was crucified. This form con- 
 sisted of the original pole or stake, but had a crossbar 
 near the top of the pole, This form comes to us from 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 435 
 
 almost unanimous tradition, and it is the form found 
 cm the coins of Constantine. it was the custom to 
 
 either tie Or nail the criminal to this form of a cross, 
 and it is certain that .Jesus was nailed to the cross. It 
 
 is also certain thai death on a cross of whatever form 
 
 was associated in the minds of the people with the 
 death of a murderer or of a person guilty of some other 
 flagrant crime of which he had been legally tried, con- 
 victed and then sentenced to die this ignomenious 
 death. 
 
 Upon arrival at the place of execution the victim was 
 stripped naked, the clothing being considered the per- 
 quisites of the attendant Roman soldiers. 
 
 Mattheic XXVII. 35 And they crucified him, and 
 parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be ful- 
 filled which was spoken by the prophet, They parted my 
 garments among them, and upon my vesture did they 
 cast lots. 
 
 The cross was then driven into the ground, and it 
 was of sufficient height so that the feet of the victim 
 would be a foot or two above the ground when he was 
 "lifted up" from the earth by the hands of men and 
 bound with strong cords or nailed with large nails to 
 the cross, and thus left suspended by hanging on the 
 nails driven through the hands or through both hands 
 and feet. 
 
 Before the actual nailing took place a cup of medi- 
 cated drink was customarily given the victim through 
 kindness, as the decoction was considered to have a 
 
436 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 soporific effect, and the drink was intended to deaden 
 the physical senses and thus lessen the pain. 
 
 Matthew XXVII. 33 And when they were come 
 unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of 
 
 a skull, 
 
 34 They gave him vinegar to drink mingled with 
 
 gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not 
 
 drink. 
 
 This cnp was refused by Jesus; he thereby disclaim- 
 ing any reliance upon material assistance or support in 
 the hour of the greatest possible physical trial his 
 enemies could inflict upon him. 
 
 Attention is called to two expressions made by Jesus 
 while <>n the cross, as the words used were what may 
 be termed "catch words'- intended by Jesus to call our 
 attention to the fact that prophecy relating to the 
 Anointed, the Messiah or the Christ w T as then fulfilled. 
 
 Matthew XXVII. 4G And about the nineth hour 
 Jesus cried with a loud voice, Baying, Eli, Eli lama 
 sabachthani? that is to say. My (Jod, my God, why hast 
 thou forsaken me? 
 
 We would infer from these words standing alone that 
 God deserted Jesus in the hour of what seemed his 
 greatest trial or need. Such a desertion would be con- 
 trary to the plain teachings of the Bible in many places. 
 
 Psalm IX. 11 Because lie hath set liis love upon me, 
 
 therefore will 1 deliver him: I will set him on high, he 
 ranse he hath known my name. 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 437 
 
 IB Be shall call upon me, and l will answer him: I 
 
 will bi wilh him in trouble; 1 will deliver him, and hon- 
 our him. 
 
 My God, my God, why hasi thou forsaken me?" 
 These words are the beginning of the twenty second 
 psalm. David concludes this psalm with praise to God. 
 Jesus simply called attention to this psalm by the use of 
 its tirst words. 
 Then we read: 
 
 John XIX. 28 After this, Jesus knowing that all 
 things were now accomplished, that the scripture might 
 be fulfilled, saith, I thrist. 
 
 29 Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar: and 
 they filled a spunge with vinegar, and put it upon 
 hyssop, and put it to his mouth. 
 
 30 When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, 
 he said, It is finished : and he bowed his head, and gave 
 up the ghost. 
 
 In the first verse quoted it is stated that Jesus said, 
 "I thrist." These words called attention to fulfillment 
 of prophecy wherein is written : 
 
 Psalm LXIX. 21 They gave me also gall for my 
 meat; and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink. 
 
 Then, in conclusion, John states that Jesus ''bowed 
 his head, and gave up the ghost." 
 
 Matthew states that Jesus "'Yielded up the ghost." 
 Mark states (Mark 15) that Jesus "gave up the ghost." 
 
438 THE GOLDEN HOPES OE MEN. 
 
 Luke states: 
 
 Luke XX ill. 4G And when Jesus bad cried with a 
 loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I commend 
 my spirit : and haying said thus, he gave up the gh< 
 
 A correct translation reads: 
 
 •Father, into thy hands I intrust my life; and having 
 
 said this, he expired." 
 
 Expired as here found in the Greek means, literally, 
 breathed out or emitted the last breath. Intrust sig- 
 nifies, to pnt into the care of another, implying a degree 
 of confidence or faith in the person to whom the trust 
 is given. So we can see from these last words of our 
 Master while on the cross that he commended, com- 
 mitted or intrusted his life to the Father with perfect 
 confidence or faith as to the future. 
 
 The use of the term "ghost" in the above quotations 
 has a tendency to lead us to suppose that Jesus gave up 
 the Holy Spirit on the cross, but a careful study of the 
 Greek will show to any scholar that the term as used 
 simply means, in all four gospels, that Jesus expired or 
 breathed his last. 
 
 It was the son of Mary who died a physical death on 
 the cross. The Christ, the Son of God possesses eternal 
 or immortal life, and never dies. Jesus went to the 
 cross to demonstrate this great fact to all men in the 
 world who will lay down the mental opposition of their 
 carnal mind, and accept the gospel or good news which 
 he preached in his first sermon to the world that the 
 kingly dominion of God was at hand. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 439 
 
 Then 11 is written : 
 
 Mark XV, ."»7 And -Ions cried with a loud voire, 
 
 and gave up the ghost 
 
 38 And the veil of the temple was rent in twain from 
 the top to the bottom. 
 
 It i> very plain now that the whole system of material 
 Bacrifloe ordained under the Mosaic dispensation was 
 hut a type or shadow of the true sacrifice of our material 
 self, the false ego } the sensual mind which was to be 
 more fully revealed or unveiled to us during the Chris- 
 tian era. 
 
 When Jesus died a seeming physical death upon the 
 cross, the veil of the temple or sanctuary was split from 
 top to bottom, thus separating it into two parts. This 
 renting, splitting, or setting-apart, of the veil in the 
 material temple at Jerusalem is the type or symbol of 
 the separating or setting apart of our material body, 
 nature and mind in order that we can plainly compre- 
 hend and mentally see our own spiritual body, nature 
 and mind, which is the true temple or sanctuary of 
 God, wherein He dwells, and not in temples made by 
 human hands. 
 
 We are very plainly told : 
 
 1 Corinthians III. 16 Know ye not that ve are the 
 temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in 
 vou ? 
 
 17 If any man defile the temple of God, him shall 
 God destroy ; for the temple of God is holy, which tem- 
 ple ye are. 
 
440 Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 
 
 According to the teachings of Jesus there is nothing 
 
 Outside Of or external to a man which can possibly de- 
 file, deprave, corrupt, destroy or debase us. He told us 
 
 thai it is the impure thoughts which originate or are 
 
 born within our own material, carnal, sensual or mortal 
 mind which defiles or debases us. This is the false mind, 
 nature or state of consciousness which we must crucify, 
 impale or destroy, tor it is the serpent, Satan, devil, 
 prince or god of this world which sitteth in the temple of 
 God and is the destroyer of our health and comfort of 
 both body and mind righl here and now. This mind is 
 symbolized by the brazen serpent which Moses lifted up 
 as crucified or impaled on a pole in the wilderness as a 
 tyi>e or shadow of what was to be fully unveiled during 
 the Christian era. 
 
 Numbers XXI. 4 And they journeyed from mount 
 Hor by the way of the Red sea, to compass the land of 
 Edoni : and the soul of the people was much discouraged 
 because of the way. 
 
 5 And the people spake against God, and against 
 Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Egypt 
 to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread, neither 
 is there any water; and our soul loatheth this light 
 bread. 
 
 6 And the Loud sent fiery serpents among the people, 
 and they bit the ]>eople; and much people of Israel died. 
 
 7 Therefore the people came to Moses, and said. We 
 have sinned, for we have spoken against the Lord, and 
 againsl thee; pray unto the Lord, that he take away 
 the ser]>ents from us. And Moses prayed for the people. 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OP MEN, 441 
 
 B And the Lord said unto (Hoses, Make thee a fiery 
 
 Serpent, and Be1 it apOO a pole: and it shall conic to pass, 
 
 thai every one thai ifl bitten, when he looketh upon it, 
 
 shall live, 
 
 !) And Moses made a serpent oi brass, and put it upon 
 a pole, and it came to pass, that if a aerpent had bitten 
 any man, when he beheld the serpent oi' brass, he lived. 
 
 The veil of the material temple at Jerusalem is said 
 to have been sixty feet long, thirty feet from bottom to 
 top, and lour inches thick. It was hung so as to hide 
 from all eyes the inmost sanctuary or holy place called 
 the Holy of Holies, where God manifested His presence. 
 No person was ever allowed to enter within this veil 
 and thus have close access to God's presence except the 
 high priest, and he was allowed to enter within the veil 
 but once a year, on the day of atonement, which was the 
 great day of national humiliation, and the only one 
 commanded in the Mosaic law. 
 
 The subject of sacrifice is clearly explained in He- 
 brews, and attention is here called to a few of the truths 
 outlined therein. 
 
 Hebrews IX. 2 For there was a tabernacle made; 
 the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and 
 the shewbread ; which is called the sanctuary. 
 
 3 And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is 
 called the Holiest of all; 
 
 4 Which had the golden censer, and the ark of the 
 covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein teas 
 the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron's rod that 
 budded, and the tables of the covenant; 
 
442 THE GULDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 5 And over it the chernbims of glory shadowing the 
 
 mercyseal ; of which we cannot now speak particularly. 
 
 (I Now when these things were thus ordained, the 
 
 priests went always into the first tabernacle, accom- 
 plishing the service of God, 
 
 7 But into the second in ni (he high pries! alone once 
 every year, not without blood, which he offered for him- 
 self, and for the errors of the people. 
 
 8 The Holy (ihost this signifying that the way into 
 the holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as 
 the first tabernacle was yet standing: 
 
 9 Which WilS a figure for the time then present, in 
 which were offered both gilts and sacrifices, that could 
 not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining 
 to the conscience. 
 
 The sacrifice itself was a "beast" that was free from 
 delect. Some of the blood of this beast was caught 
 when it was slain as a sacrifice, and this blood was 
 sprinkled by the priest over the people. The material 
 body of the beast was burned, and thus destroyed. The 
 material blood is but the symbol of our spiritual life. 
 The body of the "beast," which is the symbol or type of 
 our own material or physical body and mind, was con- 
 sidered of no value, and it was burned to ashes or dust 
 outside the camp. The material blood is but a material 
 symbol or emblem of our spiritual life which conies from 
 God. The material blood of the animal possessed no 
 efficacy or power to cleanse from error or sin. In like 
 manner the material blood of JeSUS Christ possessed no 
 efficacy or power to cleanse us from error or sin. The 
 
Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OP MEN. 443 
 
 cleansing is entirely mental, and it is the comprehension 
 of the spiritual meaning ot the words, demonstrations 
 and life of Chrisl Jesns which cleanses our mentality or 
 
 Consciousness Of error or sin. 
 
 All error or sin arises from erroneous or wrong 
 thoughts; these wrong or evil thoughts originate in our 
 
 own material, sensual or mortal mind. This mind is the 
 carnal mind; it is the mind which produces or brings 
 about death, while to be spiritually minded or to be 
 guided by the mind of Spirit; God; brings to us life 
 and peace. This is why Jesus, in his first sermon to the 
 world, told us to make a change of minds. 
 
 We must not forget that the whole system of Jewish 
 sacrifice was but a type of the true sacrifice which God 
 would cause to be revealed or unveiled in accordance 
 to the plan formed in divine Mind. 
 
 Hebrews X. 10 Having therefore, brethren, boldness 
 to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, 
 
 20 By a new and living way, which he hath conse- 
 crated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh. 
 
 The American Version is plainer, and reads : 
 
 Hebreics X. 19 Having therefore, brethren, boldness 
 to enter into the holy place by the blood of Jesus, 20 by 
 the way which he dedicated for us, a new and living way, 
 through the veil, that is to say, his flesh. 
 
 The thought here brought out by the writer of He- 
 brews is that Jesus dedicated, or rather inaugurated, 
 
444 Till: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN, 
 
 a new and living way of sacrifice; and that this aew 
 
 way of life was by the crucifixion of the tlesh. The veil 
 
 of the temple being a symbol of our flesh. 
 The Greek sarx } translated flesh in the above verse, 
 
 means and includes our whole material, physical, fleshly 
 or mortal body, mind and nature in distinction from our 
 spiritual or immortal body, mind and nature as has been 
 repeated! v explained. This crucifixion or sacrifice is 
 entirely mental and is to be accomplished in tlie way 
 directed by -Jesus when he said that we must deny or 
 renounce our false self by refusing to own that this false 
 self belonged to us at all. This denying, renouncing or 
 mental sacrifice is the sacrilice referred to by these 
 words : 
 
 Ramans XII. IT beseech you therefore, brethren, 
 by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a 
 living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your 
 lvasonable service. 
 
 2 And be not conformed to this world: but be ye 
 transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may 
 prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, 
 will of God. 
 
 The whole .Jewish system of sacrifice was but a type 
 or shadow of the destruction or obliteration of our own 
 animal, sensual or mortal body, mind and nature. In 
 order to make us fully understand that the crucifixion 
 and seeming death of Jesus was a fulfillment and end 
 of this type, we are told: 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 445 
 
 Hebrew* XIII. ll For the bodies <>f those beasts, 
 whose blood is brought Into the sanctuary by the high 
 priest for sin, are burned without the camp. 
 
 Yl Wherefore -Jesus also, thai he might sanctify the 
 people with his own blood, suffered without the gate. 
 
 13 Let us go forth therefore unto him without the 
 cam]), bearing his reproach. 
 
 11 For here have we no continuing city, hut we sock 
 one to come. 
 
 16 By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise 
 to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips giving 
 thanks to his name. 
 
 The professed church of Christ gained nothing, and 
 the world in general has lost much by the error of 
 preaching for more than a thousand years that Jesus 
 was God on earth in human form. Those who have a 
 very imperfect knowledge of Christian Science or no 
 true understanding of it at all, seem to delight in stat- 
 ing that Christian Science denies the divinity of Jesus 
 Christ. These two quotations from Science and Health 
 may possibly show to the reader the falsity of all such 
 assertions. 
 
 Science and Health, page 315: " Jesus' spiritual 
 origin and understanding enabled him to demonstrate 
 the facts of being — to prove irrefutably how spiritual 
 Truth destroys material error, heals sickness, and over- 
 comes death — 
 
 Wearing in part a human form (that is, as it seemed 
 to mortal view), being conceived by a human mother, 
 
446 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Jesus was the mediator between Spirit and flesh, be- 
 tween Truth and error." 
 
 Science and Health, page 26 : "While we adore Jesus 
 and the heart overflows with gratitude for what he did 
 for mortals — treading alone his loving pathway up to 
 the throne of glory, in speechless agony exploring the 
 way for Ufl — yet Jesus spares us not one individual ex- 
 perience, if we follow his commands faithfully." 
 
 Hebrews XIII. 20 Now the God of peace, that 
 brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great 
 shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the ever- 
 lasting covenant, 
 
 21 Make you perfect in every good work to do his 
 will, working in you that which is wellpleasing in his 
 sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom he glory for ever 
 and ever. Amen. 
 
CHAPTEB XVIII. 
 
 THERE is no Christian in the world who has any 
 doubt bnl what the Bible as ii was ftrsl given to 
 the world from the hands of divinely inspired writers 
 was infallible and absolutely perfect. All <>r God's crea- 
 tions are perfect, and I lis inspired Word is no excep- 
 tion to tli is rule. 
 
 All true Christians reverence and acknowledge the 
 Sacred Writings as they were originally dictated by the 
 Holy Spirit to be supreme in authority; consider that 
 they were free from the slightest flaw in their original 
 condition, and an unerring guide to lead us safely and 
 surely through all the perplexing problems of life. For 
 this reason it is of great importance to men that we 
 understand the true meaning of the Scriptures just as 
 they were originally given to men. 
 
 The Old Testament was originally written in Hebrew 
 and Chaldee. The New Testament in Greek. At pres- 
 ent there is not a single original manuscript known to 
 be in existence of any part of the Bible. All the manu- 
 scripts now known are copies, which were either made 
 from the originals or from copies made from other 
 copies. 
 
 At the time the King James Version was published 
 there were no copies then known which were written 
 earlier than the tenth century, and the few manuscript 
 copies then known are not now considered of high au- 
 thority. The King James Version was published in A. P. 
 1611, and since that time more than 600 manuscripts 
 
 (447) 
 
448 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 have been discovered, some of which are very ancient 
 and are considered of great value. One of the best and 
 oldest of these was written in either the fourth or iiftk 
 century; another written in the fifth century, and an- 
 other about the fifth century. 
 
 During these three hundred years which have passed 
 since (he King James Version was revised or translated, 
 much valuable information lias been discovered in vari- 
 ous ways and from various sources; but if any use of 
 this knowledge is made in pointing out or correcting 
 the errors in the King James Version, there are thou- 
 sands of well meaning people who seem to be greatly 
 shocked. They seem to imagine that this version was 
 translated by God's decree, and that whoever attempts 
 to correct any of the many errors contained therein is 
 trying to destroy the Bible and the Christian religion. 
 These people seem to forget that the Bible and the Chris- 
 tian religion is founded on Truth, not error. They also 
 seem to forget that an error remains an error, and never 
 becomes Truth, no matter if the error is ten thousand 
 years old and if all the people in the world accepted and 
 believed it to be Truth. 
 
 It is a fact which is well known to many Bible schol- 
 ars that the King dames Version is far from being a 
 fame reflection of the divine Mind as ret lee ted in the 
 Greek text in which the books constituting the New 
 Testament were originally written. The Authorized 
 Version, as the King dames Version is now commonly 
 called, was not a translation from the Greek, but merely 
 
 a revision of older translations, and it contains over 
 twenty thousand errors of greater or less importance 
 
Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MIA 149 
 
 More than this, the forty seven men who were appointed 
 to make the revision wrere required bj kingly mandate 
 to retain certain ecclesiastical terms or words which 
 
 now mislead or COnfUBe those Who have QO means of 
 
 knowing the true meaning of the original words. Borne 
 of these forty-seven men complained a1 the time thai 
 they were hampered by the opinions and wishes of those 
 
 who were high in civil authority, and that they COUld not 
 follow their best judgment from -reasons of stale." 
 
 Any man will be convinced that these men were tar 
 from being free from the foolish notion or belief in the 
 divine right of kings if he will but read their own ad- 
 dress to King James, which is found in nearly all Bibles. 
 
 Many changes have been made in the English language 
 since the King James Version was given to the world 
 three hundred years ago. This version, as a result of 
 change in our language now contains so many obsolete 
 and unfamiliar words that the true meaning is often 
 hidden from mental view. The use in the Bible of a 
 large number of antiquated words, terms or expressions 
 adds nothing to the value of the thought expressed. It 
 is the knowledge of Truth which frees men ; not the use 
 of words which have become obscure or archaic. Be 
 ligion, like everything else, is progressive, and the con- 
 tinuation of the use of a hundred or more of obsolete 
 and antiquated words has no more to do with religion 
 than the wearing of broad-brimmed hats on our heads, 
 or hooks and eyes on our coats in place of buttons, to 
 advertise to the world that we belong to the elect. 
 
 Those who are opposed to the modernizing of the dic- 
 tion or manner of expression of the Bible, and go into 
 29 
 
450 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 <m suicv over the justly lauded beauty of the style of the 
 Authorized Version should remember thai the grasping, 
 catching or comprehending of spiritual Troth contained 
 
 in tin* words of the Bible is of far more importance than 
 all other things. 
 
 Truth is what the world demands today. Form and 
 phrasiology arc matters of trifling importance. The 
 kernel or moat is wliai is wanted ; the shuck or husk has 
 little value. 
 
 There are a great aumber of people in the world who 
 seem to have great veneration for anything and every 
 thing that is old simply because it is old. They seem 
 to assume that if anything is very old it must neo 
 sarily he true. Many would rather fling to and believe 
 in an old error than to accept a truth which has lately 
 come to light. 
 
 When the King James Version of the Bible was trans- 
 lated, the whole professed church of Christ firmly be- 
 lieved that Jesus of Nazareth was God in human form. 
 In a large number of instances this translation does 
 violence to the Greek text in order to make the printed 
 BiMe conform to this view. But if any man points out 
 any of these plain and positive mistranslations, which 
 distort the truth of the J>ible, there are now a lot of 
 well meaning people who seemingly would rather believe 
 an old error than the truth, who get frantic. They hold 
 tip their hands in horror and assert that such person is 
 trying to destroy the Bible and the Christian religion. 
 
 The mere fact that all people in the Christianized 
 world have for hundreds of years firmly believed that 
 Jesus was God on earth in the flesh; this fact, siupen 
 
Till: GOLDEN BOPES OP MEN. 451 
 
 dons as it is, does no! prove lliis view to l>e the iruth. 
 
 In deciding anything regarding the Christian religion, 
 it is utterly useless to depend upon any man-made opin 
 ion or belief because the Inspired Word of God is the 
 
 only supreme authority, and to thai we must turn for 
 all our instruction. 
 
 When Jesus accepted the commission to carry out or 
 fulfill God's plan of making known to the comprehen- 
 sion of men that the Son of God was within them, he 
 had i>erfert faith that (iod would carry him through it 
 all, and from the beginning to the end his faith never 
 wavered. Jesus did not go to the cross as a punishment 
 for sin nor as a propitiation to appease the wrath <>f 
 an offended God, as taught by popular theology. He 
 went to the cross to be a Saviour of all men for all time 
 to come, by showing them, by practical demonstration, 
 that the inner man, the spiritual man which is within 
 every man in the world, is not subject to death and is 
 immortal. Jesus could not show this to the world in a 
 way to convince men except by being crucified in a 
 public manner, in the presence of his enemies; then be 
 placed, when dead to mortal sense, in a tomb that was 
 guarded by disinterested witnesses so that deception 
 could not be charged; then in three days to come forth 
 and thus prove to the disciples and others that the inner 
 man is deathless and therefore immortal. 
 
 Jesus knew that he was to have dominion, authority 
 or power over all the earth and earthly things, just as 
 it is stated in the first chapter in the Bible. He was 
 the first man in all the history of the world to demon 
 strate to the world what was meant by this kingly 
 
452 THK GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 dominion given to all men; the dominion which enabled 
 him to heal the sick, raise the dead, still the storm, walk 
 on the waves, triumph over death, and, in fact, break 
 nearly every material, man-made law. When doing 
 those things, Jesus said he was in all things obedient 
 to his Father's will. This clearly proves to every be- 
 liever in the truth of the Bible the absolute nothingness 
 of these man -made natural laws of nature, for Jesus 
 was not a law-breaker. If the natural laws, or laws of 
 matter, formulated by natural science are true, or ac- 
 cording to God's will. Jesus certainly was not acting in 
 harmony with his Fathers will by breaking them. 
 
 Everybody will doubtless agree that Jesus was a king, 
 and that he had kingly dominion over all the earth; but 
 unless it can he positively proved from the Bible that all 
 other men and women are also entitled to be kings and 
 queens here on earth, this fact would be of little benefit 
 to us. 
 
 It is very important for us to know the exact truth 
 in regard to Jesus and his teaching in order that we can 
 gain in some measure the same freedom and in some 
 degree the same dominion which we plainly see he en- 
 joyed. Right here is the crux of this whole matter. If 
 Jesus was God in human form, it is useless for us to 
 consider the matter at all. We well know that we are 
 not God individually; consequently, we can never hoj>e 
 or exped to perform any of the works which Jesus in- 
 formed. On the Other hand, if Jesus was a man, then 
 his lite and teachings are matters of supreme interest 
 
 and importance to all men and women now in the world; 
 for the simple reason that there is then a rhanee for us 
 
TI1K GOLDEN BOPEfl OF KEN. 453 
 
 all to begin to enter into this same kingly dominion, 
 just as Jerai stated when lie said: "Verily, verilj I 
 
 unto you, he that believeth in me, Hie works that 
 
 I do shall he do also." 
 
 w, there are no jokes in the Bible; when it vraa 
 written the joker was left nut, and it contains nothing 
 hut the statement of absolute Truth. 
 
 ording to the old Testament it would seem that 
 God, for hundreds of yean, had led the Hebrew race by 
 the hand with a view of making them an example for 
 the benefit of the entire world. The time in God's provi- 
 dence had come when He would no longer deal with 
 men ajs little children, but would now place all men and 
 women in the world upon their feet by withdrawing 
 from before them the veil which for hundreds of years 
 had mentally intervened and concealed the great fact 
 that all men and women of every nation and tribe on 
 the earth were God'fl children and entitled by inher- 
 itance to the kingly dominion over all the earth given 
 to them "in the beginning." Jesus spent thirty years 
 of his life in preparing for this mission which was to 
 result in the salvation of all men by manifesting, re- 
 vealing or unveiling to them the Son of God which 
 was within them. 
 
 Jesus of Nazareth knew all about the kingly do- 
 minion which is God's gift to man : knew that this 
 gift had never been taken away, and was open for him 
 as well as everv other man and woman in the world : 
 he knew that by virtue of sonship of the King of kings 
 he was a King, a Lord, a Master, and entitled to do- 
 
454 THE GOLDEN DOPES <>F MEN. 
 
 minion over all the earth as a gift from his Father and 
 OUr Father, who is Lord of lords and King of kings. 
 
 For hundreds erf yean men have been blinded to the 
 
 Truth of this matter by the erroneous teachings that 
 Jeans was God present on earth in human form, and it 
 is a matter of history that this belief was forced on 
 the Christian church at an early date. 
 
 In A.I). 428 Xestorius was made Bishop of Constan- 
 tinople. He was born and educated in Syria, and was 
 a member of the Christian church at Antioch, where 
 the followers of Jesus were first called Christians. In 
 A.I>. 131 he was arraigned and excommunicated from 
 the professed Christian church because he would not 
 call the Virgin Mary -'The mother of God." Neatorina 
 was condemned and deposed from his office without a 
 hearing by a packed council ; cut oft' from the church 
 and banished to Arabia. He died in exile, being driven 
 from his home and country by professed Christians 
 who were so far from the true teachings of the gentle 
 and loving Jeans that they ran swords through men 
 who presumed to differ with them in opinion. This 
 sword method of correcting men's opinions and bring 
 ing them into the kingly dominion of God has never 
 proved a brilliant success. It did succeed, however, in 
 inculcating a great number of errors into the teachings 
 of the professed church of Christ which are still held 
 to be true by popular theology. It is also a fact that 
 some of the j>eople who hold to these erroneous views 
 grasp their sword hilt even now whenever any one pre 
 sumes to differ with them. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF Ml 455 
 
 The professed church of ChrUri wu split Into two 
 
 parti or factions al this early date in regard to the 
 question as to whether Jena was possessed of two 
 
 natures, the human and the divine like unto his breth- 
 ren, or whether he was God in human form, as now 
 preached by popular theology. The part of the church 
 which held that Jesus of Nazareth WU a man was rep- 
 resented at that date by Xestorius, and this pari of the 
 church was frequently referred to as Antiochians or 
 Nestorians. The other part or faction who claimed 
 that Jesus was God and that the Virgin Mary was the 
 mother of God was headed at the council at Ephesus, 
 above referred to, by Cyril, bishop of Alexandria. This 
 council at Ephesus was called to settle disputes in the 
 church which had arisen between Cyril, bishop of Alex 
 andria, and his followers, the Alexandrians, and Nes- 
 torius, bishop of Constantinople, and his followers, the 
 Antiochians or Nestorians. Councils had been held 
 previously which had ended without any agreement, 
 and both parties desired a council at Ephesus to ad- 
 just and settle the points in dispute. The council at 
 Ephesus was opened June 22d, by Cyril, bishop of 
 Alexandria and Memnon, bishop of Ephesus. The 
 opening of the council on this date was opposed by the 
 friends of Nestorius because manv of the Nestorians 
 had not yet arrived; but Cyril, who had undertaken to 
 bring about the condemnation and deposition of Nes- 
 torius, forced through his program and deposed Nes- 
 torius, as has been stated. On June 26th, or four days 
 later, the Nestorians all arrived, and under the presi- 
 dency of John of Antioch, they held a council attended 
 
456 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 by about fifty bishops; about two hundred bishops 
 haying attended the rival council under Cyril. The 
 council under the presidency of John of Antioch pub- 
 lished this manifesto; according to Averts source book 
 for ancient church history: 
 
 "The holy synod assembled in Ephesus by the grace 
 of Gfod, and at the command of the pious emperors, de- 
 clares: we should indeed have wished to be able to 
 hold a synod in peace, according to the canons of the 
 holy Fathers and the letters of our most pious and 
 Christ-loving emperors; but because you held a sepa- 
 rate assembly from a heretical, insolent, and obstinate 
 disposition, although, according to the letters of onr 
 most pious emperors, we were in the neighborhood, and 
 because you have filled both the city and the holy 
 synod with every sort of confusion, in order to prevent 
 the examination of points agreeing with the Apollina- 
 rian. An an and Eunomian heresies and impieties, and 
 have not waited for the arrival of the most religious 
 bishops summoned from all regions by our pious em- 
 perors, and whom the most magnificent Count Candid 
 dianus warned you and admonished you in writing and 
 verbally that you should not hear such a matter, but 
 await the common judgment of the most holy bishops; 
 therefore know thou, O Cyril, bishop of Alexandria, 
 and thou Menmon, bishop of* this city, that you are 
 dismissed and deposed from all sacredotal functions 
 as the originators and leaders of all this disorder and 
 lawlessness, and those who have 1 violated the canons of 
 tin 1 Fathers and the imperial decree." 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MI 457 
 
 There are doubtless thousands of people now living 
 who imagine that Mrs, Eddy and Christian Science are 
 responsible for originating the teaching thai Jesus ol 
 Nazareth possessed two natures, the human and the 
 divine. As a matter of fact, this question split the 
 professed church of Christ fifteen hundred years ago. 
 
 Jesus knew the Old Testameant thoroughly; knew all 
 the prophecies contained therein relating to the Mes- 
 siah or the Christ just as you can know them today if 
 you choose to read them in the Old Testament. In 
 these prophecies the main facts relating to the birth, 
 life, and crucifixion of the Messiah are made known. 
 Nothing relating to the earthly life of the man who was 
 to fulfill these prophecies was left to chance or acci- 
 dent. Jesus accepted the commission to carry out this 
 plan to a complete finish with a full knowledge of all 
 its requirements from him. He knew the truth regard- 
 ing man's relation to God and all of God's creation. 
 This knowledge combined with perfect obedience to 
 God made him individually free, and gave him kingly 
 dominion over the earth and all the so-called laws of 
 nature. He faithfully trusted in God's Word. God 
 never failed him nor ever will fail any man or woman 
 who places their perfect trust in him and are obedient 
 to His will. 
 
 Jesus based his teachings on the true account of cre- 
 ation found in the first chapter of the Bible, and it was 
 so understood by the early Christians. Hut in the begin- 
 ning of what is known in history as the "dark ages" the 
 church of Christ became apostate to the true teachings 
 of Jesus. The second or material account of creation 
 
458 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 
 
 was then set up as the true creation, and for twelve 
 hundred and sixty years nearly all the benefits of the 
 gospel have been lost to the world. .Jesus showed the 
 world in such a wonderful manner what the kingly do- 
 minion given by God to man was capable of doing that 
 after becoming apostate the professed church of Christ 
 came to the unanimous conclusion that Jesus must 
 have been God, for in their lack of knowledge of the 
 power of God, it was inconceivable to them that any 
 man could even think of doing such mighty deeds. 
 
 Popular theology, after becoming certain that the 
 second account of creation was an actual creation, 
 built up from it their ik fall of man v and "worm of the 
 dust" system of theology which is now being preached 
 in thousands of churches. And now, when the light of 
 Truth once more shines forth, men persist in clinging to 
 their old delusions: they crouch down in the gloom of 
 the dark ages and wonder why millions of men refuse to 
 accept and believe in a lot of man-made teachings, 
 which are far, very far, from the teachings of Jesus. 
 
 It was the mission of Jesus of Nazareth to be a 
 Saviour, a Eedeemer, a Way Shower, to all men in the 
 world by helping them to comprehend the great fact 
 that man is spiritual and not material; to do this by 
 making plain to them the spiritual man, the Son of 
 God which is within them. 
 
 Attention of unbelievers is called to the fact that 
 there are hundreds of thousands of Christian people 
 living today scattered all over the civilized world who 
 do believe this teaching. These people are right now 
 enjoying some measure of kingly dominion by which 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 459 
 
 they are now, day by day, overcoming sickness, pain 
 and all other physical or mental ills which altlict hu 
 inanity. It is also a fact that all professed rhristians 
 in the whole world w r ho do not believe this teaching 
 have no power to do these works. It was those who 
 believed in Jesus; that is, comprehended, accepted and 
 practiced his teachings, who were to do the works he 
 did ; not the unbelievers. 
 Prophecy tells us : 
 
 Daniel XI. 33 And they that understand among the 
 people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the 
 sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many 
 days. 
 
 34 Now w T hen they shall fall, they shall be holpen 
 with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with 
 flatteries. 
 
 We are here told that those who understood the 
 teachings of Jesus would instruct many, but that they 
 should fall by the sword, and by flame and by captivity 
 and by spoil many days. 
 
 Jesus confirms these words of Daniel by stating : 
 
 Luke XXI. 24 And they shall fall by the edge of 
 the sword, and shall be led away captive into all na- 
 tions : and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gen 
 tiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 
 
 We now know that the times of the Gentiles lasted 
 twelve hundred and sixty years, or from A.D. 606 to 
 A.D. 1866. A Gentile in New Testament meaning is 
 any man or woman who is not a true follower of Jesus. 
 
460 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 Then Daniel tells us that at the time of the Reforma- 
 tion commenced by Martin Luther, "And when they 
 shall fall they shall be holpen with a little help.'' 
 
 The Hebrew meat, from maat, here translated, little, 
 means, ineffectual. The help given at the time of the 
 Reformation would be ineffectual, because power was 
 not given from God which enabled the professed fol- 
 lowers of Jesus to perform any of the works Jesus per- 
 formed. 
 
 There was no truth created for the special use of 
 people during the first century of the Christian era 
 and then pass out of existence. Jesus taught nothing 
 but absolute truth, and all his teachings and commands 
 are just as true and just as much in force today as the 
 day he proclaimed them to the world. 
 
 It is a matter of fact that Jesus stopped up the 
 mouths of his opposers by doing works of physical 
 healing. It is also a fact that he plainly stated that 
 his true followers would be able to do, in some degree, 
 the same works he performed. 
 
 Jesus never claimed to be proclaiming his own words 
 of thoughts to the world for the salvation of men ; He 
 at all times told people that the words or thoughts to 
 which he gave utterance were dedicated to him by God 
 his Father, "As I hear so I speak." 
 
 As God dictated scientific teaching to Jesus the 
 Christ for him to proclaim to the world, it is certainly 
 proper and correct that the scientific religion taught by 
 Jesus the Christ should be named Christian Science. 
 This Science teaches the pure, original, unadulterated 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 461 
 
 spiritual teachings of Jesus. In this respect it differs 
 from any and every other professed Christian denomina- 
 tion in the world. This Science is a world movement. 
 Its rapid spread over the whole civilized world is a thing 
 unparalleled in history. Some forty years ago there was 
 but one Christian Scientist in the world; a gentle and 
 kindly woman, without financial means, living in a small 
 American village. Today the adherents of Christian 
 Science number more than a million people ; its stately 
 churches encircle the globe, and its teachings have in- 
 fluenced for good millions of people. 
 
 Christian Science has won its way in the world 
 strictly upon its merits. It has spread over the earth 
 simply because it satisfies the hunger of humanity for 
 a knowledge of man's true relationship to God. Be- 
 cause it destroys fear, disease, sickness, pain and suffer- 
 ing as well as sin ; because it gives to all who sincerely 
 and earnestly study and practice its teachings that 
 sweet peace and tranquility of mind which constitutes 
 joy and true happiness. 
 
 When considering Christian Science teachings and 
 practice as well as the motives of its adherents, all 
 should remember that the only intent and aim of the 
 teaching or its adherents is to observe in practice all 
 the words and commandments of Jesus the Christ. The 
 only intent and aim of Jesus was to do good ; to lessen 
 the ills and increase the happiness of all men for all 
 time to come. To benefit men and upbuild the true 
 brotherhood of man under the fatherhood of God. All 
 this, and this alone, is the intent and earnest desire of 
 every true Christian Scientist in the world. 
 
462 THE GOLDEN HOPES OP MEN. 
 
 The Christianity which Jesus taught held in view the 
 dominion of God in the lives and consciousness of men ; 
 in that reign of peace on earth, good will to men which 
 .lesus advocated, all the cruelties and injustices of war. 
 all the bitterness of strife; all the inhumanity of man to 
 man, in all its various forma, will be brought to an end. 
 Hut let us not forget that the salvation of which .Jesus 
 preached is an individual salvation. The world is to 
 be Bared by each separate individual in the world being 
 brought, one by one, into the knowledge of Truth. 
 
 If man could conquer or subdue the world; if he 
 could gain permanent kingly dominion by means of his 
 own personal strength independent of God, the world 
 would soon drift into atheism, as it would lose all sense 
 of dej>endence upon and union with God. By its lack 
 of spiritual vision and its limiting of the power of God, 
 the old professed church of Christ has now traveled a 
 long way on that road; the road whose end is the hope- 
 less despair of spiritual death. 
 
 The leaders of the old established church of Christ 
 are asleep; but the man in the street, the king on his 
 throne, the man at the forge and the plow, as well as 
 captains of industry and princes of finance all begin 
 to see as they have never seen before that the man-made 
 law of material evolution which results in the survival 
 <tf the fittest is a law of selfish greed which entices its 
 subjects on and on until they commit acts of beastly 
 ferocity toward their fellowmen. 
 
 The world is beginning to see as it has never seen 
 l>efore that the stirring up of human ambition and the 
 exercise of the strenuous life by which to gain wealth. 
 
THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 463 
 
 place Of power, has a1 all times and in all aires Tailed 
 
 to bring to mankind any permanent degree of peace, 
 comfort, happiness <>r even material prosperity. We 
 
 are all beginning to see that the hope of the world is 
 Centered OO the true teachings of .Jesus for its ultimate 
 salvation. Mankind has now tried out every human 
 form of government; tried out every known system, of 
 human invention, for controlling the greed, selfishness 
 and ambition of the material, animal, physical or mor- 
 tal part of our nature. All these ways have proved 
 absolute failures, as the present condition of the 
 greater part of the so-called Christianized world clearly 
 shows. At this very moment there are millions of men 
 in battle array, grasping at each other's throats in 
 the most murderous conflict the world has ever known. 
 Most of these men of war, as well as the heads of their 
 respective governments, profess to be followers of the 
 gentle and loving Jesus. 
 
 Napoleon was a brilliant example of the loss to the 
 world by the stirring up of human ambition. For four 
 years he held the world at his feet, but his career of 
 meteoric splendor cost the lives of six millions of his 
 fellowmen; three millions of these, Lafayette tells us, 
 were the very flower and heart of the French nation. 
 
 Every informed man in Christian lands is well aware 
 that the history of the world plainly shows that when- 
 ever any. nation indulged in material beliefs, which is 
 idolatry, to the exclusion of the spiritual, it was at 
 first seemingly blessed with increased material prosper- 
 ity. Then the lust for sensual pleasures, greed for 
 wealth, place or power, grew stronger and more brazen 
 
464 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 with increasing years, until the end was the same as 
 that of the decadent Roman empire. 
 
 The question of peace now looms large before all 
 thoughtful men. The battle of Waterloo was fought 
 but a hundred years ago; since that battle the world is 
 supposed to have been blessed with comparative peace 
 until recently, but since that battle was fought, twenty 
 millions of men have been killed in battle or died as a 
 result thereof. 
 
 Long centures ago, Jesus in his quiet way told the 
 world, "They that take the sword shall perish with the 
 sword." The so-called Christianized world is just now 
 waking up to the fact that Jesus stated the principle 
 of a great truth. We all begin to faintly see that 
 whenever that "man of sin," that son of destruction, 
 that abomination that maketh desolate — which is our 
 material, intellectual or mortal mind — whenever this 
 material or animal part of our nature is destroyed or 
 obliterated from our consciousness by the Truth which 
 Jesus preached, then, and not until then, will there be 
 peace on earth as it is in heaven. Then and not till 
 then, will "Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven." 
 
 The world is fast learning that the real value of any 
 and every interpretation of Scripture lies in the good 
 results it makes possible right here and now. In fact, 
 the great and only conclusive test is the one given by 
 our Master, "By their fruits ye shall know them." 
 
 The Bible tells us that the fruit of the Spirit is love, 
 joy, peace, forbearance, kindness, goodness, fidelity, 
 meekness, self-control. It is but just to say that it is 
 only those who are producing these spiritual fruits, 
 
THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 465 
 
 either as individuals OP nations, who are worthy to be 
 called Christians, no matter what their public profes 
 gions or beliefs may be. 
 
 The day has come in which Christianity is being 
 judged by the good it accomplishes in tin* world by 
 bringing true happiness into the lives of men and 
 women here and now rather than by what a man says 
 he believes. Let us not forget that it was the despised 
 Samaritan who rendered substantial and brotherly aid 
 to the man fallen among thieves, while the priest and 
 the Levite coldly passed him by. 
 
 The great object and aim in life is to secure true hap- 
 piness. If we miss that treasure, we have missed all 
 that is of value in the world. We all must learn the 
 lesson that true happiness is only possible to those who 
 have a clean, clear conscience, a mind or condition of 
 consciousness which is at peace and in perfect harmony 
 with the divine Mind; the mind of God; the Mind 
 which w r as also in Christ Jesus. 
 
 "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace whose mind is 
 
 staved on thee." 
 
 %/ 
 
 This is the only brand of peace or happiness now on 
 the market worth having ; this brand is not found in 
 aristocratic mansions bought w r ith ill-gotten gain, even 
 though they be filled with beautiful bric-a-brac, art 
 gems by the old masters and all the delicacies which 
 money can buy. Happiness does not float on steam 
 yachts in the ocean, linger around hunting lodges in 
 the mountains nor cottages by the sea when their cost 
 was wrongfully exacted from the hand of toil. All 
 men will sometime learn that w r e are all daily hanging 
 
466 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 
 
 up pictured on memory's walls, the walls of our con- 
 si iousn ess. These pictures are constantly in our sight, 
 and the pictures which reflect good deeds, kind 
 thoughts and acts of love to others bring us true hap 
 piness. If we hang up pictures of hate, selfish greed 
 or cruel treatment of our fellowmen, money cannot 
 buy a touring car which can speed fast enough to carry 
 us beyond their hideous sight and enable us to catch 
 up with the treasured boon of happiness which has 
 taken wings and flown away. 
 
 It is for each one of us to write our names in letters 
 of kindly deeds and acts of love on the hearts of those 
 around us. It is the doing of acts of goodness to 
 others — the fulfilling of the law r of Love — which gives 
 true happiness to men ; this, and this alone, brings to us 
 the kingdom of heaven and thus fulfills "The Golden 
 Hopes of Men." 
 
 THE END. 
 

 
 in 
 
 S #i S 
 
 V 
 
 ^rU * I 
 
 / .« 
 
 
 -\. 
 
 <> 
 *% 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 x v 
 
 v „ 
 
 ^ 
 
 •^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 ^=- 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^. ttf 
 
 ; ., F 
 
 >£> 
 
 
 
 
 
 A' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *+ 
 
 ?£.< 
 
 C$ 
 
 
 ^ V v 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ~~ v 
 
 
 
 
 n\ 
 
 
 %.$ 
 
 Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: April 2006 
 
 * y , , Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: April 2006 
 
 PreservationTecnnologies 
 
 ?t* A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVA 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 
 berry Township. PA 16066 
 • 779 
 

 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 m P 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - ^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 .^ 
 
 
 *3nS? 
 
 
 ■*• 
 
 ', ^ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 - V 
 
 
 a. 
 
 A ! 
 
 f 
 
 ^ 
 ^ 
 
 %^fc 
 
 •* -^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 \V 
 
 
 s 
 
 A 
 
 "^-0^ 
 
 
 
 b s ^ 
 
 
 ,r 
 
 £ 9* 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 r0 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 S*m£- 
 
 % ■ 
 
 <I "^ 
 
 -*